— Overview
This theme contains fourone subjects, namely: Advanced Property and Trusts, Civil Procedure, Commercial Law, Company Law, Comparative and European Corporate Law, Comparative Private Law, Comparative Public Law, Competition Law, Conflict of Laws, Constitutional and Administrative Law, Contract, Corporate Finance, Corporate Insolvency Law, Criminal Law, Criminology, Criminology and Criminal Justice, Environmental Law, European Business Regulation, European Union Law, Evidence, Family Law, Human Rights Law, Intellectual Property, International Trade, Labour/Employment Law, Land Law, Law and Finance, Law in Society, Legal History, Medical Law and Ethics, Personal Property, Philosophy of Law, Principles of Financial Regulation, Public International Law, Regulation, Restitution, Roman Law, Taxation, Tort, Transnational Commercial Law and Trusts
Advanced Property and Trusts
Publications
J S Getzler, Timothy Endicott and Edwin Peel (eds), Properties of Law: Essays in Honour of Jim Harris (Oxford University Press 2006)
Essays on legal theory, property theory, precedent, and criminal law.The late Jim Harris' theory of the science of law, and his theoretical work on human rights and property, have been a challenge and stimulus to legal scholars for the past twenty-five years. This collection of essays, originally conceived as a festschrift and now offered to the memory of a greatly admired scholar, assesses Harris' contribution across many fields of law and legal philosophy. The chapters are written by some of the foremost specialists writing today, and reflect the wide range of Harris's work, and the depth of his influence on legal studies. They include contributions on topics as diverse as the nature of law and legal reasoning, rival theories of property rights and their impact on practical questions before the courts; the nature of precedent in legal argument; and the evolving concept of human rights and its place in legal discourse.
ISBN: 0-19-929096-2
J S Getzler, Use of Force in Protecting Property (2005) 7 Theoretical Inquiries in Law 243
Is an attack on property capable of being analogized as an assault, on the personality of the owner instead of on the body? The laws of burglary and property defence suggest that the historical answer is complicated; both theory of justification and excuse and property theory can lend insights.An expanded version of ‘Property, Personality and Violence’, appearing in "Properties of Law".
ISBN: 1565-1509
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
The course explores the nature and meaning of the institutions of property and trusts. It combines conceptual and functional analysis of doctrine with more abstract theoretical enquiry. Ideas and perspectives are drawn from moral and political philosophy, history, and economics, as well as more formally legal, comparative and jurisprudential analyses. Some knowledge of the legal details of property in one or other legal system will be essential for students taking the course. A common-law background is not a prerequisite but is desirable, as much use will be made of English law and other common law systems. Non-common law systems will also be examined in order to illustrate core concepts.
The course gives students an opportunity to study a fundamental part of private law with wide ramifications in the social sciences and humanities. Students will be exposed to the widest possible range of research and teaching in property law and trusts drawing on visiting scholars as well as Oxford faculty. The topics discussed are all ripe for exploration as areas of future research.
N.B. MJur students will not be able to take both FHS Trusts and the Advanced Property and Trusts course.
The course will divide into three areas:
A. Boundaries of Property (what property is; how property institutions operate)
B. Justifying Property (mainstream and novel defences and critiques of property)
C. The Trust (the distinctive contribution of trust institutions in blurring the lines between proprietary and personal claims; trust systems in common law and civilian jurisdictions)
The course will be taught by means of seminars supplemented by lectures and tutorials, led by the convenors, Prof Joshua Getzler, Mr Ben McFarlane and Dr Alexandra Braun. The core seminars are spread over Michaelmas and Hilary terms, with other scholars contributing week by week. Students will be provided with course materials accessible through the internet and the intranet, together with material in university and college libraries. Students will explore the reading materials and address a set of thematic questions, on which they will be asked to prepare brief notes. In approximately the fourth and eighth weeks of Michaelmas and Hilary terms seminars will not be given; instead tutorials will be provided in those four weeks, for which students will be asked to prepare essays on given topics. Each student will thus have the opportunity to take a set of four tutorials in the midst of their seminar learning across the first two terms. In Trinity Term students will be given the opportunity to consolidate their learning in seminars where they will take the lead in discussion and in presenting topics, with extra readings supplied to help with deeper exploration of issues. The tutorials and third-term seminars will assist students in preparing for assessment.
Assessment will take the form of a three hour written examination at the end of the course. Candidates will be required to answer three essay questions from a wide choice of topics, which may cut across themes covered in the course. Candidates will be expected to show a detailed knowledge of relevant theoretical debates and also applicable legal materials, including judgments in cases, and statutory and constitutional provisions. They will also need to display an ability to synthesise complex materials and to present their own analysis of the arguments.
The course is taught mainly by:
Joshua Getzler, Professor of Law and Legal History, Fellow of St Hugh`s College
Ben McFarlane, University Lecturer in Property Law and Trusts and Reader in Property Law, Fellow of Trinity College
Alexandra Braun, CUF Lecturer in Law, Fellow of Lady Margaret Hall
[less]
MJur
The course explores the nature and meaning of the institutions of property and trusts. It combines conceptual and functional analysis of doctrine with more abstract theoretical enquiry. Ideas and perspectives are drawn from moral and political philosophy, history, and economics, as well as more formally legal, comparative and jurisprudential analyses. Some knowledge of the legal details of property in one or other legal system will be essential for students taking the course. A common-law background is not a prerequisite but is desirable, as much use will be made of English law and other common law systems. Non-common law systems will also be examined in order to illustrate core concepts.
The course gives students an opportunity to study a fundamental part of private law with wide ramifications in the social sciences and humanities. Students will be exposed to the widest possible range of research and teaching in property law and trusts drawing on visiting scholars as well as Oxford faculty. The topics discussed are all ripe for exploration as areas of future research.
N.B. MJur students will not be able to take both FHS Trusts and the Advanced Property and Trusts course.
The course will divide into three areas:
A. Boundaries of Property (what property is; how property institutions operate)
B. Justifying Property (mainstream and novel defences and critiques of property)
C. The Trust (the distinctive contribution of trust institutions in blurring the lines between proprietary and personal claims; trust systems in common law and civilian jurisdictions)
The course will be taught by means of seminars supplemented by lectures and tutorials, led by the convenors, Prof Joshua Getzler, Mr Ben McFarlane and Dr Alexandra Braun. The core seminars are spread over Michaelmas and Hilary terms, with other scholars contributing week by week. Students will be provided with course materials accessible through the internet and the intranet, together with material in university and college libraries. Students will explore the reading materials and address a set of thematic questions, on which they will be asked to prepare brief notes. In approximately the fourth and eighth weeks of Michaelmas and Hilary terms seminars will not be given; instead tutorials will be provided in those four weeks, for which students will be asked to prepare essays on given topics. Each student will thus have the opportunity to take a set of four tutorials in the midst of their seminar learning across the first two terms. In Trinity Term students will be given the opportunity to consolidate their learning in seminars where they will take the lead in discussion and in presenting topics, with extra readings supplied to help with deeper exploration of issues. The tutorials and third-term seminars will assist students in preparing for assessment.
Assessment will take the form of a three hour written examination at the end of the course. Candidates will be required to answer three essay questions from a wide choice of topics, which may cut across themes covered in the course. Candidates will be expected to show a detailed knowledge of relevant theoretical debates and also applicable legal materials, including judgments in cases, and statutory and constitutional provisions. They will also need to display an ability to synthesise complex materials and to present their own analysis of the arguments.
The course is taught mainly by:
Joshua Getzler, Professor of Law and Legal History, Fellow of St Hugh`s College
Ben McFarlane, University Lecturer in Property Law and Trusts and Reader in Property Law, Fellow of Trinity College
Alexandra Braun, CUF Lecturer in Law, Fellow of Lady Margaret Hall
[less]
People
Advanced Property and Trusts teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Joshua Getzler: Professor of Law and Legal History
in conjunction with:
Alexandra Braun: CUF Lecturer
Ben McFarlane: Reader in Property Law
[top]
Civil Procedure
News
Herstmonceux Weekend caps Leverhulme Visit
On 25-27 June 2010, a workshop was held at Herstmonceux Castle, as part of the Project on Teaching Procedure, a project initiated by Prof. [more…]
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 7 Civil Procedure publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
C Hodges, 'Collective Redress in Europe: The New Model' (2010) 7 Civil Justice Quarterly 370
C Hodges, 'From Class Actions to Collective Redress ' (2009) 28 Civil Justice Quarterly 41
WG Ringe, Keine Berufungszuständigkeit des OLG nach § 119 GVG bei Beteiligung einer Scheinauslandsgesellschaft (2008) EuZW 44
Books
C Hodges, The Costs and Funding of Civil Litigation: A Comparative Approach (C Hodges, S Vogenauer & M Tulibacka, Hart Publishing 2010)
Chapters
C Hodges, 'Objectives, Mechanisms and Policy Choices in Collective Enforcement and Redress' in J Steele and W van Boom (eds), Mass Justice (Edward Elgar 2011)
C Hodges, 'Collective Actions' in P Cane and H Kritzer (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Empirical Legal Research (Oxford University Press 2010)
Others
and C Hodges, 'The Globalisation of Class Actions ' (2009) 66 Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
The aim of the course is to acquaint students with the fundamental principles of Civil Procedure. These principles are not specific to England but are common to all advanced systems of law. The operation and implications of these principles is discussed against the background of English law and the jurisprudence of the European Court of Human Rights. A short introduction to English civil procedure is provided so that students not familiar with the English system could soon acquire a working knowledge. However, students coming from other jurisdiction are encouraged to consider how the principles and the ideas discussed in the lectures can play a part in their own home litigation systems.
Both lectures and seminars involve active student participation. The course consists of 16 to 22 lectures (some of 2 hours each), 8 seminars and 4 to 5 tutorials. The lectures are normally held in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms and the seminars in Trinity Term.
Lectures are delivered by Professor Adrian Zuckerman and Mr Andrew Higgins. There will also be guest lectures by Professor Janet Walker and by Mr Ed Leahy. An introduction to English Civil Procedure will provided by Dr John Sorabji.
The seminars address central issues in contemporary procedure in England and elsewhere. The sessions are conducted by Professor Zuckerman withguest speakers, such as scholars, practitioners and judges from England and abroad. Tutorials may be concentrated in one term or spread over two or three terms and will be taken with Professor Zuckerman and Mr Higgins.
The course contains the following topics: A - General theory of civil adjudication B - An introduction to English civil procedure C - The procedural implications of the European Convention on Human Rights D - Adversarial Freedom, Court Control and Timely Justice; Sanctions for non-compliance with rules or orders; Summary Adjudication E - Interim injunctions F – Disclosure, including legal professional privilege and search orders G - Class Actions H - Appeal and Finality of Litigation I - Justice and Costs: The “winner recovers costs from loser” rule v. The no-costs rule; Economics and justice: hourly fees, conditional fees, contingency fees; Protection from costs: payment into court; security for costs; wasted costs orders J - Public Law Litigation: Intervention in proceedings; funding of public law litigation; peculiar features of litigation in specialist tribunals such as the Immigration Appeal Tribunal
[less]
MJur
The aim of the course is to acquaint students with the fundamental principles of Civil Procedure. These principles are not specific to England but are common to all advanced systems of law. The operation and implications of these principles is discussed against the background of English law and the jurisprudence of the European Court of Human Rights. A short introduction to English civil procedure is provided so that students not familiar with the English system could soon acquire a working knowledge. However, students coming from other jurisdiction are encouraged to consider how the principles and the ideas discussed in the lectures can play a part in their own home litigation systems.
Both lectures and seminars involve active student participation. The course consists of 16 to 22 lectures (some of 2 hours each), 8 seminars and 4 to 5 tutorials. The lectures are normally held in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms and the seminars in Trinity Term.
Lectures are delivered by Professor Adrian Zuckerman and Mr Andrew Higgins. There will also be guest lectures by Professor Janet Walker and by Mr Ed Leahy. An introduction to English Civil Procedure will provided by Dr John Sorabji.
The seminars address central issues in contemporary procedure in England and elsewhere. The sessions are conducted by Professor Zuckerman withguest speakers, such as scholars, practitioners and judges from England and abroad. Tutorials may be concentrated in one term or spread over two or three terms and will be taken with Professor Zuckerman and Mr Higgins.
The course contains the following topics: A - General theory of civil adjudication B - An introduction to English civil procedure C - The procedural implications of the European Convention on Human Rights D - Adversarial Freedom, Court Control and Timely Justice; Sanctions for non-compliance with rules or orders; Summary Adjudication E - Interim injunctions F – Disclosure, including legal professional privilege and search orders G - Class Actions H - Appeal and Finality of Litigation I - Justice and Costs: The “winner recovers costs from loser” rule v. The no-costs rule; Economics and justice: hourly fees, conditional fees, contingency fees; Protection from costs: payment into court; security for costs; wasted costs orders J - Public Law Litigation: Intervention in proceedings; funding of public law litigation; peculiar features of litigation in specialist tribunals such as the Immigration Appeal Tribunal
[less]
People
Civil Procedure teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Adrian Zuckerman: Professor of Civil Procedure
in conjunction with:
Roderick Bagshaw: CUF Lecturer
Mark Freedland: Professor of Employment Law
Denis Galligan: Professor of Socio-Legal Studies
Katharine Grevling: CUF Lecturer
Andrew Higgins: Lecturer in Civil Procedure
Mike Macnair: CUF Lecturer
Ben McFarlane: Reader in Property Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
James Goudkamp: CUF Lecturer
[top]
Commercial Law
Forthcoming Subject Events
September 2012
Wednesday 5 September 2012 until Thursday 6 September 2012 Week -4
- Oxford Law Faculty
1st Annual Cape Town Convention Academic Conference - Oxford Law Faculty The Cube
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 16 Commercial Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
T Krebs, 'Harmonisation and how not to do it: agency in the UNIDROIT Principles of International Commercial Contracts 2004' (2009) Lloyds Maritime and Commercial Law Quarterly 57
L Gullifer, 'The Law Commission’s Proposals: a critique' (2004) 15 European Business Law Review 811
Considers the proposals by the Law Commission for the reform of the law of personal property security interests
ISBN: 0959-6941
Roy Goode, 'Assignment Clauses in International Contracts' (2002) 2002 No. 3/4 Forum Europeen de law Communication, International Business Law 389
Discusses typical assignment clauses in contracts and their legal significance
ISBN: 0295.583
Roy Goode, 'The Role of the Lex Loci Arbitri in International Commercial Arbitration' (2001) 17 No. 1 Kluwer Law International 19
Written originally as a contribution to a collection of essays in honour of Professor Francis Reynolds this article discusses the extent to which judgments or orders of a court in the state of origin of arbitral proceedings in an international commercial arbitration should be respected by courts of the state of enforcement, and examines the theory of the delocalised arbitral award.
ISBN: 0957 0411
Books
M Bridge, L Gullifer, S Worthington and G McMeel, The Law of Personal Property (Sweet & Maxwell 2012) (forthcoming)
S Vogenauer, V Triebel, M Illmer and G Ringe and K Ziegler, Englisches Handels- und Wirtschaftsrecht (Verlag Recht und Wirtschaft 2012)
xxxiv + 580 pp. English Commercial and Business Law Das Werk behandelt - sehr praxisorientiert und zugleich wissenschaftlich fundiert - die im täglichen Rechtsverkehr mit England auftretenden Fragen. Dazu gehören z. B. die Besonderheiten des englischen Vertragsrechts, Warenkauf, Arbeitsrecht, Gesellschaftsrecht, Insolvenzrecht, Wettbewerbsrecht, internationales Zivilprozess- und Privatrecht einschließlich Schiedsverfahrensrecht u.v.m. Das Buch ist nicht nur für Geschäftsverbindungen mit England eine unerlässliche Hilfe. Da englisches (Handels-)Recht in vielen wirtschaftlich bedeutenden Ländern zur Anwendung kommt, genießt es Weltgeltung. Zudem wird im internationalen Handelsverkehr sehr häufig ein englischer Gerichtsstand oder Schiedsort und englisches Recht als "neutrales Recht" vereinbart, wenn sich die Parteien nicht auf das Recht einer der Vertragsparteien einigen können. Sachgebiete: Englisches Handelsrecht, englisches Wirtschaftsrecht, englisches Vertragsrecht, Handelsgeschäfte, Warenkauf, englisches Arbeitsrecht, englisches Gesellschaftsrecht, englisches Insolvenzrecht, englisches Wettbewerbsrecht, englisches internationales Zivilprozess- und Privatrecht. ISBN 978-3-8005-1346-8
Guenter Treitel and FMB Reynolds, Carver on Bills of Lading (Sweet & Maxwell, London 2011)
Although published under the name of "Carver", this is an entirely new text on bills of Lading written by the above co-authors. The major change in this edition is that it takes account of the new UN Carriage of Goods Convention known as the Rotterdam Rules, considering them not only as a self-contained body of rules but also exploring their effect on current rules of English law.
p1-589 written by Guenter Treitel and p591-830 by Professor Reynolds.
ISBN: 9780414048522
Roy Goode, Legal Problems of Credit and Security (Louise Gullifer ed, 4th edn, Thomson Sweet & Maxwell 2008)
Chapters
Robert Freitag and others, 'Representation' in Stefan Vogenauer, Gerhard Dannemann (eds), European Contract Law and the 'Common Frame of Reference' (Oxford University Press 2012)
T Krebs, 'Agency Law for Muggles: Why There is no Magic in Agency' in Andrew Burrows, Edwin Peel (eds), Contract Formation and Parties (Oxford University Press 2010)
T Krebs, 'Art. 2, Section 2: Authority of agents' in Stefan Vogenauer, Jan Kleinheisterkamp (eds), Commentary on the Principles of European Commercial Contracts (PICC) (Oxford University Press 2009)
Roy Goode, 'Are Intangible Assets Fungible' in Peter Birks and Arianna Pretto (eds), Themes in Comparative Law (Oxford University Press 2002)
Analyses the concept of fungibility in relation to intangible property and seeks to show that things often described as fungibles, eg shares, are in fact single assets the subject of co-ownership, so that questions of appropriation and identification do not arise.
ISBN: 0-19-9258566-2
Edited books
V Triebel and others (eds), Englisches Handels- und Wirtschaftsrecht [English Commercial and Economic Regulatory Law] (Munich, Beck Verlag 2012)
Others
L Gullifer and Professor Sir Roy Goode, 'Goode on Legal Problems of Credit and Security (4th ed. edited by Louise Gullifer)' (2008) Sweet & Maxwell
4th edition of this well-known key text by Sir Roy Goode
Reviews
T Krebs, 'Review of Watts, P, Bowstead & Reynolds on Agency (19th ed.) and Munday, RJC, Agency: Law and Principles' (2011) Restitution Law Review 272 [Review]
D P Nolan, 'The Law of Electronic Commerce' (2011) [2010] Lloyd's Maritime and Commercial Law Quarterly 677 [Review]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
Part of the fascination of commercial law springs from its responsiveness to the changing needs of the business community. Through the ingenuity of those in business and their legal advisers new instruments and procedures are constantly being devised which have to be tested for their legal effect against established principles of the law of property and obligations.
The core of the course involves a rigorous examination of personal property law in the context of commercial transactions, together with contractual issues of central importance to commercial transactions. The first part of the course looks at issues related to the sale of goods, such as implied terms, transfer of property and title disputes with third parties. Basic principles of commercial transactions, such as assignment, agency and possession are then examined. The last part of the course looks at real security in personal property, including priorities (between secured interests) and the characterisation of, and justification for, real security. There are also lectures covering negotiable instruments and documents of title to goods.
A feature of the whole course is that the student learns how a desired legal result can be achieved, or a legal hazard avoided, by selection of an appropriate contract structure.
Though students will be expected to analyse statutory materials as well as case law, a distinguishing feature of the course is its concentration on fundamental concepts and their application in a commercial setting. The course thus offers an intellectual challenge and provides a good foundation for those contemplating practice in the field of commercial law.
The course is taught by Dr. Thomas Krebs, Mrs L Gullifer and Professor Hugh Beale. Teaching is by a combination of tutorials (arranged by your college tutor), and seminars given in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms. Lectures are also given in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
Part of the fascination of commercial law springs from its responsiveness to the changing needs of the business community. Through the ingenuity of those in business and their legal advisers new instruments and procedures are constantly being devised which have to be tested for their legal effect against established principles of the law of property and obligations.
The core of the course involves a rigorous examination of personal property law in the context of commercial transactions, together with contractual issues of central importance to commercial transactions. The first part of the course looks at issues related to the sale of goods, such as implied terms, transfer of property and title disputes with third parties. Basic principles of commercial transactions, such as assignment, agency and possession are then examined. The last part of the course looks at real security in personal property, including priorities (between secured interests) and the characterisation of, and justification for, real security. There are also lectures covering negotiable instruments and documents of title to goods.
A feature of the whole course is that the student learns how a desired legal result can be achieved, or a legal hazard avoided, by selection of an appropriate contract structure.
Though students will be expected to analyse statutory materials as well as case law, a distinguishing feature of the course is its concentration on fundamental concepts and their application in a commercial setting. The course thus offers an intellectual challenge and provides a good foundation for those contemplating practice in the field of commercial law.
The course is taught by Dr. Thomas Krebs, Mrs L Gullifer and Professor Hugh Beale. Teaching is by a combination of tutorials (arranged by your college tutor), and seminars given in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms. Lectures are also given in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
Commercial Remedies (not offered in 2011-12)
This course aims to provide an in-depth understanding of remedies in a commercial context, interpreting that phrase in a wide sense. So it will cover remedies for civil wrongs (ie, breach of contract, tort and equitable wrongs) but will exclude any direct consideration of damages for personal injury and death. The course will build on knowledge which all law undergraduates ought to have and, in some areas, will enable students to look in greater depth at matters dealt with at undergraduate level. The approach will be avowedly traditional in that the focus will be on case analysis and doctrine. As with the Restitution of Unjust Enrichment course, with which this will dovetail, the anticipation is that developments at the cutting edge of the law will be constantly debated. An important and novel aspect of the course will be to discuss alongside remedies for the common law wrongs of breach of contract and torts, remedies for the equitable wrongs, such as breach of fiduciary duty.The intention is to have 11-12 seminars, 4 tutorials and 2 introductory lectures, across Michaelmas and Hilary. The standard exam for the BCL (ie, 3 hour closed book) will be set. The course will be primarily structured in terms of the functions or goals of the different civil remedies. It will therefore cover, for example, compensation, restitution for wrongs, punishment, declaring rights, compelling performance, preventing (or compelling the undoing of) a wrong, termination for breach of contract, agreed remedies, and election between remedies.
[less]
People
Commercial Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Louise Gullifer: Professor of Commercial Law and
Thomas Krebs: University Lecturer in Commercial Law
in conjunction with:
Hugh Beale: Visiting Professor
Andrew Burrows, QC: Professor of the Law of England
Ewan McKendrick: Registrar and Professor of English Private Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Roy Goode: Emeritus Professor of Law
Robert B Stevens: Retired. Formerly Master of Pembroke
[top]
Company Law
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 9 Company Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent publications
Journal Articles
WG Ringe, Company Law and Free Movement of Capital (2010) 69 Cambridge Law Journal 378
DOI: 10.1017/S0008197310000516
Company law has long been in conflict with European Union law. Whereas the traditional approach of the European Court of Justice was to challenge national company law rules that were applied to foreign companies under the freedom of establishment (Centros and its progeny), recent case-law suggests that the Court might embark on a general assessment of domestic company law rules. This tendency is based on an extended interpretation of the free movement of capital, which became most prominently relevant in the recent Volkswagen case. A systematic analysis of the latter fundamental freedom and its relationship to company law demonstrates that this tendency is not without risk and might well end up in a ‘quality control’ of national company law through the ECJ. However, differentiated outcomes will be found depending on the actor in question (private party or State), and depending on the beneficiary of the measure at stake. It is argued that State measures potentially will always trigger the scope of application of the free movement of capital, irrespective of their nature or objective. Hence, even general statutory company law can be caught by this fundamental freedom. However, the decisive test will be identified as whether the measure has a ‘deterring effect’ on potential investors from other Member States. Special rights for the State are one extreme example which are surely caught by EC law, and purely private arrangements within the articles of association, are the other extreme. This test is recommended to serve the Court as guidance in future cases.
J Armour, BS Black, BR Cheffins and RC Nolan, Private Enforcement of Corporate Law: An Empirical Comparison of the UK and US (2009) 6 Journal of Empirical Legal Studies 701
DOI: 10.1111/j.1740-1461.2009.01157.x
It is often assumed that strong securities markets require good legal protection of minority shareholders. This implies both “good” law—principally, corporate and securities law—and enforcement, yet there has been little empirical analysis of enforcement. We study private enforcement of corporate law in two common-law jurisdictions with highly developed stock markets, the United Kingdom and the United States, examining how often directors of publicly traded companies are sued, and the nature and outcomes of those suits. We find, based a comprehensive search for filings over 2004–2006, that lawsuits against directors of public companies alleging breach of duty are nearly nonexistent in the United Kingdom. The United States is more litigious, but we still find, based on a nationwide search of court decisions between 2000–2007, that only a small percentage of public companies face a lawsuit against directors alleging a breach of duty that is sufficiently contentious to result in a reported judicial opinion, and a substantial fraction of these cases are dismissed. We examine possible substitutes in the United Kingdom for formal private enforcement of corporate law and find some evidence of substitutes, especially for takeover litigation. Nonetheless, our results suggest that formal private enforcement of corporate law is less central to strong securities markets than might be anticipated.
WG Ringe, The European Company Statute in the context of Freedom of Establishment (2007) 7 Journal of Corporate Law Studies 185
One of the key features of the new Europe-wide legal form "European Company" ("Societas Europaea" or "SE") is the possibility of transferring the company’s seat from one Member State to another without having to be wound up or to re-register. As this possibility does not exist for companies formed under national law, the formation of an SE will often present the only possibility for companies to transfer their incorporation and corporate headquarters between Member States. This is a big advantage and a milestone towards the European Internal Market. However, some doubts remain as to the practicability of the system. The mandatory linkage of the head office to the registered office within the same Member State according to Article 7 of the SE Regulation is very problematic and, in light of recent ECJ decisions such as Centros, Überseering and Inspire Art, may violate EC primary legislation. Why should companies that are formed under national law be allowed to have the head office in a Member State different from their registration state, while an SE—as an instrument of Community law and a symbol of the Internal Market—is not? Furthermore, the detailed procedural rules laid down in the Regulation are sometimes overprotective and may significantly reduce the attractiveness of the SE’s mobility. It is argued that Article 7 of the SE Regulation is secondary law that itself is inconsistent with the (primary) EC Treaty. Furthermore, the Member States also tend to be overprotective when enacting safeguard measures for the benefit of creditors, minority shareholders and employees. Here again, freedom of establishment does not allow protectionist measures that contravene the gist of the SE’s mobility.
ISBN: 1473-5970
J Vella, 'Departing from the legal substance of transactions in the corporate field: the Ramsay Approach beyond the tax sphere' (2007) 7(2) Journal of Corporate Law Studies 243
Books
P Davies, Introduction to Company Law 2nd ed (OUP, Clarendon Law Series 2010)
P Davies, Gower and Davies Principles of Modern Company Law, Eighth Edition (Thomson/Sweet & Maxwell 2008)
This is a textbook on English company law which deals with all the elements of core company law (separate legal personality, limited liability, board and shareholder relations, majority and minority shareholder relations, accounts and audit) as well as with corporate finace (including share issues, market manipulation and takeovers). It aims to provide a strong analytical structure as well as a detailed treatment of the law.
ISBN: 978-0421-94900-3
Chapters
J Vella, 'Sparking Regulatory Competition in European Company Law: A Response' in R De la Feria and S Vogenauer (eds), Prohibition of Abuse of Law: A New General Principle of EU Law (Hart Publishing 2011)
J Payne, 'The Role of European Regulation and Model Acts in Company Law' in Ulf Bernitz and Wolf-Georg Ringe (eds), European Company Law and Economic Protectionism (OUP 2010)
Edited books
D J McBarnet, A Voiculescu and T Campbell (eds), The New Corporate Accountability: Corporate Social Responsibilty and the Law (Forthcoming) (Cambridge University Press 2007)
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
The company is one of the most important institutions in our society. There are over two million registered companies which, of course, vary radically in size and commercial significance ranging from the "one person" company to the large public companies. By virtually any measurement the company is the dominant vehicle through which business is conducted. There are a number of reasons for this but principally it is because it is a very flexible commercial institution and it is made conveniently and cheaply available.
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the basic conceptual apparatus of company law and to analyse some of the policy issues raised in regulating this pervasive commercial form. It is important to note that the course is of relevance not only to those who wish to pursue a career as commercial or company lawyers, but also to those who have no such aspirations, as a knowledge of the company and how it works is relevant to many aspects of legal practice. The course involves an analysis of not only cases but also statute law and, although the Companies Act 2006 is among the largest statutes on the statute book, the course is not overly dominated by the study of statutory materials.
The teaching group comprises Professor John Armour, Professor Paul Davies, Ms J Payne, Dr Wolf-Georg Ringe, Mr Roger Smith, and Dr John Vella . The teaching consists of lectures and seven tutorials in Michaelmas and Hilary terms. The tutorials will be arranged by the teaching group.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
The company is one of the most important institutions in our society. There are over two million registered companies which, of course, vary radically in size and commercial significance ranging from the "one person" company to the large public companies. By virtually any measurement the company is the dominant vehicle through which business is conducted. There are a number of reasons for this but principally it is because it is a very flexible commercial institution and it is made conveniently and cheaply available.
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the basic conceptual apparatus of company law and to analyse some of the policy issues raised in regulating this pervasive commercial form. It is important to note that the course is of relevance not only to those who wish to pursue a career as commercial or company lawyers, but also to those who have no such aspirations, as a knowledge of the company and how it works is relevant to many aspects of legal practice. The course involves an analysis of not only cases but also statute law and, although the Companies Act 2006 is among the largest statutes on the statute book, the course is not overly dominated by the study of statutory materials.
The teaching group comprises Professor John Armour, Professor Paul Davies, Ms J Payne, Dr Wolf-Georg Ringe, Mr Roger Smith, and Dr John Vella . The teaching consists of lectures and seven tutorials in Michaelmas and Hilary terms. The tutorials will be arranged by the teaching group.
[less]
Postgraduate
MJur
Company Law (also part of the BA course)
The company is one of the most important institutions in our society. There are over two million registered companies which, of course, vary radically in size and commercial significance ranging from the "one person" company to the large public companies. By virtually any measurement the company is the dominant vehicle through which business is conducted. There are a number of reasons for this but principally it is because it is a very flexible commercial institution and it is made conveniently and cheaply available.
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the basic conceptual apparatus of company law and to analyse some of the policy issues raised in regulating this pervasive commercial form. It is important to note that the course is of relevance not only to those who wish to pursue a career as commercial or company lawyers, but also to those who have no such aspirations, as a knowledge of the company and how it works is relevant to many aspects of legal practice. The course involves an analysis of not only cases but also statute law and, although the Companies Act 2006 is among the largest statutes on the statute book, the course is not overly dominated by the study of statutory materials.
The teaching group comprises Professor John Armour, Professor Paul Davies, Ms J Payne, Dr Wolf-Georg Ringe, Mr Roger Smith, and Dr John Vella . The teaching consists of lectures and seven tutorials in Michaelmas and Hilary terms. The tutorials will be arranged by the teaching group.
[less]
People
Company Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Jennifer Payne: Professor of Corporate Finance Law
in conjunction with:
John Armour: Hogan Lovells Professor of Law and Finance
Paul Davies: Allen & Overy Professor of Corporate Law
Wolf-Georg Ringe: DAAD Lecturer in Law and Deputy Director, IECL
Roger Smith: CUF Lecturer
John Vella: Senior Research Fellow at the Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Jose Mendoza: MSt Legal Research student
Dan Prentice: Emeritus Professor of Corporate Law
[top]
Comparative and European Corporate Law
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 9 Comparative and European Corporate Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent publications
Journal Articles
WG Ringe and J Armour, European Corporate Law 1999-2010: Renaissance and Crisis (2011) 48 Common Market Law Review 125
European corporate law has enjoyed a renaissance in the past decade. Fifteen years ago, this would have seemed most implausible. In the mid-1990s, the early integration strategy of seeking to harmonise substantive company law seemed to have been stalled by the need to reconcile fundamental differences in approaches to corporate governance. Little was happening, and the grand vision of the early pioneers appeared more dream than ambition. Yet since then, a combination of adventurous decisions by the Court of Justice, innovative approaches to legislation by the Commission, and disastrous crises in capital markets has produced a headlong rush of reform activity. The volume and pace of change has been such that few have had time to digest it: not least policymakers, with the consequence that the developments have not always been well coordinated. The recent 2007/08 financial crisis has yet again thrown many - quite fundamental - issues into question. In this article, we offer an overview that puts the most significant developments of this decade into context, alongside each other and the changing patterns of corporate structure in European countries.
Books
WG Ringe and U Bernitz (eds), Company Law and Economic Protectionism - New Challenges to European Integration (OUP 2010)
The financial crisis has brought about a revival of state protectionism across the globe. Most Western leaders have made a virtue of big government and state intervention; bail-outs and Sovereign Wealth Funds have been among the first responses to the economic contraction. Company law rules are one of the instruments frequently used to restrict or to discourage integration or to deter foreign investment. Examples for the new protectionism can be seen in a wide range of legislative and regulatory measures, for instance state measures preventing foreign takeovers, 'golden shares' or laws on foreign direct investment targeting Sovereign Wealth Funds, mainly from Asia. This book presents timely research by a number of company law and EU law experts into this field of law. The chapters cover a broad range of topics, spanning from takeovers/mergers over the one share-one vote debate through to the foreclosure of markets against Sovereign Wealth Funds.
P Davies, R Kraakman, J Armour and L Enriques, The Anatomy of Corporate Law, Second Edition (OUP 2009)
This book explains in detail how and why the principal European jurisdictions, Japan, and the United States sometimes select identical legal strategies to address a given corporate law problem, and sometimes make divergent choices. After an introductory discussion of agency issues and legal strategies, the book addresses the basic governance structure of the corporation, including the powers of the board of directors and the shareholders meeting. It proceeds to creditor protection measures, related-party transactions, and fundamental corporate actions such as mergers and charter amendments. Finally, it concludes with an examination of friendly acquisitions, hostile takeovers, and the regulation of the capital markets
ISBN: 978-0-19-956584-9
WG Ringe, Die Sitzverlegung der Europäischen Aktiengesellschaft (Mohr Siebeck 2006)
With the introduction of the new legal form of the European Company Statute ('Societas Europaea') at the end of 2004, European Community lawmakers have created an instrument which enables large European firms to choose a corporate structure which is based on the same standards in all of the European Community. One special advantage of this new legal form is the simplification of cross-border restructuring, in particular the transfer of the corporation's registered office to another country. However, the statutory provisions for this transfer are relatively restrictive and do take the creditors' and shareholders' request for protection into consideration. The book studies the extent to which these newly-created regulations for the transfer of a European Company’s seat comply with the requirements of an authentic legal form of European Community law, and in particular whether or not they are compatible with the basic freedoms stipulated in the EC Treaty.
ISBN: 978-3-16-149102-3
Chapters
WG Ringe, Deviations from Ownership-Control Proportionality—Economic Protectionism Revisited in U Bernitz and WG Ringe (eds), Company Law and Economic Protectionism (OUP 2010)
In the wake of the economic crisis of 2008/09 the debate about the desirability of control-enhancing mechanisms that deviate from the traditional one-share-one-vote standard has been reinvigorated. This debate can be seen in the discourse of policy makers and academics that advocate the introduction of multiple voting rights in an attempt to curb the short-termism that is perceived by many to have provided the prevalent business incentive prior to the financial crisis. Alongside such discourse there buds a renaissance in the use of golden shares, in the hope, inter alia, of protecting European industries against Sovereign Wealth Funds from the Middle and Far East. Most of these proposals appear to be ill-advised. In the continental European context, they would reinforce the existing blockholder-dominated share structures to the detriment of minority shareholders. But even in the UK, where the possible introduction of deviations from OSOV has been advanced, these suggestions have to be greeted with reservations. The current discussion seems to leave well-established legal and economic ground actively to support protectionist market forces.
WG Ringe and D Zimmer, Kommentierung der Art. 7, 8 SE-VO in M Lutter and P Hommelhoff (eds), SE-Kommentar (SE-VO, SEAG, SEBG, Steuerrecht) (Otto Schmidt Verlag, Cologne 2008)
Annotated guide on the European Company Statute
Internet Publications
P Davies and others, Response to the European Commission’s Green Paper: The EU Corporate Governance Framework (2011)
P Davies, The European Private Company (SPE): Uniformity, Flexibility, Competition and the Persistence of National Laws (2010) ECGI Working Paper 154/2010
In 2008 the European Commission put forward proposals for a European Private Company (SPE), following up on the adoption of the European Public Company legislation of 2001. Although speedy adoption of the SPE proposals was initially hoped for, subsequent negotiations among the member states have stalled, despite at least two revised drafts of the proposals having been produced by the Presidency of the European Council. This article seeks to identify the challenges posed to the national company laws of the member states by the Commission’s proposals for a ‘simple and flexible’ Community form of incorporation. It seeks to argue that the discussions among the member states have revolved mainly around the question of the appropriate role for mandatory rules in modern company law. Member states have been reluctant to see the SPE freed from mandatory rules to which their national companies are subject, because of the competition to their national laws which the SPE would generate. On the other hand, member states with few mandatory rules in their domestic law have been reluctant to see the SPE burdened with mandatory rules which do not apply to domestic companies, because otherwise their businesses will be deterred from taking up the new European form and obtaining its advantages. The article predicts that, of the possible legislative solutions to this confl ict, referring more of the rules applicable to the SPE to the national law of the state in which the SPE is registered is likely to be the dominant one, even though this will undermine both the uniformity and flexibility goals of the proposed legislation. It also considers how effective the ‘national law’ strategy is likely to be in the light of the Treaty provisions on freedom of establishment
P Davies, E Schuster and E van de Walle de Ghelcke, The Takeover Directive as a Protectionist Tool? (2010) ECGI Working Paper 141/2010
When the European Commission fi rst proposed a harmonised legal framework for takeovers in the EU, its aim was to facilitate takeover bids in order to create a more effi cient and competitive corporate landscape and to further the single market. In the view of the Commission, a functioning market of corporate control required rebalancing the division of powers between shareholders and management in companies facing a takeover bid. Taking the UK, EU’s most active takeover market, as a model, the Commission proposed to assign the sole decisionmaking power regarding the bid to the shareholders, with management primarily playing an advisory role. This so-called board neutrality rule, however, caused much controversy among the member states, and it was one of the main reasons for the Takeover Directive’s notoriously long adoption history. Failing to achieve consensus on this topic, the Takeover Directive was finally adopted in a “watered down” version, without a mandatory board neutrality rule. Instead, a rather complicated system of “options” was introduced, both at member state and at company level. Although it was clear that this approach would not create the same barrier-free market for corporate control the Commission originally had in mind, it was still hoped that it would be a step in this direction. At the very least, it was certainly expected that this approach would retain the status quo. This paper examines how the implementation of the Directive changed the takeover rules applicable to European companies. To that end, we analyse the pre-implementation rules regarding management’s role in takeovers in all member states, and compare them with the current legal framework. We find that, instead of facilitating the Commission’s ideal of a comprehensive, mandatory board neutrality rule, the Directive has, in aggregate, likely had an opposite effect. We argue that there are signs of protectionist motives driving member states’ choices regarding board neutrality, and we fi nd that the system of company-level choices is ineffective in its current form. We propose a simplifi ed and more coherent board neutrality rule, solely based on shareholder decision making. Acknowledging that a system allowing management to prevent unwanted bids might have advantages over a pure board neutrality rule in certain circumstances, we argue that shareholders are in a better position to decide on the optimal rules for a particular company than legislators.
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
Comparative and European Corporate Law
The course consists of a comparative study of major areas of the company laws of the UK, continental Europe (in particular, Germany) and the United States as well as an assessment of the work done by the European Union in the field of company law.
The three areas or jurisdictions selected for comparative study have, collectively, had a very significant impact on the development of company law throughout the world. An understanding of these thus assists students in understanding both the content of, and influences upon, many others. The approach taken is both functional and comparative, looking at a series of core problems with which any system of corporate law must deal, and analysing, from a functional perspective, the solutions adopted by the systems in question. The course seeks to situate these solutions in the underlying concepts and assumptions of the chosen systems, as these often provide an explanation for divergences. To this end, the course begins with a contextual overview of ‘systems’ of corporate governance, which material is then applied in the following seminars on more substantive topics. Such a comparative study is intended to enable students to see their own system of company law in a new and more meaningful light, and to be able to form new views about its future development. Finally, a study of the ways in which the European Union is developing company law within its boundaries is also important, not only as illustrating, by a review of the harmonisation programme, the benefits to be derived from a comparative study in practice, but also because it shows new ways in which corporate vehicles can be developed to meet particular policy objectives.
The course assumes students have knowledge of the basic structure of corporate laws, such as would be gained from an undergraduate course (regardless of jurisdiction). MJur students who have previously studied company law in another jurisdiction may find it helpful to take Company Law at the same time.
The teaching group comprises Professor J Armour, Dr WG Ringe and Ms J Payne. Teaching consists of a combination of lectures, seminars, and tutorials. Guest lectures by visiting academics may also be given at various points.
[less]
MJur
Comparative and European Corporate Law
The course consists of a comparative study of major areas of the company laws of the UK, continental Europe (in particular, Germany) and the United States as well as an assessment of the work done by the European Union in the field of company law.
The three areas or jurisdictions selected for comparative study have, collectively, had a very significant impact on the development of company law throughout the world. An understanding of these thus assists students in understanding both the content of, and influences upon, many others. The approach taken is both functional and comparative, looking at a series of core problems with which any system of corporate law must deal, and analysing, from a functional perspective, the solutions adopted by the systems in question. The course seeks to situate these solutions in the underlying concepts and assumptions of the chosen systems, as these often provide an explanation for divergences. To this end, the course begins with a contextual overview of ‘systems’ of corporate governance, which material is then applied in the following seminars on more substantive topics. Such a comparative study is intended to enable students to see their own system of company law in a new and more meaningful light, and to be able to form new views about its future development. Finally, a study of the ways in which the European Union is developing company law within its boundaries is also important, not only as illustrating, by a review of the harmonisation programme, the benefits to be derived from a comparative study in practice, but also because it shows new ways in which corporate vehicles can be developed to meet particular policy objectives.
The course assumes students have knowledge of the basic structure of corporate laws, such as would be gained from an undergraduate course (regardless of jurisdiction). MJur students who have previously studied company law in another jurisdiction may find it helpful to take Company Law at the same time.
The teaching group comprises Professor J Armour, Dr WG Ringe and Ms J Payne. Teaching consists of a combination of lectures, seminars, and tutorials. Guest lectures by visiting academics may also be given at various points.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
Comparative and European Corporate Law
The course consists of a comparative study of major areas of the company laws of the UK, continental Europe (in particular, Germany) and the United States as well as an assessment of the work done by the European Union in the field of company law.
The three areas or jurisdictions selected for comparative study have, collectively, had a very significant impact on the development of company law throughout the world. An understanding of these thus assists students in understanding both the content of, and influences upon, many others. The approach taken is both functional and comparative, looking at a series of core problems with which any system of corporate law must deal, and analysing, from a functional perspective, the solutions adopted by the systems in question. The course seeks to situate these solutions in the underlying concepts and assumptions of the chosen systems, as these often provide an explanation for divergences. To this end, the course begins with a contextual overview of ‘systems’ of corporate governance, which material is then applied in the following seminars on more substantive topics. Such a comparative study is intended to enable students to see their own system of company law in a new and more meaningful light, and to be able to form new views about its future development. Finally, a study of the ways in which the European Union is developing company law within its boundaries is also important, not only as illustrating, by a review of the harmonisation programme, the benefits to be derived from a comparative study in practice, but also because it shows new ways in which corporate vehicles can be developed to meet particular policy objectives.
The course assumes students have knowledge of the basic structure of corporate laws, such as would be gained from an undergraduate course (regardless of jurisdiction). MJur students who have previously studied company law in another jurisdiction may find it helpful to take Company Law at the same time.
The teaching group comprises Professor J Armour, Dr WG Ringe and Ms J Payne. Teaching consists of a combination of lectures, seminars, and tutorials. Guest lectures by visiting academics may also be given at various points.
[less]
People
Comparative and European Corporate Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
John Armour: Hogan Lovells Professor of Law and Finance
in conjunction with:
Paul Davies: Allen & Overy Professor of Corporate Law
Jennifer Payne: Professor of Corporate Finance Law
Wolf-Georg Ringe: DAAD Lecturer in Law and Deputy Director, IECL
[top]
Comparative Private Law
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 59 Comparative Private Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
A Braun, 'Towards a Greater Autonomy for Testators and Heirs: Some Reflections on Recent Reforms in France, Belgium and Italy' (2012) Zeitschrift für Europäisches Privatrecht (forthcoming)
2011
J Cartwright, '\'Choice is Good.\' Really?' (2011) 7 European Review of Contract Law 335
Discussion of the option 4 (the 'Optional Instrument') in the Commission's Green Paper on policy options for progress towards a European Contract Law for consumers and businesses (2010). [Paper first presented at SECOLA conference, Leuven, January 2011.]
ISBN: 1614-9920
2010
A Braun, 'Burying the Living? The Citation of Legal Writings in English Courts' (2010) 58 American Journal of Comparative Law 27
E Descheemaeker, 'La dualité des torts en droit français (délits, quasi-délits, et la notion de faute) [The Twofoldness of Wrongs in French Law: Delicts, Quasi-delicts, and the Notion of Fault]' (2010) 109 Revue trimestrielle de droit civil 435
Le Code civil contient une faille structurelle : son chapitre 4.3.2 (« des délits et des quasi-délits ») est censé, par construction, se rapporter à la responsabilité fondée sur un délit ou un quasi-délit, c’est-à-dire sur un acte fautif. Pourtant, ce chapitre contient des faits générateurs de responsabilité non-coupables : le contenu ne correspond donc pas au contenant. La cause, c’est que le droit français moderne a réécrit la dichotomie romaine entre obligations ex delicto et quasi ex delicto, lui faisant perdre son caractère exhaustif. Une conséquence en est que la notion de faute a été soumise à une force centrifuge considérable, tendant à la vider de sa condition historique de culpa.
ISBN: 0397-9873
2009
S J Whittaker, 'A Framework of Principle for European Contract Law?' (2009) 125 Law Quarterly Review 616
This article considers the scope, purposes and use of 'principle' by the contract law provisions of the Draft Common Frame of Reference
ISBN: ISSN 0023-933X
2008
S J Whittaker, 'Burden of Proof in the Consumer Acquis and in the Draft Common Frame of Reference: Law, Fact and Things in Between' (2008) European Review of Contract Law 411 – 444
S J Whittaker and C. Banfi del Rio (translator), 'El precedente en el Dercho ingles: una vision desde la ciudadela' (2008) 35 Revista Chilena de Derecho 37
This translates the author's earlier work 'Precedent in English Law: A View from the Citadel' which explains the rules and some of the working out of the precedent by English judges to a non-common law readership.
ISBN: 0726-0747
2007
E Descheemaeker, La question de la fusion de la common law et de l'equity en droit anglais. A propos de l'ouvrage Equity de Sarah Worthington (2007) 41 Thémis 631
Abstract: English judge-made law, like Roman law in its own time, is divided into strict law and equity. Today, this division can be described as hysteretic, insofar as it is based on now by-gone causes. The issue is therefore bound to arise, 130 years after their procedural fusion, of the substantive fusion (or integration) between these two bodies of law. The present shorter article follows up on Professor Worthington’s recent Equity, in which the writer advocated this option and, for the first time, attempted to flesh it out in a methodical fashion. It sets out to examine the taxonomical argument for fusion. Its gist is that the concept of equity, being defined procedurally rather than substantively, is an intruder within the modern English legal landscape, which is dominated by substance-based categories. This means that the only option for equity is to disappear as an autonomous legal category.
English judge-made law, like Roman law in its own time, is divided into strict law and equity. Today, this division can be described as hysteretic, insofar as it is based on now by-gone causes. The issue is therefore bound to arise, 130 years after their procedural fusion, of the substantive fusion (or integration) between these two bodies of law. The present shorter article follows up on Professor Worthington’s recent Equity, in which the writer advocated this option and, for the first time, attempted to flesh it out in a methodical fashion. It sets out to examine the taxonomical argument for fusion. Its gist is that the concept of equity, being defined procedurally rather than substantively, is an intruder within the modern English legal landscape, which is dominated by substance-based categories. This means that the only option for equity is to disappear as an autonomous legal category.
ISBN: 0556-7963
S J Whittaker, 'Form and Substance in the Reception of EC Directives into English Contract Law' (2007) 3 European Review of Contract Law 381
The author explores some of the difficulties facing English lawyers in implementing EC directives in the area of 'contract law' and compares them with those facing lawyers in systems with codified laws.
ISBN: 1614-9920
S J Whittaker, 'La responsabilité pour le fait personnel dans l’avant-projet de réforme du droit de la responsabilité: donner voix aux silences du Code civil?' (2007) 2007(1) Revue des contrats 89
This article criticises the suggested reforms to French extra-contractual liability for fault contained in the L’avant-projet de réforme du droit de la responsabilité (2005) (the 'Avant-projet Catala').
ISBN: 978-2-275-02775-3
2006
A Braun, Professors and Judges in Italy: it Takes Two to Tango (2006) 26(4) Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 665
S J Whittaker, 'On the Development of European Standard Contract Terms' (2006) 2 European Review of Contract Law 51
This article considers the desirability of the development of sector-specific European standard contract terms and puts forward four main reasons why such a development should be given a cool reception.
ISBN: 1614-9920
S J Whittaker, 'Precedent in English Law: A View from the Citadel' (2006) 14 European Review of Private Law 705
This article attempts to explain the doctrine and practice of judicial use of precedent in English law to lawyers from other and especially non common law systems.
2005
S J Whittaker, 'Contractual Control and Contractual Review in England and France' (2005) 13 European Review of Private Law 757
This article compares the use in English and French law of two techniques for the control of the content of contracts: (i) the insertion of standard terms into contracts by law and (ii) the control of the fairness of agreed contract terms. It examines the relationship between these two and considers the different mixtures of public and private law which are revealed.
ISBN: 0928-9801
S J Whittaker, 'Un droit à la prestation plûtot qu’un droit à l’exécution? Réflexions sur l’exécution en nature et réparation en droit anglais' (2005) Revue des contrats 49
Explains the strategy of English law in relation to breach of contract in terms of a right to the subject-matter of the debtor's obligation rather than to performance of the contract by the debtor.
Books
2010
S Vogenauer, H Beale, B Fauvarque-Cosson and JW Rutgers, Ius Commune Casebooks on the Common Law of Europe: Cases, Materials and Text on Contract Law (Hart Publishing 2010)
lxxxiv + 1358 pp. This is the second edition of the widely acclaimed and successful casebook on Contract in the Ius Commune Series, developed to be used throughout Europe and aimed at those who teach, learn or practise law with a comparative or European perspective. The book contains leading cases, legislation and other materials from the legal traditions within Europe, with a focus on English, French and German law as the main representatives of those traditions. The book contains the basic texts and contrasting cases as well as extracts from the various international restatements (Vienna Sales Convention, UNIDROIT, Principles of European Contract Law and so on). Materials are chosen and ordered so as to foster comparative study, and complemented with annotations and comparative overviews prepared by a multinational team. The whole Casebook is in English. The principal subjects covered in this book include: General; Formation; Validity; Interpretation and Contents; Supervening Events; Remedies; Third Parties; The Tort/Contract Divide; Causation; Remedies; Fault and Unlawfulness; Liability for Others; Liability not based on fault as well as defences.
ISBN: 9781841136042
2008
J Cartwright and M Hesselink, Precontractual Liability in European Private Law (Cambridge University Press 2008)
A volume within the Common Core of European Private Law: a comparative study of the legal nature of the precontractual phase and the liability which may follow a break-off of precontractual negotiations. The study comprises specialist reports from 16 national legal systems, and other perspectives, with Editors' introduction and conclusions.
ISBN: 9780521516013
S J Whittaker and others, Principles of French Law (2nd edn, OUP 2008)
This book is a general work introducing the French legal system and French substantive law to a non-French (and in particular common law) readership. S. Whittaker is one of the editors and wrote the section on civil procedure and the chapter on the law of obligations.
ISBN: 978-0-19-954138-6
2006
A Braun, Giudici e Accademia nell\'esperienza inglese. Storia di un dialogo (Mulino 2006)
Abstract: A study of the rise of a legal academic profession in England and its relationship with the judiciary. The work investigates whether the role of legal scholarship can still be defined as one of the cardinal differences between the English and the continental legal traditions. The first part of the book traces the history of the formation of a community of legal academics in England from the nineteenth century to the present day, thereby reconstructing the role of the English universities in legal education (Chapter 1). Emphasis is placed on the impact the emergence of the community had on the development of both legal education (Chapter 2) and legal literature (Chapter 3), as well as on the transformation of English legal scholarship over the last three decades (Chapter 4). The second part of the book is dedicated to the study of the relationship between the community of legal academics and the judiciary and its development since the late nineteenth century. As well as an examination of the role and nature of the famous ‘books of authority’ (Chapter 5) and the impact of the traditional convention forbidding the ‘citation of living authors’ (Chapter 6), the second part of the book consists largely of an analysis of the way English judges communicate with the academic profession and the changes in the citation practice of English courts. Attention is also paid to the different ways legal academics assist judges in the decision-making process (Chapter 7). Furthermore, two particular branches of law, restitution and criminal law, are analysed in an attempt to show how academics have contributed to their development (Chapter 8). Finally, the developments in England are placed within the context of the role of academic lawyers in other European legal systems. This book has been reviewed in: (2008) 1 Revista Catalana de Dret Privat (Antoni Vaquer) (forthcoming) (2008) Rivista di diritto comparato pubblico ed europeo (Alessandro Torre) (forthcoming) (2008) 125 Zeitschrift für Rechtsgeschichte (Filippo Ranieri) (forthcoming) (2007) Anuario de Derecho Civil, Tomo LX, fasc. III, 1404 (Esther Arroyo i Amayuelas) (2007) 66 Cambridge Law Journal 474 (John Bell) (2007) 123 Law Quarterly Review 654 (Michele Graziadei) (2006) 55 American Journal of Comparative Law 197 (Patrick Glenn) Selected as one of the ‘Law Books of the Year 2007’ in Germany: (2007) 46 Neue Juristische Wochenschrift, 3332.
ISBN: 8815113487
A Johnston, H. Unberath and B.S. Markesinis, The German Law of Contract: A Comparative Treatise (Hart Publishing 2006)
Recently the contract section of the German Civil Code was amended after one hundred years of un-altered existence. The German Law of Contract, radically recast, enlarged, and re-written since its first edition, now details and explains for the first time these changes for the benefit of Anglophone lawyers. One hundred and twenty translated contract decisions also make this work a unique source-book for students, academics, and practitioners. Along with its companion volume, The German Law of Torts, the two volumes provide one of the fullest accounts of the German Law of Obligations available in the English language. Through its method of presentation of German law, the book represents an original contribution to the art of comparison. An additional feature of the Contract volume is the way in which it reveals the growing impact which European Directives are having upon the traditional, liberal, contract model, thereby bringing German and English law closer to each other, especially in the area of consumer protection.
Chapters
2012
A Braun, 'Testamentary Freedom and its Restrictions in French and Italian law: Trends and Shifts' in R. Zimmermann (ed), Testierfreiheit/Freedom of testation (Mohr Siebeck 2012) (forthcoming)
2011
A Braun, 'Testamentary Formalities in Italy' in Kenneth G C Reid, Marius J de Waal, and Reinhard Zimmermann (eds), Comparative Succession Law Volume I: Testamentary Formalities (OUP 2011)
J Cartwright, 'Defects of Consent in Contract Law' in AS Hartkamp, MW Hesselink, EH Hondius, C Mak, CE du Perron (eds), Towards a European Civil Code, 4th edn (Kluwer Law International 2011)
Comparative discussion of defects of consent (mistake, misrepresentation, fraud, duress, etc) in English, French and German contract law and under the Draft Common Frame of Reference.
ISBN: 978-90-411-3357-1
J Cartwright, 'La réception linguistique de l’avant-projet de réforme: traduire l’avant-projet en anglais' in Pierre Catala (ed), L’art de traduction: L’accueil international de l’avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations (Editions Panthéon-Assas 2011)
Discussion of difficulties of translation of the l’avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations into English; publication of paper originally given at colloquium at the Senate, Paris, on 1 April 2008.
ISBN: 978-2-913397-99-6
2010
A Braun, 'Judges and Academics: Features of a Partnership' in J Lee (ed), From House of Lords to Supreme Court. Judges, Jurists and the Process of Judging (Hart Publishing, Oxford 2010)
S Vogenauer, Christopher Hodges and Magdalena Tulibacka, 'The Oxford Study on Costs and Funding of Civil Litigation' in Christopher Hodges, Stefan Vogenauer, Magdalena Tulibacka (eds), The Costs and Funding of Civil Litigation: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing 2010)
pp 1-184
S J Whittaker, 'Contracts for Services in English Law and in the DCFR' in R. Zimmermann (ed), Service Contracts (Mohr Siebeck 2010)
This article explains and assess the category of 'contracts for services' in English law and its relationship to other contracts. It then compares this to the approach taken by the Draft Common Frame of Reference
2009
J Cartwright, 'Interpretation of English Law in Light of the Common Frame of Reference' in H. Snijders and S. Vogenauer (eds), Content and Meaning of National Law in the Context of Transnational Law (Sellier 2009)
Discussion of how English courts may be faced with interpreting the Cmmon Frame of Reference, with particular reference to duties of good faith in negotiation and performance of contacts.
ISBN: 9783866531277
S Vogenauer, 'The Avant-projet de réforme: an Overview' in J Cartwright, S Vogenauer and S Whittaker (eds), Reforming the French Law of Obligations: Comparative Observations on the Avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription (the ‘Avant-projet Catala’) (Hart Publishing 2009)
pp. 3-28
S Vogenauer, 'The Effects of Contracts on Third Parties: the Avant-projet de réforme in a Comparative Perspective' in J Cartwright, S Vogenauer and S Whittaker (eds), Reforming the French Law of Obligations: Comparative Observations on the Avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription (the ‘Avant-projet Catala’) (Hart Publishing 2009)
pp. 235-268.
S J Whittaker, ''Termination' for Contractual Non-performance and its Consequences: French Law Reviewed in the Light of the Avant-projet de reforme' in J. Cartwrigh, S. Vogenauer, S. Whittaker (eds), Reforming the French Law of Obligations (Richard Hart 2009)
S J Whittaker and others, 'Translating the Avant-projet de réforme' in J. Cartwright, S. Vogenauer, S. Whittaker (eds), Reforming the French Law of Obligations (Richard Hart 2009)
2008
J Cartwright, 'Analyse comparée de la responsabilité précontractuelle dans les droits européens' in O. Deshayes (ed), L’avant-contrat: Actualité du processus de formation des contrats (PUF, collection CEPRISCA 2008)
Comparison of the approaches of different European legal systems to liability between parties during the negotiations for a contract. Published paper from conference on ‘L’avant-contrat’, Le Centre de droit privé et de sciences criminelles d’Amiens, Université de Picardie Jules Verne, 4 April 2007.
ISBN: 978-2-95187-128-1
J Cartwright, 'L’obligation de négocier? Un domaine de concurrence entre droit anglais et droit français des contrats.' in J. du Bois de Gaudusson and F. Ferrand (eds), La Concurrence des Systèmes Juridiques (Presses Universitaires d’Aix-Marseille 2008)
Comparison of the different approaches of French and English law to the acceptance (or not) of an obligation to negotiate during the precontractual phase. Published paper from conference on ‘La concurrence des systèmes juridiques’, Institut de droit comparé Edouard Lambert, Lyon, 20 October 2006
ISBN: 9782731406245
2007
A Braun, 'Revocability of Mutual Wills' in Kenneth G C Reid, Marius J de Waal and Reinhard Zimmermann (eds) (eds), Exploring the Law of Succession: Studies National, Historical and Comparative (Edinburgh Studies in Law, vol. 5, Edinburgh University Press 2007)
S Vogenauer, 'Gli effeti di contratti verso i terzi: L’Avant-projet du réforme in una prospettiva comparatistica' in M Andenas et al (ed), Liber Amicorum Guido Alpa: Private Law Beyond the National Systems (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2007)
pp. 1000-1036. A comparative analysis of the provisions on contracts for the benefit of third parties in the French 'Avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription' (2005)
ISBN: 978-1-905221-28-8
S J Whittaker, 'A 'Period of Grace' for Contractual Performance' in M. Andenas, S. Diaz Alabart, Sir Basil Markesinis, H. Micklitz and N. Pasquini (eds), Liber Amicorum Guido Alpa, Private Law Beyond the National Systems (British Institute of International and Comparative Law 2007)
This article (which is an updated version of a paper published in a group of conference papers in Spain in 2002) deals with the question whether a court can give a contractual party further time to perform a contractual obligation (looking at French and English law).
ISBN: 978-1-90522210-28-8
S J Whittaker, 'The Interpretation of Concepts in European Private Law' in K. Boele-Woelski and W. Grosheide (eds), The Future of European Contract Law (Wolters Kluwer 2007)
This short article contrasts the interpretative style of the ECJ with more traditional (and conceptual) styles of 'European private lawyers' and then illustrates this contrast by reference to the decision of the ECJ in EasyCar v OFT
ISBN: 978-90-411-2699-3
S J Whittaker, '\'Contributory Fault and Mitigation; Rights and Reasonableness: Comparisons between English and French Law' in L Tichy (ed), Causation in Law ( 2007)
This article compares the different treatment of a claimant's failure to mitigate his/her own harm in French and English law.
ISBN: 80-85889-93-2
2006
S Vogenauer, 'Sources of Law and Legal Method in Comparative Law' in M Reimann, R Zimmermann (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Comparative Law (Oxford University Press 2006)
Chapter of Handbook.
ISBN: 199296065
S J Whittaker, 'The Terminologies of Civil Protection: Rights, Remedies and Procedures' in B. Pozzo and V. Jacometti (eds), Multilinqualism and the Harmonization of European Law (Kluwer 2006)
This work is also published in Italian as ‘‘La Terminologia della Tutela Civile: Diritti, Rimedi e Procedure’ in B. Pozzo and V. Jacometti (eds.), Le politische linguistiche delle istituzioni comunitarie dopo l’allargamento (2006) The work looks at the terminology describing the rights of parties in a contractual context in English, French and EC law and how this terminology reflects different ways of thinking about the appropriate response of the law to failure to perform
ISBN: 90-411-2532-9
S J Whittaker, 'Theory and Practice of the 'General Clause' in English Law: General Norms and the Structuring of Judicial Discretion'' in S. Grundmann and D. Mazeaud (eds), General Clauses and Standards in European Contract Law ( 2006)
This article explains how an English lawyer would see the notion of a 'general clause' and then gives three types of examples of such a very broad legal norm from English law.
ISBN: 90 411 2432 2
2005
S J Whittaker, 'A Few Observations on the Plurality of Debtors and on their Release' in A Vaquer (ed), La Tercera Parte de Los Principios de Derecho Contractual Europeo, The Principles of European Contract Law Part III (Tirant lo blanch, Valencia 2005)
analyses the provisions of the Principles of European Contract law on the plurality of debtors (joint and several liability) from the point of view of English law and French law.
2004
S J Whittaker, 'Consumer Law and the Distinction between Public and Private Law' in J.-B. Auby and M. Freedland (eds), La distinction du droit public et du droit privé: regards français et britanniques/ The Public Law/Private Law Divide: une entente assez cordiale (Ed. Panthéon Assas 2004)
A brief article exploring how consumer protection relates to the distinction between public and private law (with reference to French and English law)
ISBN: 2-913397-28-X
Edited books
2010
S Vogenauer, J Cartwright and S Whittaker (eds), Regards comparatistes sur l'avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription (Société de législation comparée (Droit privé comparé et européen, vol 9) 2010)
S Vogenauer, Christopher Hodges and Magdalena Tulibacka (eds), The Costs and Funding of Civil Litigation: A Comparative Perspective (Hart Publishing 2010)
xviii + 562 pp. This book contains the first major comparative study of litigation costs and methods of funding litigation in more than 30 jurisdictions. It was linked with the most comprehensive review of the costs ever carried out in England and Wales by Lord Justice Jackson in 2009 and benefited from the assistance of leading practitioners around the globe. The study analyses the principles and rules that relate to paying courts, witnesses and lawyers, and the rules on cost shifting, if any. They also note the major ways in which litigation can be funded, identifying the global trend on contraction of legal aid, the so far limited spread of contingency fees, and the growing new phenomenon of private third party litigation funding. The study also presents the results of nine case studies of typical claim types, so as to give a first overview comparison of which countries' legal systems are cheaper or more expensive. The book further contains national chapters with in depth analysis contributed by scholars in 18 jurisdictions (Australia, Belgium, Canada, China, Denmark, England & Wales, France, Germany, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Switzerland, Taiwan and USA) and a further chapter on Latin American jurisdictions.
ISBN: 1849461023
S J Whittaker (ed), Introduction to fault in product liability (Cambridge University Press 2010)
This forms the introduction and general overview of the work which I also edited on the historical development of product liability in 6 European laws. It forms part of a wider AHRD project on Legal Development (the first stage of which focussed on the development of liability for fault) run by John Bell and David Ibbetson of Cambridge.
ISBN: ISBN 978-0-521-49429
S J Whittaker (ed), The development of product liability in England (Cambridge University Press 2010)
This essay explains the development of product liability in English law
2009
J Cartwright, S Vogenauer and S Whittaker (eds), Reforming the French Law of Obligations (Hart Publishing 2009)
Edited volume of comparative reflections on the Avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription, based on papers from colloquium held in March 2007. Articles by J. Cartwright at pp. 51-70 (‘Negotiation and Renegotiation: An English Perspective’), pp. 359-380 (‘Reforming the French Law of Prescription: An English Perspective’); and pp. 409-411 (Summary of discussions); jointly with S. Whittaker at pp. 425-444 (‘Translating the Avant-projet de réforme’) and translation of the Avant-projet into English (pp. 479-915, odd numbered pages). Whole volume edited by J. Cartwright, S. Vogenauer and S. Whittaker
ISBN: 9781841138053
S Vogenauer, John Cartwright and Simon Whittaker (eds), Reforming the French Law of Obligations: Comparative Observations on the Avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription (the ‘Avant-projet Catala’) (Hart Publishing 2009)
The 2005 Avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription, also dubbed the Avant-projet Catala, suggests the most far-reaching reform of the French Civil code since it came into force in 1804. It reviews central aspects of contract law, the law of delict and the law of unjustified enrichment. There is currently a very lively debate in France as to the merits or the demerits of both the particular draft provisions and the general idea of recodification as such. This volume (xx + 930 pp) is the first publication to introduce the reform proposals to an English speaking audience. It contains the official English translation of the text, and distinguished private lawyers from both England and France analyse and assess particularly interesting aspects of the substantive draft provisions in a comparative perspective. Topics covered include negotiation and renegotiation of contracts, la cause, the enforcement of contractual obligations, termination of contract and its consequences, the effects of contracts on third parties, the definition of la faute, the quantification of damages, and the law of prescription. The volume also contains an overall assessment of the draft provisions by one of the most senior French judges who chaired the Working Party on the Avant-projet, established by the French Supreme Court, the Cour de cassation.
ISBN: 978-1-84-113805-3
Internet Publications
2009
S J Whittaker, La protection du consommateur contre les clauses abusives en Grande Bretagne (2009) Commission des clauses abusives, France
2007
J Cartwright and S Whittaker, Proposals for Reform of the Law of Obligations and the Law of Prescription; English translation of Avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription (2005) (2007)
Official translation into English of the Avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription. Revised translation (2008) is published in J. Cartwright, S. Vogenauer and S. Whittaker: Reforming the French Law of Obligations (Hart Publishing, 2009)
S J Whittaker and John Carwright, Proposals for Reform of the Law of Obligations and the Law of Prescription; English translation of Avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription (2005) (2007)
This translation (running to c. 100,000 words covers the proposed changes to the French Civil Code's law of contract, civil liability, unjustified enrichment and prescription, together with the introductory preambles and notes. At present it is published on the French Ministry of Justice Website (we were invited by the organiser of the project to make the translation for this purpose), but we shall republish it with notes etc and essays from 16 or so French and other colleagues later this year.
Case Notes
2006
J Cartwright, 'Cour de Cass, Ass Plén, 6 décembre 2004: English case note' (2006) 14 European Review of Private Law 789 [Case Note]
Comparative (English/French law)case note on recent leading decision in French law on the transfer of the benefit of a rent guarantee.
ISBN: 0928-9801
Reviews
2010
E Descheemaeker, Review of J. Cartwright, S. Vogenauer and S. Whittaker (eds.), Reforming the French Law of Obligations. Comparative Reflections on the Avant-projet de réforme du droit des obligations et de la prescription (the ‘Avant-projet Catala’) (2010) 73 Modern Law Review 1086 [Review]
2006
E Descheemaeker, Review of Sarah Worthington, Equity (2006) 58 Revue internationale de droit comparé 1025 [Review]
2004
E Descheemaeker, Review of Eltjo Schrage (ed.), Negligence. The Comparative Legal History of the Law of Torts (2004) 56 Revue internationale de droit comparé 261 [Review]
2002
E Descheemaeker, Review of Peter Birks (ed.), English Private Law (2002) 54 Revue internationale de droit comparé 869 [Review]
Reports
2009
S J Whittaker, The 'Draft Common Frame of Reference': An Assessment (2009) Ministry of Justice of the United Kingdom 168 pages
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
This course centres on a comparison of the general principles governing the law of contract in French and in English law, choosing this topic both because of its substantive interest and because it is a good place from which to embark on comparative legal studies. For this reason, the course is arranged in two parts. The first introductory part (representing one tutorial week) looks at very general features of the French legal system, especially as regards the sources of the law, and it invites comparisons with the apparently very different approaches of English law. The second part of the course (representing six tutorial weeks) looks at the French and English general laws of contract both from the point of view of their own substantive principles and as the context for the illustration and elucidation of the more general questions addressed in the first part. While the material itself is necessarily restricted, the provisions of the Code civil and examples of the case-law and juristic writing (la doctrine) are studied. Comparisons may include those drawn at the level of principle, underlying values, legal technique or practical result.
Students taking this course may come from either a common law or a civil law background, but the reading set for the course focuses on (though is not limited to) the French materials, it being assumed that the students taking the course have already undertaken studies in English general contract law. The French sources are studied in French, though there are a number of introductory works on French law and French contract law in English (including Bell, Boyron and Whittaker, Principles of French Law and Nicholas, The French Law of Contract) and articles comparing aspects of French and English contract law. A good deal of the French material for the course is contained in Kahn-Freund, Lévy and Rudden, A Source Book of French Law. Overall, therefore, the course requires a good reading knowledge of French.
The pattern of teaching will be as follows. Lectures on French contract law will be given in Michaelmas and Hilary terms by Professor John Cartwright and Professor Simon Whittaker respectively.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
This course centres on a comparison of the general principles governing the law of contract in French and in English law, choosing this topic both because of its substantive interest and because it is a good place from which to embark on comparative legal studies. For this reason, the course is arranged in two parts. The first introductory part (representing one tutorial week) looks at very general features of the French legal system, especially as regards the sources of the law, and it invites comparisons with the apparently very different approaches of English law. The second part of the course (representing six tutorial weeks) looks at the French and English general laws of contract both from the point of view of their own substantive principles and as the context for the illustration and elucidation of the more general questions addressed in the first part. While the material itself is necessarily restricted, the provisions of the Code civil and examples of the case-law and juristic writing (la doctrine) are studied. Comparisons may include those drawn at the level of principle, underlying values, legal technique or practical result.
Students taking this course may come from either a common law or a civil law background, but the reading set for the course focuses on (though is not limited to) the French materials, it being assumed that the students taking the course have already undertaken studies in English general contract law. The French sources are studied in French, though there are a number of introductory works on French law and French contract law in English (including Bell, Boyron and Whittaker, Principles of French Law and Nicholas, The French Law of Contract) and articles comparing aspects of French and English contract law. A good deal of the French material for the course is contained in Kahn-Freund, Lévy and Rudden, A Source Book of French Law. Overall, therefore, the course requires a good reading knowledge of French.
The pattern of teaching will be as follows. Lectures on French contract law will be given in Michaelmas and Hilary terms by Professor John Cartwright and Professor Simon Whittaker respectively.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
European Private Law: Contract (not offered in 2011-12)
European Private Law is an emerging and dynamic subject. It concerns the gradual approximation and harmonisation of the national private laws of the European Union's Member States, one of the most fascinating contemporary developments in the law. The Europeanisation of private law has two dimensions. One is fairly imminent and extremely relevant to legal practice. It concerns the implications of existing legislation and case-law emanating from the organs of the EU for national private laws. The other is more forward-looking and rather of a scholarly nature. It relates to a number of academic proposals for common European rules and principles in the area of private law, based on thorough comparative research. Thus European Private Law combines issues from at least three branches of legal scholarship, ie European Law, (national) Private Law and Comparative Law.
The course attempts to combine these disciplines, constantly approaching particular problems from a European point of view as well as from the perspective of various national private laws, thus necessarily adopting a comparative approach. The course first considers fundamental questions relating to the desirability, the constitutional legitimacy and the feasibility of the harmonisation of Private Law in Europe. An overview of the existing state of European Private Law, the imminent developments and the long-term proposals by various groups of academics is provided. The main part of the course consists in the study of a limited number of specific substantive issues taken from one of the core areas of private law, the law of contract. These are studied, as far as possible, with reference to primary materials, ie legislation and case law, and are likely to include topics such as pre-contractual liability, formation of contract, third parties in contract, mistake, good faith, standard terms, supervening events, breach of contract and remedies. Examples from national legal systems will mainly be drawn from English, French and German law. If, however, another legal system offers an interesting and original solution this will also be taken into account.
This approach already indicates that the course does not aspire to cover the whole of contract law with all its, say, constitutional and procedural implications, in all or even the most important European legal systems, but is rather of a more topical nature. The search is for – common or diverging – solutions to legal problems arising in all legal systems (including EU law and recent proposals for further harmonisation). These are looked at both from a rather technical point of view and with respect to the underlying principles so that a balance between ‘black letter’ law and general policy issues is struck. Participants will thus be in a position to evaluate the status quo of European contract law(s), the potential for further harmonisation and the methodological implications of this process. The principal objective of the course is to enable students to acquire knowledge and understanding in the area of European Private Law and to discuss and assess critically at an advanced level the legal and policy issues arising therefrom. Participants may expect to gain a deeper understanding of the nature of contract law, basic knowledge of the major European traditions in this area of the law and the ability to master a wide range of strongly heterogeneous sources – all of which are competences and skills of increasing importance in a Europe growing together.
[less]
MJur
Comparative Law: Contract (also part of the BA course)
This course centres on a comparison of the general principles governing the law of contract in French and in English law, choosing this topic both because of its substantive interest and because it is a good place from which to embark on comparative legal studies. For this reason, the course is arranged in two parts. The first introductory part (representing one tutorial week) looks at very general features of the French legal system, especially as regards the sources of the law, and it invites comparisons with the apparently very different approaches of English law. The second part of the course (representing six tutorial weeks) looks at the French and English general laws of contract both from the point of view of their own substantive principles and as the context for the illustration and elucidation of the more general questions addressed in the first part. While the material itself is necessarily restricted, the provisions of the Code civil and examples of the case-law and juristic writing (la doctrine) are studied. Comparisons may include those drawn at the level of principle, underlying values, legal technique or practical result.
Students taking this course may come from either a common law or a civil law background, but the reading set for the course focuses on (though is not limited to) the French materials, it being assumed that the students taking the course have already undertaken studies in English general contract law. The French sources are studied in French, though there are a number of introductory works on French law and French contract law in English (including Bell, Boyron and Whittaker, Principles of French Law and Nicholas, The French Law of Contract) and articles comparing aspects of French and English contract law. A good deal of the French material for the course is contained in Kahn-Freund, Lévy and Rudden, A Source Book of French Law. Overall, therefore, the course requires a good reading knowledge of French.
The pattern of teaching will be as follows. Lectures on French contract law will be given in Michaelmas and Hilary terms by Professor John Cartwright and Professor Simon Whittaker respectively.
[less]
European Private Law: Contract (not offered in 2011-12)
European Private Law is an emerging and dynamic subject. It concerns the gradual approximation and harmonisation of the national private laws of the European Union's Member States, one of the most fascinating contemporary developments in the law. The Europeanisation of private law has two dimensions. One is fairly imminent and extremely relevant to legal practice. It concerns the implications of existing legislation and case-law emanating from the organs of the EU for national private laws. The other is more forward-looking and rather of a scholarly nature. It relates to a number of academic proposals for common European rules and principles in the area of private law, based on thorough comparative research. Thus European Private Law combines issues from at least three branches of legal scholarship, ie European Law, (national) Private Law and Comparative Law.
The course attempts to combine these disciplines, constantly approaching particular problems from a European point of view as well as from the perspective of various national private laws, thus necessarily adopting a comparative approach. The course first considers fundamental questions relating to the desirability, the constitutional legitimacy and the feasibility of the harmonisation of Private Law in Europe. An overview of the existing state of European Private Law, the imminent developments and the long-term proposals by various groups of academics is provided. The main part of the course consists in the study of a limited number of specific substantive issues taken from one of the core areas of private law, the law of contract. These are studied, as far as possible, with reference to primary materials, ie legislation and case law, and are likely to include topics such as pre-contractual liability, formation of contract, third parties in contract, mistake, good faith, standard terms, supervening events, breach of contract and remedies. Examples from national legal systems will mainly be drawn from English, French and German law. If, however, another legal system offers an interesting and original solution this will also be taken into account.
This approach already indicates that the course does not aspire to cover the whole of contract law with all its, say, constitutional and procedural implications, in all or even the most important European legal systems, but is rather of a more topical nature. The search is for – common or diverging – solutions to legal problems arising in all legal systems (including EU law and recent proposals for further harmonisation). These are looked at both from a rather technical point of view and with respect to the underlying principles so that a balance between ‘black letter’ law and general policy issues is struck. Participants will thus be in a position to evaluate the status quo of European contract law(s), the potential for further harmonisation and the methodological implications of this process. The principal objective of the course is to enable students to acquire knowledge and understanding in the area of European Private Law and to discuss and assess critically at an advanced level the legal and policy issues arising therefrom. Participants may expect to gain a deeper understanding of the nature of contract law, basic knowledge of the major European traditions in this area of the law and the ability to master a wide range of strongly heterogeneous sources – all of which are competences and skills of increasing importance in a Europe growing together.
[less]
People
Comparative Private Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
John Cartwright: Professor of the Law of Contract
in conjunction with:
Stefan Vogenauer: Professor of Comparative Law
Simon Whittaker: Professor of European Comparative Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Maris Köpcke Tinturé: Fellow in Law, Worcester College (Lecturer in Law, Brasenose College)
Dorota Leczykiewicz: Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow
[top]
Comparative Public Law
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 10 Comparative Public Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
D O'Brien and Wheatle, 'Post-Independence Constitutional Reform In The Commonwealth Caribbean And A New Charter Of Fundamental Rights And Freedoms For Jamaica' (2012) Public Law (forthcoming)
P Eleftheriadis, 'Constitutional Reform and the Rule of Law in Greece' (2005) 28 West European Politics 317
A critical analysis of the last ten years of constitutional developments in Greece
ISBN: 0140-2382
Chapters
P P Craig, 'Judicial Review of Questions of Law: A Comparative Perspective' in S Rose-Ackerman and P Lindseth (eds), Comparative Administrative Law (Edward Elgar 2011)
P P Craig, 'Executive Accountability and the Contestability of the Executive Domai' in L Verhey, P Kiiver & S Loeffen (eds), Political Accountability and European Integration ( 2009)
K S Ziegler and others, 'Constitutionalism and the Role of Parliaments' in K Ziegler, D Baranger and AW Bradley (eds), Constitutionalism and the Role of Parliaments (Oxford, Hart Publishing 2007)
P Eleftheriadis, 'The Rule of Law in Modern Greece' in Kevin Featherstone (ed), Politics and Policy in Greece: The Challenge of Modernisation (Routledge, London 2006)
K S Ziegler, The Model of a Parliamentary Army under the German Constitution in House of Lords Select Committee on the Constitution (ed), Waging War: Parliament’s Role and Responsibility (15th Report of Session 2005-06), Volume II: Evidence (HL Paper 236-II) (London, The Stationery Office 2006)
Written Evidence submitted to the House of Lords Constitution Committee in its inquiry on war-making powers
Edited books
K S Ziegler and others (eds), Constitutionalism and the Role of Parliaments (Oxford, Hart Publishing 2007)
Presentation/Conference contributions
M R Freedland, 'Government by Contract Re-examined-- Some Functional Issues', paper presented at Oxford University Press 123
A chapter on the law and practice of government contracting in 'Law and Administration in Europe - Essays in Honour of Carol Harlow, edited by P Craig and R Rawlings.
ISBN: 0-19-926537-2
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
Judicial protection against unlawful (and sometimes lawful) legislative and administrative acts or rules is of concern to individuals and companies in a variety of contexts. This course covers the central aspects of procedural and substantive judicial review under the public law of England, France and the European Union. The course will consider these issues against the constitutional framework which exists in the three systems. Throughout the course the emphasis will be on making comparisons between the different systems. To facilitate this each of the topics studied will be analysed within the same week's work.
The principal course objective is to enable students to acquire knowledge and understanding of the law in this area, and to be able to discuss at an advanced level elements of public law as they are evolving in England, France, and in the EU.
It is possible to undertake the course exclusively on the basis of English language materials, but the ability to read French is an advantage, since some of the secondary sources on French law are only available in the French language. There are, however, translations of the French case law used in the course.
Advice on this and other aspects of the course is available from the course convenor, Professor P P Craig (St. Johns College). The course is taught by Professor P P Craig, S. Boyron and Dr A Young.
Teaching is primarily through lectures and seminars in Michaelmas and Hilary terms. Tutorials will be available in Trinity Term. The structure of the course is as follows. In Michaelmas Term there will be lectures which deal with the central aspects of procedural and substantive review in the three systems. The lectures are designed to lay the foundations for eminar discussion that will take place in Hilary Term, and the first half of Trinity Term. The lectures and seminars will cover the following topics: the constitutional foundations of the three systems; procedural review; review for jurisdictional error; improper purposes; irrationality; proportionality; legitimate expectations; equality; and fundamental rights; damages ctions, including damages for losses caused by lawful governmental action.
[less]
MJur
Judicial protection against unlawful (and sometimes lawful) legislative and administrative acts or rules is of concern to individuals and companies in a variety of contexts. This course covers the central aspects of procedural and substantive judicial review under the public law of England, France and the European Union. The course will consider these issues against the constitutional framework which exists in the three systems. Throughout the course the emphasis will be on making comparisons between the different systems. To facilitate this each of the topics studied will be analysed within the same week's work.
The principal course objective is to enable students to acquire knowledge and understanding of the law in this area, and to be able to discuss at an advanced level elements of public law as they are evolving in England, France, and in the EU.
It is possible to undertake the course exclusively on the basis of English language materials, but the ability to read French is an advantage, since some of the secondary sources on French law are only available in the French language. There are, however, translations of the French case law used in the course.
Advice on this and other aspects of the course is available from the course convenor, Professor P P Craig (St. Johns College). The course is taught by Professor P P Craig, S. Boyron and Dr A Young.
Teaching is primarily through lectures and seminars in Michaelmas and Hilary terms. Tutorials will be available in Trinity Term. The structure of the course is as follows. In Michaelmas Term there will be lectures which deal with the central aspects of procedural and substantive review in the three systems. The lectures are designed to lay the foundations for eminar discussion that will take place in Hilary Term, and the first half of Trinity Term. The lectures and seminars will cover the following topics: the constitutional foundations of the three systems; procedural review; review for jurisdictional error; improper purposes; irrationality; proportionality; legitimate expectations; equality; and fundamental rights; damages ctions, including damages for losses caused by lawful governmental action.
[less]
People
Comparative Public Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Paul Craig: Professor of English Law
in conjunction with:
Mark Freedland: Professor of Employment Law
Simon Whittaker: Professor of European Comparative Law
Alison L Young: CUF Lecturer
Katja Ziegler: Reader in European and Comparative Law, Erich Brost University Lecturer
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Michal Bobek: Anglo-German Fellow
Matthias Klatt: Research Fellow
[top]
Competition Law
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Friday 25 May 2012 Week 5
- Centre for Competition Law & Policy
Private labels, brands and competition policy - The eighth symposium on competition amongst retailers and suppliers - Centre for Competition Law & Policy
June 2012
Friday 15 June Week 8
- Centre for Competition Law & Policy
Round Table Discussion on Competition Law and the Latin American Experience - Centre for Competition Law & Policy
February 2013
Monday 25 February 2013 Week 7
- Centre for Competition Law & Policy
Unilateral Effects and the European Merger Regulation - Speaker: Michele Piergiovanni, European Commission
Centre for Competition Law & Policy at 13:00
News
The relationship between private and public enforcement in EU Competition Law
The Competition/EU law discussion group will host a talk by Dr Assimakis Komninos, White & Case LLP, who will discuss the relationship between private and public enforcement in EU Competition Law.
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 39 Competition Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2011
C Hodges, 'A Market-Based Competition Enforcement Policy' (2011) 22 European Business Law Review 261
C Hodges, 'European Competition Enforcement Policy: Integrating Restitution and Behaviour Control' (2011) 34(3) World Competition 383
2010
A Ezrachi and Gilo, 'Excessive Pricing, Entry, Assessment and Investment – Lessons from the Mittal Litigation' (2010) 76:3 Antitrust Law Journal
The role of antitrust in curtailing excessive prices has long been a contentious area. Consequently, the charging of excessive prices has been subjected to diverse levels of enforcement across the world.1 U.S. antitrust law, for example, does not encompass the charging of high prices as such,2 and was held not to “condemn the resultant of those very forces which it is its prime object to foster: finis opus coronat.”3 By contrast, competition laws in other jurisdictions provide for the condemnation of excessive or unfair pricing. Such is the case under EU competition law,4 the competition provisions in the European Member States,5 and in other jurisdictions across the world.6 But even among those competition regimes which do intervene against the charging of excessive prices as such, one may identify different levels of enthusiasm for doing so. In Europe, for example, recent years have witnessed a restrained approach by the European Commission7 but a more proactive approach by some of the competition authorities of the Member States.8 Varying levels of intervention reflect a controversy as to the merit of prohibiting excessive pricing. Three main grounds are often used to justify non-, or limited-, intervention: (1) intervention is not necessary, as high prices would be competed away by new entry, attracted by the ex-cessive price; (2) there are practical difficulties in speculating what a price would have been had there been competition and in determining the excessiveness of the prices actually charged; and (3) enforcement which targets excessive prices may chill innovation and investment.9 To illustrate the difficulties of assessment and to question some of the justifications that are used to rationalize non-intervention, this article reviews the recent litigation in South Africa related to alleged excessive pricing by Mittal Steel.10 We use the decisions of the South African Competition Tribunal and the South African Competition Appeal Court as a case study to highlight both the complexity of, and possible merit in, antitrust intervention against excessive pricing. Our analysis focuses on the three grounds for non-intervention. First, with respect to the self-correcting nature of excessive prices, we illustrate how excessive prices, in and of themselves, do not attract new entry, when potential entrants are either informed or uninformed about their post-entry profits. Referring to our previous work on this subject,11 we question the South African Competition Tribunal’s holding in the Mittal case with respect to the prerequisite conditions for intervention against excessive pricing. Second, we consider how the difficulties of assessing what is an excessive price affected the outcome in the Mittal litigation. Without underestimating these difficulties, we consider how they may be alleviated in certain cases through reasonable methods for inferring what may constitute an excessive price. Third, while acknowledging the possible validity of concerns about chilling ex ante investment, we outline instances in which these concerns should not serve to support nonintervention. It should be stressed that this article does not advocate across-theboard intervention. It does, however, question the validity of a categorical “hands-off” approach, which deems excessive prices to be outside the realm of competition law. We consider separately the weight that should be assigned to each ground for non-intervention. Subsequently, we argue in favor of a case-by-case approach which explores the factual matrix of each case and considers the benefits, costs, and net effects of intervention.
A Ezrachi, 'Form and Effects Based Approaches - A Challenging Duality in the Application of Article 102 TFEU ' (2010) 2 Concurrences Review
In recent years the debate on the soul of Article 102 TFEU and the effects based approach have dominated the competition law landscape. While many would agree on the clear merit of introducing more carefully balanced analysis when establishing abuse, the practicalities of such an approach have been difficult to agree upon. The recent Guidance Paper on Enforcement Priorities in the Application of Article 102 TFEU, which stemmed from the public consultation, has further sparked the public debate in this area. Concerns were raised as to the scope of the effects based variants in the Guidance Paper and the innovation it heralds - for example in the treatment of fidelity rebates and the use of the new proposed efficiency defence. Beyond the substantive and conceptual complexities that an effects based approach carries, its practical application has given rise to an interesting and somewhat disconcerting duality. On one hand, the European Court has not yet warmed to the effects based approach. In its judgements, the Court, has by large, continued to hold that it is not necessary to demonstrate that the abuse in question had a concrete effect on the markets concerned. It has generally ignored the lively debate on the effects based approach and even at times, the opinion of its own Advocate General . On the other hand, the Commission has pushed toward an effects based analysis, not only in its Guidance Paper but also in its decision making. In the Prokent/Tomra decision the Commission noted that it has completed its analysis by considering the actual effects of the dominant company’s practices and did not satisfy itself with the lower formalistic threshold established by the Court. Similarly, in Intel Corporation , the Commission took the decision in line with the orientations set out in its Guidance Paper and considered the effects of the fidelity rebates. The Commission noted, however, that even with the absence of harmful effect, Intel’s behaviour may be condemned under the formalistic analysis of abuse as applied by the Court, thus using a dual benchmark in its decision making. This Form based approach at the European Court and the Effects based approach as applied by the Commission, trigger apparent legal and business uncertainty.
A Ezrachi, 'Unchallenged Market Power? The Tale of Supermarkets, Private labels and Competition Law ' (2010) World Competition
Recent decades have witnessed a distinct increase in the sales and popularity of private labels. The growing market share of private labels has transformed the landscape of retail competition in developed countries. Major retailers are no longer confined to their traditional roles of purchasers and distributors of branded goods. By selling their own label products within their outlet they compete with their upstream brand suppliers on sales and shelf space. This ‘vertical competition’ is not confined solely to ‘value’ categories of products. These days, retailers offer private label goods catering for the value, specialized and premium markets. These developments, and the increasing confidence that consumers have in private labels, have increased the bargaining position and market power of retailers as their labels compete directly with the leading manufacturers’ brand and its ‘value’ alternatives. This unique relationship and the increased role played by private labels raises fundamental questions as to their pro-, and possible anti-, competitive effects. It further highlights the shifting power balance between the producer and distributor and between the private label and branded good. This paper focuses on the effects of private labels, sold in major supermarkets, on retail competition and consumer welfare. In particular, it considers how supermarkets affect competition due to the fact that they retain control over shelving, in-store promotion and the pricing of branded and own label goods in addition to having superior access to consumer data. Furthermore, it reviews the enforcement of competition law in a private label environment and the difficulty in balancing the beneficial short-term effects of private labels and their possible, harmful, long-term effects. It subsequently questions whether these difficulties imply a lack of competitive harm or reflect a gap in regulation, as traditional analysis fails to encompass the increased market power of retailers and the existence of vertical competition.
2009
A Ezrachi and David Gilo, 'Are Excessive Prices Really Self-Correcting?' (2009) Journal of Competition Law & Economics
2008
A Ezrachi, 'Merger Notification Thresholds – Reflections on the degree of exposure to competition law regimes world wide' (2008) 60 ICFAI Reader
A Ezrachi, 'The Interplay between the Economic Approach to Article 82 EC and Private Enforcement' (2008) (3) Global Competition Litigation Review
2007
A Ezrachi, 'Competition Law and the Regulation of Cross Border Mergers and Acquisitions - A Story of Conflict, Cooperation and Convergence' (2007) (2007) 4 (2) ICFAI Journal of Mergers and Acquisitions 57-73
A Ezrachi, 'European Cartel Enforcement and the Possible Implications for Japanese Companies' (2007) Kanto-gakuin Law Review
2006
A Ezrachi, 'Behavioural Remedies in EC Merger Control – Scope and Limitations' (2006) 29(3) World Competition 459
A Ezrachi and D Gilo, EC Competition Law and the Regulation of Passive Investments Among Competitors (2006) 26(2) Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 327
S R Weatherill, 'Anti-doping revisited - the demise of the rule of 'purely sporting interest'?' (2006) 27 European Competition Law Review 645
2005
S R Weatherill, 'Anti-doping rules and EC law' (2005) 1.08819444444444 Thomson/ Sweet and Maxwell: European Competition Law Review 416
2004
A Ezrachi, 'The Role of Voluntary Frameworks in Multinational Cooperation' (2004) 36 George Washington International Law Review 433
2002
A Ezrachi, 'Globalization of Merger Control – A Look at Bilateral Cooperation Through the GE/Honeywell Case' (2002) 14 Florida Journal of International Law 397
A Ezrachi, 'The Long Arm of European Competition Enforcement' (2002) 143 Michkari Mishpat Law Review
S R Weatherill, 'The Commission's Options for Developing EC Consumer Protection and Contract Law: Assessing the Constitutional Basis' (2002) 13 European Business Law Review 497
2001
A Ezrachi, 'Limitations on the Extraterritorial Reach of the European Merger Regulation' (2001) 4 European Competition Law Rev.137
Books
2012
A Ezrachi and Gilo, European Competition Law and Policy: A Comparative Perspective (forthcoming 2012)
2011
A Ezrachi and C Beaton-Wells (Editors), Criminalising Cartels: A critical interdisciplinary study of an international regulatory movement (Hart 2011)
This book is inspired by the international movement towards the criminalisation of cartel conduct over the last decade. Led by US enforcers, criminalisation has been supported by a growing number of regulators and governments. It derives its support from the simple yet forceful proposition that criminal sanctions, particularly jail time, are the most effective deterrent to such activity. However, criminalisation is much more complex than that basic proposition suggests. There is complexity both in terms of the various forces that are driving and shaping the movement (economic, political and social) and in the effects on the various actors involved in it (government, enforcement agencies, the business community, judiciary, legal profession and general public). Featuring contributions from authors who have been at the forefront of the debate around the world, this substantial 19-chapter volume captures the richness of the criminalisation phenomenon and considers its implications for building an effective criminal cartel regime, particularly outside of the US. It adopts a range of approaches, including general theoretical perspectives (from criminal theory, economics, political science, regulation and criminology) and case-studies of the experience with the design and enforcement of existing or contemplated criminal cartel regimes in various jurisdictions (including in Australia, Canada, EU, Germany, Ireland and the UK). The book also explores the international dimensions of criminalisation - its specific practical consequences (such as increased potential for extradition) as well as its more general implications for trends of harmonisation or convergence in competition law and enforcement.
A Ezrachi and S Anderman (Editors), Intellectual Property and Competition Law: New Frontiers (OUP 2011)
2010
A Ezrachi, EU Competition Law, An Analytical Guide to the Leading Cases (2nd ed) ( 2010)
This book is designed as a working tool for the study and practice of European Competition Law. It is an enlarged and updated second edition of the highly practical guide to the leading cases of European Competition Law, first published in 2008. This second edition focuses primarily on Article 101 TFEU (Ex Article 81 EC), Article 102 TFEU (Ex Article 82 EC) and the European Merger Regulation. In addition it explores the public and private enforcement of Competition Law, the intersection between Intellectual Property Rights and Competition Law and the application of Competition Law to State action. Each chapter begins with an introduction which outlines the relevant laws, regulations and guidelines for each of the topics, providing the analytical framework for the case entries that follow. The case entries are then set out is summary form, accompanied by analysis and commentary.
ISBN: 1849460477/97818494
2009
A Ezrachi, Article 82 EC – Reflections on its recent evolution (Ed, 2009)
2008
A Ezrachi, EC Competition Law, An Analytical Guide to the Leading Cases (Hart Publishing 2008)
A Ezrachi and Ulf Bernitz (Editors), Own Labels, Branded goods and Competition Policy, The changing landscape of retail competition (OUP 2008)
2006
A Johnston and P.J. Slot, Introduction to Competition Law (Hart Publishing 2006)
Competition law is a subject of central importance. An accessible introduction to this legal field is thus indispensable for students and practitioners alike. This book is intended to serve as a first acquaintance with competition law and is written in particular for students who intend to study a foundation course in competition law. The current competition law in the UK consists of two main levels: EC competition law and UK competition law. In this introduction both levels are covered, along with an abbreviated introduction to the EC rules on state aids. An important function of this book is to provide an insight into the combined system of UK and EC competition law. Therefore, for the three main subjects (the prohibition of cartels, the prohibition of the abuse of a position of dominance and the supervision of concentrations (mergers and acquisitions) extensive examples, drawn from European and UK practice, have been provided. These examples are then used in the explanation of the general principles, taking into account the changes as a result of the recent introduction of Regulation 1/2003. With this approach, the book aims to reach a broad range of readers: students, teachers in further and higher education, officials and practising lawyers who are not usually faced with competition law issues in their everyday working lives. Extra information has also been included in the footnotes, indicating references to the more specialised literature.
ISBN: 9781841134451
Chapters
2012
K S Ziegler, 'Englisches Wettbewerbsrecht‘ [English Competition Law]' in V Triebel, M Illmer, G Ringe, S Vogenauer and KS Ziegler (eds), Englisches Handels- und Wirtschaftsrecht [English Commercial and Economic Law] (Munich, Beck Verlag 2012)
2010
A Ezrachi, 'Cartels and Criminalisation - The International Dimension' in C Beaton-Wells and A Ezrachi (eds), Criminalising Cartels: Unexplored Dimensions and Unforeseeable Consequences (Hart 2010)
2009
A Ezrachi and David Gilo, 'The Darker Side of the Moon – The assessment of excessive pricing and proposal for a post-entry price-cut benchmark' in Ariel Ezrachi (ed), Article 82 EC – Reflections on its recent evolution ( 2009)
A Ezrachi, 'The Enforceability of Article 82 EC in National Courts' in Ariel Ezrachi (ed), Article 82 EC – Reflections on its recent evolution ( 2009)
2008
A Ezrachi and Jonathan Reynolds, 'Advertising, Brand Competition and Private Labels' in A Ezrachi & U Bernitz (eds), Own Labels, Branded goods and Competition Policy, The changing landscape of retail competition (OUP 2008)
A Ezrachi, 'From Courage v. Crehan to the White Paper –The changing landscape of European private enforcement and the possible implications for Article 82 litigation' in Mackenrodt, Conde Gallego, Enchelmaier (eds), Art. 82 EC: New Interpretation, New Enforcement Mechanisms? (Springer 2008)
A Ezrachi, 'The Tale of Own Labels and Competition Law' in A Ezrachi & U Bernitz (eds), wn Labels, Branded goods and Competition Policy, The changing landscape of retail competition (OUP 2008)
K S Ziegler, 'Großbritannien' in Jörg Philipp Terhechte (ed), Internationales Kartell- und Fusionskontrollverfahrensrecht. International Cartel and Merger Enforcement Law (Bielefeld, Gieseking Verlag 2008)
2007
A Ezrachi, 'Merger Control and Cross Border Transactions – A Pragmatic View on Cooperation, Convergence and What\\\'s in Between' in Philip Marsden (ed), Handbook of Research in Trans-Atlantic Antitrust (Edward Elgar Publishing 2007)
Case Notes
2010
A Ezrachi, 'Clearstream' (2010) Journal of European Competition Law and Practice [Case Note]
Reviews
2008
A Johnston, 'Review of: Elizabeth O’Neill and Emma Sanders (with Margaret Bloom and Anneli Howard), UK Competition Procedure: The Modernised Regime' (2008) Cambridge Law Journal 434 [Review]
Working Papers
2005
A Ezrachi, 'Under (and Over) Prescribing of Behavioural Remedies' (2005) The University of Oxford Centre for Competition Law and Policy
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
Competition Law and Policy (not offered in 2011-12)
The aim of the course is to enable students to critically reflect upon the basic principles and policies at the heart of competition law. In particular, to understand how the law governs business practices that may restrict competition in economic markets through private and public enforcement and to analyse how competition law can curb anticompetitive activities and facilitate free competition.
At the end of the course, students should be able to: (i) understand how the law controls: a. cartel agreements and concerted practices b. the abuse of monopoly power c. mergers and acquisitions d. enforcement of competition law through private enforcement and via the investigations of the Commission (ii) critically reflect upon the economic principles underpinning the definition and control of anti-competitive practices (iii) apply the law to solve practical problems concerning the control of anti-competitive practices (iv) critically analyse how far the law facilities the promotion of free competition. (v) develop their own critical perspective concerning how law should and could control anti-competitive practices and the role of the European Community in developing this law. The teaching in this course is done by way of lectures, seminars and tutorial sessions. The lecture series is devoted to examination of the relevant statutory and case law framework and to the discussion of basic economic concepts (no prior knowledge of economics is required). Lectures are held on weeks 1-7 in MT. Each lecture lasts two hours. Two seminar sessions, each lasting two hours, will also be held in MT.
The tutorial series provides practical experience in the application of competition law through problem solving. Tutorials will be arranged centrally by the competition law group. There will be two tutorials in MT and two in HT.
For more information on the course see the Centre for Competition Law and Policy website at: www.competition-law.ox.ac.uk
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
Competition Law and Policy (not offered in 2011-12)
The aim of the course is to enable students to critically reflect upon the basic principles and policies at the heart of competition law. In particular, to understand how the law governs business practices that may restrict competition in economic markets through private and public enforcement and to analyse how competition law can curb anticompetitive activities and facilitate free competition.
At the end of the course, students should be able to: (i) understand how the law controls: a. cartel agreements and concerted practices b. the abuse of monopoly power c. mergers and acquisitions d. enforcement of competition law through private enforcement and via the investigations of the Commission (ii) critically reflect upon the economic principles underpinning the definition and control of anti-competitive practices (iii) apply the law to solve practical problems concerning the control of anti-competitive practices (iv) critically analyse how far the law facilities the promotion of free competition. (v) develop their own critical perspective concerning how law should and could control anti-competitive practices and the role of the European Community in developing this law. The teaching in this course is done by way of lectures, seminars and tutorial sessions. The lecture series is devoted to examination of the relevant statutory and case law framework and to the discussion of basic economic concepts (no prior knowledge of economics is required). Lectures are held on weeks 1-7 in MT. Each lecture lasts two hours. Two seminar sessions, each lasting two hours, will also be held in MT.
The tutorial series provides practical experience in the application of competition law through problem solving. Tutorials will be arranged centrally by the competition law group. There will be two tutorials in MT and two in HT.
For more information on the course see the Centre for Competition Law and Policy website at: www.competition-law.ox.ac.uk
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
The objective of the course is to provide students with an understanding of this area of law, together with the ability to subject it to critical legal and economic analysis. The course aims to cover the main substantive laws relating to competition within the EC, including the control of monopoly and oligopoly; merger control; anti-competitive agreements; and other anti-competitive practices.
The emphasis is placed predominantly on EC competition law to reflect the importance it assumes in practice. UK competition law is also taught in detail, both because of its value in providing a comparative study of two systems of competition law and because of its importance to the UK practitioner. The antitrust laws of the USA and competition laws of other jurisdictions are also referred to by way of comparison.
Seminars: Competition law is taught in seminars by Dr Ariel Ezrachi, Slaughter and May University Lecturer in Competition Law, and Mr Aidan Robertson, visiting lecturer and barrister, Brick Court Chambers.
Tutorials: In
addition to the seminars, a course of four tutorials will be given in the
Hilary and Trinity terms. Tutorial arrangements will be made in due course. All
students taking tutorials will be asked to submit written work before they attend
tutorials.
Visiting speakers: There is a
programme of visiting speakers details of which are found on the CCLP website.
[less]
MJur
The objective of the course is to provide students with an understanding of this area of law, together with the ability to subject it to critical legal and economic analysis. The course aims to cover the main substantive laws relating to competition within the EC, including the control of monopoly and oligopoly; merger control; anti-competitive agreements; and other anti-competitive practices.
The emphasis is placed predominantly on EC competition law to reflect the importance it assumes in practice. UK competition law is also taught in detail, both because of its value in providing a comparative study of two systems of competition law and because of its importance to the UK practitioner. The antitrust laws of the USA and competition laws of other jurisdictions are also referred to by way of comparison.
Seminars: Competition law is taught in seminars by Dr Ariel Ezrachi, Slaughter and May University Lecturer in Competition Law, and Mr Aidan Robertson, visiting lecturer and barrister, Brick Court Chambers.
Tutorials: In
addition to the seminars, a course of four tutorials will be given in the
Hilary and Trinity terms. Tutorial arrangements will be made in due course. All
students taking tutorials will be asked to submit written work before they attend
tutorials.
Visiting speakers: There is a
programme of visiting speakers details of which are found on the CCLP website.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
The objective of the course is to provide students with an understanding of this area of law, together with the ability to subject it to critical legal and economic analysis. The course aims to cover the main substantive laws relating to competition within the EC, including the control of monopoly and oligopoly; merger control; anti-competitive agreements; and other anti-competitive practices.
The emphasis is placed predominantly on EC competition law to reflect the importance it assumes in practice. UK competition law is also taught in detail, both because of its value in providing a comparative study of two systems of competition law and because of its importance to the UK practitioner. The antitrust laws of the USA and competition laws of other jurisdictions are also referred to by way of comparison.
Seminars: Competition law is taught in seminars by Dr Ariel Ezrachi, Slaughter and May University Lecturer in Competition Law, and Mr Aidan Robertson, visiting lecturer and barrister, Brick Court Chambers.
Tutorials: In
addition to the seminars, a course of four tutorials will be given in the
Hilary and Trinity terms. Tutorial arrangements will be made in due course. All
students taking tutorials will be asked to submit written work before they attend
tutorials.
Visiting speakers: There is a
programme of visiting speakers details of which are found on the CCLP website.
[less]
People
Competition Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Ariel Ezrachi: Slaughter and May University Lecturer in Competition Law
in conjunction with:
Angus Johnston: CUF Lecturer
Aidan Robertson, QC: Visiting Lecturer
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Stephen Weatherill: Jacques Delors Professor of European Law
[top]
Conflict of Laws
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 51 Conflict of Laws publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2011
A Briggs, Foreign Judgments: The Common Law Flexes its Muscles (2011) Trusts & Trustees
DOI: 10.1093/tandt/ttr030
Note on developments in the law on foreign judgments which may be material in the particular field of trusts and trustees.
A Briggs, 'What shold be done about jurisdiction agreements ?' (2011) 12 Yearbook of Private International Law / Sellier European Law Publishers 311
Consideration of the approach to be taken to disputed jurisdiction agreements in the particular context of the proposals for the reform of the Brussels I Regulation.
ISBN: 9783866531895
2010
A Briggs, 'Decisions of Brtish Courts in 2009: Private International Law' (2010) 80 Oxford 575
Survey and analysis of decisions of British courts on questions of private international law in 2009
ISBN: 9780199597024
2009
A Briggs, 'Decisions of British Courts 2008: Private International Law' (2009) 79 OUP 501
Survey and analysis of decisions of British courts on questions of private international law in 2008
ISBN: 9780199580392
2008
A Briggs, 'Decisions of British Courts in 2007: Private International Law' (2008) 78 British Yearbook of International Law 588
Analysis of decsions of English courts in cases involving questions of private international law in 2007
ISBN: 9780199547401
2007
A Briggs, 'The cost of suppressing insurrection' (2007) 123 Law Quarterly Review 182
Analysis of the issues raised by the decision in Mbasogo, President of Equatorial Guinea v Logo
ISBN: 0023933X
A Briggs, 'The further consequences of choice of law' (2007) 123 Law Quarterly Review 18
Analysis of basis for and potential consequences of decisions in Trafigura v Kookmin
ISBN: 0023933X
A Briggs, 'Who is bound by the Brussels Regulation ?' (2007) Lloyd's Maritime & Commercial Law Quarterly 433
Analysis of the reasoning in and law underpinning the grant of anti-suit injunctions and the Brussels Regulation in the light of Samengo Turner v March & McLennan
ISBN: 0306-2945
WG Ringe, Überseering im Verfahrensrecht' - Zu den Auswirkungen der EuGH-Rechtsprechung zur Niederlassungsfreiheit von Gesellschaften auf das Internationale Zivilprozessrecht (2007) IPRax 388
article on the Überseering case and international jurisdiction issues
ISBN: 072-06585
2006
A Briggs, 'Jurisdiction over defences and connected claims' (2006) Lloyd's Maritime & Commercial Law Quarterly 447
Analysis of three decisions of European court on special jurisdiction under the Brussels Convention and Regulation
ISBN: 03062945
A Briggs and T C Neoupokoeva (trs), 'Recognition and enforcement of Russian Judgments in England' (2006) 2006-3 Vyestnik: Journal of International Legal Institute of the Ministry of Justice of the Russian Federation 77
Analysis of the rules of English private international law as they apply to the recognition and enforcement of Russian judgments in England
A Briggs, 'The meaning and proof of foreign law' (2006) Lloyd's Maritime & Commercial Law Quarterly '1
Analysis of renvoi and the proof of foreign law in local litigation in the light of Nielson v OPC.
ISBN: 0306-2945
2005
A Briggs, 'A Note on the Application of the Statute Law of Singapore within its Private International Law' (2005) Singapore Journal of Legal Studies 189
Analysis of the problems of interpreting legislation which is silent as to its international reach.
ISBN: 0218-2173
A Briggs, 'Distinctive aspects of the conflict of laws in common law systems: Autonomy and agreement in the conflict of laws' (2005) 308 The Doshisha Hogaku (The Doshisha Law Review) 21
Examination, for the benefit of a civilian audience, of the extent to which the rules of the common law conflict of laws may be seen as dependent on private law notions of agreement and consent.
ISBN: 0387-7612
A Briggs, 'Forum non conveniens and Ideal Europeans' (2005) Lloyd's Maritime and Commercial Law Quarterly 378
Analysis of the principle of reflexive effect in the interpretation of the Judgments Regulation
ISBN: 0306-2945
A Briggs, 'The Death of Harrods: Forum non Conveniens and the European Court' (2005) 121 Law Quarterly Review 535
The scope of the doctrine of forum non conveniens in cases where jurisdiction is founded on the Judgments Regulation (44/2001/EC)
ISBN: 0023-933X
A Briggs, 'Thre Impact of Recent Judgments of the European Court on English Procedural Law and Practice' (2005) 124 (2005) II Zeitschrift fur Schweizerisches Recht 231
Examination of recent developments and assessment of their weaknesses.
ISBN: 3-7190-2570-5
W E Peel, 'Forum Non Conveniens and European Ideals' (2005) Lloyds Maritime and Commercial Law Quarterly 363
An article assessing the scope for a discretionary stay of proceedings commenced pursuant to Council Regulation (EC) 44/2001 in the aftermath of the decision of the ECJ in Owusu v Jackson
ISBN: 0306 2945
2004
A Briggs, 'Anti-suit injunctions and Utopian ideals' (2004) 120 LQR 529
Analysis of the law on anti-suit injunctions in the light of the decision in Turner v Grovit.
ISBN: 0023-933X
A Briggs, 'Public-private law protective schemes and the conflict of laws' (2004) LMCLQ 313
Analysis of rules of enforcement of foreign judgments in the area of consumer-protection legislation, prompted by Rebb Evans v European Bank Ltd
ISBN: 0306-2945
Books
2009
A Briggs, Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments, Fifth Edition (P J Rees (no authorial role), informa 2009)
The law on civil jurisdiction and the recognition of judgments
ISBN: 9781843118152
2008
A Briggs, Agreements on Jurisdiction and Choice of Law (OUP: Oxford Private International Law Series 2008)
Analysis of common and European law as it governs and relates to agreements on jurisdiction and choice of law, including attention to scope, validity, drafting, and enforcement by direct and indirect means.
ISBN: 9780199282302
A Briggs, The Conflict of Laws (Clarendon Law Series, Oxford University Press 2008)
Second and revised edition of The Conflict of Laws
ISBN: 978019953966-6
2006
A Briggs and others, The Conflict of Laws (14th edn, Thomson 2006)
Definitive statement of the rules of Private International Law
ISBN: 042188360X
Chapters
2011
A Briggs, 'The development of principle by a final court of appeal in matters of private international (common) law' in Lee (ed), From House of Lords to Supreme Court (Hart 2011)
Analysis of what the Supreme Court might properly have contributed to the development of principle in private international law, and of why it is improbable that it will get much chance to do so.
ISBN: 9781849460811
A Briggs, 'The Rejection of Abuse in International Civil Procedure' in Rita de la Feria and Stefan Vogenauer (eds), Prohibition of Abuse of Law (Hart Publishing 2011)
Analysis of the principe of abuse of law as a component (or not) of private international law so far as this is governed by European Union law.
ISBN: 978184113988
S J Whittaker, 'The Product Liability Directive and Rome II Article 5: 'Full Harmonisation' and the Conflict of Laws' in C. Barnard and O. Odudu (eds), Cambridge Yearbook of European Legal Studies (Richard Hart 2011)
2008
A Briggs, 'Misappropriated and Misapplied Assets and the Conflict of Laws' in Degeling and Edelman (eds), Unjust Enrichment in Commercial Law (Lawbook Co 2008)
Analysis of whether Unjust Enrichment is a coherent characterisation category for choice of law, and if not, what approach makes more sense of the principle and of the cases.
ISBN: 9780455225043
2007
A Briggs, 'Contractual Agreements on Choice of Law' in Burrows & Peel (eds), Contract Terms (OUP 2007)
Analysis of the extent to which it is possible to draft and enforce agreements on choice of law, which goes beyond the simple choice of law for contacts.
A Briggs, 'Decision of British Courts in 2006: Private International Law' in Crawford and Lowe (eds), The British Year Book of International Law 2006 (Oxford 2007)
Survey and analysis of British decisions on issues of private international law in 2006.
ISBN: 978-019-923898-9
A Briggs, 'English Private Law: Private International Law' in Burrows (ed), English Private Law (Oxford UP 2007)
English Private International Law, as part of the volume on English Private Law.
ISBN: 978-019-922794-5
2006
A Briggs, 'Decisions of British Courts: Private International Law' in Crawford, Lowe (eds), British Year Book of International Law 2005 (77) (Oxford University Press 2006)
Analysis of decisions of British Courts on issues of private international law for 2005
ISBN: 199202761
W E Peel, 'The Legacy of Penn v Lord Baltimore' in Timothy Endicott, Joshua Getzler, and Edwin Peel (eds), Properties of Law: Essays in Honour of Jim Harris (OUP 2006)
2005
A Briggs, 'Decisions of British Courts During 2004: Private International Law' in British Year Book of International Law (Oxford University Press 2005)
Survey and analysis of decisions of English courts involving questions of private international law
ISBN: 199284938
A Briggs and others, 'Learning to learn from others in Europe in commercial litigation' in Grenzueberschreitungen Beitraege zum Internationalen Verfahrensrecht und zur Schiedsgerichtsbarkeit: Festschrift fuer Peter Schlosser zum 70. Geburtstag ( 2005)
Analysis of the value of judicial cooperation and understanding in European Commercial Litigation
ISBN: 3-16-148634-X
2004
A Briggs, 'Decisions of British Courts during 2003: Private International Law' in British Year Book of International Law (Oxford University Press 2004)
Survey and analysis of decisions of English courts on all matters of private international law in 2003
ISBN: 019 926785 5
2002
W E Peel, 'The Brussels Convention 1999-2000' in Yearbook of European Law 2001 (Oxford University Press 2002)
A survey of the decisions of the European Court of Justice in 1999-2000 on the interpretation of the Brussels Convention 1968
ISBN: 0-19-924340-9
Edited books
2007
W E Peel (ed), Introduction, in Forum Shopping in the European Judicial Area (2007) (Hart Publishing 2007)
An introductory report assessing the issues raised by the decisions of the ECJ in Owusu, Gasser & Turner
ISBN: 978-1-84113-783-4
Case Notes
2011
A Briggs, 'Forum non satis: Spiliada and an inconvenient truth' (2011) Lloyd's Maritime & Commercial Law Quarterly 329 [Case Note]
Note of the decision in AK Investment v Kyrgyz Mobil Tel
ISBN: 03062943
2010
A Briggs, 'Recogntion: foreign judgments or insolvency proceedings ?' (2010) Lloyd's Maritime & Commercial Law Quarterly 523 [Case Note]
Consideration of the decision in and implications of Rubin v Eurofinance SA
ISBN: 03062943
A Briggs and J J Edelman, 'Restitution and not-so-local authority swaps' (2010) 126 Law Quarterly Review 500 [Case Note]
Analysis of Depfa Bank v Haugesund Kommune
ISBN: 0023933X
A Briggs, 'Timeo Danaos on the Rock of Gibraltar' (2010) 126 Law Quarterly Review 20 [Case Note]
Analysis of decision of Privy Council in Calyon v Michaelides
ISBN: 0023933X
2009
A Briggs, 'Fear and Loathing in Syracuse and Luxembourg' (2009) Lloyd's Maritime & Commercial Law Quarterly 161 [Case Note]
Analysis of decision of European Court in C-185/07 Allianz SpA v West Tankers Inc.
ISBN: 03062945
A Briggs, 'When in Rome, choose as the Romans choose' (2009) 125 Law Quarterly Review 191 [Case Note]
Analysis of the significance of the Rome I and Rome II Regulations for English private international law
ISBN: 0023-933X
W E Peel, 'Arbitration & anti-suit injunctions in the European Union' (2009) 125 Law Quarterly Review [Case Note]
2008
A Briggs, 'Construction of an arbitration agreement: deconstruction of an arbitration clause' (2008) Lloyd's Maritime and Commercial Law Quarterly 1 [Case Note]
Analysis of decision in and consequences of Fiona Trust & Holding Corp v Privalov
ISBN: 0306 2945
A Briggs, 'Enforcing and reinforcing an English judgment' (2008) Lloyd's Maritime and Commercial Law Quarterly 421 [Case Note]
Analysis of the post-judgment orders made in the Masri litigation, and their contribution to the enforceability of an English commercial judgment.
ISBN: 03062945
2007
A Briggs, 'A Map or a Maze: Jurisdiction and Choice of Law in the Court of Appeal' (2007) IX The Singapore Year Book of International Law 123 [Case Note]
Analysis of decision of Singapore Court of Appeal in Rickshaw Investments Ltd v Nicolai, Baron von Uexkull.
ISBN: 17930448
2001
W E Peel, 'Forum Non Conveniens Revisited' (2001) 117 Law Quarterly Review 187 [Case Note]
A casenote on the House of Lords' decision in Lubbe v Cape plc
ISBN: 0-421-755-407
Others
2012
A Briggs, 'The Principle of Comity in Private International Law' (2012) 354 Receuil des Cours: Collected Courses of the Hague Academy of International Law 65
Text of a course on the nature and role of comity in private inernational law derived from lectures given at the Hague Academy in June 2011
ISBN: 9789004227286
2011
A Briggs, 'The Brussels I bis Regulation appears on the horizon' (2011) Lloyd's Maritime & Commercial Law Quarterly 157
Analysis of principal proposals for amendment to Brussels I Reguation
ISBN: 0306-2945
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
The Conflict of Laws, or Private International Law, is concerned with private (mainly commercial) law cases, where the facts which give rise to litigation contain one or more foreign elements. A court may be asked to give relief for breach of a commercial contract made abroad, or to be performed abroad, or to which one or both of the parties is not English. It may be asked to grant relief in respect of an alleged tort occurring abroad, or allow a claimant to trace and recover funds which were fraudulently removed, and so on. In fact this component of the course, in which a court chooses which law or laws to apply when adjudicating a civil claim, represents its middle third. Prior to this comes the issues of jurisdiction; that is, when an English court will find that it has, and will exercise, jurisdiction over a defendant who is not English, or over a dispute which may have little to do with England or with English law. Closely allied to this is the question of what, if anything, may be done to impede proceedings which are underway in a foreign court but which really should not be there at all. The final third of the course is concerned with the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments, to determine what effect, if any, these have in the English legal order.
In England the subject has an increasingly European dimension,not only in relation to the jurisdiction of courts and the recognition and enforcement of judgements but also for choice of law as it applies to contractual and non-contractual obligations. The purpose of the course is to examine the areas studied by reference to case law and statute, and to aim at acquiring an understanding of the rules, their operation and inter-relationship, as would be necessary to deal with a problem arising in international commercial litigation.
The teaching is principally in the hands of Adrian Briggs and Edwin Peel, with assistance from other members of the Faculty. In principle the course is covered by lectures; a set of seminars which take the form of problem classes; and by a diet of tutorials.
[less]
MJur
The Conflict of Laws, or Private International Law, is concerned with private (mainly commercial) law cases, where the facts which give rise to litigation contain one or more foreign elements. A court may be asked to give relief for breach of a commercial contract made abroad, or to be performed abroad, or to which one or both of the parties is not English. It may be asked to grant relief in respect of an alleged tort occurring abroad, or allow a claimant to trace and recover funds which were fraudulently removed, and so on. In fact this component of the course, in which a court chooses which law or laws to apply when adjudicating a civil claim, represents its middle third. Prior to this comes the issues of jurisdiction; that is, when an English court will find that it has, and will exercise, jurisdiction over a defendant who is not English, or over a dispute which may have little to do with England or with English law. Closely allied to this is the question of what, if anything, may be done to impede proceedings which are underway in a foreign court but which really should not be there at all. The final third of the course is concerned with the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments, to determine what effect, if any, these have in the English legal order.
In England the subject has an increasingly European dimension,not only in relation to the jurisdiction of courts and the recognition and enforcement of judgements but also for choice of law as it applies to contractual and non-contractual obligations. The purpose of the course is to examine the areas studied by reference to case law and statute, and to aim at acquiring an understanding of the rules, their operation and inter-relationship, as would be necessary to deal with a problem arising in international commercial litigation.
The teaching is principally in the hands of Adrian Briggs and Edwin Peel, with assistance from other members of the Faculty. In principle the course is covered by lectures; a set of seminars which take the form of problem classes; and by a diet of tutorials.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
The Conflict of Laws, or Private International Law, is concerned with private (mainly commercial) law cases, where the facts which give rise to litigation contain one or more foreign elements. A court may be asked to give relief for breach of a commercial contract made abroad, or to be performed abroad, or to which one or both of the parties is not English. It may be asked to grant relief in respect of an alleged tort occurring abroad, or allow a claimant to trace and recover funds which were fraudulently removed, and so on. In fact this component of the course, in which a court chooses which law or laws to apply when adjudicating a civil claim, represents its middle third. Prior to this comes the issues of jurisdiction; that is, when an English court will find that it has, and will exercise, jurisdiction over a defendant who is not English, or over a dispute which may have little to do with England or with English law. Closely allied to this is the question of what, if anything, may be done to impede proceedings which are underway in a foreign court but which really should not be there at all. The final third of the course is concerned with the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments, to determine what effect, if any, these have in the English legal order.
In England the subject has an increasingly European dimension,not only in relation to the jurisdiction of courts and the recognition and enforcement of judgements but also for choice of law as it applies to contractual and non-contractual obligations. The purpose of the course is to examine the areas studied by reference to case law and statute, and to aim at acquiring an understanding of the rules, their operation and inter-relationship, as would be necessary to deal with a problem arising in international commercial litigation.
The teaching is principally in the hands of Adrian Briggs and Edwin Peel, with assistance from other members of the Faculty. In principle the course is covered by lectures; a set of seminars which take the form of problem classes; and by a diet of tutorials.
[less]
People
Conflict of Laws teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Edwin Peel: Professor of Law
in conjunction with:
Adrian Briggs: Professor of Private International Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Francis Reynolds: Emeritus Professor of Law at Worcester College
Wolf-Georg Ringe: DAAD Lecturer in Law and Deputy Director, IECL
[top]
Constitutional and Administrative Law
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Tuesday 29 May 2012 Week 6
- Public Law Discussion Group
Republican Theory and Federalism - Speaker: Dr Hoi Kong, Assistant Professor Faculty of Law, McGill University
Oxford Law Faculty Senior Common Room at 12:30
June 2012
Thursday 7 June Week 7
- Public Law Discussion Group
Free Speech in the US and the UK: Some Invidious Comparisons - Speaker: Professor James Weinstein, Amelia D. Lewis Professor of Constitutional Law, Sandra Day O'Connor College of Law Arizona State University
Oxford Law Faculty Senior Common Room at 12:30
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 62 Constitutional and Administrative Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
Sidney Shapiro, E Fisher and Wendy Wagner, 'The Enlightment of Administrative Law: Looking Inside the Agency for Legitimacy' (2012) Wake Forest Law Review forthcoming
2011
N Barber, 'The Afterlife of Parliamentary Sovereignty' (2011) 9 International Journal of Constitutional Law 144
P P Craig, 'Political Constitutionalism and the Judicial Role: A Response' (2011) 9 International Journal of Constitutional Law 112
J M Finnis, 'Invoking the Principle of Legality against the Rule of Law' (2011) New Zealand Law Review [2010] 601-616 601
Critique of Lords' decision in Purdy and of the prosecutorial guidelines issued in conformity with that decision.
S Fredman, 'Breaking the Mold: Equality as a Proactive Duty ' (2011) 60 American Journal of Comparative Law 263 (forthcoming)
Despite increasingly sophisticated antidiscrimination laws, dis- crimination and inequality have proved remarkably resilient. This prompts questions about the limits of law’s ability to achieve social change. One way forward is to fashion new legal tools, which impose duties to promote or achieve equality, rather than focusing on individual rights against specific perpetrators. In the past decade in Britain, such fourth generation equality laws have been developed in a distinctive format, requiring the decision-maker to “have due regard” to equality, rather than taking action to achieve such objectives. Thisstandard has triggered a spate of judicial review cases, particularly in response to austerity measures imposing deep budgetary cuts on disadvantaged groups. This Paper’s aims are two-fold. The first is to examine the judicial approach to the due regard standard in the light of recent regulatory theory. Do courts consider the due regard standard as a signal for deference, or can it be understood as an example of “reflexive law,” facilitating deliberative decision-making rather than imposing external standards likely to meet with resistance from the regulated body? The Paper concludes that courts have struggled to deal with the regulatory challenges presented by the “due regard” standard, wavering between appropriate and inappropriate intervention. The second aim is an analysis of whether a deliberative standard is appropriate in the equality context. The record of judicial review cases demonstrates that such a standard risks legitimating or simply reconfiguring existing inequalities.
ISBN: 0002-919x
A L Young, 'Is Dialogue Working under the Human Rights Act 1998?' (2011) Public Law 773
A L Young, Sovereignty: Demise, Afterlife or Partial Resurrection? (2011) 9 International Journal of Constitutional law 163
DOI: 10.1093/icon/mor028
This article is a response to the contributions of Nick Barber and Trevor Allan found in this volume. It argues that an analysis of “sovereignty” does serve a useful purpose in U.K. constitutional law. More specifically, it argues that discussions of “sovereignty” should also include an analysis of constitutive rules, particularly aiming to understand which institutions are “sovereign” in the sense of having the power to define and modify these constitutive rules. When analysed in this manner, an argument can be made that Dicey's traditional theory that Parliament cannot bind its successors is still a valid rule of the English legal system. In addition, this rule is desirable. Its presence is necessary, although not sufficient, to ensure that both Parliament and the courts have a rule in defining and modifying constitutive rules. This dual role is desirable as it helps to maintain the legitimacy of the U.K.’s “political” constitution.
2010
N Barber, 'Two Meditations on the Thoughts of Many Minds ' (2010) 88 Texas Law Review 807
P P Craig, 'Perspectives on Process: Common Law, Statutory and Political' (2010) Public Law 275
P P Craig, 'Proportionality, Rationality and Review ' (2010) New Zealand Law Review 265
E Fisher, 'Transparency and Administrative Law: A Critical Evaluation' (2010) 63 Current Legal Problems 272
A L Young, Deference, Dialogue and the Search for Legitimacy (2010) Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 815
DOI: 10.1093/ojls/gqq028
This review article discusses the relationship between deference and the presumption of constitutionality, as discussed in Brian Foley’s book, Deference and the Presumption of Constitutionality. Foley argues for the rejection of the presumption of constitutionality as it operates in the Irish Constitution, proposing instead a ‘due deference’ approach. This approach would require courts to give varying degrees of weight to the legislature’s conclusions that particular legislative provisions are constitutional. The article praises Foley’s book, particularly its stronger justification of due deference which focuses on its ability to foster a culture of justification which, in turn, facilitates popular sovereignty. The review also provides a criticism of the argument made in the book and discusses its application to the UK constitution. First, the review argues that the focus on constitutional as opposed to institutional factors to determine deference may, in practice, undermine Foley’s justification of due deference. Second it argues that Foley’s justification of deference may be best served in the UK constitution by a theory of democratic dialogue as opposed to the application of due deference.
2009
A L Young, 'In Defence of Due Deference' (2009) 72 Modern Law Review 554
The doctrine of deference permeates human rights review. It plays a role in de¢ning Convention rights, in determining the nature of the proportionality test applied when analysing non-absolute rights, as well as in deciding the stringency of its application. The role of deference has recently been subjected to both judicial and academic criticism, some of which advocates the demise of the doctrine. This article develops a contextual account of deference that is justi¢ed for epistemic reasons, rather than reasons of relative authority. This conception is able to withstand current criticism and ismodest enough to play a role in a range of di¡erent justi¢cations and understandings of judicial review under theHuman Rights Act.The article then provides amore detailed account of deference, taking account of the relative institutional features of the legislature, executive and judiciary, without running the risk that the court fails to performits constitutional function of protecting individual rights.
2007
P P Craig, 'Equality, Review and the Crown’s Power to Disburse Funds' (2007) 19 European Review of Public Law 845
A C L Davies, A tangled web? Accountability and the commissioning role in the "new" NHS (2007) 18 King's Law Journal 387
Article analysing recent reforms in the primary care sector in the NHS from a public law perspective.
ISBN: 0961-5768
J M Finnis, 'Nationality, Alienage and Constitutional Principle' (2007) 123 Law Quarterly Review 418
After brief discussion of (1) the nature of constitutional principles and (2) the development and developed state of the law about the rights of aliens, the article argues extensively that A v Home Secretary [2004] UKHL 56, [2005] 2 AC 68 was wrongly decided and, indeed, per incuriam since all nine judges in the Lords overlooked their duty to interpet the statutory provision so far as possible as compatible with the Human Rights Act 1998 before declaring it incompatible.Even apart from that duty under HRA s. 3, there was available but unconsidered a reasonable interpretation such that the power to detain alien terrorist suspects had as its ongoing precondition a purpose, manifested in bona fide efforts, to deport them and to secure whatever arrangements with foreign governments might be necessary to make deportation lawful under the Chahal doctrine about real risk of torture or degrading treatment.The judgments all overlook also the constitutional principle that risk to the public good which must be accepted from the presence of a national need not be accepted from the presence of an alien and may be obviated by the alien's exclusion or expulsion.The majority's arguments from irrationality and discrimination are manifestly unsound once the statute is interpreted as it should have been.
R Williams, 'When is an Error not an Error? Reform of Jurisdictional Review of Error of Law and Fact' (2007) 2007(Winter) Public Law 793
2006
A C L Davies, 'Le droit anglais face aux contrats administratifs: en l'absence de principes generaux garantissant l'interet public, une maison sans fondation?' (2006) 22(5) Revue Francaise de Droit Administratif 1039
Discussion of some of the problems with the English law of government contracts, for a French audience.
ISBN: 0763-1219
2004
A C L Davies, 'Foundation Hospitals: A New Approach to Accountability and Autonomy in the Delivery of Public Services?' (2004) Public Law 808
Questions whether the government's proposals to create NHS Foundation Trusts will succeed in their aim of giving hospitals greater autonomy from Department of Health control.
ISBN: 0033-3565
2002
R Williams and Professor Christopher F. Forsyth, 'Closing Chapter in the Immigrant Children Saga: Substantive Legitimate Expectations and Administrative Justice in Hong Kong' (2002) 10 Asia Pacific Law Review 29
Article discussing the closing stages of a series of judgments given by the Court of Final Appeal in Hong Kong concerning the interpretation of Article 24 of the Basic Law on the right of residence in Hong Kong. The piece argues that the Hong Kong executive, Legal Aid Board and Court system all found the technique of informal communication useful in managing claims for residence, but that the usefulness of this technique on future occasions is dependent on full protection being given to the expectations it creates so that trust in the administration can be maintained. The article also discusses some of the general background theory and doctrine concerning legitimate expectations in administrative law more generally and argues that although the courts are often concerned with the numbers of people claiming legitimate expectations, in fact there may be more subtle issues to consider such as whether the class of persons is finite and identifiable.
ISBN: 1019-2557
Books
2011
TAO Endicott, Administrative Law (2nd edn, OUP 2011)
2010
D Erdos, Delegating Rights Protection: The Rise of Bills of Rights in the Westminster World (Oxford University Press 2010)
Delegating Rights Protection explores bill-of-rights outcomes in four "Westminster" countries - Australia, Canada, New Zealand, and the United Kingdom - whose development exhibit an interesting combination of both commonality and difference. Comparative analysis of some thirty-six democracies demonstrates that the historic absence of a bill of rights in Westminster countries is best explained by, firstly, the absence of a clear political transition and, secondly, their strong British constitutional heritage. Detailed chapters then explore recent and much more diversified developments. In all the countries, postmaterialist socio-economic change has resulted in a growing emphasis on legal formalization, codified civil liberties, and social equality. Pressure for a bill of rights has therefore increased. Nevertheless, by enhancing judicial power, bills of rights conflict with the prima facie positional interests of the political elite. Given this, change in this area has also required a political trigger which provides an immediate rationale for change. Alongside social forces, the nature of this trigger determines the strength and substance of the bill of rights enacted. The statutory Canadian Bill of Rights Act (1960), New Zealand Bill of Rights Act (1990), and the Human Rights Act (UK) (1998) were prompted politically by a relatively weak and backward-looking 'aversive' reaction against perceived abuses of power under the previous administration. Meanwhile, the fully constitutional Canadian Charter (1982) had its political origins in a stronger, more self-interested and prospective need to find a new unifying institution to counter the destabilizing, centripetal power of the Québécois nationalist movement. Finally, the absence of any relevant political trigger explains the failure of national bill of rights initiatives in Australia. The conclusionary section of the book argues that this Postmaterialist Trigger Thesis (PTT) explanation of change can also explain the origins of bills of rights in other internally stable, advanced democracies, notably the Israeli Basic Laws on human rights (1992).
2008
P P Craig, Administrative Law (6th edn, Sweet & Maxwell 2008)
A C L Davies, The Public Law of Government Contracts (Oxford University Press 2008)
This book analyses the law relating to government contracts from a public law perspective.
ISBN: 978-0-19-928739-0
Chapters
2011
P P Craig, 'Britain in the European Union' in J Jowell and D Oliver (eds), The Changing Constitution (Oxford University Press 2011)
P P Craig, 'Legitimacy in Administrative Law: European Union' in M Ruffert (ed), Legitimacy in European Administrative Law: Reform and Reconstruction (Europa Law Publishing 2011)
P P Craig, 'Shared Administration and Networks: Global and EU Perspectives' in G Anthony, J-B Auby, J Morison and T Zwart (eds), Values in Global Administrative Law, Essays in Honour of Spyridon Flogaitis and Gerard Timsit (Hart Publishing 2011)
Sophie Boyron and A C L Davies, 'Accountability and Public Contracts' in Rozen Noguellou and Ulrich Stelkens (eds), Treatise on the Comparative Law of Public Contracts (Bruylant 2011)
J M Finnis, 'Invoking the Principle of Legality against the Rule of Law' in Richard Ekins (ed), Modern Challenges to the Rule of Law (LexisNexis, Wellington 2011)
Critique of Lords decision in Purdy and discussion of the Director Public Prosecutions guidelines on prosecution for assisting suicide
A L Young, 'Precedent' in Hoffman (ed), The Impact of the UK Human Rights Act on Private Law (Cambridge University Press 2011)
The chapter explains and evaluates the different ways in which courts are bound to follow decisions of the ECtHR. It evaluates the role of section 2(1) HRA 1998, as well as analysing the extent to which courts should follow decisions of the ECtHR as opposed to a binding precedent from a concurrent or higher court.
ISBN: 9781107009325
2010
P P Craig, 'Political Constitutionalism and Judicial Review' in C Forsyth, M Elliott, S Jhaveri, M Ramsden, A Scully-Hill (eds), Effective Judicial Review, A Cornerstone of Good Governance (Oxford University Press 2010)
P P Craig, 'Sovereignty and the EU: The UK Perspective and Primacy Clauses' in L Tichy and T Dumbrovsky (eds), Sovereignty and Integration, Paradoxes and Development within Europe Today (Centre for Comparative Law, Law Faculty of Charles University in Prague 2010)
P P Craig, 'Specific Powers of Public Contractors' in R Noguellou and U Stelkens (eds), Comparative Law on Public Contracts (Bruylant 2010)
2009
P P Craig, 'Access to Mechanisms of Administrative Law' in D Feldman (ed), English Public Law (Oxford University Press 2009)
P P Craig, 'Administrative Law' in L Blom-Cooper, B Dickson and G Drewry (eds), The Judicial House of Lords 1876-2009 (Oxford University Press 2009)
P P Craig, 'Fundamental Principles of Administrative Law' in D Feldman (ed), English Public Law (Oxford University Press 2009)
P P Craig, 'Grounds for Judicial Review: Substantive Control over Discretion' in D Feldman (ed), English Public Law (Oxford University Press 2009)
P P Craig, 'Substance and Procedure in Judicial Review' in M Andenas and D Fairgrieve (eds), Tom Bingham and the Transformation of the Law, A Liber Amicorum ( 2009)
2008
P P Craig, 'Fundamental Rights' in P Moser and K Sawyer (eds), Making Community Law, The Legacy of Advocate General Jacobs at the European Court of Justice (Edward Elgar 2008)
P P Craig, 'Multilevel Governance and Accountability in the EU' in P Pavlopoulos and S Flogaitis (eds), Multilevel Governance and Administrative Reform in the 21st Century (Nomos 2008)
P P Craig, 'The Administrative System and Administrative Law Principle in the UK' in HH Trute, T Grob, HC Rohl, C Mollers (eds), Allgemeines Verwaltungsrecht – zur Tragfahigkeit eines Konzepts ( 2008)
2006
A C L Davies, 'English Law’s Treatment of Government Contracts: The Problem of Wider Public Interests' in J.-B. Auby and M. Freedland (eds), The Public Law/Private Law Divide: une entente assez cordiale? (Hart Publishing 2006)
Discussion of some of the ultra vires problems surrounding government contracts.
ISBN: 1-84113-635-2
2003
J M Finnis, 'Commonwealth and Dependencies' in Halsbury's Laws of England, 4th edn. (Lexis Nexis UK 2003)
Title in Halsbury's Laws of England, vol. 6 reissue.
ISBN: 406961662
1999
K S Ziegler and Christoph Gusy, 'Der Volksbegriff des Grundgesetzes: Ist die Position des Bundesverfassungsgerichts alternativenlos?' in Ulrike Davy (ed), Politische Integration der ausländischen Wohnbevölkerung (Baden-Baden, Nomos 1999)
The meaning of the term ‘people’ in the German Constitution and the position of the German Constitutional Court
ISBN: 3-7890-6262-6
Edited books
2008
D J Galligan (ed), Judicial Review of Administrative Action in English Law (Giuffre' 2008)
Internet Publications
2012
N Barber, The Separation of Powers and the British Constitution (2012) Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper
2010
P P Craig and others, 'England and Wales' (2010) 338
2009
J M Finnis, The Lords’ Eerie Swansong: A Note on R (Purdy) v Director of Public Prosecutions (2009) Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper 31/2009
2008
J M Finnis, Common Law Constraints: Whose Common Good Counts? (2008) Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper 10/2008
Examines the history and meaning of the Colonial Laws Validity Act 1865 as it bears on the issues in Bancoult (No.2); critiques the constitutional theory deployed in Quark Fishing.
Case Notes
2010
A Johnston and E. Nanopoulos, 'The New UK Supreme Court, the Separation of Powers and Anti-Terrorism Measures' (2010) Cambridge Law Journal 218 [Case Note]
2005
J Morgan, 'Slowing the expansion of public authorities' liability (Gorringe v. Calderdale MBC)' (2005) 121 LQR 43 [Case Note]
2004
A Johnston, 'Putting the Cart Before the Horse? Privacy and the Wainwrights' (2004) Cambridge Law Journal 15 [Case Note]
Reviews
2011
N Barber, 'Review of The New Separation of Powers' (2011) Public Law 428 [Review]
2006
A L Young, 'Democracy through law' (2006) Public Law 873 [Review]
Book review of Johan Steyn, Democracy through Law.
ISBN: 0033-3565
2003
A Johnston, 'Review of: Danny Nicol, EC Membership and the Judicialization of British Politics' (2003) 40 Common Market Law Review 525 [Review]
2002
A Johnston, 'Review of: Diana Woodhouse, The Office of the Lord Chancellor' (2002) Cambridge Law Journal 715 [Review]
Reports
2011
D J Galligan and Z. H. Zafirov, 'Discretionary Powers in Macedonia' (2011) OSCE (Organizatioin for Security and Cooperation in Europe) 1
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
Law Moderations (Phase I)
Law Moderations are preliminary examinations in Criminal Law, Constitutional Law, and Roman Law, taken at the end of the second term in the first year of the BA. Students must pass them in order to continue in the BA; the degree is awarded on the basis of the FHS Examinations.
[less]
This course covers the law of the constitution, including the structure and basic principles of the British constitution, and the impact of European Community law on the constitution. It also provides an introduction to the protection of human rights in English law.
Constitutional Law covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a profession qualification in England and Wales.Students taking the BA in Jurisprudence (Course 1 and Course 2) take Constitutional Law as one of the three papers for Law Moderations and will in general cover eight topics in tutorials. Students taking the BA in Jurisprudence with Senior Status may choose to take Constitutional Law as an option in the Final Honour School and these students will in general cover seven topics in tutorials. The examination papers for both Law Moderations and the Final Honour School will consist of ten essay questions.
The precise pattern of tutorial teaching varies from college to college but the faculty expects that tutors will include the items listed in bold type in the Teaching Convention. Lectures are given in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms on most aspects of the course. Please see the core reading list for more detailed guidance as to the depth of knowledge required of the topics listed in the Teaching Convention.
[less]
FHS (Phase II)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase I of the Final Honour School includes the third term of the first year, and all three terms of the second year.
[less]
Administrative Law is concerned primarily with judicial control of the activities of the executive branch of government. The main topics covered are: (1) the grounds on which decisions and rules made by the executive can be challenged in the court - some of these relate to the substance of the decision or rule and others to the procedure by which it was made; (2) the remedies which can be obtained by applicants challenging administrative decisions; (3) the liability of public authorities in contract and tort.Some tutors also deal with tribunals, public local inquiries, next steps agencies, contracting out and public sector ombudsmen. Some of these topics are the subject of lectures, which also occasionally deal with more theoretical aspects of the subject. Administrative Law is now one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honours School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor.
[less]
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
Constitutional Law (Senior Status only)
This course covers the law of the constitution, including the structure and basic principles of the British constitution, and the impact of European Community law on the constitution. It also provides an introduction to the protection of human rights in English law.
Constitutional Law covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a profession qualification in England and Wales.Students taking the BA in Jurisprudence (Course 1 and Course 2) take Constitutional Law as one of the three papers for Law Moderations and will in general cover eight topics in tutorials. Students taking the BA in Jurisprudence with Senior Status may choose to take Constitutional Law as an option in the Final Honour School and these students will in general cover seven topics in tutorials. The examination papers for both Law Moderations and the Final Honour School will consist of ten essay questions.
The precise pattern of tutorial teaching varies from college to college but the faculty expects that tutors will include the items listed in bold type in the Teaching Convention. Lectures are given in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms on most aspects of the course. Please see the core reading list for more detailed guidance as to the depth of knowledge required of the topics listed in the Teaching Convention.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
Administrative Law is concerned primarily with judicial control of the activities of the executive branch of government. The main topics covered are: (1) the grounds on which decisions and rules made by the executive can be challenged in the court - some of these relate to the substance of the decision or rule and others to the procedure by which it was made; (2) the remedies which can be obtained by applicants challenging administrative decisions; (3) the liability of public authorities in contract and tort.Some tutors also deal with tribunals, public local inquiries, next steps agencies, contracting out and public sector ombudsmen. Some of these topics are the subject of lectures, which also occasionally deal with more theoretical aspects of the subject. Administrative Law is now one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honours School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor.
[less]
Constitutional Law (Senior Status only)
This course covers the law of the constitution, including the structure and basic principles of the British constitution, and the impact of European Community law on the constitution. It also provides an introduction to the protection of human rights in English law.
Constitutional Law covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a profession qualification in England and Wales.Students taking the BA in Jurisprudence (Course 1 and Course 2) take Constitutional Law as one of the three papers for Law Moderations and will in general cover eight topics in tutorials. Students taking the BA in Jurisprudence with Senior Status may choose to take Constitutional Law as an option in the Final Honour School and these students will in general cover seven topics in tutorials. The examination papers for both Law Moderations and the Final Honour School will consist of ten essay questions.
The precise pattern of tutorial teaching varies from college to college but the faculty expects that tutors will include the items listed in bold type in the Teaching Convention. Lectures are given in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms on most aspects of the course. Please see the core reading list for more detailed guidance as to the depth of knowledge required of the topics listed in the Teaching Convention.
[less]
Postgraduate
MJur
Administrative Law (also part of the BA course)
Administrative Law is concerned primarily with judicial control of the activities of the executive branch of government. The main topics covered are: (1) the grounds on which decisions and rules made by the executive can be challenged in the court - some of these relate to the substance of the decision or rule and others to the procedure by which it was made; (2) the remedies which can be obtained by applicants challenging administrative decisions; (3) the liability of public authorities in contract and tort.Some tutors also deal with tribunals, public local inquiries, next steps agencies, contracting out and public sector ombudsmen. Some of these topics are the subject of lectures, which also occasionally deal with more theoretical aspects of the subject. Administrative Law is now one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honours School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor.
[less]
This course covers the law of the constitution, including the structure and basic principles of the British constitution, and the impact of European Community law on the constitution. It also provides an introduction to the protection of human rights in English law.
Constitutional Law covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a profession qualification in England and Wales.Students taking the BA in Jurisprudence (Course 1 and Course 2) take Constitutional Law as one of the three papers for Law Moderations and will in general cover eight topics in tutorials. Students taking the BA in Jurisprudence with Senior Status may choose to take Constitutional Law as an option in the Final Honour School and these students will in general cover seven topics in tutorials. The examination papers for both Law Moderations and the Final Honour School will consist of ten essay questions.
The precise pattern of tutorial teaching varies from college to college but the faculty expects that tutors will include the items listed in bold type in the Teaching Convention. Lectures are given in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms on most aspects of the course. Please see the core reading list for more detailed guidance as to the depth of knowledge required of the topics listed in the Teaching Convention.
[less]
People
Constitutional and Administrative Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Aileen Kavanagh: Reader in Law
in conjunction with:
Roderick Bagshaw: CUF Lecturer
Nicholas Bamforth: CUF Lecturer
Nicholas Barber: CUF Lecturer
Cathryn Costello: Fellow and Tutor in EU and Public Law
Paul Craig: Professor of English Law
Anne Davies: Professor of Law and Public Policy
Sionaidh Douglas-Scott: Professor of European and Human Rights Law
Pavlos Eleftheriadis: University Lecturer in Law
Timothy Endicott: Dean of the Faculty and Professor of Legal Philosophy
John Finnis: Professor
Liz Fisher: Reader in Environmental Law
Mark Freedland: Professor of Employment Law
Denis Galligan: Professor of Socio-Legal Studies
Hayley Hooper: Lecturer in Law
Tarunabh Khaitan: Penningtons Student in Law, Christ Church
Liora Lazarus: CUF Lecturer
Violeta Moreno Lax: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
Jonathan Morgan: CUF Lecturer
Jeremias Prassl: Teaching Fellow
Rachel Taylor: Lecturer
Se-shauna Wheatle: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
Rebecca Williams: CUF Lecturer
Alison L Young: CUF Lecturer
assisted by:
Joel Harrison: MSt student
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Ross Carrick: Lecturer in Law
David Erdos: Katzenbach Research Fellow (Balliol College)
Sandra Fredman: Rhodes Professor of the Laws of the British Commonwealth and the United States
Paolo Ronchi: DPhil student
Edwin Simpson: CUF Lecturer
[top]
Contract
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 64 Contract publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
T Krebs, 'Yearworth and the Law of Contract' (2012) Journal of Medical Ethics Special Issue - Human Body Parts/Property
2010
M Chen-Wishart, 'Transparency and Fairness in Bank Charges' (2010) 126 Law Quarterly Review 157
2009
J Cartwright, 'The English Law of Contract: Time for Review?' (2009) 17 European Review of Private Law 155
Discussion of aspects of the English law of contract which are in need of reform, and the mechanisms by which reform can be achieved. Revised text of Inaugural Lecture delivered on 7 October 2008 in acceptance of the Chair of Anglo-American Private Law at the University of Leiden.
ISBN: 0928-9801
M Chen-Wishart, 'Bank Charges: A Lesson in Interpreting EC Law' (2009) 125 LQR 389
This discusses the Court of Appeal decision in Office of Fair Trading v Abbey National and 7 Others [2009] EWCA Civ 116 in which Sir Anthony Clarke MR upheld the High Court's rejection of the banks' claim that their penalty charges are exempt from the test for unfairness under regulation 6(2). It examines the purposive interpretation of the Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations 1999 as law of EC origin. It argues that while ensuring transparency is insufficient consumer protection under the Regulations, Sir Anthony Clarke goes too far in effectively requiring terms to be negotiated. The focus of regulation 6(2) is a difficult-to-stabilise something in between; namely, only the exemption of terms which are sufficiently important from the consumer's perspective that they can be said to be meaningfully consented to by consumers.
M Chen-Wishart, Consideration and Serious Intention (2009) SJLS 434
The doctrine of consideration has come under increasing attack. In Gay Choon Ing v. Loh Sze Ti Terence Peter, Andrew Phang Boon Leong J.A. of the Singapore Court of Appeal raises the spectre of its replacement with the doctrines of economic duress, undue influence, unconscionability and promissory estoppel. In response to the reasoning of Phang J.A. and others, I argue that: (i) consideration is not a meaningless doctrine; in particular, the adequacy of consideration is relevant to the enforceability of an agreement and ?practical benefit? can be made a meaningful concept; (ii) contract law does not, and should not, enforce all seriously intended undertakings; and (iii) the vitiating factors do not simply interrogate the presence of contractual intention and cannot replace the functions performed by consideration.
2008
M Chen-Wishart, 'Unfairness of Bank Charges' (2008) 124 LQR 561
This discusses the High Court decision in Office of Fair Trading v Abbey National Plc and 7 Others [2008] EWHC 875 (Comm). First, it examines the relevant considerations in determining, and the standard required for language to be, 'plain and intelligible'. Second, it assesses Andrew Smith J's reasoning and conclusion that the relevant bank charges fall outside the exemption for so-called 'core' terms. Third, it criticisesthe banks' argument that contravention of good faith requires procedural unfairness.
J Morgan, 'Against judicial review of discretionary contractual powers' (2008) LMCLQ 230
J Vella, 'Sham Transactions' (2008) LMCLQ 488
2007
M Chen-Wishart, 'Undue Influence Vindicating Relationships of Influence' (2007) OUP 231
2002
E Descheemaeker, Faut-il codifier le droit privé européen des contrats ? [Sense and Non-sense of Codifying European Contract Law ] (2002) 47 McGill Law Journal 791
Abstract: Is it necessary to codify the private law of contracts in Europe? The question, the author argues, breaks down into three sub-questions. First, is such a codification conceivable, that is, does it make sense to claim to envision it? Next, is it desirable? And finally, is it realizable? The demand for codification would imply that one should answer these three questions affirmatively. According to the author this is not the case, however, because even if it is conceivable to create a legal instrument common to countries with distinct legal traditions and epistemologies (notably the civil and the common law), the arguments in favour of such a project are outweighed by those against it, notably issues of costs and uselessness. Above all, the idea of "Europeanizing" the law of contracts betrays a certain lack of understanding of the nature of law. In effect, not only is it impossible to set out in a uniform manner the same norm in several different systems, especially if they use different languages, but also the interior dependence of each of these systems of contract law on other branches of law and on national legal science makes the creation of a uniform contract law in Europe radically impossible.
ISBN: 0024-9041
2000
D P Nolan, 'Following in their Footsteps: Equitable Estoppel in Australia and the United States' (2000) 11 King's College Law Journal 202
1998
M Chen-Wishart, 'Restitutionary Damages for Breach of Contract' (1998) 114 Law Quarterly Review 363
1997
M Chen-Wishart, 'The O’Brien Principle and Substantive Unfairness' (1997) 56 Cambridge Law Journal 60
1993
M Chen-Wishart, 'Creditors Beware' (1993) 2 Property Review 140
M Chen-Wishart, 'Creditors Beware II' (1993) 2 Property Review 499
M Chen-Wishart, 'Taking Securities, Taking Advantage' (1993) New Zealand Law Journal 224
1991
M Chen-Wishart, 'The Enforceability of Additional Contractual Promises: A Question of Consideration?' (1991) New Zealand Universities Law Review 270
1987
M Chen-Wishart, 'Unconscionable Bargains' (1987) New Zealand Law Journal 107
1986
M Chen-Wishart, 'The Contractual Mistakes Act 1977 and Contract Formation' (1986) Otago Law Review 334=354
Books
2012
J Cartwright, Misrepresentation, Mistake and Non-Disclosure, 3rd edn (Sweet & Maxwell 2012)
Third edition of work originally published in 2002 (second edition 2007).
ISBN: 9780414049550
2011
M Chen-Wishart, Contract and Reciprocity: The Hochelaga Annual Lectures of the Hong Kong University Law Faculty (Hochelaga 2011)
W E Peel, Treitel: The Law of Contract, 13th ed. (Sweet & Maxwell 2011)
2010
J Cartwright, J Beatson and A Burrows, Anson's Law of Contract (29th edn, OUP 2010)
New edition of classic text on contract law
ISBN: 9780199282470
M Chen-Wishart, Contract Law, 3rd edition (Oxford University Press 2010)
2008
M Chen-Wishart, Contract Law, 2nd ed (Oxford University Press 2008)
2007
A S Burrows, A Casebook on Contract (Hart 2007)
J Cartwright, Contract Law: An Introduction to the English Law of Contract for the Civil Lawyer (Hart Publishing 2007)
Book designed to introduce the lawyer who is trained in a civil law jurisdiction to the common law, and to the English law of contract.
ISBN: 978 1 84113 577 9
W E Peel, Treitel: The Law of Contract, 12th edition (Thomson, Sweet & Maxwell 2007)
2005
M Chen-Wishart, Contract Law (OXford University Press 2005)
1989
M Chen-Wishart, Unconscionable Bargain (Butterworths 1989)
Chapters
2011
W E Peel, 'The Common Law Tradition: Regulation of Boilerplate Clauses in English Law' in G. Cordero-Moss (ed), Boilerplate Clauses, International Commercial Contracts and the Applicable Law (CUP 2011)
S J Whittaker, 'Contract networks, freedom of contract and the restructuring of privity of contract' in F. Cafaggi (ed), Contractual Networks, Inter-Firm Cooperation and Economic Growth (Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc. 2011)
This article considers why English lawyers have not generally been attracted by the notion of 'network contracts' to regulate complex economic relations.
ISBN: 978 1 84844 889 6
2010
J Cartwright, 'Liability in Tort for Pre-Contractual Non-Disclosure' in A Burrows and E Peel (eds), Contract Formation and Parties (OUP 2010)
Discussion and criticism of recent cases holdinbg that a fraudulent breach of a duty of disclosure is actionable within the tort of deceit.
ISBN: 9780199583706
M Chen-Wishart, 'A Bird in the Hand: Consideration and One-Sided Contract Modifications' in AS Burrows and E Peel (eds), Contract Formation and Parties (OUP 2010)
If we accept that a bird in the hand is the worth two in the bush then the idea that the receipt of performance (even part performance) confers a benefit over and above the right to performance, and can be exchanged for something from the recipient, is consistent with the core idea of the consideration doctrine. All that remains is to replace the bilateral contract analysis in Williams v Roffey with a unilateral contract analysis (the promisor is only bound if the stipulated performance is actually received). This is preferable to three recently mooted alternatives to consideration as the primary test of enforceability: (i) the test of serious intention subject to contrary policies advanced in Antons Trawling v Smith; (ii) promissory estoppel as advanced in Collier v Wright, and (iii) leaving it all to the vitiating factors advocated in Gay Choon Ing v Loh Sze Ti Terence Peter.
B McFarlane, 'Promissory Estoppel and Debts' in A Burrows & E Peel (eds), Contract Formation and Parties (Oxford University Press 2010)
D P Nolan, 'Offer and Acceptance in the Electronic Age' in Andrew Burrows and Edwin Peel (eds), Contract Formation and Parties (OUP 2010)
W E Peel, 'Agreements to Negotiate in Good Faith' in Andrew Burrows and Edwin Peel (eds), Contract Formation and Parties (OUP 2010)
An essay concerning the limits to the enforceability of agreements to negotiate and a proposal for reform
ISBN: 978-0-19-958370-6
2009
M Chen-Wishart, 'Objectivity and Mistake: the Oxymoron of Smith v Hughes' in J Neyers, R Bronough, SGA Pitel (eds), Exploring Contract Law (Hart 2009)
The author explores the contours of the ?objective test of intentions? and concludes that Smith v Hughes and other ?mistake of terms? cases said to represent exceptional subjectivity trumping the objective approach are straightforward applications of objectivity; there is no need, indeed no room, for resort to subjectivity. Further, stabilizing the language of ?mistake,? ?defective consent,? and ?void? allows vital distinctions to be drawn between contract formation and vitiation which explains why known non-correspondence of any term prevents contract formation, while mistaken assumptions must be shared and fundamental to void a contract. It also allows us to map the related areas of rectification, non est factum, mistaken identity and misrepresentation.
2008
D P Nolan, 'Hongkong Fir Shipping Co v Kawasaki Kisen Kaisha Ltd, The Hongkong Fir (1961)' in Charles Mitchell and Paul Mitchell (eds), Landmark Cases in the Law of Contract (Hart Publishing 2008)
S J Whittaker, 'Can the Contract Control the Contract? "Entire Agreement Clauses" in English Law' in F. Addis (ed), Le Clausole di Forma nelle Condizioni Generali di Contratto (Giuffe Editore, Miilan 2008)
The article analyses the law governing the effectiveness of entire agreement clauses in English law
S J Whittaker, 'Price Variation Clauses' in M. Fabre-Magnan, J. Ghestin, P. Jourdain (eds), Etudes offertes a Genevieve Viney (L.G.D.J. 2008)
This essay explores the validity of price variation clauses in English law
ISBN: 978-2-275-03136-1
2007
S J Bright, 'Unfairness and the Consumer Contract Regulations' in A Burrows and E Peel (eds), Contract Terms (Hart 2007)
This chapter looks at the meaning of unfairness and its inter-relationship with the method chosen to implement the Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations.
ISBN: 978-0-19-922937-6
J Cartwright, 'Excluding Liability for Misrepresentation' in A Burrows and E Peel (eds), Contract Terms (Oxford University Press 2007)
Published version of paper from Oxford-Norton Rose Colloquium 2006.
ISBN: 978 0 19 922937 6
J Cartwright, 'Protecting Legitimate Expectations and Estoppel: English Law' in B Fauvarque-Cosson (ed), La Confiance Légitime et l'Estoppel (Société de Législation Comparée 2007)
Discussion of the role of estoppel and the protection of legitimate (or reasonable) expectations in English contract law. Contribution to the 17th Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law, Utrecht, July 2006. Also published (separately) on-line in the Electronic Journal of Comparative Law at http://www.ejcl.org/103/art103-6.pdf
ISBN: 978 2 908199 53 6
W E Peel, 'Whither contra proferentem' in Andrew Burrows & Edwin Peel (eds), Contract Terms (OUP 2007)
S J Whittaker, 'Termination Clauses' in A. Burrows and E. Peel (eds), Contract Terms (in A. Burrows and E. Peel, Contract Terms (OUP, 2007) 2007)
This work analyses the different types of contract terms which allow an injured party to terminate on the ground of breach of contract and explains and criticises the controls which statute and the courts have put in place to control them.
ISBN: 978-0-19-922937-6
2004
A S Burrows, 'Chapters 19-20, 28 plus annual supplements 2004, 2005, 2006' in Chitty on Contracts 29th edn ( 2004)
S J Whittaker, 'Chapter 1 Introductory; Chapter 4 Form; Chapter 8 Capacity; Chapter 15 Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts; and Chapter 44 Suretyship' in H Beale (ed), Chitty on Contracts (29th edition) (Sweet and Maxwell 2004)
Continued updating and rewriting of chapters (including new section on the HRA and contracts).
ISBN: 1 0 421 842 806
1996
M Chen-Wishart, 'Controlling the Power to Agree Damages' in P Birks (ed), Wrongs and Remedies in the Twenty-First Century ( 1996)
1995
M Chen-Wishart, 'Consideration, Practical Benefit and the Emperor’s New Clothes' in Beatson and Friedmann (eds), Good Faith and Fault in Contract Law (Oxford University Press 1995)
Edited books
2010
W E Peel and Andrew Burrows (eds), Contract Formation and Parties (OUP 2010)
A collection of essays on the 'formation process' and 'third parties' based on the papers presented at the Oxford-Norton Rose Law Colloquium, September 2009
ISBN: 978-0-19-958370-6
2007
A S Burrows and others (eds), Contract Terms (OUP 2007)
Essays from Norton Rose-Oxford colloquium
ISBN: 978-0-19-922937-6
2003
W E Peel and Andrew Burrows (eds), Commercial Remedies (Oxford University Press 2003)
Edited collection of essays, responses and conference discussionconcerned with current issues and problems in the law of remedies
ISBN: 0-19-926465-1
Internet Publications
2006
B McFarlane, The Problem of Pre-Contractual Reliance: Three Ways to a Third Way (2006) Hauser Global Law School - Working Papers Series
An argument in favour of the expansion of common law doctrines to protect pre-contractual reliance, including a comparative, doctrinal and economic assessment of the problem.
Case Notes
2011
S J Whittaker, 'Unfair Contract Terms, Unfair Prices and Bank Charges' (2011) 74 Modern Law Review 106 [Case Note]
This note assesses the decision of the UK Supreme Court in the 'Bank Charges' case in the light of the decision of the case-law of the ECJ
2009
J Cartwright, 'Unilateral Mistake in the English Courts: Reasserting the Traditional Approach' (2009) Singapore Journal of Legal Studies 226 [Case Note]
Case note on Statoil ASA v Louis Dreyfus Energy Services LP
W E Peel, 'Affirmation by Termination' (2009) 125 Law Quarterly Review 378 [Case Note]
W E Peel, 'Remoteness revisited' (2009) Law Quarterly Review 6 [Case Note]
A comment on the decision of the House of Lords in The Achilleas
ISBN: 0023-933X
2007
J Morgan, 'A victory for "justice" over commercial certainty (The Golden Victory)' (2007) CLJ 263 [Case Note]
2006
W E Peel, 'No liability for service of an invalid notice of 'Event of Default'' (2006) 122 Thomson Sweet & Maxwell/Law Quarterly Review 179 [Case Note]
a casenote on the HL decision in Concord Trust v Law Debenture Trust Corp
ISBN: 0023-933X
2005
J Morgan, 'Liability for lost future business in contract (Jackson v. Royal Bank of Scotland)' (2005) CLJ 285 [Case Note]
2001
W E Peel, 'Reasonable exemption clauses' (2001) 117 Law Quarterly Review 545 [Case Note]
A casenote on the Court of Appeal's decision in Watford Electronics Ltdv Sanderson CFL Ltd
ISBN: 0-421-755-407
Reviews
2003
E Descheemaeker, Review of Sir Guenter Treitel, Some Landmarks of Twentieth Century Contract Law (2003) 55 Revue internationale de droit comparé 492 [Review]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS (Phase II)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase I of the Final Honour School includes the third term of the first year, and all three terms of the second year.
[less]
The syllabus comprises the general principles of the law governing enforceable agreements. It is not concerned with special rules governing specific types of contracts, such as sale, carriage or employment. The principal topics normally discussed are: (a) the rules relating to the formation of agreements and to certain further requirements which must be satisfied to make agreements legally enforceable; (b) the contents of a contract and the rules governing the validity of terms which exclude or restrict liability; (c) the nature and effects in a contractual context of mistake, misrepresentation, duress and undue influence; (d) the general principle that right and duties arising under a contract can only be enforced by and against the parties to it; (e) performance and breach, including the right to terminate for failure in performance and the effects of wrongful repudiation; (f) supervening events as a ground of discharge under the doctrine of frustration; (g) remedies for breach of contract by way of damages, action for the agreed sum, specific performance and injunction. (h) the basis of contractual liability.
Contract is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honour School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales.
The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor. Particular areas are also explored in lectures.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
The syllabus comprises the general principles of the law governing enforceable agreements. It is not concerned with special rules governing specific types of contracts, such as sale, carriage or employment. The principal topics normally discussed are: (a) the rules relating to the formation of agreements and to certain further requirements which must be satisfied to make agreements legally enforceable; (b) the contents of a contract and the rules governing the validity of terms which exclude or restrict liability; (c) the nature and effects in a contractual context of mistake, misrepresentation, duress and undue influence; (d) the general principle that right and duties arising under a contract can only be enforced by and against the parties to it; (e) performance and breach, including the right to terminate for failure in performance and the effects of wrongful repudiation; (f) supervening events as a ground of discharge under the doctrine of frustration; (g) remedies for breach of contract by way of damages, action for the agreed sum, specific performance and injunction. (h) the basis of contractual liability.
Contract is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honour School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales.
The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor. Particular areas are also explored in lectures.
[less]
Postgraduate
MJur
Contract (also part of the BA course)
The syllabus comprises the general principles of the law governing enforceable agreements. It is not concerned with special rules governing specific types of contracts, such as sale, carriage or employment. The principal topics normally discussed are: (a) the rules relating to the formation of agreements and to certain further requirements which must be satisfied to make agreements legally enforceable; (b) the contents of a contract and the rules governing the validity of terms which exclude or restrict liability; (c) the nature and effects in a contractual context of mistake, misrepresentation, duress and undue influence; (d) the general principle that right and duties arising under a contract can only be enforced by and against the parties to it; (e) performance and breach, including the right to terminate for failure in performance and the effects of wrongful repudiation; (f) supervening events as a ground of discharge under the doctrine of frustration; (g) remedies for breach of contract by way of damages, action for the agreed sum, specific performance and injunction. (h) the basis of contractual liability.
Contract is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honour School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales.
The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor. Particular areas are also explored in lectures.
[less]
People
Contract teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Mindy Chen-Wishart: Reader in Contract Law
in conjunction with:
Dapo Akande: University Lecturer in Public International Law
Alexandra Braun: CUF Lecturer
Adrian Briggs: Professor of Private International Law
Susan Bright: Professor of Land Law, McGregor Fellow
Andrew Burrows, QC: Professor of the Law of England
John Cartwright: Professor of the Law of Contract
Joshua Getzler: Professor of Law and Legal History
Katharine Grevling: CUF Lecturer
Louise Gullifer: Professor of Commercial Law
Jonathan Herring: Professor of Law
Andrew Higgins: Lecturer in Civil Procedure
Thomas Krebs: University Lecturer in Commercial Law
Beatrice Krebs: Lecturer
Henry Mares: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
Ben McFarlane: Reader in Property Law
Ewan McKendrick: Registrar and Professor of English Private Law
Peter Mirfield: CUF Lecturer
Jonathan Morgan: CUF Lecturer
Donal Nolan: CUF Lecturer
Edwin Peel: Professor of Law
Justine Pila: University Lecturer in Intellectual Property Law
Jeremias Prassl: Teaching Fellow
Simon Whittaker: Professor of European Comparative Law
assisted by:
Carmine Conte: DPhil Law student
Quentin Cregan: DPhil Law student
Jesse Wall: DPhil Law student
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Donald Harris: Retired. Formerly Director of the Centre for Socio-Legal Studies at Balliol
Caroline Harvey: Research Fellow
Geneviève Helleringer: EC Marie Curie Fellow
Dori Kimel: Reader in Legal Philosophy
Dan Prentice: Emeritus Professor of Corporate Law
Francis Reynolds: Emeritus Professor of Law at Worcester College
Guenter Treitel: Emeritus Vinerian Professor of English Law at All Souls
Rafal Zakrzewski: Career Development Fellow
[top]
Corporate Finance
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 18 Corporate Finance publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
L Gullifer, What should we do about Financial Collateral? (2012) Current Legal Problems
J Payne, 'The Regulation of Short Selling and its reform in Europe' (2012) European Business Organization Law Review (forthcoming)
J Payne, 'Minority Shareholders Protection in Takeovers: A UK perspective' (2011) 8 European Company and Financial Law Review 145
J Payne, 'Private Equity and its Regulation in Europe' (2011) 12 European Business Organization Law Review 559
J Payne, 'Schemes of Arrangement, Takeovers and Minority Shareholder Protection' (2011) Journal of Corporate Law Studies 67
P Davies, 'Liability for Misstatements to the Market' (2010) 5 Capital Markets Law Journal 443
The Liability of Issuers Regulations introduce a revised statutory scheme of liability for issuers in respect of misstatements to the market. This article considers how the revised scheme differs from the stop-gap regime introduced in 2006, notably by extending the range of misstatements and markets to which the regime applies. The new regime also includes liability for delayed statements and increases the range of potential claimants. However, fraud as the basis for issuer liability is retained, as is the exclusion of liability to investors of the directors of issuers.
ISBN: 1750-7219
P Davies, 'Liability for Misstatements to the Market: Some Reflections' (2009) 9 Journal of Corporate Law Studies 295
This article considers some of the fundamental issues arising out of the Davies Review of Issuer Liability. That Review recommended only a limited role for private enforcement of the continuing disclosure obligations imposed upon issuers. The article considers whether such a limited role can be justified, from both a compensation and a deterrence standpoint. It concludes that it can, provided there is a sound system of public enforcement of those obligations in place. Whether the recent changes in the role of the Financial Services Authority will provide an appropriate level of public enforcement is not yet clear.
ISBN: 1473-5970
J Payne, 'Legal capital and creditor protection in UK private companies' (2008) 5 European Company Law 220
Books
H Beale, M Bridge, L Gullifer and E Lomnicka, The Law of Security and Title Finance (2nd edn, Oxford University Press 2012)
L Gullifer and Jennifer Payne, Corporate Finance Law : Principles and Policy (Hart Publishing 2011)
J Payne and Louise Gullifer, Corporate Finance Law: Principles and Policy (Hart Publishing 2011)
B McFarlane and R Stevens, Intermediated Securities: Practical Problems and Conceptual Solutions (L Gullifer & J Payne, Hart Publishing 2010)
Chapters
J Payne, 'Intermediated Securities and the Right to Vote in the UK' in Louise Gullifer and Jennifer Payne (eds), Intermediated Securities: Legal Problems and Practical Issues (Hart Publishing 2010)
J Payne, 'Legal Capital in the UK following the Companies Act 2006' in J Armour and J Payne (eds), Rationality in Company Law: Essays in Honour of DD Prentice (Hart publishing 2009)
J Vella and D Prentice, 'Some aspects of capital maintenance law in the UK' in M Tison et al (ed), Perspectives in Company Law and Financial Regulation (CUP 2009)
J Armour, Law, Finance and Innovation in McCahery, J.A. & Renneboog, L. (eds), Venture Capital Contracting and the Valuation of Hi-Tech Firms (Oxford: OUP 2003)
This chapter reviews evidence about the extent to which law and lawyers ‘matter’ for venture capital investment. As such, it relates both to the policy debate about financing innovative firms and more generally to the comparative finance literature that has investigated the extent to which law may be one of the determinants of differing patterns of corporate finance across various countries. The review is organised around the idea that law may ‘matter’ in a variety of ways for corporate finance. The starting point is a model of what venture capital investment involves, derived from empirical studies in the US. The venture capitalist is a financial intermediary, who raises funds from end-investors which are then used to finance small entrepreneurial firms. The contracts between the venture capitalist and the investee firms have complex terms which can be understood as responses to agency problems inherent in the financing relationship. The first way in which laws may ‘matter’ is by affecting the way in which the practice of venture capital investment is structured—most obviously, in the terms of the contracts used. Empirical studies of the contracting practices of venture capitalists show clear differences between national practices, and it is plausible that some at least of these may be driven by differences in the legal regimes. Most obviously, these might arise due to mandatory legal rules—for example, local tax laws—which distort choices of inframarginal investors in favour of a particular type of financial contract.
Edited books
J Payne and Louise Gullifer (eds), Intermediated Securities: Legal problems and practical issues (Hart Publishing 2010)
Globally, there has been a shift from securities being held directly by an investor, to a situation in which many securities are held via an intermediary. The existence of one or more intermediaries between the investor and the issuer has a potentially significant impact on the rights of the investor, the role and obligations of the issuer, and on the position and responsibilities of the intermediary. However, different jurisdictions have dealt with the issues arising from intermediation in a variety of ways. In the UK, for example, the concept of a trust is used to explain the different rights and obligations which arise in this scenario, whereas in the US the issues have been addressed by legislation, in the form of UCC Article 8. This variety is problematic, given that it is possible for an investor to hold securities in a number of different jurisdictions. A new UNIDROIT Convention on the issue of Intermediated Securities, the Geneva Securities Convention 2009, aims to create a common framework for dealing with these issues. This collection of essays explores the issues that arise when securities are held via an intermediary, and in particular assesses the solutions put forward by the new Convention on this issue.
ISBN: 978-1-84946-013-2
J Payne and J Armour (eds), Rationality in Company Law: Essays in Honour of DD Prentice (Hart publishing 2009)
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
The limited company is a hugely popular business vehicle, and the primary reason for this is its ability to act as a successful vehicle for raising business finance and diversifying financial risk. All companies need to raise money in order to function successfully. It is these "money matters" which are at the heart of corporate law, and an understanding of the ways in which companies can raise money, and the manner in which their money-raising activities are regulated, is central to an understanding of how companies function. The aims of the course are (a) to explain the complex statutory provisions governing the issue and marketing of corporate securities, against the background of business transactions; (b) to explore the fundamental legal propositions around which corporate finance transactions are usually organised and (c) to examine the means by which money is raised by borrowing and quasi-debt and different methods of securing debt obligations. Technical issues will therefore be placed in their economic and business context. There is a strong emphasis on the policy issues underlying the legal rules. The course focuses on the forms of corporate finance and on the structure and regulation of capital markets. The course also examines the attributes of the main types of securities issued by companies and the legal doctrines which are designed to resolve the conflicts of interests between shareholders and creditors. Consideration is given to the EU directives affecting the financial markets, especially the manner in which they have been implemented into English law. Many of the issues arising are of international importance and the course examines the harmonisation of these matters within the EU.
This course will be of interest to any student wishing to develop a knowledge of corporate law, as well as to those who are corporate finance specialists. No prior knowledge of the subject is required, nor is it necessary to have studied company law, though this will be of significant advantage. Those with no knowledge of company law will need to do some additional background reading prior to the start of seminars, and advice can be given on this issue. MJur students are welcome, especially if they have prior knowledge of corporate finance in their own jurisdictions, but they must be prepared to engage with the case law and with UK statutes where appropriate.
The teaching group comprises Professor Paul Davies, Professor Hugh Beale, Professor L Gullifer and Ms J Payne. The teaching consists of seminars in Michaelmas and Hilary terms, and four tutorials spread across the year. The tutorials will be arranged in the seminars. Corporate finance practitioners will also give guest lectures throughout the year.
The main areas studied are: 1. Equity financing including the legal nature of shares, minimum capital requirements, payment for shares, raising additional capital, dividends, reductions of capital, financial assistance, gearing issues, and reform options in these areas. 2. Legal issues arising in relation to secured and unsecured debt, including analysis of contractual techniques for the protection of creditors such as covenants, set-off, guarantees and other credit protection. 3. Analysis of proprietary techniques for the protection of creditors, including the different forms of security, priority between different creditors, re-characterisation issues and the reform of this area of the law. 4. Legal issues arising from the transfer of debt, and from debt structures involving multiple lenders such as bond issues and syndicated loans. 5. Public distributions including choice of market issues, the role of institutional investors, the structure and regulation of public offers and listing, enforcement of the listing rules and civil liability for defective prospectuses. 6. The ongoing regulation of the capital markets including disclosure issues, insider dealing and market abuse. 7. Takeovers including the regulation of takeovers, the duties of the target board, equality of treatment of shareholders, the rationales for takeovers, and a comparison with schemes of arrangement. 8. The use of private equity in corporate finance. 9. The role of corporate governance in corporate finance.
[less]
MJur
The limited company is a hugely popular business vehicle, and the primary reason for this is its ability to act as a successful vehicle for raising business finance and diversifying financial risk. All companies need to raise money in order to function successfully. It is these "money matters" which are at the heart of corporate law, and an understanding of the ways in which companies can raise money, and the manner in which their money-raising activities are regulated, is central to an understanding of how companies function. The aims of the course are (a) to explain the complex statutory provisions governing the issue and marketing of corporate securities, against the background of business transactions; (b) to explore the fundamental legal propositions around which corporate finance transactions are usually organised and (c) to examine the means by which money is raised by borrowing and quasi-debt and different methods of securing debt obligations. Technical issues will therefore be placed in their economic and business context. There is a strong emphasis on the policy issues underlying the legal rules. The course focuses on the forms of corporate finance and on the structure and regulation of capital markets. The course also examines the attributes of the main types of securities issued by companies and the legal doctrines which are designed to resolve the conflicts of interests between shareholders and creditors. Consideration is given to the EU directives affecting the financial markets, especially the manner in which they have been implemented into English law. Many of the issues arising are of international importance and the course examines the harmonisation of these matters within the EU.
This course will be of interest to any student wishing to develop a knowledge of corporate law, as well as to those who are corporate finance specialists. No prior knowledge of the subject is required, nor is it necessary to have studied company law, though this will be of significant advantage. Those with no knowledge of company law will need to do some additional background reading prior to the start of seminars, and advice can be given on this issue. MJur students are welcome, especially if they have prior knowledge of corporate finance in their own jurisdictions, but they must be prepared to engage with the case law and with UK statutes where appropriate.
The teaching group comprises Professor Paul Davies, Professor Hugh Beale, Professor L Gullifer and Ms J Payne. The teaching consists of seminars in Michaelmas and Hilary terms, and four tutorials spread across the year. The tutorials will be arranged in the seminars. Corporate finance practitioners will also give guest lectures throughout the year.
The main areas studied are: 1. Equity financing including the legal nature of shares, minimum capital requirements, payment for shares, raising additional capital, dividends, reductions of capital, financial assistance, gearing issues, and reform options in these areas. 2. Legal issues arising in relation to secured and unsecured debt, including analysis of contractual techniques for the protection of creditors such as covenants, set-off, guarantees and other credit protection. 3. Analysis of proprietary techniques for the protection of creditors, including the different forms of security, priority between different creditors, re-characterisation issues and the reform of this area of the law. 4. Legal issues arising from the transfer of debt, and from debt structures involving multiple lenders such as bond issues and syndicated loans. 5. Public distributions including choice of market issues, the role of institutional investors, the structure and regulation of public offers and listing, enforcement of the listing rules and civil liability for defective prospectuses. 6. The ongoing regulation of the capital markets including disclosure issues, insider dealing and market abuse. 7. Takeovers including the regulation of takeovers, the duties of the target board, equality of treatment of shareholders, the rationales for takeovers, and a comparison with schemes of arrangement. 8. The use of private equity in corporate finance. 9. The role of corporate governance in corporate finance.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
The limited company is a hugely popular business vehicle, and the primary reason for this is its ability to act as a successful vehicle for raising business finance and diversifying financial risk. All companies need to raise money in order to function successfully. It is these "money matters" which are at the heart of corporate law, and an understanding of the ways in which companies can raise money, and the manner in which their money-raising activities are regulated, is central to an understanding of how companies function. The aims of the course are (a) to explain the complex statutory provisions governing the issue and marketing of corporate securities, against the background of business transactions; (b) to explore the fundamental legal propositions around which corporate finance transactions are usually organised and (c) to examine the means by which money is raised by borrowing and quasi-debt and different methods of securing debt obligations. Technical issues will therefore be placed in their economic and business context. There is a strong emphasis on the policy issues underlying the legal rules. The course focuses on the forms of corporate finance and on the structure and regulation of capital markets. The course also examines the attributes of the main types of securities issued by companies and the legal doctrines which are designed to resolve the conflicts of interests between shareholders and creditors. Consideration is given to the EU directives affecting the financial markets, especially the manner in which they have been implemented into English law. Many of the issues arising are of international importance and the course examines the harmonisation of these matters within the EU.
This course will be of interest to any student wishing to develop a knowledge of corporate law, as well as to those who are corporate finance specialists. No prior knowledge of the subject is required, nor is it necessary to have studied company law, though this will be of significant advantage. Those with no knowledge of company law will need to do some additional background reading prior to the start of seminars, and advice can be given on this issue. MJur students are welcome, especially if they have prior knowledge of corporate finance in their own jurisdictions, but they must be prepared to engage with the case law and with UK statutes where appropriate.
The teaching group comprises Professor Paul Davies, Professor Hugh Beale, Professor L Gullifer and Ms J Payne. The teaching consists of seminars in Michaelmas and Hilary terms, and four tutorials spread across the year. The tutorials will be arranged in the seminars. Corporate finance practitioners will also give guest lectures throughout the year.
The main areas studied are: 1. Equity financing including the legal nature of shares, minimum capital requirements, payment for shares, raising additional capital, dividends, reductions of capital, financial assistance, gearing issues, and reform options in these areas. 2. Legal issues arising in relation to secured and unsecured debt, including analysis of contractual techniques for the protection of creditors such as covenants, set-off, guarantees and other credit protection. 3. Analysis of proprietary techniques for the protection of creditors, including the different forms of security, priority between different creditors, re-characterisation issues and the reform of this area of the law. 4. Legal issues arising from the transfer of debt, and from debt structures involving multiple lenders such as bond issues and syndicated loans. 5. Public distributions including choice of market issues, the role of institutional investors, the structure and regulation of public offers and listing, enforcement of the listing rules and civil liability for defective prospectuses. 6. The ongoing regulation of the capital markets including disclosure issues, insider dealing and market abuse. 7. Takeovers including the regulation of takeovers, the duties of the target board, equality of treatment of shareholders, the rationales for takeovers, and a comparison with schemes of arrangement. 8. The use of private equity in corporate finance. 9. The role of corporate governance in corporate finance.
[less]
People
Corporate Finance teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Jennifer Payne: Professor of Corporate Finance Law
in conjunction with:
John Armour: Hogan Lovells Professor of Law and Finance
Paul Davies: Allen & Overy Professor of Corporate Law
Louise Gullifer: Professor of Commercial Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Doreen McBarnet: Professor of Socio-Legal Studies
John Vella: Senior Research Fellow at the Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation
Rafal Zakrzewski: Career Development Fellow
[top]
Corporate Insolvency Law
News
Insolvency Conference 2011
A most successful conference on various aspects of insolvency law was held on 14 January 2011 at Harris Manchester College involving many eminent academic and practising lawyers. [more…]
Publications
Roy Goode, 'Perpetual Trustee and Flip Clauses in Swap Transactions' (2011) 127 Law Quarterly Review 1
A case note on the Court of Appeal decision on the anti-deprivation principle of insolvency law. The case note was referred to at several points in the judgments of the Supreme Court
ISBN: 0023-933X
WG Ringe, L Gullifer and P Théry (eds), Current Issues in European Financial and Insolvency Law - Perspectives from France and the UK (Hart Publishing, Oxford and Portland, Oregon 2009)
Recent case-law and legislation in European company and insolvency law have significantly furthered the integration of European business regulation. In particular, the case-law of the European Court of Justice and the introduction of the EU Insolvency Regulation have provided the stimulus for current reforms in various jurisdictions in the fields of insolvency and financial law. The UK, for instance, has adopted the Enterprise Act in 2002, designed, inter alia, to enhance enterprise and to strengthen the UK’s approach to bankruptcy and corporate rescue. In a similar vein, a recent reform in France has modernised French insolvency law and even introduced a tool similar to the successful English ‘company voluntary arrangement’ (CVA). This book provides a collection of studies by some of the leading English and French experts today, analysing current perspectives of insolvency and financial law in Europe, both on the national as well as on the European level.
ISBN: 978-1841139357
WG Ringe, Forum Shopping under the EU Insolvency Regulation (2008) 9 European Business Organization Law Review 579
DOI: 10.1017/S156675290800579X
Cross-border forum shopping for the benefit of a different insolvency law regime has become popular within the European Union in recent years. Yet legislators, courts and legal scholarship react with suspicion when debtors cross the border only to profit from a different insolvency law system. The most prominent legal tool, the European Insolvency Regulation, is based on the assumption that forum shopping is bad for the functioning of the European Internal Market. This paper questions the hostile attitude towards the phenomenon of forum shopping. It is argued that forum shopping can have beneficial effects both for the company and for its creditors, and that strong safeguards for creditors who oppose the migration are in place. Furthermore, the validity of the COMI approach of the Regulation under the fundamental freedoms of the Treaty is questioned; it is suggested that the current regime needs to be amended. The proposed new system would enable more corporate mobility within the European Union and create more legal certainty for all constituencies at the same time.
L Gullifer, 'The reforms of the Enterprise Act 2002 and the Floating Charge as a security device' (2008) 46 Canadian Business Law Journal 399
Recently the UK Government passed the Companies Act 2006, which introduced many reforms to English Company Law as well as reproducing existing law in one (very long) statute. There have also been significant changes in the Corporate Insolvency area introduced by the Enterprise Act 2002, and by case law. This paper will focus on the current fate of the floating charge as a security device.
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
Corporate insolvency gives rise to a number of fascinating and complex questions. Which assets can be claimed by the company’s creditors? What should be done with them? How should the proceeds raised be distributed amongst the creditors? How should those responsible for the company’s losses be dealt with? In addition, many interesting questions from other areas of law (particularly property law) come to be raised and explored in the context of insolvency. The course seeks to develop an understanding of the ways these issues are resolved by the current law. Students will also be expected to analyse and evaluate the law, and consideration will be paid to the business context in which insolvency disputes arise.
The course begins with an overview of the functions of insolvency procedures. It then examines, in the context of winding-up, the relationship between insolvency law and the general law of property and obligation, and the extent to which insolvency law interferes with rights accrued under the general law, and examines the rationality of the legal principles underlying the rules relating to the treatment of claims and the distribution of assets in winding up. The course then turns to consider procedures that are capable of securing the continuation of viable businesses, often referred to as “corporate rescue”. The most significant of these is the administration procedure, but administrative receivership, which it is gradually replacing, is also still of some practical importance. They raise interesting and complex questions about the allocation of decision-making power, and the mechanisms for ensuring the accountability of decision-makers. More informal procedures, in particular schemes of arrangement, are also considered. Company law also has a role to play in relation to insolvent companies, raising in particular such questions as the liability of a parent for the debts of its subsidiary and the responsibilities of directors under general law and under insolvency legislation. Lastly, the issues discussed throughout the course are considered in a comparative context, and the problem of cross-border insolvency, particularly in the context of the EC Regulation on Insolvency Proceedings, is examined.
No prior knowledge of the subject is required, nor is it necessary to have studied company law, though this is of some advantage. MJur students are welcome, especially if they have prior knowledge of corporate insolvency in their own jurisdictions, but they must be prepared to engage with the case law and with UK statutes where appropriate. The teaching group comprises Professor J Armour, Professor L Gullifer, Ms J Payne, Professor G Moss and Professor H Eidenmueller. The teaching consists of a combination of lectures and seminars. Guest lectures by visiting academics and practitioners may also be given at various points. Revision tutorials will be arranged in the seminars.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
Corporate insolvency gives rise to a number of fascinating and complex questions. Which assets can be claimed by the company’s creditors? What should be done with them? How should the proceeds raised be distributed amongst the creditors? How should those responsible for the company’s losses be dealt with? In addition, many interesting questions from other areas of law (particularly property law) come to be raised and explored in the context of insolvency. The course seeks to develop an understanding of the ways these issues are resolved by the current law. Students will also be expected to analyse and evaluate the law, and consideration will be paid to the business context in which insolvency disputes arise.
The course begins with an overview of the functions of insolvency procedures. It then examines, in the context of winding-up, the relationship between insolvency law and the general law of property and obligation, and the extent to which insolvency law interferes with rights accrued under the general law, and examines the rationality of the legal principles underlying the rules relating to the treatment of claims and the distribution of assets in winding up. The course then turns to consider procedures that are capable of securing the continuation of viable businesses, often referred to as “corporate rescue”. The most significant of these is the administration procedure, but administrative receivership, which it is gradually replacing, is also still of some practical importance. They raise interesting and complex questions about the allocation of decision-making power, and the mechanisms for ensuring the accountability of decision-makers. More informal procedures, in particular schemes of arrangement, are also considered. Company law also has a role to play in relation to insolvent companies, raising in particular such questions as the liability of a parent for the debts of its subsidiary and the responsibilities of directors under general law and under insolvency legislation. Lastly, the issues discussed throughout the course are considered in a comparative context, and the problem of cross-border insolvency, particularly in the context of the EC Regulation on Insolvency Proceedings, is examined.
No prior knowledge of the subject is required, nor is it necessary to have studied company law, though this is of some advantage. MJur students are welcome, especially if they have prior knowledge of corporate insolvency in their own jurisdictions, but they must be prepared to engage with the case law and with UK statutes where appropriate. The teaching group comprises Professor J Armour, Professor L Gullifer, Ms J Payne, Professor G Moss and Professor H Eidenmueller. The teaching consists of a combination of lectures and seminars. Guest lectures by visiting academics and practitioners may also be given at various points. Revision tutorials will be arranged in the seminars.
[less]
People
Corporate Insolvency Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Louise Gullifer: Professor of Commercial Law
in conjunction with:
John Armour: Hogan Lovells Professor of Law and Finance
Horst Eidenmüller: Visiting Professor
Gabriel Moss, QC: Visiting Professor
Jennifer Payne: Professor of Corporate Finance Law
[top]
Criminal Law
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Wednesday 23 May 2012 Week 5
- Criminal Law Discussion Group
Psychological harm and the English criminal law - Speaker: Maris Kopcke Tinture , Worcester College
All Souls College Hovenden Room at 12:00
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 68 Criminal Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2013
M Köpcke Tinturé, 'Psychological Harm and the English Criminal Law' (2013) (forthcoming)
2012
J J W Herring, 'What's wrong with kidnapping?' (2012) Criminal Law Review 343
Consideration of proposed reforms to the law on kidnapping.
R Williams, 'Voluntary Intoxication – A lost cause?' (2012) Law Quarterly Review (forthcoming)
The article argues that there are two key problems with the current law concerning voluntary intoxication. First, the rules applicable so-called crimes of basic intent, contrary to some of the more recent case law, can in fact only apply coherently to reckless result crimes. Second, given the differences between the threshold for liability for sober defendants and the threshold for liability for voluntarily intoxicated defendants, the current rules amount in cases of basic intent to criminalisation of the intoxication itself. If this is to be the case, the article argues that the law should take this approach openly, so that in any case where the defendant lacks mens rea as a result of voluntary intoxication (s)he should be convicted instead of a new statutory offence of 'committing the actus reus of offence X while intoxicated', which could also apply coherently to all offences.
A Ashworth and L Zedner, 'Prevention and Criminalization: Justifications and Limits' (2012) 15 New Criminal Law Review (forthcoming)
2011
A Ashworth, 'Ignorance of the Criminal Law, and Duties to Avoid it' (2011) 74 Modern Law Review 1
A critique of the doctrine that ignorance of the criminal law is no excuse, showing how preposterous the doctrine is and arguing that, even if it should continue in a muted form, it should be accompanied by positive duties on the State to publicise its criminal laws.
ISBN: 0026-7961
A Ashworth, 'The Unfairness of Risk-Based Possession Offences' (2011) 5 Criminal Law and Philosophy 237
The article argues that certain criminal offences of possession, i.e. 'risk-based possession offences', cannot be justified within current criminal law doctrines.
2010
A Ashworth, 'Should Strict Liability be Removed from all Imprisonable Offences?' (2010) 45 Irish Jurist 1
This is a principled attack on the propensity of the English and Irish legislatures to impose strict liability for criminal offences that carry a sentence of imprisonment.
Krebs, 'Joint Criminal Enterprise' (2010) 73 Modern Law Review 578
N Lacey, 'Psychologising Jekyll, Demonising Hyde: The Strange Case of Criminal Responsibility' (2010) 4 Criminal Law and Philosophy 110
S Wallerstein, 'Why English law should not incorporate a defence of superior orders' (2010) Crim LR 109
English law does not recognise the defence of obedience to superior orders. Recent years have seen voices calling for reconsideration of the law and for the adoption of a defence in some form. One of the reasons for this stance is the fact that the defence is recognised in the Rome Statute constituting the International Criminal Court (ICC). This article examines whether the law should be changed and the defence of superior orders introduced into English law. As the title suggests, the article concludes that such a change is not desirable and that the current position of the law is correct. Over the years very little has been written on the defence of superior orders in the domestic context but, not surprisingly, the subject has been widely discussed in international law in the context of the laws of war. Thus, the article starts (Section I) with the debate in international law, presenting the two main approaches regarding the recognition of a defence of obedience to superior orders: the absolute liability approach adopted by the Nuremberg Tribunal and other ad hoc tribunals over the years, and the conditional liability approach adopted by the ICC in the Rome Statute. Section II goes on to examine the possible rationales that underlie each position. It argues that the defence can be justified either as a recognition of the dilemma faced by the soldier who is required to obey the order as per national law, and to disobey it as per international law, or as a claim of mistake of law or of fact. The question then is whether these rationales can be transformed into domestic English law and support a claim for an adoption of a qualified defence of superior orders. Section III argues that two differences between the stance of English law and international law need to be accounted for: the first is that though the soldier’s dilemma is still applicable, it exists in a somewhat different structure which results in a limitation of the dilemma to borderline cases only, and the second is the fact that English law does not recognise the defence of mistake of law. As a consequence, it is submitted that the defence of superior orders should not be recognised in English law. Nevertheless, a claim of obedience to superior orders often obscures the real defence which should be advanced, and while superior orders should not be recognised as an independent defence the facts may constitute a basis for a defence of duress or of a mistaken case of private defence, both of which are recognised in English law.
2009
N Lacey, 'Historicising Criminalisation: Conceptual and Empirical Issues' (2009) 72 Modern Law Review 936
S Wallerstein, ''A drunken consent is still consent'--Or Is It? A Critical Analysis of the Law on a Drunken Consent to Sex FOllowing Bree ' (2009) 73 Journal of Criminal Law 582
Does a person who is voluntarily drunk remain capable of giving valid consent to sex? The Court of Appeal in Bree held that ‘a drunken consent is still (valid) consent’, though it further recognises that the capacity to consent may evaporate well before a complainant becomes unconscious. This decision is a move in the right direction, yet this article argues that it has not gone far enough, and that s. 74 of the Sexual Offences Act 2003 which governs these scenarios allows—and even requires—a more drastic interpretation: a drunken consent is not consent when the person is very drunk. Based on a distinction between factual and legal consent, the article starts by setting up the legal framework as set out in s. 74, and developed in Bree and H. It then goes on to criticise the current case law and its interpretation of s. 74 for not being restrictive enough, by examining two possible theoretical rationales, mentioned in the judgments. The first, which is based on an analogy with the law relating to intoxicated offenders, is criticised on the grounds of differences between consent and intent. The second, which is based on the general argument that this position recognises the positive aspect of sexual autonomy, is criticised for its failure to distinguish between claims of normative facts and claims of public policy and for giving too much weight to the latter considerations. From the discussion an alternative, more restrictive position, emerges in line with s. 74 of the 2003 Act, according to which a drunken consent is not consent. This position can be adopted by judges, through the provision of better guidance to juries, but failing that a reform of the law might be needed.
2008
R Williams, 'Deception, Mistake and Vitiation of the Victim\'s Consent' (2008) 124(Jan) Law Quarterly Review 132
2007
A Ashworth, 'Principles, Pragmatism and the Law Commission's Recommendations on Homicide Law Reform' (2007) Criminal Law Review 333
Appraisal of the structure and detail of recent Law Commission recommendations.
ISBN: 0011 135X
J J W Herring, 'Familial Homicide, Failure to Protect and Domestic Violence: Who's the Victim?' (2007) Criminal Law Review 923
Discussion of familial homicide in cases where the defendant has been the victim of domestic violence.
ISBN: 0011135X
J J W Herring, Human Rights and Rape (2007) Criminal Law Review 228
Discussion of the law of rape.
J J W Herring and Elaine Palser, 'The Duty of Care in Cross Negligence Manslaughter' (2007) Criminal Law Review 24
Article on gross negligence manslaughter
J J W Herring and Michelle Madden Dempsey, 'Why Sexual Penetration Requires Justification' (2007) Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 467
Discussion of sexual penetration
2005
R Williams, Policy and Principle in Drugs Manslaughter Cases (2005) 64(1) Cambridge Law Journal 66
2004
A Ashworth and others, 'The Sexual Offences Act 2003: Rape, Sexual Assaults and the Problem of Consent' (2004) [2004] Criminal Law Review 328
Analysis and critique of new legislation
ISBN: 0011 135X
2003
S Wallerstein and others, 'Thou Shall Not Resspect the person of the poor, not honour the person of the Mighty: On the Dinitz Case' (2003) 33 Mishpatim 13
(in Hebrew)
1991
S Gardner, 'Reckless and Inconsiderate Rape' (1991) Criminal Law Review 172
1990
S Gardner, 'The Codification of the Criminal Law? (with Gráinne de Búrca)' (1990) 10 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 559
Books
2011
A Ashworth, The Criminal Law's Ambivalence about Outcomes (Rowan Cruft, Matthew Kramer, Mark Reiff, Oxford University Press, Oxford 2011)
Revisiting and developing a debate with Antony Duff about intentions, outcomes and the criminal law.
ISBN: 978-0-19-959281-4
J J W Herring, Criminal Law, 7th ed (Palgrave Mcmillan 2011)
Textbook on criminal law
ISBN: 97802302875729
2010
J J W Herring, Criminal Law, 4th ed (Oxford University Press 2010)
Textbook on criminal law
ISBN: 978019 9578115
2009
A Ashworth, Principles of Criminal Law (Oxford University Press 2009)
J J W Herring, Criminal Law (Palgrave 2009)
Textbook on criminal law
ISBN: 1397802302717133
J J W Herring, Criminal Law: The Basics (Routledge 2009)
An introduction to criminal law
ISBN: 10-415-49132-9
J J W Herring, Great Debates: Criminal Law (Palgrave 2009)
Book discussing theoretical debate in criminal law
ISBN: 978 0230577237
J J W Herring, Rape (TONE 2009)
Discussion of the problems with the law on rape.
2008
A Ashworth, A Change of Normative Position: Determining the Contours of Culpability in Criminal Law (11, New Criminal Law Review 2008)
DOI: 10.1525/nclr.2008.II.2.232
Critical re-examination of the doctrine of 'change of normative position' in criminal law theory, comparing it with forms of constructive liability.
A Ashworth, Conceptions of Overcriminalization (5, Ohio State Journal of Criminal Law 2008)
Re-assessment of Kadish's work on criminalization, and proposal of further principles.
ISBN: ISSN 1546-7619
J J W Herring, Criminal Law: Text Cases and Materials (OUP 2008)
A textbook on criminal law
ISBN: 9780199234325
N Lacey, Women, Crime and Character: From Moll Flanders to Tess of the d\'Urbervilles (Oxford University Press 2008)
2006
A Ashworth, Principles of Criminal Law, 5th edition (Oxford University Press 2006)
New edition of text on criminal law.
ISBN: 0-19-928114-9
J J W Herring, Criminal Law (OUP 2006)
Textbook on criminal law
ISBN: 199289352
2005
J J W Herring, Criminal law (Palgrave 2005)
textbook on criminal law
ISBN: 10: 1-4039-3417-7
2003
A Ashworth, Principles of Criminal Law (4th edn, Oxford University Press 2003)
New edition of established text
ISBN: 0-19-925980-1
Chapters
2012
A Bogg and J Herring, 'Addiction and Responsibility' in Herring, Regan, Weinberg and Withington (eds), Intoxication: Problematic Pleasures (Routledge 2012)
2011
A Ashworth, 'Attempts' in John Deigh, David Dolinko (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Criminal Law (Oxford University Press, New York 2011)
An assessment of issues in the law of criminal attempts.
ISBN: 978-0-19-531485-4
A Ashworth and Lucia Zedner, 'Just Prevention: Preventive Rationales and the Limits of the Criminal Law' in R.A. Duff and Stuart P. Green (eds), Philosophical Foundations of Criminal Law (Oxford University Press 2011)
A critical assessment of the role of preventive rationales in, and on the boundaries of, the criminal law.
ISBN: 978-0-19-955915-2
J J W Herring, 'No more having and holding: The abolition of the marital rape exemption' in S. Gilmore, J. Herring and R. Probert (eds), Landmark Cases in Family Law (Hart 2011)
An analysis of the law on marital rape
J J W Herring, 'The Serious Wrong of Domestic Abuse and the Loss of Control Defence' in A Reed and M Bohlander (eds), Loss of Control and Diminished Responsibility (Ashgate 2011)
Consideration of the use of loss of control defence in cases where victim of domestic abuse kills her abuser.
ISBN: 9781409431756
R Williams, Cartels in the Criminal Law Landscape in Caron Beaton-Wells & Ariel Ezrachi (eds), Criminalising Cartels ( 2011)
The chapter focuses on cartel criminalisation from the criminal law perspective, charting how the process of criminaliation fits within the current landscape of criminal law, particularly in England and Wales. It examines the compromises necessary if the criminal law is to be used to regulate cartel behaviour without damage to that project or indeed to the criminal law more widely.
A Ashworth and L Zedner, 'Just Prevention: preventive rationales and the limits of the criminal law' in RA Duff & S Green (eds), Philosophical Foundations of the Criminal Law (Oxford University Press 2011)
2010
A Ashworth, 'Child Defendants and the Doctrines of the Criminal Law' in James Chalmers, Fiona Leverick and Lindsay Farmer (eds), Essays in Criminal Law in Honour of Sir Gerald Gordon (Edinburgh University Press 2010)
An examination of the extent to which familliar requirements and defences in criminal law apply to child defendants, with or without adaptation.
ISBN: 978 0 7486 4070 6
A Ashworth and Lucia Zedner, 'Preventive Orders: a Problem of Undercriminalization?' in R.A. Duff, L. Farmer, S.E. Marshall, M. Renzo & V. Tadros (eds), The Boundaries of the Criminal Law (Oxford University Press 2010)
An examination of the nature of civil preventive orders, and an argument that they are anomalous and that, given their effects, they should attract all the safeguards of criminal proceedings.
ISBN: 978-0-19-960055-7
J J W Herring and Michelle Madden Dempsey, 'Rethinking the Criminal Law’s Response to Sexual Offences: On Theory and Context' in C. McGlynn and V Munro (eds), Rethinking Rape Law (Routledge 2010)
This chapter promotes a moral landscape for looking at the law on sexual offences and suggests principles which should underpin it.
R Williams and N Padfield, 'Le Cas Anglais: L’absence d'interactions? ' in Geneviève Giudicelli-Delage, Stefano Manacorda (eds), Cour de Justice et Justice Pénale en Europe ( 2010)
Abstract: The book collects together work by authors from England, France, Spain, Italy and Belgium in order to examine the impact of the European Court of Justice (ECJ) in the field of criminal law. The first part investigates the case law of the ECJ per se, while the second part examines the interaction between this jurisprudence and the domestic systems of the Member States. In the case of the UK, Williams and Padfield seek to explain why there has not been so much discussion of European criminal case law in the domestic courts of England and Wales as there has been in other Member States.
2009
A Ashworth, 'Criminal Law, Human Rights and Preventative Justice' in Bernadette McSherry, Alan Norrie and Simon Bronitt (eds), Regulating Deviance: the Redirection of Criminalisation and the Futures of Criminal Law (Hart Publishing 2009)
J J W Herring, 'Relational autonomy and rape' in Day Sclater; Ebtehaj; Jackson; Richards (ed), Regulating Autonomy ( 2009)
A discussion of relational autonomy as a concept and in particular how it might be used to develop a law on rape
ISBN: 9781841139463
S Wallerstein, 'Victim – Beware! On The Dangers of Sharing Wrongs with Society' in P. Robinson, S. Garvey & K. Kessler- Ferzen (eds), Criminal Law Conversations (OUP 2009)
2008
J J W Herring, 'Mum's not the word. An Analysis of Section 5, Domestic Violence, Crimes and Victims Act' in C. Clarkson and S. Cunningham (eds), Criminal Liability for Non-Agressive Death ( 2008)
A discussion of the offence of 'familial homicide'
ISBN: 9780754673347
2007
J J W Herring, 'Crimes against the Dead' in B.Brooks-Gordon, F. Ebtehaj, J Herring, M. Johnson, M. Richards (eds), Death Rites and Rights (Hart 2007)
Discussion of offences which can be committed against corpses.
ISBN: 9781841137322
S Wallerstein, 'The State’s Duty of Self-Defence: Justifying the Expansion of Criminal Law' in L. Lazaros & B. Goold (eds), Security and Human Rights (Hart Publishing 2007)
2004
A Ashworth, 'General Principles of Criminal Law' in D.J. Feldman (ed), English Public Law (Oxford University Press 2004)
Edited books
2011
J J W Herring (ed), Criminal Law Statutes 2011-2012 (Routledge 2011)
2010
J J W Herring (ed), Criminal Law Statutes (Routledge 2010)
A collection of criminal law statutes.
2009
A Ashworth (ed), General Principles of Criminal Law (Oxford University Press 2009)
J J W Herring (ed), Criminal Law Statutes 2009-2010 (routledge 2009)
Collection of statutes
ISBN: 0145552818
Internet Publications
2010
J J W Herring, Home made apple pie and allowing children to die (2010) 1 Durham Law Journal
An article discussing the use of s. 5 Domestic Violence Crime and victims Act.
Case Notes
1995
S Gardner, 'Criminal Defences by Judicial Discretion - R v Kingston [1995] 2 AC 355' (1995) 111 Law Quarterly Review 177 [Case Note]
1994
S Gardner, 'Uncontrollable Intention in Criminal Law - R v Kingston [1994] QB 81' (1994) 110 Law Quarterly Review 8 [Case Note]
1992
S Gardner, 'Causation in Homicide - R v Cheshire [1991] 1 WLR 844' (1992) 108 Law Quarterly Review 24 [Case Note]
1991
S Gardner, 'Duress in Attempted Murder - R v Gotts [1001] 1 QB 660' (1991) 107 Law Quarterly Review 389 [Case Note]
Reviews
1992
S Gardner, 'Reiterating the Criminal Code - Reviewing Law Commission Consultation Paper No 122, Legislating the Criminal Code - Offences Against the Person and General Principles (1992)' (1992) 55 Modern Law Review 839 [Review]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
Law Moderations (Phase I)
Law Moderations are preliminary examinations in Criminal Law, Constitutional Law, and Roman Law, taken at the end of the second term in the first year of the BA. Students must pass them in order to continue in the BA; the degree is awarded on the basis of the FHS Examinations.
[less]
The course deals with the following: (i) General principles of criminal liability: actus reus and mens rea, omissions, causation, negligence, strict liability, complicity and inchoate offences. (ii) General defences. (iii) The law relating to offences against the person (including sexual offences) and offences against property and other economic interests.The subject requires attention to cases and statutes, and is an important bridge to subjects studied for the Final Honour School. It is hoped that students will find it interesting for its intellectual challenge, as well as for the colourful material. Criminal Law covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. There are lectures on most of the major topics in the course, and tutorials will be arranged by your college tutor.
Students taking the BA in Jurisprudence with Senior Status may choose to take Criminal Law as an option in the Final Honour School and these students will in general cover seven topics in tutorials. (In topic 8, only the first part – relating to the Criminal Damage Act 1971 – is examinable; the remainder of topic 8 listed in the teaching convention below will be the subject of lectures but is not examinable in the FHS version of the course.)
[less]
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
Criminal Law (Senior Status only)
The course is not available for those who have taken the subject in Law Moderations and is intended for those who have transferred to Law after Mods, and for senior status students. The syllabus is the same as for the Law Moderations course, but only covers topics 1 - 7 (it does not include topic 8). The paper in the Final Honour School is examined separately, and is intended to be more challenging.Criminal Law covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken (if not taken in Law Moderations) by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
Criminal Law (Senior Status only)
The course is not available for those who have taken the subject in Law Moderations and is intended for those who have transferred to Law after Mods, and for senior status students. The syllabus is the same as for the Law Moderations course, but only covers topics 1 - 7 (it does not include topic 8). The paper in the Final Honour School is examined separately, and is intended to be more challenging.Criminal Law covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken (if not taken in Law Moderations) by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor.
[less]
People
Criminal Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Rebecca Williams: CUF Lecturer
in conjunction with:
Andrew Ashworth, QC: Vinerian Professor of English Law
Alan Bogg: CUF Lecturer
John Gardner: Professor of Jurisprudence
Simon Gardner: Professor of Law
Katharine Grevling: CUF Lecturer
Jonathan Herring: Professor of Law
Laura Hoyano: Hackney Fellow & Tutor in Law and CUF Lecturer
Dori Kimel: Reader in Legal Philosophy
Beatrice Krebs: Lecturer
Grant Lamond: University Lecturer in Legal Philosophy
Henry Mares: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
Peter Mirfield: CUF Lecturer
Shlomit Wallerstein: CUF Lecturer
Lucia Zedner: Professor of Criminal Justice
Adrian Zuckerman: Professor of Civil Procedure
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Ana Aliverti: DPhil student
Jennifer Collins: Lecturer in Law
Janina Dill: Junior Research Fellow in Socio-Legal Studies
James Goudkamp: CUF Lecturer
Maris Köpcke Tinturé: Fellow in Law, Worcester College (Lecturer in Law, Brasenose College)
Nicola Lacey: Professor of Criminal Law and Legal Theory
Nicola Palmer: Junior Research Fellow in Global Justice
Natasha Simonsen: MPhil Law student
Richard Tur: Retired. Formerly CUF Lecturer
[top]
Criminology
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Thursday 24 May 2012 Week 5
- 7th Roger Hood Annual Public Lecture Series
What's Race Got to Do with It? Penal Reform and the Future of the Carceral State in America - Speaker: Professor Marie Gottschalk,, University of Pennsylvania
Manor Road Social Sciences Building Lecture Theatre at 17:00
Monday 28 May Week 6
- Centre for Criminology
Crime and the Uncommissioned Image: Street Art, Public Space, and Criminal Justice - Speaker: Alison Young, Department of Social and Political Sciences, University of Melbourne
Manor Road Social Sciences Building Seminar Room A at 12:30
News
Borders of Punishment Conference
On April 19 – 20, an international conference took place in the Manor Road Building drawing together a range of scholars working on the intersections between migration, criminology, and criminal justice. [more…]
ESRC-funded seminar series on immigration detention
Mary Bosworth is part of an interdisciplinary team from the Universities of Oxford, York, Birmingham, Lancaster and Exeter who have been granted funds from the ESRC to hold a seminar series entitled 'Exploring Everyday Practice and Resistance in Immigration Detention'. [more…]
Seminar on Preventive Justice
On 5-6th January 2012 an international inter-disciplinary workshop on Preventive Justice took place at All Souls College. [more…]
Ian Loader joins Commission into the future of Policing
Ian Loader has been appointed as a member of the Independent Commission on the Future of Policing in England and Wales to be chaired by former Metropolitan Police Commissioner Lord Stevens. [more…]
Hans Sigrist Prize 2011 awarded to Nicola Lacey
We are delighted to announce that Nicola Lacey has been awarded the Hans Sigrist Prize 2011 by the University of Bern. [more…]
Book launch of Where Next for Criminal Justice?
On 2nd November the Centre for Criminology held a seminar to launch Where next for Criminal Justice? by David Faulkner and Ros Burnett, who are both long-standing members and currently Research Associates of the Centre. [more…]
A-RCSL Podgorecki Prize 2011
We are delighted to announce that David Nelken, Visiting Professor in the Centre for Criminology, has been awarded the ISA-RCSL PODGORECKI PRIZE 2011by the International Sociological Association-Research Committee of Sociology of Law. [more…]
Magistrates and the Big Society
During a debate on Magistracy in the Big Society in the House of Lords on 2 November 2011, Lord Thomas referred to Jane Donoghue's recent research article in the British Journal of Criminology about community engagement and the judicial role in England and Wales. [more…]
Recognition for Prof Roger Hood
Congratulations to Prof Roger Hood, who received both an Honorary LLD from Edinburgh Napier University, and the Cesare Beccaria Medal from the Societé International de Défense Sociale pour une Politique Criminelle Humaniste (International Society of Social Defence and Humane Criminal Policy).
6th Roger Hood Annual Public Lecture
This year’s Roger Hood Annual Public Lecture was delivered by Professor Frances Heidensohn of the Department of Sociology at the London School of Economics. [more…]
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 319 Criminology publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
M Dempsey, C Hoyle and M Bosworth, 'Defining Sex Trafficking in International and Domestic Law: Mind the Gaps' (2012) Emory International Law Review (forthcoming)
M Bosworth, 'Deportation and Immigration Detention: Globalising the Sociology of Punishment' (2012) 16 Theoretical Criminology (forthcoming)
Elizabeth A. Stanko, Jonathan Jackson, B Bradford and Katrin Hohl, A golden thread, a presence amongst uniforms, and a good deal of data: studying public confidence in the London Metropolitan Police A golden thread, a presence amongst uniforms, and a good deal of data: studying public confidence in the London Metropolitan Police (2012) Policing and Society
DOI: 10.1080/10439463.2012.671825
This article discusses how four authors came together to create – inside a police service – a specific approach to public ‘trust and confidence’. We have had many theoretical debates – about the nature of public understanding of policing, police culture, procedural justice and public trust in public institutions in a democracy. Also, while we continue to debate, we wade through mounds of data gathered routinely through the Metropolitan Police's own Public Attitude Survey. Reporting internally on a quarterly basis, the survey challenges police colleagues to think about how the police must demonstrate to citizens their trustworthiness to act fairly, effectively and with the best interests of communities at heart. Our experience of moulding the discourse about public confidence inside the largest police service in the UK suggests that police culture itself has been challenged by the accountability that lies at the heart of trust and trustworthiness. We have been asked by the editors of this issue to share with readers how we have come to create a contribution to understanding what drives confidence in policing, which is now a routine part of its performance management.
M Madden Dempsey, C Hoyle and M Bosworth, 'Defining Sex Trafficking in International and Domestic Law: Mind the Gaps' (2012) 26 Emory International Law Review 101
2011
M Bosworth, Deporting Foreign National Prisoners in England and Wales (2011) 15 Citizenship Studies 583
M Bosworth and E Kaufman, 'Foreigners in a Carceral Age: Immigration and Imprisonment in the U.S.' (2011) 22 Stanford Law & Policy Review 101
C Hoyle, M Bosworth and M Dempsey, 'Labelling the Victims of Sex Trafficking: Exploring the borderland between rhetoric and reality' (2011) 20 Social & Legal Studies 313
M Bosworth, 'Penal Moderation in the US: Yes We Can?' (2011) 10 Criminology & Public Policy 335
M Bosworth, C Hoyle and M Dempsey, 'Researching Trafficked Women: Some Thoughts on Methodology' (2011) 17 Qualitative Inquiry 769
B Bradford, Convergence not divergence? Trends and trajectories in public contact and confidence in the police (2011) 51 The British Journal of Criminology 179
DOI: 10.1093/bjc/azq078
Public trust and confidence are vital to the police function. There has been much comment and debate about the apparent decline in confidence in the British police since the 1950s, most frequently evidenced by data from the British Crime Survey (BCS). Yet, there has been relatively little in-depth interrogation of the data at the heart of the discussion. Pooling data from 11 sweeps of the BCS (1984 to 2005/06), this paper shows a homogenization over time in trends in trust and confidence and experiences of encounters with the police. This pattern is found across both age and ethnicity, and can also be identified in other variables. The story that emerges therefore differs from analyses that emphasize the increasingly diffuse and variable nature of public experiences of the police.
A Myhill and others, It Depends What You Mean by Confident: Operationalizing Measures of Public Confidence and the Role of Performance Indicators (2011) 5 Policing: A Journal of Policy and Practice 114
Centralized performance frameworks for the police in England and Wales have been the subject of considerable debate. Evidence from both the British Crime Survey and local force surveys shows that setting performance targets for public confidence in the police based on single indicator survey measures can have conceptual and practical difficulties. Specifically, such measures can misrepresent the views of some respondents and might underestimate public support for the police. We argue in favour of local public attitudes surveys reconfigured to measure aspects of procedural fairness, police legitimacy, and public intentions to co-operate.
B Bradford, Voice neutrality and respect: Use of Victim Support services procedural fairness and confidence in the Criminal Justice System (2011) Criminology and Criminal Justice
Public confidence in the criminal justice system (CJS) is a topic of perennial concern across the United Kingdom, particularly in light of the relatively low levels of confidence reported in the British Crime Survey (BCS) and elsewhere. Recent work on policing has stressed that the experience of procedural fairness is an important influence on ‘user-satisfaction’, trust and legitimacy. Yet it is unclear whether this emphasis on fairness applies to the CJS as a whole, which many might see as primarily there to manage — and punish — offenders as efficiently as possible. This article reports on analysis of the BCS that suggests contact with Victim Support is linked to more favourable views of the fairness of the CJS and to higher levels of confidence in its effectiveness. By providing victims with voice and a sense that someone is listening to and taking their concerns seriously, contact with VS seems to be linked to more favourable overall assessments of the CJS. A space is therefore opened up for approaches to enhancing public confidence that do not rely on ever more punitive policies, or on the arguably Sisyphean task of convincing the public that extant policies are punitive enough.
J Donoghue, Truancy and the Prosecution of Parents: An Unfair Burden on Mothers? (2011) 74 Modern Law Review 216
DOI: 10.1111/j.1468-2230.2011.00844.x
This article considers the development and use of the law regulating the prosecution of parents under section 444 of the Education Act 1996, in the broader context of legislation and policy initiatives concerned with the governance of parental responsibility. It explores the ways in which the power to prosecute parents has been used by local educational authorities (LEAs) and interpreted by the courts. The article critically analyses the manner in which the powers emphasise punishment and retribution in the context of the social moralisation of flawed parents; pay insufficient regard to the effects of parental responsibility laws on low-income, single parent families; represent an attempt to impose a simple solution on to a complex socio-economic problem; and amplify the scope for mothers to be made the subject of criminal justice interventions. It is argued that the prosecution of parents imposes an unfair burden on mothers and, in particular, single parent mothers.
C Hoyle, 'Global Restrictions on the Use of the Death Penalty: The New Dynamic of Human Rights' (2011) 28 Criminal Law Review 1
I Loader, A Thumala and B Goold, A Tainted Trade? Moral Ambivalence and Legitimation Work in the Private Security Industry (2011) 62 British Journal of Sociology 283
2010
K Baker, 'More Harm than Good? The Language of Public Protection' (2010) 49 Howard Journal 42
M Bosworth and I Loader, 'Reinventing Penal Parsimony' (2010) 14 Special Issue, Theoretical Criminology
M Bosworth, 'Reinventing Penal Parsimony: An Introduction' (2010) 14 Theoretical Criminology
K Hohl, B Bradford and EA Stanko, Influencing trust and confidence in the London Metropolitan Police: results from an experiment testing the effect of leaflet-drops on public opinion (2010) 50 The British Journal of Criminology 491
DOI: 10.1093/bjc/azq005
Enhancing trust and confidence has moved to the centre of policing policy in England and Wales. The association between direct encounters with police officers and confidence in the police is well-established. But is it possible for the police to increase confidence among the general population including those people who do not routinely come into direct contact with police officers? This paper presents the findings from a quasi-randomised experiment conducted on population representative samples in seven London wards that assessed the impact of a leaflet drop on public perceptions of policing. The results provide strong evidence of an improvement in overall confidence, and in perceptions of police–community engagement, specifically. The leaflets also appear to have had a buffering effect against declines in public assessments of police effectiveness. The findings support the idea that public trust and confidence can be enhanced by direct police communication of this type.
J Jackson and others, 'Legitimacy and procedural justice in prisons' (2010) 191 Prison Service Journal 4
J Jackson and B Bradford, 'Measuring public confidence in the police: Is the PSA23 target fit for purpose?' (2010) 4 Policing: A Journal of Policy and Practice 241
M Hough and others, 'Procedural justice trust and institutional legitimacy' (2010) 4 Policing: A Journal of Policy and Practice 203
R Burnett, 'Editorial: The will and the ways to becoming an ex-offender' (2010) 54 International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology 663
I Loader, B Goold and A Thumala, Consuming Security?: Tools for a Sociology of Security Consumption (2010) 14 Theoretical Criminology 3
I Loader, For penal moderation: Notes towards a public philosophy of punishment (2010) 14 Theoretical Criminology 349
I Loader, Is it NICE? The Appeal, Limits and Promise of Translating a Health Innovation into Criminal Justice (2010) 63 Current Legal Problems 72
I Loader and R Sparks, Wacquant and Civic Sociology: Formative Intentions and Formative Experiences (2010) 10 Criminology & Criminal Justice 405
I Loader and R Sparks, What is to be done with Public Criminology? (2010) 9 Criminology & Public Policy 771
D Da Cruz and others, Emergency Department Contact Prior to Suicide in Mental Health Patients (2010) Emergency Medicine Journal
C Miles, 'Intoxication-Related Homicide in England and Wales' (2010) 188 Prison Service Journal 22
P Saini and others, Suicide Prevention in Primary Care: General Practitioners? Views on Service Availability (2010) 3 BMC Research Notes
J Roberts and M Hough, 'Custody or Community? Exploring the Boundaries of Public Punitiveness in England and Wales (in press)' (2010) Criminology and Criminal Justice
J Roberts and M Manikis, 'Victim Impact Statements at Sentencing: Exploring the relevance of Ancillary Harm (in press)' (2010) Canadian Criminal Law Review
2009
EA Stanko and B Bradford, 'Beyond measuring "how good a job" police are doing: the MPS model of confidence in policing' (2009) 3 Policing: A Journal of Policy and Practice 332
B Bradford, J Jackson and EA Stanko, 'Contact and confidence: Revisiting the impact of public encounters with the police' (2009) 19 Policing and Society 20
J Jackson and B Bradford, 'Crime, policing and the moral order: On the expressive nature of public confidence in policing' (2009) 60 The British Journal of Sociology 493
J Jackson, B Bradford, K Hohl and S Farrall, 'Does the fear of crime erode public confidence in policing?' (2009) 3 Policing: A Journal of Policy and Practice 100
B Bradford, EA Stanko and J Jackson, 'Public encounters with the police: On the use of public opinion surveys to improve contact and confidence' (2009) 3 Policing: A Journal of Policy and Practice 139
J Donoghue, The Sociology of law: A rejection of law as socially marginal (2009) 37 International Journal of Law, Crime and Justice 51
DOI: 10.1016/j.ijlcj.2009.03.001
Rejecting the concept of law as subservient to social pathology, the principle aim of this article is to locatc law as a critical matter of social structure - and power - which requires to be considered as a central element in the construction of society and social institutions. As such, this article contends that wider jurisprudential notions such as legal procedure and procedural justice, and juridical power and discretion are cogent, robust normative social concerns (as much as they are legal concerns) that positively require consideration and representation in the ernpifical study of sociological phenomena. Reflecting upon scholarship and research evidence on legal procedure and decision-making, the article attempts to elucidate the inter-relationship between power, 'the social', and the operation of law. It concludes that law is not 'socially marginal' but socially, totally central.
R Hood and C Hoyle, 'Abolishing the Death Penalty Worldwide: The Impact of a New Dynamic?' (2009) 38 Crime and Justice: A Review of Research 1
C Hoyle, 'Restorative Justice Policing in Thames Valley' (2009) Journal of Police Studies vol 2009-2(11) Special Issue on Restorative Policing by L. G. Moor, T. Peters, P. Ponsaers and J. Shapland (eds) 189
B Kellezi, D Reicher and C Cassidy, 'Appraisal, social identity and trauma. The case of Kosovo Albanians' (2009) 58 Applied Psychology; An international Review. Special issue: Social Identity, Health and Well-being 59
I Loader, Ice Cream and Incarceration: On Appetites for Security and Punishment (2009) 11 Punishment and Society 241
A Pearson and others, Primary Care Contact Prior to Suicide in Individuals with Mental Illness (2009) 59 British Journal of General Practice 825
J Roberts, '"Faint Hope" in the Firing Line: Repeal of S. 745.6?' (2009) Canadian Journal of Criminology and Criminal Justice 537
J Roberts, M Hough, J Jacobson and N Moon, 'Public Attitudes to Sentencing Purposes and Sentencing Factors: An Empirical Analysis' (2009) Criminal Law Review 771
2008
K Baker, 'Risk, Uncertainty and Public Protection: Assessment of Young People Who Offend' (2008) 38 British Journal of Social Work 1463
M Bosworth, Border Control and the Limits of the Sovereign State (2008) 17 Social and Legal Studies 199
M Bosworth, B Bowling and M Lee, 'Ethnicity, Globalization and Criminal Justice' (2008) 12 Special Issue, Theoretical Criminology
M Bosworth, B Bowling and M Lee, 'Globalisation, ethnicity and racism: An introduction' (2008) 12 Theoretical Criminology 263
M Bosworth and M Guild, Governing through migration control: Security and Citizenship in Britain (2008) 48 The British Journal of Criminology 703
T LeBel, R Burnett, S Maruna and S Bushway, 'The "chicken and egg" of subjective and social factors in desistance from crime' (2008) 5 European Journal of Criminology 131
J Donoghue, Antisocial Behaviour Orders in Britain: Contextualizing Risk & Reflexive Modernization (2008) 42 Sociology 337
This article proposes a (re)consideration of antisocial behaviour control informed by an analysis of the seminal work of sociologists of `reflexive modernity' (Beck, 1992, 1994; Giddens, 1990, 1991; Lash, 1994). It is hoped that the arguments advanced within this article will prompt further consideration of the following questions: What does the relative neglect of the reflexive modernity thesis tell us about the domain conjecture(s) of sociological theory on antisocial behaviour policy and the use of ASBOs? And can a focus upon reflexive modernity theory help to construct a more proportionate account of ASBOs as a form of social control? Hence, it is the purpose of this article to consider critically the implications of Beck's `risk society' to our understandings and explanations of antisocial behaviour, ASBOs and social control, by linking the late modern (re)formatting of antisocial behaviour(s) and the creation of ASBOs to the new parameters of the `risk society'.
C Hoyle and S Noguera, 'Supporting Young Offenders Through Restorative Justice: Parents as (In)Appropriate Adults' (2008) 6 British Journal of Community Justice 67
C Hoyle, 'Will She Be Safe? A Critical Analysis of Risk Assessment inDomestic Violence Cases' (2008) 30 Children and Youth Services Review 323
N Lacey, 'Philosophy, Political Morality and History: Explaining the Enduring Resonance of the Hart-Fuller Debate' (2008) 83 New York University Law Review 1059
J Roberts, 'Aggravating and Mitigating Factors at Sentencing: Towards Greater Consistency of Application' (2008) Criminal Law Review 264
J Roberts, M Hough, J Jacobson and J Bredee, 'Public attitudes to sentencing offenders convicted of offences involving death by driving' (2008) Criminal Law Review 525
J Roberts, 'Punishing Persistence: Explaining the Enduring Appeal of the Recidivist Sentencing Premium' (2008) British Journal of Criminology 468
2007
M Bosworth, Creating the Responsible Prisoner: Federal Admission and Orientation Packs (2007) 9 Punishment and Society 67
R Burnett, 'Nipping crime in the bud: developmental research and intervention in infancy' (2007) 69 Criminal Justice Matters 14
R Burnett and A Stevens, Not Of Much Significance (yet): NOMS from the perspective of prison staff (2007) 172 Prison Service Journal 3
R Burnett, 'Review of Vanstone: Supervising Offenders in the Community' (2007) 9 Punishment and Society 211
R Condry, 'Families Outside: The Difficulties Faced by Relatives of Serious Offenders' (2007) Prison Service Journal
R Condry, 'My World as I Knew it - Gone: The Impact of Crime on Relatives of Serious Offenders' (2007) 33 Safer Society: The Journal of Crime Reduction and Community Safety
J Donoghue, The Judiciary as a Primary Definer on Antisocial Behaviour Orders (2007) 46 Howard Journal of Criminal Justice 417
DOI: 10.1111/j.1468-2311.2007.00486.x
It has been argued that the introduction of anti-social behaviour orders (ASBOs) has created a `new domain of professional power and knowledge' ( Brown 2004, p.203). That is, local authorities have become `the main agency of [social] control' ( Brown 2004, p.205). Alternatively, this article considers the effects of subjective legislative terminology, pivotal jurisprudential decisions, the courts' protection of individual liberties versus the public interest, and the relevance of an overburdened summary criminal justice system, and attempts to locate the position of the judiciary within ASBO cases, not as a supportive or subordinate one, but in fact as a component of elementary importance.
2006
J Donoghue, 'Antisocial Behaviour Orders & Civil Liberties: Striking a Balance?' (2006) 163 The Prison Service Journal
Antisocial behaviour orders (ASBOs) are increasingly being used to proscribe non-illegal behaviour that is disapproved of, or which does not conform to accepted social norms. In some circumstances, the use of ASBOs appears to over-ride legal convention for reasons of political pragmatism. This article looks at the questions raised about the value and status of civil liberties and human rights within anti social behaviour legislation, and also within the wider 'tough on crime' agenda.
I Loader, Fall of the 'Platonic Guardians': Liberalism, Criminology and Political Responses to Crime in England and Wales (2006) 46 (4) British Journal of Criminology 561
I Loader, Policing, Recognition and Belonging (2006) 605 The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 201
J Roberts, 'Reducing the Use of Custody as a Sanction: A Review of Recent Strategies' (2006) Judicial Studies Institute Journal, 2006
2005
K Baker, 'Assessment in youth justice: professional discretion and the use of Asset' (2005) 5 Youth Justice 106
M Bosworth and others, 'Doing Prison Research: Views from Inside' (2005) 11 Qualitative Inquiry 1
M Bosworth, 'Gender, Risk and Recidivism' (2005) 3 Criminology and Public Policy 181
R Burnett, 'More than accommodation, less than prison: raising the profile of approved premises' (2005) 10 Vista: Perspectives on Probation 2
R Burnett, S Bachelor and F McNeill, 'Reducing reoffending: lessons from psychotherapy and counselling' (2005) 61 Criminal Justice Matters 32
R Burnett and F McNeill, The place of the officer-offender relationship in assisting offenders to desist from crime (2005) 52 Probation Journal 221
A Wilcox, C Hoyle and R Young, 'Are Randomised Controlled Trials Really the "Gold Standard" in Restorative Justice Research?' (2005) 3 British Journal of Community Justice 39
R Young, C Hoyle, K Cooper and R Hill, 'Informal Resolution of Complaints Against the Police: A quasi-experimental test of restorative justice' (2005) 5 Criminal Justice 279
J Roberts and Kent Roach, 'Community sentencing and the perspective of crime victims: a socio-legal analysis.' (2005) Queen's Law Journal, 2005.
J Roberts, J. Unnever and F. Cullen, 'Not everyone strongly supports the death penalty: assessing weakly-held attitudes about capital punishment.' (2005) American Journal of Criminal Justice, 2005.
J Roberts, 'Pre-trial Custody, Terms of imprisonment and theConditional Sentence: Crediting 'Dead Time' to effect 'Regime Change' in sentencing' (2005) 9 Canadian Criminal Law Review 191
J Roberts and J. Sprott, 'Punitive and moderate penal policies: explaining divergent approaches to reform in Canada and the United States.' (2005) International Journal of Comparative Criminology, 2005.
J Roberts, Mike Hough and L.Stalans, 'Restorative Justice and the Views of the Public.' (2005) Tijdschrift voor Herstelrecht, 2005.
J Roberts and S. Terblanche, 'Sentencing in South Africa: lacking in principle but delivering justice?' (2005) South African Journal of Criminal Justice, 2005.
J Roberts and Mike Hough, 'Sentencing young offenders: public opinion in England and Wales.' (2005) Criminal Justice, 2005.
J Roberts, C. Hutchison and R. Jesseman, 'Supervising conditional sentence orders: the perceptions of probation officers in Ontario.' (2005) Criminal Reports, 2005.
J Roberts, 'The fall and rise of the recidivist premium: recent developments in England and Wales.' (2005) Federal Sentencing Reporter, 2005.
J Roberts and Mike Hough, 'The state of the prisons: exploring public knowledge and opinion.' (2005) The Howard Journal of Criminal Justice, 2005.
2004
R Burnett and C Appleton, Joined-up services to tackle youth crime: a case-study in England (2004) 44 British Journal of Criminology 34
R Burnett and S Maruna, So 'prison works', does it? The criminal careers of 130 men released from prison under Home Secretary Michael Howard (2004) 43 Howard Journal of Criminal Justice 390
I Loader and R Sparks, For an Historical Sociology of Crime Policy in England and Wales since 1968 (2004) 7 Critical Review of International Social and Political Philosophy 5
J Roberts and E. Erez, 'Communication in sentencing: exploring the expressive and the impact model of victim impact statements.' (2004) International Review of Victimology
J Roberts, 'Harmonizing the sentencing of young and adult offenders: a comparison of the Youth Criminal Justice Act and Part XXIII of the Criminal Code.' (2004) Canadian Journal of Criminology and Criminal Justice
J Roberts and A. von Hirsch, 'Legislating sentencing principles: the provisions of the Criminal Justice Act 2003 relating to sentencing purposes and the role of previous convictions.' (2004) Criminal Law Review
J Roberts and T. Gabor, 'Living in the shadow of prison: lessons from the Canadian experience in decarceration.' (2004) British Journal of Criminology
J Roberts, 'Public Opinion and Youth Justice' (2004) 2004 (31) Crime and Justice 495
J Roberts and L. Stalans, 'Restorative justice and the sentencing process; exploring the views of the public.' (2004) Social Justice Research
2003
J Roberts, 'An analysis of the statutory statement of the purposes and principles of sentencing in New Zealand.' (2003) Australia and New Zealand Journal of Criminology
J Roberts, 'Public opinion and mandatory sentences of imprisonment: a review of international findings.' (2003) Criminal Justice and Behaviour, 2003.
J Roberts and T. Gabor, 'The Impact of Conditional Sentencing: Decarceration and Widening of the Net.' (2003) Canadian Criminal Law Review, 2003.
J Roberts and R. Melchers, 'The Incarceration of Aboriginal Offenders: an analysis of trends, 1978-2001.' (2003) Canadian Journal of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2003.
J Roberts, 'The pluses and minuses of custody: sentencing reform in England and Wales.' (2003) The Howard Journal of Criminal Justice
J Roberts, 'The sentencing of Juveniles in Canada: An analysis of recent reform legislation.' (2003) Journal of Contemporary Criminal Justice
J Roberts, H. Johnson and M. Grossman, 'Trends in crimes of sexual aggression in Canada: an analysis of police-reported and victimizations statistics.' (2003) International Journal of Comparative Criminology, 2003.
J Roberts and N. Bala, 'Understanding sentencing under the Youth Criminal Justice Act.' (2003) Alberta Law Review
J Roberts, 'Victim impact statements and the sentencing process: enhancing communication in the courtroom.' (2003) Criminal Law Quarterly, 2003.
J Roberts and A. Edgar, 'Victim impact statements at sentencing: perceptions of the judiciary in Canada.' (2003) International Journal of Victimology
2002
R Burnett, 'The case for counselling as a method for working with offenders' (2002) 7 Vista: Perspectives on Probation 216
I Loader, Governing European Policing: Some Problems and Prospects (2002) 12 Policing & Society 291
I Loader and W de Haan, On the Emotions of Crime, Punishment and Social Control (2002) 6 Theoretical Criminology 243
I Loader, Policing, Securitization and Democratization in Europe (2002) 2 Criminology and Criminal Justice 125
J Roberts, 'Alchemy in sentencing: an analysis of reform proposals in England and Wales.' (2002) Punishment and Society. The International Journal of Penology, 2002.
J Roberts, B. Fischer and M. Kirst, 'Compulsory drug treatment in Canada: a socio-legal history and examination of contemporary legal tools.' (2002) European Addiction Research, 2002.
J Roberts, 'Determining parole eligibility dates for life prisoners: lessons from jury hearings in Canada.' (2002) Punishment and Society. The International Journal of Penology, 2002.
J Roberts and S. Verdun-Jones, 'Directing traffic at the crossroads of criminal justice and mental health: implications of the Supreme Court judgment in R. v. Knoblauch.' (2002) Alberta Law Review, 2002.
J Roberts and J. Tufts, 'Sentencing Juvenile Offenders: Public Preferences and Judicial Practice.' (2002) Criminal Justice Policy Review, 2002.
J Roberts, 'The Evolution of Conditional Sentencing in Canada.' (2002) Criminal Reports, 2002.
J Roberts and P. Stenning, 'The Sentencing of Aboriginal Offenders.' (2002) Saskatchewan Law Review, 2002.
J Roberts and others, 'Unintentional firearms deaths:Can they be reduced by lowering gun ownership levels?' (2002) Canadian Journal of Public Health, 2002.
2001
M Bosworth, Anatomy of a Massacre: Gender, Power and Punishment in Revolutionary Paris (2001) 7(10) Violence Against Women 1101
M Bosworth and E Carrabine, Reassessing Resistance: Gender, Race and Sexuality in Prison (2001) 3(4) Punishment and Society 501
M Bosworth, The Past as a Foreign Country? Some Methodological Implications of Doing Historical Criminology (2001) 41(3) British Journal of Criminology 431
C Hoyle and D Rose, Labour, Law and Order (2001) 72 Political Quarterly 77
I Loader, R Sparks and E Girling, Fear and Everyday Urban Lives (2001) 38 Urban Studies (review issue on ?Fear and the City?) 885
I Loader and N Walker, Policing as a Public Good: Reconstituting the Connections Between Policing and the State (2001) 5 Theoretical Criminology 9
I Loader and A Mulcahy, The Power of Legitimate Naming: Part I - Chief Constables as Social Commentators in Post-War England (2001) 41 British Journal of Criminology 41
I Loader and A Mulcahy, The Power of Legitimate Naming: Part II - Making Sense of the Elite Police Voice (2001) 41 British Journal of Criminology 252
J Roberts and P. Stenning, 'Empty promises: parliament, the Supreme Court and the Sentencing of Aboriginal Offenders.' (2001) Saskatchewan Law Review, 2001.
J Roberts, 'L'evolution et consequences de la reforme de la sentence au Canada.' (2001) Sociologie et Societes, 2001.
J Roberts, 'Mandatory minimum sentences of imprisonment: Exploring the consequences for the sentencing process.' (2001) Osgoode Hall Law Journal, 2001.
J Roberts and R. Gebotys, 'Prisoners of Isolation: research on the effects of administrative segregation.' (2001) Canadian Journal of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2001.
J Roberts and P. Healy, 'Recent Developments in Conditional Sentencing.' (2001) Canadian Bar Review, 2001.
J Roberts and A. Hastings, 'Sentencing in cases of hate-motivated crime: An analysis of the impact of sub-paragraph 718.2 of the Criminal Code.' (2001) Queen's Law Journal, 2001,
J Roberts, 'Sentencing scholarship and sentencing reform in Canada.' (2001) Mcgill Law Journal, 2001.
J Roberts and P. Healy, 'The Future of Conditional Sentencing.' (2001) Criminal Law Quarterly, 2001,
2000
R Burnett, 'Understanding criminal careers through a series of in-depth interviews' (2000) 4 Offender Programs Report 1
R Young and C Hoyle, 'Examining the Guts of Restorative Justice' (2000) 40 Criminal Justice Matters
C Hoyle and A Sanders, Police Response to Domestic Violence: from victim choice to victim empowerment? (2000) 40 British Journal of Criminology
I Loader, Plural Policing and Democratic Governance (2000) 9 Social and Legal Studies 323
1999
N Preston, C Hoyle and R Young, 'Restoring the Faith' (1999) Police Review
I Loader, Consumer Culture and the Commodification of Policing and Security (1999) 33 Sociology 373
1998
I Loader, E Girling and R Sparks, A Telling Tale: A Case of Vigilantism and its Aftermath in an English Town (1998) 49 British Journal of Sociology 474
I Loader, E Girling and R Sparks, Narratives of Decline: Youth, Dis/order and Community in an English "Middletown" (1998) 38 British Journal of Criminology 388
1997
I Loader, Policing and the Social: Questions of Symbolic Power (1997) 48 British Journal of Sociology 1
I Loader, Private Security and the Demand for Protection in Contemporary Britain (1997) 7 Policing & Society 143
I Loader, Thinking Normatively About Private Security (1997) 24 Journal of Law and Society 377
1994
I Loader, Justice, Democracy and the Limits of Policing: Rethinking Police Accountability (1994) 3 Social and Legal Studies 521
Books
2011
K Baker, G Kelly and B Wilkinson, Assessment in Youth Justice (Bristol: The Policy Press. 2011)
2010
M Bosworth, Explaining U.S. Imprisonment (Sage Publications 2010)
J Donoghue, Anti-Social Behaviour Orders: A Culture of Control? (Palgrave Macmillan 2010)
C Cunneen and C Hoyle, Debating Restorative Justice (Hart Publishing 2010)
I Loader and R Sparks, Public Criminology? (Routledge 2010)
2008
R Hood and C Hoyle, The Death Penalty: A Worldwide Perspective (Oxford University Press 2008)
J Roberts, Punishing Persistent Offenders (Oxford University Press 2008)
2007
R Condry, Families Shamed: The Consequences of Crime for Relatives of Serious Offenders (Willan Publishing 2007)
I Loader and N Walker, Civilizing Security (Cambridge University Press 2007)
2005
R Burnett, F. McNeill, S. Bachelor and J. Knox, 21st Century Social Work Reducing Reoffending: Key Practice Skills (Scottish Executive 2005)
J Roberts and M Hough, Understanding Public Attitudes to Criminal Justice (Open University Press 2005)
Abstract: This monograph discusses public opinion in the field of criminal justice, drawing upon research conducted in many western nations.
ISBN: 0 335 21536X
2004
R Burnett and C. Appleton, Joined-up Youth Justice: Tackling Youth Crime in Partnership (Russell House Publishing 2004)
R Burnett, What Works in Probation and Youth Justice: Developing Evidence-based Practice. (C. Roberts, Willan Publishing 2004)
N Lacey, A Life of H.L.A. Hart: The Nightmare and the Noble Dream (winner of the Swiney Prize and shortlisted for the British Academy Book Prize and the James Tait Black Memorial Prize for biography) (Oxford University Press 2004)
J Roberts, The Virtual Prison. Community Custody and the Evolution of Imprisonment. (Cambridge University Press 2004)
2003
N Lacey, C Wells and O Quick, Reconstructing Criminal Law, Third Edition (Cambridge University Press 2003)
I Loader and A Mulcahy, Policing and the Condition of England: Memory, Politics and Culture (OUP 2003)
J Roberts, Dave Indermaur, Mike Hough and Loretta Stalans, Penal Populism and Public Opinion. Lessons from Five Countries. (Oxford University Press. 2003)
Abstract: This mongraph was then first two explore the world-wide phenonmenon of penal populism, drawing upon criminal policy developments in five jurisdictions. It has been positively reviewed in the Australia and New Zealand Journal of Criminology, Alberta law Review and Canadian Journal of Criminology.
ISBN: 0-19-513623-3
J Roberts, A. von Hirsch, A. Bottoms and K. Roach, Restorative and Criminal Justice. Competing or Reconcilable Paradigms? (Hart Publishing Oxford. 2003)
Abstract: This edited volume explores the relationship between criminal and restorative justice. It contains contributions from many of the leading scholars in the field from around the world.
ISBN: 1-84113-273-X
2002
J Roberts and Mike Hough, Changing Attitudes to Punishment. Public opinion, crime and criminal justice (Willan Publishing 2002)
Abstract: This volume explores the evolution of public attitudes to punishment in western nations.
ISBN: 1-84392-002-6
2000
I Loader, E Girling and R Sparks, Crime and Social Change in Middle England: Questions of Order in an English Town (Routledge 2000)
1998
C Hoyle, Negotiating Domestic Violence: Police, Criminal Justice and Victims (Oxford University Press 1998)
N Lacey, Unspeakable Subjects: Feminist Essays in Legal and Social Theory (Hart Publishing 1998)
1996
I Loader, Youth, Policing and Democracy (Palgrave 1996)
1994
I Loader, S Anderson, R Kinsey and C Smith, Cautionary Tales: Young People, Crime and Policing in Edinburgh (Avebury 1994)
1993
N Lacey and E Frazer, The Politics of Community (Harvester Wheatsheaf/University of Toronto Press 1993)
1988
N Lacey, State Punishment (Routledge 1988)
N Lacey, State Punishment: Political Principles and Community Values (Routledge 1988)
1987
R Burnett, P McGhee and D D Clarke, Accounting for Relationships: Explanation, Representation and Knowledge (Methuen 1987)
Chapters
2013
M Bosworth, 'Citizenship and Belonging in a Women's Immigration Detention Centre' in C Phillips and C Webster (eds), New Directions in Race, Ethnicity and Crime (Routledge 2013) (forthcoming)
M Bosworth and E Kaufman, 'Prison and National Identity: Citizenship, Punishment and the Sovereign State.' in D Scott (ed), Why Prison? (Cambridge University Press 2013) (forthcoming)
2012
M Bosworth and A Fili, 'Gender and Corrections' in C. Renzetti, S. Miller and S. Gover (eds), Handbook of Gender and Crime Studies (Routledge 2012)
M Bosworth and E Kaufman, 'Gender and Punishment ' in J Simon and R Sparks (eds), Handbook of Punishment and Society (Sage 2012) (forthcoming)
M Bosworth and S Palmer, 'Prisons' in W. DeKeseredy and M. Dragiewicz (eds), Handbook of Critical Criminology (Routledge 2012)
2011
K Baker and B Wilkinson, 'Professional Risk Taking and Defensible Decisions' in H. Kemshall and B. Wilkinson (eds), Good Practice in Assessing Risk: Current Knowledge, Issues and Approaches (London: Jessica Kingsley 2011)
K Baker and G Kelly, 'Risk Assessment and Young People' in H. Kemshall and B. Wilkinson (eds), Good Practice in Assessing Risk: Current Knowledge, Issues and Approaches (London: Jessica Kingsley 2011)
M Bosworth, 'Human Rights and Immigration Detention (Forthcoming)' in M-B Dembour and T Kelly (eds), Are Human Rights for Migrants? Critical Reflections on the Status of Irregular Migrants in Europe and the United States (Routledge 2011)
M Bosworth and C Hoyle, 'Mapping the Borders of Criminology: Some Concluding Thoughts ' in M Bosworth and C Hoyle (eds), What is Criminology? (Oxford University Press 2011)
M Bosworth and C Hoyle, 'What is Criminology: An Introduction' in M Bosworth and C Hoyle (eds), What is Criminology? (Oxford University Press 2011)
B Kellezi and D Reicher, 'Social cure or social curse?: The psychological impact of extreme events during the Kosovo conflict.' in J. Jetten, C. Haslam, and S.A. Haslam (eds), The social cure: Identity, health, and well-being (New York: Psychology Press 2011)
forthcoming
I Loader and R Sparks, Braithwaite, Criminology and the Debate on Public Social Science in S Parmentier, I Aertson, J Maesschalck, L Paoli and L Walgrave (eds), The Sparking Discipline of Criminology: John Braithwaite and the Construction of Critical Social Science and Social Justice (Leuven University Press 2011)
I Loader and R Sparks, Criminology's Public Roles: A Drama in Six Acts in M Bosworth and C Hoyle (eds), What is Criminology? (Oxford University Press 2011)
I Loader, Playing with Fire?: Democracy and the Emotions of Crime and Punishment in S Karstedt, I Loader and H Strang (eds), Emotions, Crime and Justice (Hart 2011)
2010
K Baker, 'Community Services for Children and Young People' in G. Towl and D. Crighton (eds), Forensic Psychology (Wiley-Blackwell 2010)
K Baker, 'Young Offenders and Public Protection' in M. Nash and A. Williams (eds), Handbook of Public Protection (Willan 2010)
M Bosworth and M Guild, 'Gran Bretaña: el gobierno a través del control de las migraciones' in S. Palidda (ed), Criminalización étnica de los migrantes en Europa (Comares 2010)
R Burnett, 'Post-corrections reintegration: prisoner resettlement and desistance from crime' in J R Adler and J M Gray (eds), Forensic Psychology 2nd edition (Willan 2010)
R Condry, 'Appreciating the Broad Reach of Serious Crime and the Interpretive Power of Claims to Secondary Victimization' in David Downes, Dick Hobbs and Tim Newburn (eds), The Eternal Recurrence of Crime and Control: Essays in Honour of Paul Rock (Clarendon: Oxford 2010)
M Walters and C Hoyle, 'Healing Harms and Engendering Tolerance: the promise of restorative justice for hate crime' in N Chakraborti (ed), Concepts, policy, future directions (Willan 2010)
L Lazarus, 'Inspecting the Tail of the Dog' in Melissa McCarthy (ed), Incarceration and Human Rights (Manchester University Press 2010)
I Loader, Journeying Into, and Away From, Neo-Liberal Penality in M McCarthy (ed), Incarceration and Human Rights (Manchester University Press 2010)
J Roberts, 'The Role of the Victim at Sentencing and Corrections' in K Reitz and J Petersilia (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Sentencing and Corrections (Oxford University Press 2010)
J Roberts and E Erez, 'Victim Impact Statements at Sentencing: Expressive and Instrumental Purposes' in Hearing the Victim: Adversarial Justice, Crime Victims, and the State (Willan Publishing 2010)
N Padfield and J Roberts, 'Victims and Parole: Probative or Prejudicial?' in Hearing the Victim: Adversarial Justice, Crime Victims, and the State (Willan Publishing 2010)
2009
M Bosworth, 'Governing the Responsible Prisoner: A Comparative Analysis' in P Triantafillou and E Sørensen (eds), The Politics of Self-Governance (Ashgate 2009)
M Bosworth and M Guild, 'Gran Bretagna: governare attraverso il controllo delle migrazioni' in S. Palidda (ed), Razzismo Democratico: La Persecuzione degli Stranieri in Europa (AgenziaX 2009)
M Hough and J Roberts, 'Crime and Criminal Justice: Exploring the Policy Options for Britain' in D Halpern, V Uberoi, I McLean and A Coutts (eds), Policy Options for Britain (Palgrave Macmillan 2009)
J Roberts, 'Listening to the Crime Victim: Evaluating Victim Input at Sentencing and Parole' in M Tonry (ed), Crime and Justice (volume 38) (University of Chicago Press 2009)
2008
K Baker, ''Evidence based policy and practice', 'Key elements of effective practice' and 'Rehabilitation'' in B. Goldson (ed), Dictionary of Youth Justice (Cullompton: Willan 2008)
K Baker, 'Sentencing young people' in M. Blyth, R. Newman and C. Wright (eds), Children and Young People in Custody (Bristol: Policy Press 2008)
R Burnett, 'Homelessness and crime' in G Towl, D Farrington, D Crighton and G Hughes (eds), Dictionary of Forensic Psychology (Willan 2008)
I Loader and N Walker, Liberty, Security and the Responsible State in D Leighton and S White (eds), Building a Citizen Society: The Emerging Politics of Republican Democracy (Lawrence & Wishart 2008)
J Roberts, 'The Role of public opinion in the development of sentencing policy and practice' in A Freiberg and K Gelb (eds), Penal Populism, Sentencing Councils and Sentencing Policy (Willan Publishing/Federation Press 2008)
2007
R Burnett, K Baker and C Roberts, 'Assessment, Supervision and Intervention: Fundamental Practice in Probation' in L. Gelsthorpe and R. Morgan (eds), The Handbook of Probation (Cullompton: Willan 2007)
K Baker, 'Risk in practice: systems and practitioner judgement' in M. Blyth, E. Solomon and K. Baker (eds), Young People and 'Risk' (Bristol: Policy Press 2007)
M Bosworth, 'Border Crossings: Immigration Detention and the Exclusive Society' in M Lee (ed), Human Trafficking. Collumpton (Willan Publishing 2007)
M Bosworth, 'Epilogue' in M Bosworth and J Flavin (eds), Race, gender and punishment: From colonialism to the war on terror (Rutgers University Press 2007)
M Bosworth, 'Introduction' in M Bosworth and J Flavin (eds), Race, gender and punishment: From colonialism to the war on terror (Rutgers University Press 2007)
R Burnett, 'Never too early? Reflections on research and interventions for early developmental prevention of serious harm' in M Blyth, E Solomon and K Baker (eds), Young People and ?Risk? (Policy Press 2007)
R Burnett, 'Probation' in R Canton and D Hancock (eds), Dictionary of Probation and Offender Management (Willan 2007)
R Burnett, 'Rehabilitation' and 'Early Release Schemes'' in Y Jewkes and J Bennett (eds), and ?Early Release Schemes? (Willan 2007)
C Hoyle, 'Feminism, Victimology and Domestic Violence' in Sandra Walklate (ed), Handbook of the Victims and Victimology (Willan Publishing 2007)
C Hoyle, 'Policing and Restorative Justice' in G Johnstone and D Van Ness (eds), Handbook of Restorative Justice (Willan Publishing 2007)
C Hoyle and L Zedner, 'Victims, Victimization and Criminal Justice' in M Maguire, R Morgan and R Reiner (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Criminology, 4th edn (OUP 2007)
I Loader and R Sparks, Contemporary Landscapes of Crime, Order and Control: Governance, Risk and Globalization in M Maguire, R Morgan and R Reiner (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Criminology (4th Edn) (Oxford University Press 2007)
I Loader, The Cultural Lives of Security and Rights in B Goold and L Lazarus (eds), Security and Human Rights (Hart 2007)
J Roberts and E Baker, 'Sentencing in Common Law Jurisdictions' in S Shoham, O Beck and M Kett (eds), International Handbook of Penology and Criminal Justice (Routledge 2007)
2006
R Condry, 'Stigmatised Women: Relatives of Serious Offenders and the Broader Impact of Crime' in Frances Heidensohn (ed), Gender and Justice: New Concepts and Approaches (Willan Publishing 2006)
I Loader and N Walker, Locating the Public Interest in Transnational Policing in A Goldsmith and J Sheptycki (eds), Crafting Transnational Policing (Hart 2006)
J Roberts and N. Bala, 'Juvenile Justice Reform in Canada.' in Handbook of International Juvenile Justice (Springer 2006)
J Roberts and E. Baker, 'Sentencing in Common Law Jurisdictions' in International Penology (De Sitter 2006)
2005
I Loader and R Sparks, For an Historical Sociology of Crime Policy in England and Wales since 1968 in M Matravers (ed), Managing Modernity: Politics and the Culture of Control (Routledge 2005)
I Loader and N Walker, Necessary Virtues: The Legitimate Place of the State in the Production of Security in J Wood and B Dupont (eds), Democracy, Society and the Governance of Security (Cambridge University Press 2005)
J Roberts and E. Baker, 'Globalization and the New Punitiveness.' in The New Punitiveness: Current Trends, Theories and Perspectives (Willan Publishing 2005)
J Roberts, 'Public Opinion and the Administration of Justice: Research Findings across two decades.' in Public Opinion and the Administration of Justice (Politea 2005)
2004
K Baker, R Burnett and C Roberts, 'Is Asset really an asset? Risk assessment of young offenders' in What Works in Probation and Youth Justice: Developing Evidence-Based Practice (Cullompton: Willan 2004)
R Burnett, 'One-to-one ways of promoting desistance: in search of an evidence base' in R. Burnett and C. Roberts (eds), What Works in Probation and Youth Justice: Developing Evidence-Based Practice (Willan Publishing 2004)
R Burnett and C. Roberts, 'The emergence and importance of evidence-based practice' in R. Burnett and C. Roberts (eds), What Works in Probation and Youth Justice (Willan Publishing 2004)
R Burnett, 'To re-offend or not to re-offend? The ambivalence of convicted property offenders' in S. Maruna and R. Immarigeon (eds), After Crime and Punishment: Pathways to Offender Reintegration. (Willan 2004)
I Loader, 'Policing Unlimited?: Security, Civic Governance and the Public Good' in K van der Vijver and J Terpstra (eds), Urban Safety: Problems, Governance and Strategies (IPIT 2004)
I Loader, Policing, Securitisation and Democratisation in Europe in T Newburn and R Sparks (eds), Policing, Securitisation and Democratisation in Europe (Willan 2004)
J Roberts and T. Sanders, 'Exploring Public Attitudes to Conditional Sentencing' in Quantitative and Qualitative Research Methods. (Pearson 2004)
J Roberts and L. Stalans, 'Public Opinion and Criminal Justice' in Encyclopedia of Criminology (Fitzroy-Dearborn 2004)
J Roberts, 'Public Opinion and the Evolution of Juvenile Justice Policy in the Western world.' in Youth Crime and Youth Justice: Comparative and Cross-National Perspectives (University of Chicago Press 2004)
J Roberts and L. Stalans, 'Retribution' in Encyclopedia of Criminology (Fitzroy-Dearborn 2004)
J Roberts, 'The Future of Youth Court Sentencing in Canada' in Issues and Perspectives on Young Offenders (Thomson Nelson 2004)
2003
M Bosworth, 'Gender, Race, and Sexuality in Prison: The Politics of Identity' in B H Zaitzow and J Thomas (eds), The Technology of Gender Domination in Confined Places (Lynne Reinner Publishers 2003)
J Roberts, 'An Introduction to Criminal Justice in Canada' in Roberts, Julian V. and Grossman, Michelle (eds), Criminal Justice in Canada : a Reader (Nelson Thomson Learning 2003)
J Roberts and Kent Roach, 'Restorative Justice in Canada: From Sentencing Circles to Sentencing Principles' in A. Von Hirsch, J.V. Roberts, A. Bottoms, K. Roach, K. and M. Schiff, M. (eds), Restorative and Criminal Justice (Hart Publishing 2003)
J Roberts, 'Serving Time in the Community: The Conditional Sentence of Imprisonment' in Roberts, Julian V. and Grossman, Michelle (eds), Criminal Justice in Canada : a Reader (Nelson Thomson Learning 2003)
2002
C Hoyle, 'Securing Restorative Justice for the 'Non-Participating' Victim' in Carolyn Hoyle and Richard Young (eds), New Visions of Crime Victims (Hart Publishing 2002)
I Loader and R Sparks, 'Contemporary Landscapes of Crime, Order and Control: Governance, Risk and Globalization' in M Maguire, R Morgan and R Reiner (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Criminology (3rd Edn) (Oxford University Press 2002)
J Roberts, 'Public Attitudes to Community-based Sanctions' in Changing Attitudes to Punishment (Willan Publishing 2002)
J Roberts and Mike Hough, 'Public Knowledge and Public Opinion of Sentencing' in Sentencing and Society: International Perspectives (Ashgate Publishing 2002)
J Roberts, 'Public Opinion and Sentencing Policy' in S. Rex and M. Tonry (eds), Reform and Punishment: the future of sentencing (Willan Publishing 2002)
2001
J Roberts and Mike Hough, 'English Believe Sentences Soft and Rising.' in Penal Reform in Overcrowded Times (Oxford University Press 2001)
J Roberts and Mike Hough, 'Public Opinion, Sentencing and Parole: International Trends' in Psychology in the Courts (University of Toronto Press. 2001)
J Roberts, 'Public Perceptions of Corrections' in Corrections in Canada ( 2001)
Abstract: Review of public attitudes to corrections
J Roberts, 'Race, crime and the collection of criminal justice statistics' in Crimes of Colour. Racialization and the Criminal Justice System (Broadview Press 2001)
J Roberts, 'Reforming Sentencing and Parole in Canada' in Penal Reform in Overcrowded Times (Oxford University Press 2001)
J Roberts, 'Sentencing, Law and Psychology' in An Introduction to Psychology and the Law (University of Toronto Press 2001)
J Roberts, 'Unearthing the Sphinx: the evolution of conditional sentencing' in Criminal law in Canada (Canadian Bar Review 2001)
Abstract: Chapter charting the evolution of conditional sentencing in Canada
2000
C Hoyle, 'Being a 'nosy bloody cow': ethical and methodological issues in researching domestic violence' in R King and E Wincup (eds), Doing Research on Crime and Justice (Oxford University Press 2000)
I Loader, E Girling and R Sparks, After Success?: Anxieties of Affluence in an English Village in T Hope and R Sparks (eds), Crime, Risk and Insecurity: Law and Order in Political Discourse and Everyday Life (Routledge 2000)
1998
I Loader, E Girling and R Sparks, Crime and the Sense of One's Place: Globalization, Restructuring and Insecurity in an English Town in V Ruggerio, N South and I Taylor (eds), The New European Criminology: Crime and Social Order in Europe (Routledge 1998)
I Loader, Criminology and the Public Sphere: Arguments for Utopian Realism in P Walton and J Young (eds), The New Criminology Revisited (Macmillan 1998)
Edited books
2013
K Aas and M Bosworth (eds), Migration and Punishment: Citizenship, Crime Control, and Social Exclusion (Oxford University Press 2013) (forthcoming)
2011
M Bosworth and C Hoyle (eds), What is Criminology? (Oxford University Press 2011)
I Loader, S Karstedt and H Strang (eds), Emotions, Crime and Justice (Hart 2011)
J Roberts (ed), Mitigation and Aggravation at Sentencing (Cambridge University Press 2011)
2010
I Loader and M Bosworth (eds), Special issue of Theoretical Criminology on 'Re-inventing Penal Parsimony' ( 2010)
A Bottoms and J Roberts (eds), Hearing the Victim: Adversarial Justice,Crime Victims, and the State (Willan Publishing 2010)
J Roberts and A von Hirsch (eds), Previous Convictions at Sentencing: Theoretical and Applied Perspectives (Hart Publishing 2010)
2009
K Baker and A Sutherland (eds), Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements and Youth Justice (Bristol: Policy Press 2009)
C Hoyle (ed), Restorative Justice (Critical Concepts series) (Routledge 2009)
A Ashworth, A von Hirsch and J Roberts (eds), Principled Sentencing (Third Edition) (Hart Publishing 2009)
2008
A Manson, P Healy, J Roberts and D Ives (eds), Sentencing and Penal Policy in Canada (Second Edition) (Emond Montgomery 2008)
2007
J Roberts (ed), Criminal Justice in Canada. Third Edition. (Thomson Nelson 2007)
Abstract: This text explores a diversity of issues in criminal justice in Canada.
ISBN: 0-19-513623-3
2004
N Lacey, John Braithwaite, Christine Parker and Colin Scott (eds), Regulating Law (Oxford University Press 2004)
2002
J Roberts and Mike Hough (eds), Changing Attitudes to Punishment: International Context. (Willan Publishing. 2002)
Abstract: Roberts is the first editor and individual responsible for producing this volume. It draws upon research conducted around the world and has been favorably reviewed in: Criminal Justice; SCOLAG Law Journal;British Journal of Criminology and British Society of Criminology Bulletin.
ISBN: 1-84392-003-4
Internet Publications
2008
L Lazarus, The President, The Prosecutor, and the Secular Priest: corruption, politics and the courts - Jacob Zuma v National Director of Public Prosecution (2008) Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper No. 46/2008
Others
2010
F McNeill, R Burnett and T McCulloch, Culture, Change and Community Justice (2010) The Scottish Centre for Crime and Justice Research
I Loader, Criminology in a hot climate (2010) Public Lecture, British Library
I Loader, Redrawing the blue line (2010) The Guardian
2009
I Loader, How, and why, to stop banking on prisons (2009 Perrie Lecture) (2009) Prison Service Journal
I Loader, Why penal reform should be a Conservative issue (2009) Conservative Home
2008
M Bosworth, 'Immigration Detention' (2008) 71 Criminal Justice Matters 24
M Bosworth, 'Immigration Detention and Foreign Nationals in Prison' (2008) 180 Prison Service Journal 18
M Bosworth, 'Prisons' (2008) Oxford University Press
I Loader, Restraining Order (2008) Progress
I Loader, Straw's embrace of penal excess ignores public will (2008) The Guardian
I Loader, The Great Victim of this Get-tough Hyperactivity is Labour (2008) The Guardian
2007
I Loader, This Internment Lobby Risks Harming not Just Liberty, But Security Itself (2007) The Guardian
I Loader, We Lock People up with No Thought and to Little Effect (2007) The Guardian
2006
I Loader, Re-Balancing the Criminal Justice System?: A Response to Tony Blair (2006)
2004
R Burnett, Effective practice in approved premises: a literature review. Home Office Research Study (2004) Home Office
R Burnett and S Maruna, Prisoners as Citizens' Advisers: the OxCAB-Springhill Partnership and its wider implications (2004) Esmee Fairbairn Foundation 86
1999
C Hoyle, R Morgan and A Sanders, The Victim's Charter - An Evaluation of Pilot Projects (1999) 107 Home Office Research Findings
1998
C Hoyle, E Cape, R Morgan and A Sanders, Evaluation of the 'One Stop Shop' and Victim Statement Pilot Projects (1998) Home Office RDSD
1997
R Burnett, 'The Probation Service: Responding to Change. Proceedings of the Probation Studies Unit First Colloquium' (1997) University of Oxford Centre for Criminological Research
1996
C Roberts, R Burnett, Kirby and H Hamill, 'A System for Evaluating Probation Practice' (1996) University of Oxford Centre for Criminological Research
R Burnett, 'Fitting Supervision to Offenders: Assessment and Allocation in the Probation Service, Home Office Research Study' (1996) 153 Home Office
1994
R Burnett and G Farrell, 'Reported and Unreported Racial Incidents in Prisons, Occasional Paper, No. 14' (1994) University of Oxford Centre for Criminological Research
Presentation/Conference contributions
2008
J Donoghue, 'Eighteenth and Nineteenth Century Britain: The Original Yob Culture?', paper presented at Public Lecture, The British Museum, London. 18 May 2008
2007
J Donoghue, 'Policy, Practice & Potential Pitfalls: Antisocial Behaviour Orders (ASBOs) & The Court System', paper presented at The Social Research Association, Edinburgh. 25 January 2007
2006
J Donoghue, 'Policy & Practice: Variation in the Use of Antisocial Behaviour Orders (ASBOs) in Scotland', paper presented at The Criminal Justice Social Network Development Centre, Perth. 21 November 2006
Reviews
2010
I Loader, Sir Ian Blair: The Burkean Top Cop (2010) 81 Political Quarterly 459 [Review]
2008
L Lazarus, 'Civilizing Security by I Loader and N Walker' (2008) Public Law Winter [Review]
I Loader, The Anti-Politics of Crime (Review Essay) (2008) 12 Theoretical Criminology 399 [Review]
2004
L Lazarus, 'Delivering Rights: How the Human Rights Act is Working by J Jowell and J Cooper' (2004) Public Law Winter [Review]
I Loader and N Walker, State of Denial?: Rethinking the Governance of Security (2004) 6 Punishment and Society 221 [Review]
Reports
2010
L Lazarus, A Tomkins and H Fenwick, 'Submission in response to HM Treasury: Public Consultation: Draft Terrorist Asset-Freezing Bill (Cm 7852)' (2010)
2009
L Lazarus, Benjamin Goold, Rajendra Desai and Qudsi Rasheed, The Relationship Between Rights and Responsibilities (2009) 18/09 Ministry of Justice Research Series
2007
L Lazarus, BJ Goold and G Swiney, Public Protection, Proportionality and the Search for Balance (2007) 10/07 Ministry of Justice Research Series
2005
K Baker, S Jones, C Roberts and S Merrington, 'Further Development of Asset' (2005) London: Youth Justice Board
2004
R Burnett and G. Eaton, 'Factors Associated with Effective Practice in Approved Premises' (2004) Home Office Online Report 33
A Wilcox, R Young and C Hoyle, An Evaluation of the Impact of Restorative Cautioning: Findings from a Reconviction Study, Home Office Research Findings (2004) 255 Home Office
2003
K Baker, S Jones, C Roberts and S Merrington, 'Validity and Reliability of Asset' (2003) London: Youth Justice Board
2002
R Young and C Hoyle, 'The Implementation and Effectiveness of the Initiative in Restorative Cautioning by Thames Valley Police, Research Findings' (2002) Joseph Rowntree Foundation
2001
L Lazarus and others, 'Submission to United Kingdom Joint Parliamentary Committeee of Human Rights on The Case for a Human Rights Commission (HL Paper 160, HC 1142)' (2001)
2000
C Hoyle, 'Restorative Justice and other New Penal Patterns, Conference Rapporteur's Report to the Ditchley Foundation' (2000) Ditchley Conference Document D00/07
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
MSc
Criminology and Criminal Justice
Please visit the course pages on the Centre for Criminology's dedicated website.
[less]
Criminology and Criminal Justice (Research Methods)
Please visit the course pages on the Centre for Criminology's dedicated website.
[less]
MPhil
Criminology and Criminal Justice
Please visit the course pages on the Centre for Criminology's dedicated website.
[less]
People
Criminology teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Rachel Condry: UL in Criminology
in conjunction with:
Andrew Ashworth, QC: Vinerian Professor of English Law
Mary Bosworth: Reader in Criminology
Carolyn Hoyle: Professor of Criminology
Ian Loader: Professor of Criminology
David Nelken: Visiting Professor
Julian Roberts: Professor of Criminology
Lucia Zedner: Professor of Criminal Justice
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Clara Feliciati: DPhil Law student
Fernanda Fonseca Rosenblatt: DPhil Criminology student
Roger Hood: Emeritus Professor of Criminology and Fellow of All Souls College, and former Director of the Centre for Criminological Research
Nicola Palmer: Junior Research Fellow in Global Justice
Federico Varese: Professor of Criminology
[top]
Criminology and Criminal Justice
News
Preventive Justice Project hosts Oxford-UNSW postgraduate workshop
On Monday 5th December 2011, Andrew Ashworth, Lucia Zedner and Patrick Tomlin hosted a Postgraduate Workshop at the Centre for Criminology on ‘Anti-Terror Laws and Preventive Justice’ jointly with colleagues George Williams, Andrew Lynch and Fergal Davis from the Gilbert + Tobin Centre of Public Law, University of New South Wales. [more…]
Can a trust-based criminal policy lead to fewer crimes?
Oxford Sociology has joined a major research project funded by the European Commission. In November 2011, €2.7M were awarded by the European Commission for research into criminal policy and the promotion of trust in justice. [more…]
Seminar on Preventive Justice
All Souls played host on 15-16 September 2011 to a major inter-disciplinary workshop organized by Professor Andrew Ashworth, Professor Lucia Zedner and Dr Patrick Tomlin as part of their three-year AHRC research project ‘on Preventive Justice. [more…]
Conference on Anti-Social Behaviour and the Courts
Dr Jane Donoghue, Centre for Criminology, ran a halfday conference on Anti-Social Behaviour and the Courts in England and Wales at New College on 22 March 2011. [more…]
Appointment to new sentencing council
Oxford University’s Professor Julian Roberts has been appointed to a new national body set up to ensure a consistent approach to sentencing. [more…]
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 67 Criminology and Criminal Justice publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
A Ashworth, 'Departures from the Sentencing Guidelines' (2012) Criminal Law Review
A critique of the law and practice relating to departues from the sentencing guidelines in England and Wales
N Lacey, Political Systems and Criminal Justice: The Prisoners\' Dilemma After the Coalition (2012) Current Legal Problems
N Lacey, 'Punishment in the Perspective of Comparative Political Economy' (2012) 44 Kriminologische Journal 9-31 9
2010
A Ashworth, 'Sentencing Guidelines and the Sentencing Council' (2010) Criminal Law Review 389
A critical assessment of the provisions of the Coroners and Justice Act 2009 relating to sentencing guidelines and the new Sentencing Council.
2007
G.Robinson and R Burnett, 'Experiencing modernisation: frontline probation perspectives on the transition to a national offender management service' (2007) 54 Probation Journal 318
L Zedner and Ian Loader, 'Police beyond Law' (2007) vol.10, no.1 New Criminal Law Review 142
Critical review essay of Markus Dubber The Police Power: Patriarchy and the Foundations of American Government.
ISBN: 1933-4192
2006
M Bosworth, 'Self-harm in women's prisons' (2006) 5 Criminology and Public Policy 157
Abstract: This is a brief overview of the literature and issues associated with self-harm in women's prisons. It served as an introduction to a longer paper by someone else and a response both of which I commissioned and edited for the journal. The journal is one of the official publications of the American Society of Criminology.
R Burnett and S Maruna, 'The kindness of prisoners: strengths-based resettlement in theory and in action' (2006) 6 Criminology and Criminal Justice 83
B Goold, 'Open to All? Regulating Open Street CCTV and the Case for 'Symmetrical Surveillance'' (2006) (Winter/Spring 2006) Criminal Justice Ethics 25(1) 3
L Zedner, 'Liquid Security: Managing the market for crime control' (2006) 6 (2) Criminology and Criminal Justice 267
This article examines attempts to regulate the growing private security market drawing on the literatures of economic analysis of law and regulation.
ISBN: 1748-8958
L Zedner, 'Neither safe nor sound? The perils and possibilities of risk' (2006) 48/3 Canadian Journal of Criminology and Criminal Justice 423
Examines the implications of risk reduction as a basis for penal policy and explores how adjacent social scientific disciplines conceive, deploy, and respond to risk.
ISBN: 1707-7753
2005
A Ashworth and Elaine Player, 'Criminal Justice Act 2003: the Sentencing Principles' (2005) 68 Modern Law Review 822
A critical review of the major sentencing provisions introduced by the Criminal Justice Act 2003.
ISBN: 0026-7961
2004
A Ashworth, 'Criminal Justice Reform: Principles, Human Rights and Public Protection' (2004) Criminal Law Review 516
Critique of foundations for recent criminal justice legislation
ISBN: 0011-135X
M Bosworth, 'Theorizing Race and Imprisonment: Towards a New Penality' (2004) 12 Critical Criminology 221
Abstract: This is a comparison of historical and contemporary issues to do with race and prisons in the UK, France and the USA.
B Goold, 'Idealizing the Other? Orientalism and the Study of Japanese Criminal Justice' (2004) 23(1) (Winter/Spring 2004) Criminal Justice Ethics
2003
B Goold, Public Area Surveillance and Policing: The Impact of CCTV on Police Behaviour and Autonomy (2003) 2(1) January 2003 Journal of Surveillance and Society .
B Goold, 'Restorative Cautioning, Theories of Reintegration, and the Influence of Japanese Notions of Shame' (2003) 36(2) December 2003 Hosei Riron (The Journal of Law and Politics, Japan)
C Hoyle, Roderick Hill, Karen Cooper and Richard Young, 'Introducing Restorative Justice to the Police Complaints System: Close Encounters of the Rare Kind.' (2003) Occasional Paper No. 20. Centre for Criminological Research 35
Abstract: This report presents a discussion of data on the introduction of restorative processes in the police complaints system.
ISBN: 0 947811 19 2
2002
B Goold, 'CCTV and Public Area Surveillance in Japan: Balancing Privacy Rights and Police Powers' (2002) 34(6) December 2002 Hosei Riron (The Journal of Law and Politics, Japan)
B Goold, 'Privacy Rights and Public Spaces: CCTV and the Problem of the ‘Unobservable Observer' (2002) 21(1) Winter/Spring 2002 Criminal Justice Ethics
2001
C Hoyle, 'Restorative Justice in the Thames Valley: Changes in the Complaints and Discipline Process,' (2001) 133 Prison Service Journal 37
Abstract: A description of the recent move towards using restorative justice for the complaints and discipline process in the Thames Valley.
ISBN: 0300-3558
C Hoyle, Andrew Sanders, Rod Morgan and Ed Cape, 'Victim Impact Statements: Don't work, Can't work' (2001) June Criminal Law Review 437
Abstract: This article contributes to the debate in the Criminal Law Review between Erez and Ashworth on victim impact statement schemes (VIS). The authors argue that VIS are misconceived in principle and unsatisfactory in practice.
ISBN: 0011 135X
Books
2011
D. Faulkner and R Burnett, Where Next for Criminal Justice? (The Policy Press 2011)
2010
A Ashworth, Sentencing and Criminal Justice (5th edn, Cambridge University Press 2010)
A Ashworth and Mike Redmayne, The Criminal Process (Oxford University Press 2010)
2008
A Ashworth and L H Zedner, Defending the Criminal Law: Reflections on the Changing Character of Crime, Procedure and Sanctions (2, Criminal Law and Philosophy 2008)
DOI: 10.1007/s11572-007-9033-2
Re-assessment of the trend away from traditional criminal law and criminal procedure, and re-assertion of the normative significance of criminal law principles and protections.
N Lacey, The Prisoners\' Dilemma: Political Economy and Punishment in Contemporary Democracies (Cambridge University Press 2008)
2005
A Ashworth and Andrew von Hirsch, Proportionate Sentencing: Exploring the Principles (Oxford University Press 2005)
An exploration and refinement of the application of the proportionality principle in the theory of punishment and sentencing.
ISBN: 0-19-927260-3
A Ashworth and others, The Criminal Process (Oxford University Press 2005)
The third (expanded) edition of a critical text on the English criminal process and criminal procedure.
ISBN: 0-19-927338-3
2004
B Goold, CCTV and Policing: Public Area Surveillance and Police Practices in Britain (Clarendon Series in Criminology, Oxford University Press 2004)
2002
M Bosworth, The US Federal Prison System (Sage Publications 2002)
Abstract: This book pulls together scholarly research, government publications and first hand accounts to provide the first overview of policy and practice in the US Federal Prison system. It also contains an appendix listing and describing all federal prisons. It is a cross-over book, designed for prison researchers, prisoners and those who work with them. It was positively reviewed in academic journals.
ISBN: 0-7619-2304-7
Chapters
2012
L Zedner, 'Erring on the side of safety: Risk assessment, expert knowledge, and the criminal court' in I Dennis & GR Sullivan (eds), Seeking Security: Pre-empting the Commission of Criminal Harms (Hart Publishing 2012)
2011
A Ashworth, 'Criminal Justice, not Criminology?' in Mary Bosworth and Carolyn Hoyle (eds), What is Criminology? (Oxford University Press 2011)
An attempt to discuss the distinctions and interrelations between criminology, criminal justice and criminal law.
ISBN: 978-0-19-957182-6
2008
C Hoyle, 'Restorative Justice, Victims and the Police' in T Newburn (ed), Handbook of Policing, 2nd edn. (Willan Publishing 2008)
Abstract: This chapter explores the ways in which the police in the UK use the principles of restorative justice in their encounters with victims and offenders, adult and juvenile. It argues that there are practical and philosophical objections to the police involvement in restorative justice, and that these, at lesat in part, explain wy there seems to be less restorative activity in the UK in 2008 that there was at teh start of the twenty-first century
ISBN: 978-1-84392-323-7
2007
A Ashworth, 'Plea-Bargaining, Pragmatism and Rights' in H. Muller-Dietz, E. Muller, K.-L. Kunz, H. Radtke, G. Britz, C. Momsen, H. Koriath (eds), Festschrift fur Heike Jung (Nomos 2007)
Exploring the compatibility of plea bargaining with the presumption of innocence.
ISBN: 978-3-8329-2537-6
M Bosworth, 'Identity, Citizenship and Punishment' in Mary Bosworth and Jeanne Flavin (eds), Race, gender and punishment: From colonialism to the war on terror (Rutgers University Press 2007)
Abstract: Chapter in book I coedited on race, gender and punishment. Analysis of recent legislation in the USA.
ISBN: 0-8135-3904-8
R Burnett, Baker, K. and Roberts, C., 'Assessment, supervision and intervention: fundamental practice in probation' in L. Gelsthorpe and R. Morgan (eds.) (eds), Handbook of Probation (Willan 2007)
L Zedner and Carolyn Hoyle, 'Victims, Victimization, and the Criminal Process' in M Maguire, R Morgan & R Reiner (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Criminology (Oxford University Press 2007)
Authoritative overview of the literature and research on victims and their role in the criminal process for the key criminological textbook in the field.
ISBN: 978-0-19-920543-1
2006
L Zedner, 'Opportunity makes the Thief-Taker: the influence of economic analysis on crime control' in T Newburn and P Rock (eds), The Politics of Crime Control (Oxford University Press 2006)
An appraisal of the impact of economic analysis/rational choice theory on criminal justice politics and Home Office policy making.
ISBN: 0-19-920840-9
L Zedner, 'Punishment and the Plurality of Privacy Interests' in E Claes and A Duff (eds), Privacy and the Criminal Law ( 2006)
Questions the status of privacy as a right and attempts to articulate the range of interests that arise when reference is made to privacy.
ISBN: 90-5095-545-2
2005
R Burnett, 'Youth offending teams' in T. Bateman and J. Pitts (eds), Companion to Youth Justice (Russell House Publishing 2005)
B Goold, 'Entries for Australia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and Yugoslavia' in L.E. Sullivan and M.R. Haberfeld (eds), Encyclopedia Of Law Enforcement (Sage Publishing 2005)
Profiles on the criminal justice systems of Australia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and Yugoslavia for the Encyclopedia Of Law Enforcement
ISBN: 0-7619-2649-6
B Goold, 'Unter dem Auge der Kamera. CCTV und Polizeiarbeit' in Leon Hempel and Jörg Metelmann (eds), Bild - Raum - KontrolleVideoüberwachung als Zeichen gesellschaftlichen Wandels (Suhrkamp Verlag Germany 2005)
Image - space - control. Video control as a sign of societal change. Book chapter on the impact of CCTV on police practices in Britain, with particular reference to the implications of recent findings on the use of police surveillance technologies in Germany and Europe more generally.
ISBN: 3-518-29338-9
2003
R Young and C Hoyle, 'New Improved Restorative Justice?: Action-Research and the Thames Valley Initiative in Restorative Cautioning' in A von Hirsch, A Bottoms, J Roberts, K Roach and M Schiff (eds), Restorative Justice and Criminal Justice: Competing or Complementary Paradigms? (Hart Publishing 2003)
Abstract: Empirical research by the authors is used to illuminate the developing practice of police-led restorative justice in the UK.
ISBN: 1-84113-273-X
C Hoyle and Richard Young, 'Restorative Justice and Punishment' in S. McConville (ed), The Use of Punishment (Willan Publishing 2003)
Abstract: This chapter considers the development of restorative justice, its applications, its relationship with state justice, its relationship with vengeance and punishment, and some interconnected philosophical issues.
ISBN: 1-84392-033-6
C Hoyle and Richard Young, 'Restorative Justice, Victims and the Police' in T Newburn (ed), Handbook of Policing (Willan Publishing. 2003)
Abstract: This chapter explores the various ways in which the police are experimenting with the principles of restorative justice in the United Kingdom and draws on empirical research conducted by the authors.
ISBN: 1-84392-020-4
2002
C Hoyle and Richard Young, 'Restorative Justice: Assessing the Prospects and Pitfalls' in M McConville and G Wilson (eds), The Handbook of the Criminal Justice Process (Oxford University Press 2002)
Abstract: An assessment of the prospects and pitfalls of restorative justice.
ISBN: 0-19-925395-1
Edited books
2007
M Bosworth and Jeanne Flavin (eds), Race, gender and punishment: From colonialism to the war on terror (Rutgers University Press 2007)
Abstract: I contribute a chapter, plus a co-written introduction and conclusion. This is a collection of original essays on the history, theory and contemporary format of race, gender and punishment in the US.
ISBN: 0-8135-3904-8
2006
L Zedner and Benjamin Goold (eds), Crime and Security (Ashgate 2006)
Edited volume of leading articles in the field selected and introduced by us.
ISBN: 0 7546 2600 8
2005
M Bosworth (ed), Encyclopedia of Prisons and Correctional Facilties, Volume One and Two. (Sage Reference 2005)
Abstract: This two volume work was awarded Best Reference 2005 by the Library Journal. I contribute some entries, as well as an introduction.
2002
C Hoyle and Richard Young (eds), New Visions of Crime Victims (Hart Publishing 2002)
Abstract: An innovative edited collection of original theoretical analyses and previously unpublished empirical research on criminal victimisation. I edited this with Richard Young, wrote a chapter and a preface.
ISBN: 1-84113-280-2
Reports
2012
M Bosworth and B Kellezi, 'Quality of Life in Detention: Results from the MQLD Questionnaire Data Collected in IRC Yarl’s Wood, IRC Tinsley House and IRC Brook House, August 2010 – June 2011.' (2012) Centre for Criminology
2004
C Hoyle, A Wilcox and R Young, Two-year Resanctioning Study: A Comparison of Restorative and Traditional Cautions (2004) 57 Home Office 1
Abstract: This study reports the results of a 24 month resanctioning study of traditional and restorative cautions. It compared the resanctioning rates of over 29,000 offenders in the 3 police forces (2 using restorative cautions and 2 using the traditional process). No evidence was found to suggest that restorative cautioning resulted in a statistically significantly reduction in the resanctioning rate or the frequency or seriousness of offending.
ISBN: 1 84473 479X
2003
C Hoyle, Roderick Hill, Karen Cooper and Richard Young, 'Meeting Expectations: The Application of Restorative Justice to the Police Complaints Process' (2003) Occasional Paper No. 21, Centre for Criminological Research 83
Abstract: This report presents the findings of a two-year study examining the use of restorative justice within the police complaints system.
ISBN: 0 947811 20 6
2002
C Hoyle, R Young and R Hill, 'Proceed with Caution: An Evaluation of the Thames Valley Police Initiative in Restorative Cautioning' (2002) Joseph Rowntree Foundation 85
Abstract: This report on the findings of a three-year study conducted in the Thames Valley provides unique insight into the development and achievements of the first large-scale restorative justice programme in the UK.
ISBN: 1-84263-071-7
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
Criminal Justice and Penology (not offered in 2011-12)
This course offers an opportunity to study the phenomenon of crime and the ways it is dealt with by the criminal justice and penal systems. The subject is approached from the socio-legal, philosophical, historical and empirical perspectives. The aim of the course is to provide students with a sound analytical understanding of some central developments and debates relating to this subject.
An essential requirement is an understanding of: the value and limitations of official statistics and research relating to the dimensions of crime; the exercise of discretion by the police and the courts; the characteristics of offenders and of persons convicted; the punishments imposed and the effects of these punishments on the conduct of offenders and other citizens. Naturally, this entails a willingness, and some ability, to discuss the merits of research and to use statistical evidence in analysing a problem. But it should be noted that students are not expected to acquire a sophisticated knowledge of research methods, nor are advanced mathematical skills called for. There is no single textbook, but clear guidance is provided to students on core reading materials, which include research reports, scholarly journal articles and chapters from books, as well as proposals for reform from pressure groups and government.
The course includes an assessment of the scope and different manifestations of criminal behaviour, and goes on to examine the processes of the criminal justice system prior to conviction - police practices in relation to the recording of crime, arrest and charging of suspects; prosecution; and plea negotiations. Sentencing is approached from a consideration of the role of the Court of Appeal, Criminal Division, particularly in the extent to which it has established principles to guide the courts in the exercise of their discretion. Proposals for reforming the sentencing structure and process are evaluated, as are empirical studies of judicial decision-making and sentencing disparities. Some philosophical issues connected with the justifications of punishment implicit in sentencing, parole, preventive detention, and other penal practices affecting an offender’s liberty, are discussed.
Questions of penal policy for adult offenders are explored in some depth. Among the topics usually covered are: the organisation, control and inspection of prisons; the nature of prison conditions and regimes and the changing justifications for them; the role of prison staff; security, control and justice in penal institutions; the effects of attempts to rehabilitate prisoners; the problems of dealing with habitual and dangerous criminals and with young adult offenders; the status and rights of prisoners; the early release of offenders through parole; the spread of noncustodial penalties and their impact on the prison population and recidivism; and the assessment of the incapacitative and general deterrent functions of punishment.
Special consideration is given to evaluating the development of juvenile justice and the measures which have evolved to deal specifically with children and young persons. Attention is also paid to the role of the victim and to restorative justice. The extent to which the operation of the criminal justice system involves unfair discrimination against citizens on the grounds of race or gender is also explored, with some tutors incorporating this question into all of the other issues studied. Indeed, while the teaching is organised into discrete topics, it should be emphasised that much of the material covered in one topic has implications for issues highlighted in other parts of the course.
Although the course is intended to be of general interest it should prove to be particularly useful to those who are contemplating work in a criminal practice or in any branch of the criminal justice system. It will also be good preparation for those who may wish to proceed to postgraduate study in criminology or criminal justice.Students need to attend the lecture courses in both Michaelmas and Hilary Terms as there are no satisfactory textbooks which cover this subject as a whole. Tutorials will be arranged by your college tutor. The Centre for Criminological Research organizes seminars during the academic year at which invited, distinguished speakers discuss current research or major issues of policy. This programme is advertised on the Centre's website and students are encouraged to attend.
[less]
Criminology and Criminal Justice
Why are criminal laws made? Why are they broken? How do we, and how should we, react to the breaking of criminal laws? These three questions are the stuff of criminology. They also occupy a central and controversial place in public and political debates about the condition and future of contemporary liberal democratic societies. This course provides students with the chance to study them in depth.
Criminology and Criminal Justice offers students an opportunity to study crime and the ways in which it is dealt with by the criminal justice and penal systems. It enables students to explore the nature of crime and its control by examining the issues at stake using the resources of legal, penal and social theory. It also offers students the chance to think about crime as a social phenomenon and to explore using criminological research and analysis how criminal justice and penal systems operate in practice.
The course is structured as follows: 22 lectures – 10 each in Michaelmas and Hilary terms, and two revision lectures on current controversies in criminal justice in Trinity Term; four classes and four tutorials (two of each in Michaelmas and Hilary Term).
Lectures, classes and tutorials are provided by several academics from the Law Faculty who are also members of the Centre for Criminology.
More information about the Centre for Criminology, including the All Souls Criminology Seminar Series, can be found on the Centre's website.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
Criminal Justice and Penology (not offered in 2011-12)
This course offers an opportunity to study the phenomenon of crime and the ways it is dealt with by the criminal justice and penal systems. The subject is approached from the socio-legal, philosophical, historical and empirical perspectives. The aim of the course is to provide students with a sound analytical understanding of some central developments and debates relating to this subject.
An essential requirement is an understanding of: the value and limitations of official statistics and research relating to the dimensions of crime; the exercise of discretion by the police and the courts; the characteristics of offenders and of persons convicted; the punishments imposed and the effects of these punishments on the conduct of offenders and other citizens. Naturally, this entails a willingness, and some ability, to discuss the merits of research and to use statistical evidence in analysing a problem. But it should be noted that students are not expected to acquire a sophisticated knowledge of research methods, nor are advanced mathematical skills called for. There is no single textbook, but clear guidance is provided to students on core reading materials, which include research reports, scholarly journal articles and chapters from books, as well as proposals for reform from pressure groups and government.
The course includes an assessment of the scope and different manifestations of criminal behaviour, and goes on to examine the processes of the criminal justice system prior to conviction - police practices in relation to the recording of crime, arrest and charging of suspects; prosecution; and plea negotiations. Sentencing is approached from a consideration of the role of the Court of Appeal, Criminal Division, particularly in the extent to which it has established principles to guide the courts in the exercise of their discretion. Proposals for reforming the sentencing structure and process are evaluated, as are empirical studies of judicial decision-making and sentencing disparities. Some philosophical issues connected with the justifications of punishment implicit in sentencing, parole, preventive detention, and other penal practices affecting an offender’s liberty, are discussed.
Questions of penal policy for adult offenders are explored in some depth. Among the topics usually covered are: the organisation, control and inspection of prisons; the nature of prison conditions and regimes and the changing justifications for them; the role of prison staff; security, control and justice in penal institutions; the effects of attempts to rehabilitate prisoners; the problems of dealing with habitual and dangerous criminals and with young adult offenders; the status and rights of prisoners; the early release of offenders through parole; the spread of noncustodial penalties and their impact on the prison population and recidivism; and the assessment of the incapacitative and general deterrent functions of punishment.
Special consideration is given to evaluating the development of juvenile justice and the measures which have evolved to deal specifically with children and young persons. Attention is also paid to the role of the victim and to restorative justice. The extent to which the operation of the criminal justice system involves unfair discrimination against citizens on the grounds of race or gender is also explored, with some tutors incorporating this question into all of the other issues studied. Indeed, while the teaching is organised into discrete topics, it should be emphasised that much of the material covered in one topic has implications for issues highlighted in other parts of the course.
Although the course is intended to be of general interest it should prove to be particularly useful to those who are contemplating work in a criminal practice or in any branch of the criminal justice system. It will also be good preparation for those who may wish to proceed to postgraduate study in criminology or criminal justice.Students need to attend the lecture courses in both Michaelmas and Hilary Terms as there are no satisfactory textbooks which cover this subject as a whole. Tutorials will be arranged by your college tutor. The Centre for Criminological Research organizes seminars during the academic year at which invited, distinguished speakers discuss current research or major issues of policy. This programme is advertised on the Centre's website and students are encouraged to attend.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
Punishment, Security and the State
The proposed course aims to provide an in-depth understanding of the theoretical underpinnings, justifications, and contemporary practices of punishment and security. The subject is approached from criminological, socio-legal, philosophical, and historical perspectives. The course explores the role of the state in the exercise of its most coercive functions against individual citizens – whether punishing those found guilty of criminal wrongdoing or taking security measures against those deemed to pose a risk to the safety of the public and the nation.
In Michaelmas Term it will focus on ‘why we punish’ by examining major debates in penal theory concerning the justification and rationale for punishment (not least desert theory and its critics, communicative and consequentialist theories). The second half of the term will consider ‘how we punish’ by exploring diverse social, economic and political aspects of punishment and examining whether it is possible to do justice to difference.
In Hilary Term the focus will shift from punishment to the pursuit of security and critically examine what is meant by security (whether, for example, as pursuit, commodity, or public good). Successive seminars will consider whether the growth of markets in private security and the development of communal and personal security provision evidence the fragmentation or dispersal of state power. They will go on to examine exercises in state sovereignty in the name of risk management, counterterrorism, and migration and border control. These reassertions of state power permit significant intrusions into individual freedom and the deployment of exceptional measures and the course will address important questions about the limits of legality and the balancing of liberty and security.
In Trinity Term two final seminars will provide an opportunity for critical reflection and engagement with issues raised throughout the course. The first will examine the case for ‘civilizing security’ and consider how security should be pursued, distributed, and governed and by whom; the second returns to the question of punishment to explore the notion of penal excess and the case for penal moderation.
The course will be taught by 12 seminars and 4 tutorials spread across Michaelmas and Hilary Terms (six seminars and two tutorials in each) with 2 further summative seminars in Trinity providing an opportunity for critical reflection on the whole course. The standard exam for the BCL (ie, 3 hour closed book) will be set.
The focus of teaching will be the weekly seminar which all those taking the course are required to attend. Students will be expected to read and think about the assigned materials in advance of the seminar. The seminar will be introduced by a Faculty member, followed by discussion, usually based around a set of questions distributed in advance. In addition the Centre for Criminology organizes seminars during the academic year at which distinguished invited speakers discuss current research or major issues of policy. This programme is advertised on the Centre's website and all students are encouraged to attend.
[less]
MJur
Punishment, Security and the State
The proposed course aims to provide an in-depth understanding of the theoretical underpinnings, justifications, and contemporary practices of punishment and security. The subject is approached from criminological, socio-legal, philosophical, and historical perspectives. The course explores the role of the state in the exercise of its most coercive functions against individual citizens – whether punishing those found guilty of criminal wrongdoing or taking security measures against those deemed to pose a risk to the safety of the public and the nation.
In Michaelmas Term it will focus on ‘why we punish’ by examining major debates in penal theory concerning the justification and rationale for punishment (not least desert theory and its critics, communicative and consequentialist theories). The second half of the term will consider ‘how we punish’ by exploring diverse social, economic and political aspects of punishment and examining whether it is possible to do justice to difference.
In Hilary Term the focus will shift from punishment to the pursuit of security and critically examine what is meant by security (whether, for example, as pursuit, commodity, or public good). Successive seminars will consider whether the growth of markets in private security and the development of communal and personal security provision evidence the fragmentation or dispersal of state power. They will go on to examine exercises in state sovereignty in the name of risk management, counterterrorism, and migration and border control. These reassertions of state power permit significant intrusions into individual freedom and the deployment of exceptional measures and the course will address important questions about the limits of legality and the balancing of liberty and security.
In Trinity Term two final seminars will provide an opportunity for critical reflection and engagement with issues raised throughout the course. The first will examine the case for ‘civilizing security’ and consider how security should be pursued, distributed, and governed and by whom; the second returns to the question of punishment to explore the notion of penal excess and the case for penal moderation.
The course will be taught by 12 seminars and 4 tutorials spread across Michaelmas and Hilary Terms (six seminars and two tutorials in each) with 2 further summative seminars in Trinity providing an opportunity for critical reflection on the whole course. The standard exam for the BCL (ie, 3 hour closed book) will be set.
The focus of teaching will be the weekly seminar which all those taking the course are required to attend. Students will be expected to read and think about the assigned materials in advance of the seminar. The seminar will be introduced by a Faculty member, followed by discussion, usually based around a set of questions distributed in advance. In addition the Centre for Criminology organizes seminars during the academic year at which distinguished invited speakers discuss current research or major issues of policy. This programme is advertised on the Centre's website and all students are encouraged to attend.
[less]
People
Criminology and Criminal Justice teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Rachel Condry: UL in Criminology
in conjunction with:
Andrew Ashworth, QC: Vinerian Professor of English Law
Mary Bosworth: Reader in Criminology
Carolyn Hoyle: Professor of Criminology
Liora Lazarus: CUF Lecturer
Ian Loader: Professor of Criminology
Nicola Palmer: Junior Research Fellow in Global Justice
Julian Roberts: Professor of Criminology
Lucia Zedner: Professor of Criminal Justice
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Clara Feliciati: DPhil Law student
[top]
Environmental Law
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 19 Environmental Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
C Axon and others, 'Building Communities: Reducing Energy Use in Tenanted Commercial Property' (2012) Building Research and Information (forthcoming)
Reducing energy use in tenanted commercial property requires greater understanding of ’buildings as communities’. Tenanted commercial properties represent: (1) the divergent communities that share specific buildings and (2) the organisational communities represented by multi-site landlord and tenant companies. In any particular tenanted space the opportunity for environmental change is mediated (hindered or enabled) through the lease. This discussion draws on theoretical and practical understandings of (i) the socio-legal relationships of landlords, tenants and their advisors; (ii) the real performance of engineering building services strategies to improve energy efficiency; (iii) how organisational cultures affect the ability of the sector to engage with energy efficiency strategies; and (iv) the financial and economic basis of the relationship between owners and occupiers. The transformational complexity stems from: (i) the variety of commercial building stock; (ii) the number of stakeholders (solicitors, investors, developers, agents, owners, tenants and facilities managers); (iii) the fragmentation within the communities of practice; and (iv) leasehold structures and language. An agenda is proposed for truly interdisciplinary research that brings together both the physical and social sciences of energy use in buildings so that technological solutions are made effective by an understanding of the way that buildings are used and communities behave.
Craig Roussac and others, Improving environmental performance through innovative commercial leasing: An Australian case study (2012) 4 International Journal of Law in the Built Environment 6
DOI: 10.1108/17561451211211714
The paper explains how difficult it is within the structure and content of conventional leases to reduce the environmental impact of the tenanted commercial built environment. It explores the interplay between the content and structure of commercial leases and the behaviour of building owners, managers, tenants and occupants, illustrated through the experiences of a large Australian-based commercial office building owner/operator.
S J Bright, 'Carbon Reduction and Commercial Leases in the UK' (2010) 2 International Journal of Law and the Built Environment 218
This paper explores the potential impact that the introduction of the UK’s CRC Energy Efficiency Scheme will have on a) energy use in the tenanted commercial built environment and b) the idea of the net lease.
E Fisher, 'Food Safety Crises as Crises of Administrative Constitutionalism' (2010) 20 Health Matrix: Journal of Law-Medicine 55
Wendy Wagner, E Fisher, Elizabeth Fisher and Pasky Pascual, Misunderstanding Models in Environmental and Health Regulation (2010) 18 New York University Environmental Law Journal 293
Computational models are fundamental to environmental regulation, yet their capabilities tend to be misunderstood by policymakers. Rather than rely on models to illuminate dynamic and uncertain relationships in natural settings, policymakers too often use models as “answer machines.” This fundamental misperception that models can generate decisive facts leads to a perverse negative feedback loop that begins with policymaking itself and radiates into the science of modeling and into regulatory deliberations where participants can exploit the misunderstanding in strategic ways. This paper documents the pervasive misperception of models as truth machines in U.S. regulation and the multi-layered problems that result from this misunderstanding. The paper concludes with a series of proposals for making better use of models in environmental policy analysis.
ISBN: 1061-8651
E Fisher, Pasky Pascual and Wendy Wagner, Understanding Environmental Models in Their Legal and Regulatory Context (2010) 22 Journal of Environmental Law 251
DOI: 10.1093/jel/eqq012
Environmental models are playing an increasingly important role in most jurisdictions and giving rise to disputes. Despite this fact, lawyers and policy-makers have overlooked models and not engaged critically with them. This is a problematic state of affairs. Modelling is a semi-autonomous, interdisciplinary activity concerned with developing representations of systems and is used to evaluate regulatory behaviour to ensure it is legitimate. Models are thus relevant to lawyers and policy-makers but need to be engaged with critically due to technical, institutional, interdisciplinary and evaluative complexities in their operation. Lawyers and policy-makers must thus think more carefully about models and in doing so reflect on the nature of their own disciplines and fields.
ISBN: 0952-8873
E Fisher, Bettina Lange, Eloise Scotford and Cinnamon Carlarne, Maturity and Methodology: Starting a Debate about Environmental Law Scholarship (2009) 21 Journal of Environmental Law 213
DOI: 10.1093/jel/eqp012
Many environmental law scholars perceive environmental law scholarship as immature. We discuss why this self-perception has arisen and argue that a common theme is methodology. We argue that the subject can only mature when we face its methodological challenges head on, and we identify four particular issues that have given rise to these challenges: the speed and scale of legal/regulatory change, the interdisciplinary nature of the subject, the heavy reliance in environmental law on a diverse range of governance arrangements and the multi-jurisdictional nature of the subject. We argue that there is a need for debate in the face of these challenges and identify some starting points for that debate.
ISBN: 0952-8873
S J Bright and others, The Greening of Commercial Leases (2008) 26 Journal of Property Investment and Finance 541
DOI: 10.1108/14635780810908389
The paper considers how policy changes may drive changes in leasing practices, in order to reduce environmental impact from the commercial building stock.
ISBN: 1463-578X
E Fisher, The \'perfect storm\' of REACH: charting regulatory controversy in the age of information, sustainable development, and globalization (2008) 11 Journal of Risk Research 541
DOI: 10.1080/13669870802086547
The European Union's new chemicals regulation, REACH, has been one of the most controversial pieces of legislation in EU history. Indeed, the debate over REACH is akin to a 'perfect storm' in that the intense controversy over it has been caused by three regulatory aspects of the regime. First, REACH privatizes information collection, provision and assessment. Second, REACH represents a significant application of sustainable development and in so doing, redefines the conditions on which the EU chemicals market operates. Third, REACH will inevitably have inter-jurisdictional impacts for both supranational and national legal cultures including trade law implications, REACH being a template for international initiatives, it being a policy/legal irritant in other jurisdictions, and it providing information for public and private action in other jurisdictions. A charting of these different aspects of the regime not only provides a more nuanced account of REACH but also provides a clearer understanding of the challenges of regulating environmental and health risks in an era of market globalization
ISBN: 1366-9877
P Eleftheriadis, Environmental Rights in the EC Legal Order (2007) 27 Yearbook of European Law
P Eleftheriadis, After Aarhus (2006) European Advocate 10
S J Whittaker, 'Assessing the fairness of contract terms: the parties’ essential bargain, its regulatory context and the significance of the requirement of good faith' (2004) 37987 Zeitschrift fur Europaisches Privatrecht 75
The article looks at issues relating to the harmonisation of contract law in the context of the decision of the HL in DGFT v First National Bank
ISBN: 0943-3929
Books
E Fisher, Risk Regulation and Administrative Constitutionalism (Hart Publishing 2010)
Paperback version (with new foreword) of 2007 publication
ISBN: 9781849460880
Chapters
E Fisher, 'Risk Regulatory Concepts and the Law' in OECD (ed), Risk and Regulatory Policy: Improving the Governance of Risk (OECD 2010)
A discussion of the different roles risk regulatory concepts are playing in public administration and the legal implications of those roles.
ISBN: 9789264082922
E Fisher, 'Opening Pandora's box: contextualising the precautionary principle in the European Union' in Michelle Everson and Ellen Vos (eds), Uncertain Risks Regulated (Routledge Cavendish 2009)
E Fisher, 'Administrative Law, Pluralism and the Legal Construction of Merits Review in Australian Environmental Courts and Tribunals' in Linda Pearson, Carlow Harlow and Michael Taggart (eds), Administrative Law in a Changing State: Essays in Honour of Mark Aronson ( 2008)
An analysis of the merits review powers of Australian environmental courts that illustrates that such powers vary dramatically and have at least four different aspects relating to scope of review, relevant considerations, procedure and evidence.
ISBN: 9781841137872
E Fisher and Ronnie Harding, 'The precautionary principle and administrative constitutionalism: developing frameworks for implementing the precautionary principle' in E. Fisher, J. Jones & R. von Schomberg (eds), Implementing the Precautionary Principle: Perspectives and Prospects (Edward Elgar Publishing 2006)
Interdisciplinary piece looking at the relationship between frameworks for implementing the pp and understandings of good public administration
ISBN: 9780000000000
E Fisher, 'Unpacking the Toolbox: Or Why the Public/Private Divide Is Important in EC Environmental Law' in J-B Auby and M Freedland (eds), The Public Law/Private Law Divide: une entente assez cordiale (L.G.D.J. Diffuseur 2004)
14 000 word piece analysing the role of private actors in EC environmental law and arguing the need to see their role in public law terms
ISBN: 291339728X
P Eleftheriadis, 'The Future of Environmental Rights in the European Union ' in Philip Alston (ed), The European Union and Human Rights (Oxford University Press 1999)
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
This course is an introduction to the subject of environmental law and covers the main areas of substantive UK (with the focus on England) and EC environmental law. Environmental law is concerned with the law relating to the protection of the environment and includes areas such as pollution control law, nature conservation, environmental impact assessment, and trade law. Much of the substance of UK environmental law is derived from EC law and as a subject environmental law builds on the core subjects of EC Law and Administrative Law as well as applying concepts from other areas such as criminal law and tort law.
The course will take into consideration the socio-political context that environmental law operates in and the course will explore the complex and ever expanding case law and legislation on the subject. A major theme of the course is the type of challenges that environmental problems provide for the law. In the last decade environmental law has given rise to difficult legal questions including: what should be the rights of citizens to legally challenge ‘public’ decision-making; what should be the limits of discretion placed on administrative decision-makers in their pursuit of environmental protection; how should environmental protection be weighed up against other social goals; what are the best means of achieving environmental protection; and how much regulatory autonomy should Member States have under EC law to protect the environment in the way they so wish.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
Comparative and Global Environmental Law
Environmental law regimes now operate at the local, national, transnational and international levels in relation to a wide range of environmental problems. This course is a study of these regimes in comparative perspective so as to highlight not only the similarities and differences between them, but also the types of intellectual challenges they create for scholars and lawyers. In particular, a feature of these regimes is their legal and regulatory complexity. Topics covered include the role and nature of environmental principles; the role of courts; the nature of environmental decision-making processes (including the roles of science and participation); environmental impact assessment; nature conservation; chemicals regulation; transgenic agricultural regulation; integrated pollution control; emission trading schemes; commercial transactions; and private law. Reading will be drawn from case law, policy, legal, socio-legal and interdisciplinary literature and consists of 14 seminars and 4 tutorials which will run over MT, HT and the first third of TT. There are no pre-requisites for the course.
The convenor for the course is Dr Liz Fisher and the course is taught by a small group of Faculty members.
[less]
MJur
Comparative and Global Environmental Law
Environmental law regimes now operate at the local, national, transnational and international levels in relation to a wide range of environmental problems. This course is a study of these regimes in comparative perspective so as to highlight not only the similarities and differences between them, but also the types of intellectual challenges they create for scholars and lawyers. In particular, a feature of these regimes is their legal and regulatory complexity. Topics covered include the role and nature of environmental principles; the role of courts; the nature of environmental decision-making processes (including the roles of science and participation); environmental impact assessment; nature conservation; chemicals regulation; transgenic agricultural regulation; integrated pollution control; emission trading schemes; commercial transactions; and private law. Reading will be drawn from case law, policy, legal, socio-legal and interdisciplinary literature and consists of 14 seminars and 4 tutorials which will run over MT, HT and the first third of TT. There are no pre-requisites for the course.
The convenor for the course is Dr Liz Fisher and the course is taught by a small group of Faculty members.
[less]
People
Environmental Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Liz Fisher: Reader in Environmental Law
in conjunction with:
Bettina Lange: University Lecturer in Law and Regulation
Stephen Weatherill: Jacques Delors Professor of European Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Damilola Olawuyi: DPhil Law student
Irini Papanicolopulu: Marie Curie Fellow
[top]
European Business Regulation
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 7 European Business Regulation publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
P Eleftheriadis, Tender Moments (2009) 153 Solicitors Journal 12
WG Ringe, No freedom of emigration for companies? (2005) 16 EBLR 621
Chapters
A Johnston, The Future Shape of EU Energy Law and Policy in Anthony Arnull, Catherine Barnard, Michael Dougan and Eleanor Spaventa (eds), A Constitutional Order of States? Essays in EU Law in Honour of Alan Dashwood (Hart Publishing 2011)
The twin themes of this chapter are, first, the need for careful accommodation at the EU level of the diversity of Member State interests and concerns in the energy field ... and, second, the slow but real shift in EU (and some national) energy law and policy away from reliance upon market mechanisms and towards more complex regimes ... to achieve a myriad of public interest goals.
ISBN: 978-1-849460-046-0
WG Ringe, Sparking Regulatory Competition in European Company Law - The Impact of the Centros Line of Case-Law and its Concept of \'Abuse of Law\' in R de la Feria and S Vogenauer (eds), Prohibtion of Abuse of Law - A New General Principle of EU Law (Hart Publishing 2011)
The case-law of the European Court of Justice in the field of company law has repeatedly touched on the question of abuse, most notably in the situation where a company was set up in a Member State only to do business exclusively in another. Starting with the landmark case of Centros in 1999, the Court has repeatedly stressed that it employs a liberal approach towards abuse in this field. According to the Court, making use of the disparities of different legal standards when setting up a company is not abuse, but explicit use of the freedom of establishment. This paper analyses the Court’s approach towards abusive behaviour in company law and assesses the impact that the leading cases since 1999 have had both on business behaviour in the EU and on the national law-makers who have responded to the opening of the markets. It is shown that the Court has provoked a sizeable entrepreneurial migration from various countries towards the UK. This in turn has led to regulatory competition, in that other Member States in continental Europe have been forced to adapt their company law to make it more attractive for businesses. It is argued that at least so far, the (limited) competition between Member States has been beneficial and has reduced both registration time and costs. Questions remain as to the relevance of any comparison with the United States and the future developments for corporate re-incorporations.
WG Ringe, Public Capital and Private Capital in the internal market – Securing a level playing field for public and private enterprises (UK Report) in Gil Carlos Rodriguez Iglesias and Luis Ortiz Blanco (eds), PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIDE XXIV CONGRESS MADRID 2010 - VOLUME III: Public Capital and Private Capital in the Internal Market (Servicio de Publicaciones de la Facultad de Derecho, Complutense University, Madrid 2010)
This report seeks to examine how to avoid distortions of competition which may result from the use of public, rather than private, capital or which may result from differences in Member States’ definitions of public interest goals and in the instruments employed to attain such goals. It aims to discover for what purposes the state may intervene in the market economy and how. In so far as such intervention is by the State investing capital into a commercial enterprise in accordance with national company law, it seeks to ascertain whether the EU Treaty permits, restricts or prevents the same.
Case Notes
WG Ringe, Case note on case C-112/05 Commission v Germany (VW law) (2008) 45 Common Market Law Review 537 [Case Note]
The VW case is the latest in the series of "golden shares" cases. Whilst the previous cases concerned special rights the State was granted, the VW law provided provisions that applied equally to all shareholders. The ECJ was therefore tempted to open the assessment of general rules of company law and their compatibility with the free movement of capital. However, the Court ultimately refrained from delivering a clear statement.
ISBN: 0165-0750
Reviews
A Johnston, 'Review of: Kelyn Bacon, EC Law of State Aid (Oxford: OUP, 2009) and Martin Heidenhain, European State Aid Law (Munich: C.H. Beck, 2010)' (2011) 127 Law Quarterly Review 151 [Review]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
European Business Regulation: the law of the EU’s internal market
This course examines the legal basis of the "level playing field" of the internal market of the European Union, covering the law of free movement across borders (goods, establishment and services), as well as competence to regulate the internal market, with special reference to the function of harmonisation of laws. Some or all of selected topics in public procurement, consumer law, company law, state aids and energy law will be addressed. The principal course objective is to enable students to acquire knowledge and understanding of the law in relation to the above subject matter, and to be able to discuss critically at an advanced level the legal and policy issues arising therefrom - including in particular the relationship between the judicial and the legislative contributions to the making of the EU's internal market. The normal pattern of teaching involves seminars and lectures in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, and tutorials in Trinity Term. The teaching group includes, but is not necessarily limited to, Professor S R Weatherill, Dr Angus Johnston , Dr Wolf-Georg Ringe, Professor D A Wyatt, and Dr Katja Ziegler.
[less]
MJur
European Business Regulation: the law of the EU’s internal market
This course examines the legal basis of the "level playing field" of the internal market of the European Union, covering the law of free movement across borders (goods, establishment and services), as well as competence to regulate the internal market, with special reference to the function of harmonisation of laws. Some or all of selected topics in public procurement, consumer law, company law, state aids and energy law will be addressed. The principal course objective is to enable students to acquire knowledge and understanding of the law in relation to the above subject matter, and to be able to discuss critically at an advanced level the legal and policy issues arising therefrom - including in particular the relationship between the judicial and the legislative contributions to the making of the EU's internal market. The normal pattern of teaching involves seminars and lectures in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, and tutorials in Trinity Term. The teaching group includes, but is not necessarily limited to, Professor S R Weatherill, Dr Angus Johnston , Dr Wolf-Georg Ringe, Professor D A Wyatt, and Dr Katja Ziegler.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
European Business Regulation: the law of the EU’s internal market
This course examines the legal basis of the "level playing field" of the internal market of the European Union, covering the law of free movement across borders (goods, establishment and services), as well as competence to regulate the internal market, with special reference to the function of harmonisation of laws. Some or all of selected topics in public procurement, consumer law, company law, state aids and energy law will be addressed. The principal course objective is to enable students to acquire knowledge and understanding of the law in relation to the above subject matter, and to be able to discuss critically at an advanced level the legal and policy issues arising therefrom - including in particular the relationship between the judicial and the legislative contributions to the making of the EU's internal market. The normal pattern of teaching involves seminars and lectures in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, and tutorials in Trinity Term. The teaching group includes, but is not necessarily limited to, Professor S R Weatherill, Dr Angus Johnston , Dr Wolf-Georg Ringe, Professor D A Wyatt, and Dr Katja Ziegler.
[less]
People
European Business Regulation teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Stephen Weatherill: Jacques Delors Professor of European Law
in conjunction with:
Angus Johnston: CUF Lecturer
Wolf-Georg Ringe: DAAD Lecturer in Law and Deputy Director, IECL
Derrick Wyatt: Visiting Professor
Katja Ziegler: Reader in European and Comparative Law, Erich Brost University Lecturer
[top]
European Union Law
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Wednesday 30 May 2012 Week 6
- EU Law Discussion Group
The Identity of the Subject of EU Law: National-rooted or Euro-bonded? - Cancelled
Speaker: Professor Loïc Azoulai, European University Institute, Florence
Oxford Law Faculty Seminar Room F at 13:00
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 164 European Union Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
C Costello, 'The Ruling of the Court of Justice in NS/ME on the fundamental rights of asylum seekers under the Dublin Regulation: Finally, an end to blind trust across the EU?' (2012) Asiel- en Migrantenrecht 83
P P Craig, 'Subsidiarity: A Political and Legal Analysis' (2012) 50 Journal of Common Market Studies 72
S Douglas-Scott, 'Pluralism and Justice in the EU' (2012) UCL Current Legal Problems series (forthcoming)
P Eleftheriadis, 'The Euro and the German Courts' (2012) 128 Law Quarterly Review 216
This note discusses the judgment of the German Constitutional Court of 9 September 2011, according to which the Euro Bailout agreements of 2010-2011 may be unconstitutional, if they encroach on the 'Budgetary Sovereignty' of the German People.
D Leczykiewicz, ''Where Angels Fear to Tread': The EU Law of Remedies and Codification of European Private Law' (2012) 8 European Review of Contract Law 47-81
V Moreno Lax, 'Dismantling the Dublin System: M.S.S. v Belgium and Greece' (2012) 14(1) European Journal of Migration and Law 1-31.
Borja Garcia and S R Weatherill, 'Engaging with the EU in order to minimize its impact: sport and the negotiation of the Treaty of Lisbon' (2012) 19 Journal of European Public Policy 238
S R Weatherill, 'The Consumer Rights Directive: how and why a quest for “coherence” has (largely) failed' (2012) 49 Common Market Law Review nya
2011
P P Craig, 'Delegated Acts, Implementing Acts and the New Comitology Regulation' (2011) 36 European Law Review 671
P P Craig, 'EU Administrative Law, The Acquis' (2011) Rivista Italiana di Diritto Pubblico Communitario 329
P P Craig, 'The ECJ and Ultra Vires Action: A Conceptual Analysis' (2011) 48 Common Market Law Review 395
P P Craig, 'The European Union Act 2011: Locks, Limits and Legality' (2011) 48 Common Market Law Review 1881
J Dickson, 'Directives in European Union Legal Systems: Whose Norms Are They Anyway?' (2011) 17 European Law Journal 190
This article is concerned with whether the concept of a legal system - long a centrepiece of state-based legal theories – is a useful conceptual tool in theorising the contemporary European Union and its legal relations with its Member States. The focus lies particularly with EU Directives, and with what the character and operation of this distinctive type of EU norm can tell us a regards the existence of and relations between legal systems in the EU. I argue for the view that the EU is comprised of distinct but interacting legal systems at EU and national level, and claim that the character and operation of directives supports this view. Throughout the discussion I try to bring the conceptual tools of analytical legal philosophy to bear on puzzles generated by EU law and its relations with national law, in order to show that a sound analysis of aspects of the EU can benefit from abstract legal philosophical reflection, and vice versa.
S Douglas-Scott, 'The European Union and Human Rights after the Treaty of Lisbon' (2011) Human Rights Law Review 1
P Eleftheriadis, Kalypso Nicolaidis and J. H. H. Weiler, 'Foreword: the changing landscape of European constitutionalism' (2011) 9 International Journal of Constitutional Law 673
P Eleftheriadis, 'Planning Agreements as Public Contracts Under the EU Procurement Rules' (2011) 20 Public Procurement Law Review 43
C Hodges, 'The European Approach to Justice and Redress' (2011) Canadian Supreme Court Law Review 301
S R Weatherill, The limits of legislative harmonisation ten years after Tobacco Advertising: how the Court’s case law has become a “drafting guide” (2011) 12 German Law Journal 827
S J Whittaker, 'The Optional Instrument of European Contract law and Freedom of Contract' (2011) European Review of Contract Law 371 – 398
This article assesses the appropriatess of an 'optional instrument' in contract law foreseen by the European Commission
2010
D Leczykiewicz, '"Effective Judicial Protection" of Human Rights After Lisbon: Should National Courts Be Empowered to Review EU Secondary Law?' (2010) 35 European Law Review 326-348
2009
C Costello, 'Metock: Free Movement and “Normal Family Life\" in the Union ' (2009) Common Market Law Review 587
P P Craig, 'Delegation of Legislative Power' (2009) 49 Common Market Law Review 1265
P P Craig, 'The Legal Effect of Directives: Policy, Rules and Exceptions' (2009) 34 European Law Review 349
S Douglas-Scott, 'The EU’s Area of Freedom, Security and Justice: a lack of fundamental rights, mutual trust and democracy?' (2009) 11, 2008-2009 Cambridge Yearbook of European Law studies
A Johnston and K. Talus, 'Comment on Pielow, Brunekreeft & Ehlers on Ownership Unbundling' (2009) 2 Journal of World Energy Law and Business 149
D Leczykiewicz, 'Private Party Liability in EU Law: In Search of the General Regime' (2009) 12 Cambridge Yearbook of European Legal Studies 257-282
S J Whittaker, 'Clauses abusives et garanties des consommateurs: la proposition de directive relative aux droit du consommateur et la portée du 'harmonisation complète'' (2009) Recueil Dalloz 1
Abstract: In October 2008 the EC Commission published a Proposal for a Directive on Consumer Rights. This proposal seeks to put together provisions from four existing directives of the consumer acquis, replacing the traditional ‘minimum’ nature of their protection with ‘complete harmonisation’. This article explains the substantive changes proposed for two of these directives (unfair contract terms and consumer sales) and it identifies a fundamental ambiguity in what is meant by full harmonisation for this purpose. For ‘complete harmonisation’ would either require Member States to disapply all other national legal rules which could overlap with the impact of these two sets of harmonised rules in their respective contexts (all rules affecting the validity of terms in consumer contracts, all remedies in respect of failures in quality, fitness for purpose or contractual conformity of goods in consumer contracts of sale of goods), with costs in terms of national coherence and the development of perverse incentives as well as in terms of the weakening of the substantive legal policies pursued by those rules. Or an attempt would have to be made to restrict the impact of ‘full harmonisation’ to the conceptual schemes actually set out by the Proposal, leaving untouched ‘other grounds’ of control of contract terms or buyer’s rights (as the case may be). This second approach would enable the undesirable effects of the first choice to be avoided, but it would fundamentally undermine the economic purpose of introducing full harmonisation.
La proposition de directive relative aux droits des consommateurs(octobre 2008) rassemble dans un seul texte les quatre directives sur l'acquis communautaire en vue de l'« harmonisation totale » de la protection des consommateurs. Cet article éclaire les changements substantiels par rapport à deux de ces directives (clauses contractuelles abusives et ventes au consommateur), et l'ambiguïté du concept d'« harmonisation totale ». Soit celle-ci écartera l'application des dispositions nationales pouvant empiéter sur le domaine des règles harmonisées, conformément à l'inspiration économique de la Proposition, soit elle n'affectera que les lois nationales de transposition de la Proposition, sans préjudice du contrôle des clauses abusives ou des droits.
K S Ziegler, 'Strengthening the Rule of Law, but Fragmenting International Law: The Kadi Decision of the ECJ from the Perspective of Human Rights' (2009) 9 Human Rights Law Journal 288
2008
P P Craig, 'The Treaty of Lisbon: Process, Architecture and Substance' (2008) 33 137
P P Craig, 'The Treaty of Lisbon: Process, Architecture and Substance' (2008) 33 European Law Review 137
A Johnston, 'Focus article – The European Union, the United Kingdom and Terrorist Asset Freezing: Getting into Hot Water?' (2008) European Current Law Monthly Digest
A Johnston and others, 'The Proposed New EU Renewables Directive: Interpretation, Problems and Prospects' (2008) European Energy and Environmental Law Review 126
D Leczykiewicz, 'Constitutional Conflicts and the Third Pillar' (2008) 33 European Law Review 230-242
D Leczykiewicz, 'Why do the European Court of Justice judges need legal concepts?' (2008) 14 European Law Journal 773-786
V Moreno Lax, 'Must EU Borders Have Doors for Refugees? On the Compatibility of Schengen Visas and Carrier Sanctions with EU Member States’ Obligations to Provide International Protection to Refugees' (2008) 10(3) European Journal of Migration and Law 315-364.
A. Menon and S R Weatherill, 'Transnational Legitimacy in a Globalizing World: how the European Union rescues its States' (2008) 31 West European Politics 397
2007
S Douglas-Scott, 'Fundamental Rights in EU Justice and Home Affairs' (2007) EU Current Law
A Johnston, 'European Community Law and National Private Law: ‘Never the Twain Shall Meet’?' (2007) 3 Cambridge Student Law Review 56
A Johnston, A. Kavali and K. Neuhoff, 'Take-or-Pay Contracts for Renewables Deployment' (2007) 36 Energy Policy 2481
Renewables require support policies to deliver the European 20% target. We discuss the requirements for least-cost development and efficient operation and quantify how different schemes (i) allow for the development of a renewable energy technology portfolio; (ii) reduce rent transfers to infra-marginal technologies or better than marginal resource bases and (iii) minimise regulatory risk and thus capital costs for new projects. Long-term take-or-pay contracts minimise regulatory uncertainty, create appropriate incentives for location and operation, allow for efficient system operation and seem compatible with European state aid. We discuss how property rights legislation protects existing renewables investors, and thus can ensure ongoing investment during a transition towards the new scheme.
A Johnston and H. Unberath, 'The Double-Headed Approach of the ECJ concerning Consumer Protection' (2007) 44 Common Market Law Review 1237
2006
C Costello and G Davies, 'The Case Law of the Court of Justice in the Field of Sex Equality Since 2000' (2006) Common Market Law Review 1567
Thematic review and evaluation of ECJ caselaw on sex equality from 2000 to 2006, including the general principle of equal treatment / non-discrimination.
S Douglas-Scott, ''Bosphorus Hava Yollari Turizm Ve Ticaret Anonim Sirketi v. Ireland' case comment ' (2006) Common Market Law Review
S Douglas-Scott, 'A Tale of Two Courts: Luxembourg, Strasbourg and the Growing European Human Rights Acquis ' (2006) Common Market Law Review 619
A Johnston, 'Free Allocation of allowances under the EU Emissions Trading System – legal issues' (2006) 6 Climate Policy 115
2005
D Leczykiewicz, 'Common Commercial Policy: the Expanding Competence of the European Union in the Area of International Trade' (2005) 6 German Law Journal 1673-1686
K S Ziegler and others, Integrating Integration? (2005) 7 European Journal of Migration and Law 119
2004
S Douglas-Scott, '*The Rule of Law in the European Union - putting the security into the EU’s Area of Freedom Security and Justice ' (2004) European Law Review
A Johnston and A.A. Dashwood, 'The Institutions of the Enlarged EU under the regime of the Constitutional Treaty' (2004) 41 Common Market Law Review 1481
2003
S Douglas-Scott, 'The EU Charter of Fundamental Rights as a constitutional document ' (2003) European Human Rights Review
A Johnston and others, 'Draft Constitutional Treaty of the European Union and related documents' (2003) 28 European Law Review 3
2001
S Douglas-Scott, 'Constituting Europe: in defence of public reason' (2001) King's College Law Journal
A Johnston, 'Judicial Reform and the Treaty of Nice' (2001) 38 Common Market Law Review 499
2000
A Johnston, Will the Sparks Fly? The role of the European Union in the liberalisation of the electricity industry (2000) 3 Cambridge Yearbook of European Legal Studies 239
1999
S Douglas-Scott, 'In Search of European Citizenship' (1999) Yearbook of European Law
A Johnston, 'Maintaining the Balance of Power: Liberalisation, Reciprocity and Electricity in the European Community' (1999) 17 Journal of Energy and Natural Resources Law 121
1998
A Johnston, 'Democracy in the European System: Towards a Critical Approach' (1998) 9 European Law Students Association Selected Papers in European Law 77
1997
P Eleftheriadis, 'The Direct Effect of Community Law' (1997) 16 Yearbook of European Law 205
‘The Direct Effect of Community Law: Conceptual Issues’ 16 Yearbook of European Law (1996) 205-221.
1993
S Douglas-Scott, 'Sunday Trading and EC Law (casenote)' (1993) 4 KCLJ 103
1992
S Douglas-Scott, 'The Francovich case (casenote)' (1992) 3 KCLJ 120
1991
S Douglas-Scott, 'The Factortame case: Fishing in Troubled Waters' (1991) Kings College Law journal
Books
2013
S Douglas-Scott, Constitutional Law of the European Union (2nd edition) (Pearson Longman 2013)
S Douglas-Scott, EU Human Rights Law (Elgar Publishing 2013) (forthcoming)
2012
and C Hodges, Civil Justice Systems in Europe: Implications for Choice of Forum and Choice of Contract Law (S Vogenauer and C Hodges, Hart Publishing 2012) (forthcoming)
C Hodges and others, Consumer ADR in Europe (C Hodges, I Benoehr and N Creutzfeldt-Banda, Hart Publishing 2012)
A Johnston and Guy Block, EU Energy Law (Oxford University Press 2012)
2011
P P Craig and G de Burca, EU Law, Text, Cases and Materials (5th, OUP 2011)
The previous edition was published in 2003: for the 2007 edition there were further extensive revisions to take account of major developments, including four new chapters.
ISBN: 978-0-19-957699-9
2010
P P Craig, The Lisbon Treaty, Law, Politics and Treaty Reform (Oxford University Press 2010)
2007
M Freedland, P P Craig, N Countouris and C Jacqueson, Public Employment Services and European Law (Oxford University Press 2007)
2002
S Douglas-Scott, Constitutional Law of the European Union (Longman's 2002)
Chapters
2013
S Douglas-Scott, 'Human Rights in the EU' in Dennis Patterson (ed), Blackwell Companion for EU law and International Law (Oxford: Blackwell 2013) (forthcoming)
V Moreno Lax, 'Frontex as a Global Actor: External Relations with Third Countries and International Organisations' in M Dony (ed), The External Dimension of the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice (Brussels: Bruylant 2013) (forthcoming)
2012
P P Craig, 'Competence and Member State Autonomy: Causality, Consequence and Legitimacy' in H-W Micklitz and B de Witte (eds), The European Court of Justice and the Limits of Member State Autonomy (Intersentia 2012)
S Douglas-Scott, 'Rethinking Justice for the EU' in Maduro, Tuori , Walker (eds), Rethinking EU law (Cambridge University Press 2012)
S Douglas-Scott, 'The European Court of Justice and the ECHR after Lisbon' in Weatherill, de Vries, Bernitz (eds), The Protection of Fundamental Rights in the EU after Lisbon (Hart Publishing 2012)
S Douglas-Scott, 'The problem of justice in the EU' in Dickson and Eleftheriadis (eds), The Philosophical Foundations of the EU (OUP 2012)
P Eleftheriadis, 'Federalism and Jurisdiction' in Geert de Baere, Elke Cloots (eds), Federalism and EU Law (Hart Publishing 2012) (forthcoming)
P Eleftheriadis, 'The Structure of European Union Law' in Thomas Streinz (ed), The EU and National Constitutional Law (Boorberg 2012)
A Johnston, '‘Spillovers’ from EU Law into National Law: (Un)intended Consequences for Private Law Relationships' in Dorota Leczykiewicz and Stephen Weatherill (eds), The Involvement of EU Law in Private Law Relationships (Hart Publishing 2012)
D Leczykiewicz, 'The Charter of Fundamental Rights and Member States’ Derogations from Internal Market Obligations' in PM Huber and K Ziegler (eds), The EU and National Constitutional Law ( 2012) (forthcoming)
V Moreno Lax, 'Carrier Sanctions ' in S Peers, E Guild, D Acosta, K Groenendijk and V Moreno Lax (eds), EU Immigration and Asylum Law, 2nd Ed (Leiden/Boston: Martinus Nijhoff, 2012) (forthcoming)
V Moreno Lax, 'The External Dimension of the Common European Asylum System after Stockholm' in C Gortazar Rotaeche (ed), European Migration and Asylum Policies: Coherence or Contradiction? (Brussels: Bruylant, 2012) (forthcoming)
S R Weatherill, 'EU Sports Law: The Effect of the Lisbon Treaty' in A. Biondi, P. Eeckhout and S. Ripley (eds), EU Law After Lisbon (Oxford: OUP. 2012)
2011
C Costello, 'Citizenship of the Union: Above Abuse?' in Rita de la Feria & Stefan Vogenauer (eds), Prohibition of Abuse of Law: A New General Principle of EU Law (Hart Publishing 2011)
P P Craig, 'Institutions, Power and Institutional Balance' in P Craig and G de Burca (eds), The Evolution of EU Law (Oxford University Press 2011)
P P Craig, 'Integration, Democracy and Legitimacy' in P Craig and G de Burca (eds), The Evolution of EU Law (Oxford University Press 2011)
P P Craig and others, 'Introduction' in P Craig and G de Burca (eds), The Evolution of EU Law (Oxford University Press 2011)
P P Craig, 'The President of the European Council' in JM Beneyto and I Pernice (eds), Europe’s Constitutional Challenges in the Light of the Recent Case Law of National Constitutional Courts, Lisbon and Beyon (Nomos 2011)
S Douglas-Scott, 'Fundamental Rights in the EU: the ambiguity of judicial review' in Campbell, Ewing Tomkins (eds), The Legal Protection of Human Rights: Sceptical essays (Oxford University Press 2011)
S Douglas-Scott, 'Human Rights in the European Legal Space - utopia, dystopia, monotopia or polytopia?' in Shaw, Tierney, Walker (eds), Europe's Constitutional Mosaic (Hart Publishing 2011)
P Eleftheriadis, 'The Institutions' in David Vaughan QC and Aidan Robertson QC (eds), The Law of the European Union (Oxford University Press 2011)
C Hodges, 'Public and Private Enforcement: The Practical Implications for Policy Architecture' in R Brownsword, H Micklitz, L Niglia and S Weatherill (eds), The Foundations of European Private Law (Hart Publishing 2011)
V Moreno Lax, '(Extraterritorial) Entry Controls and (Extraterritorial) Non-Refoulement in EU Law' in M Maes, M-C Foblets and Ph De Bruycker (eds), The External Dimension(s) of EU Asylum and Immigration Policy (Brussels: Bruylant, 2011)
S Vogenauer, 'The Prohibition of Abuse of Law: An Emerging Principle of EU Law' in Rita de la Feria and Stefan Vogenauer (eds), Prohibition of Abuse of Law: A New General Principle of EU Law? (Hart Publishing 2011)
pp 521-571
ISBN: 978-1-84113-938-8
S R Weatherill, 'Interpretation of Directives: the Role of the Court' in A. Hartkamp, M. Hesselink, E. Hondius, C. Mak and E. Du Perron (eds), Towards a European Civil Code (Wolters Kluwer 2011)
K S Ziegler, '”Abuse of Law” in the Context of Free Movement of Workers' in Rita de la Feria and Stefan Vogenauer (eds), The Prohibition of Abuse of Law – A New General Principle of EU Law? (Oxford, Hart Publishing 2011)
2010
P P Craig, 'Community Administration, History, Typology and Accountability' in M D’Alberti (ed), Le nuove mete del diritto amministrativo (Il Mulino 2010)
P P Craig, 'Coping with Numbers, Voting, Enhanced Cooperation and Amendment' in H Koch, K Hagel-Sorensen, U Haltern and JHH Weiler (eds), Europe, The New Legal Realism (Djof Publishing 2010)
P P Craig, 'Legal Control over Regulatory Bodies: Principle, Policy and Teleology' in P Birkinshaw and M Varney (eds), The European Legal Order after Lisbon (Kluwer Law International 2010)
P P Craig, 'The Classics of EU Law Revisited: CILFIT and Foto-Frost' in M Poiares Maduro and L Azoulai (eds), The Past and Future of EU Law (Hart Publishing 2010)
A Johnston, Chapter X - Other exception clauses, and Chapter XII - State Monopolies of a Commercial Character in P. Oliver (ed), Oliver on Free Movement of Goods in the European Union (Hart Publishing 2010)
A Johnston and H. Unberath, European Private Law by Directives: Approach and Challenges in C. Twigg-Flesner (ed), Cambridge Companion to European Union Private Law (Cambridge University Press 2010)
D Leczykiewicz, 'La conformité au principe de protection des droits de l’homme comme condition de la primauté des actes européens dans le troisième pilier' in A Frąckowiak-Adamska and R Grzeszczak (eds), L’espace judiciaire européen (Willy Brandt Zentrum 2010)
S R Weatherill, 'Bosman changed everything: the Rise of EC Sports Law' in M. Poiares Maduro and L. Azoulai (eds), The Past and Future of EU Law: the Classics of EU law revisited on the 50th anniversary of the Rome Treaty (Hart Publishing 2010)
S R Weatherill, 'Union Legislation relating to the Free Movement of Goods' in P. Oliver (ed), Oliver on Free Movement of Goods in the European Union (Hart Publishing 2010)
2009
P P Craig, 'Shared Administration, Disbursement of Community Funds and the Regulatory State' in Herwig C,H, Hofmann and Alexander H. Turk (eds), Legal Challenges in EU Administrative Law, Towards an Integrated Administration (Edward Elgar 2009)
P P Craig, 'The Detailed Mandate and the Future Methods of Interpretation of the Treaties' in I Pernice and E Tanchev (eds), Ceci n’est pas une Constitution – Constitutionalisation without a Constitution? (Nomos 2009)
C Hodges, 'United Kingdom' in F Cafaggi and H-W Micklitz (eds), New Frontiers of Consumer Protection. The Interplay between Private and Public Enforcement (intersentia 2009)
A Johnston, Ownership Unbundling: Prolegomenon to a Legal Analysis in Bulterman, L. Hancher, A. McDonnell and H. Sevenster (eds), Views of European Law from the Mountain – Liber Amicorum Piet Jan Slot (Kluwer Law International 2009)
S R Weatherill, 'Competence and Legitimacy' in C. Barnard and O. Odudu (eds), The Outer Limits of European Union Law (Hart Publishing 2009)
K S Ziegler, 'Building a Peoples’ Europe: Political Rights of Foreigners. Freedom of Ex-pression, Assembly and Association and Electoral Rights from the Perspec-tive of EC Law and the ECHR' in Hartmut Bauer, Pedro Cruz Villalón and Julia Iliopoulos-Strangas (eds), The ‘New Europeans’: Migration and Integration in Europe (Nomos Verlag/Bruylant/Ant. N. Sakkoulas 2009)
2008
C Costello, 'EC Immigration & Asylum Policymaking: Integrating a Role for the Oireachtas' in Gavin Barrett (ed), National Parliaments and the European Union: The Constitutional Challenge for the Oireachtas and Other Member State Legislatures (Clarus Press, Dublin 2008)
P P Craig, 'The Role of the European Parliament under the Lisbon Treaty' in S Griller and J Ziller (eds), The Lisbon Treaty, EU Constitutionalism without a Constitutional Treaty? (Springer 2008)
A Johnston, Entries on ‘Sovereignty’, ‘Subsidiarity’ and ‘Supremacy’ under the E.U. Law section in P. Cane and J. Conaghan (eds), The New Oxford Companion to Law (Oxford University Press 2008)
A Johnston, Instances and Analysis of Feedback in the Loop-flow between EC Law and National Private Law: Some Tentative Insights for Comparative and European Community Lawyers in O. Remien (ed), Schuldrechtsmodernisierung und Europäisches Vertragsrecht (Mohr Siebeck 2008)
A Johnston, 'Legal issues raised by the introduction of take-or-pay contracts for renewables deployment in the UK' in B. Delvaux, M. Hunt and K. Talus (eds), EU Energy Law and Policy Issues – The Energy Law Research Forum Collection (Euroconfidentiel/European Study Service 2008)
A Johnston, 'State aid to tackle leakage: EC law considerations' in K. Neuhoff and F. Matthes (eds), The Role of Auctions for Emissions Trading (Climate Strategies 2008)
2007
C Costello, The Asylum Procedures Directive in Legal Context: Equivocal Standards Meet General Principles in Baldaccini, Guild, Toner (eds), Whose Freedom, Security and Justice? EU immigration and asylum law after 1999 (Hart 2007)
Comprehensive analysis of the interaction of the Asylum Procedures Directive with the general principles of EC law, and other procedural guarantees embedded in human rights law more generally.
S Douglas-Scott, 'Human Rights and the Rule of Law in the EU ' in Roger Smith and Maik Martin (eds), Fundamental Rights and Justice and Home Affairs (JUSTICE publications 2007)
S Douglas-Scott, 'The Law and Custom of a New Parliament: The European Parliament ' in Bradley, Baranger Ziegler (eds), Constitutionalism and the role of Parliaments (OUP 2007)
P Eleftheriadis, The Standing of States in the European Union in Nicholas Tsagourias (ed), Transnational Constitutionalism: International and European Perspectives (Cambridge University Press 2007)
A Johnston, ‘Euro-visions’? Some Thoughts on Prospects and Mechanisms for Future Constitutional Change in the European Union in C. Barnard (ed), The Fundamentals of EU Law Revisited: Assessing the Impact of the Constitutional Debate (Oxford University Press 2007)
S J Whittaker, 'The Relationship of the Unfair Commercial Practices Directive to European and National Contract Laws’' in S. Weatherill and U. Bernitz (eds), The Regulation of Unfair Commercial Practices under EC Directive 2005/29: New Rules and New Techniques (Hart Publishing 2007)
This article explores the impact of the Unfair Commercial Practices Directive of 2005 on EC and national contract laws.
2006
A Johnston and H. Unberath, Law at, to or from the centre? The European Court of Justice and the Harmonisation of Private law in the European Union in Prof. Fabrizio Cafaggi (ed), The Institutional Framework of European Private Law (Oxford University Press 2006)
2004
C Costello and E Brown, 'ECHR and the European Union' in U Kilkelly (ed), ECHR and Irish Law (Jordans, Dublin 2004)
examines the position of the ECHR in EC law, and how the ECtHR reviews EC/ EU measures
ISBN: 0 853089264
2003
S Douglas-Scott, 'The EU Charter of Fundamental Rights ' in Andenas and Usher (eds), Legal Issues of the Treaty of Nice (Oxford: Hart 2003)
D Wyatt, Subsidiarity - Is it too Vague to be Effective as a Legal Principle? in Kalypso Nicolaidis and Stephen Weatherill. (eds), OUP/European Studies at Oxford/Whose Europe? National Models and the Constitution of the European Union ( 2003)
The paper argues that subsidiarity has failed to achieve its aims since the Community institutions, including the Court of Justice, have regarded it as a principle running against the grain of European integration. Little or no effort has been made to use the criteria in the Amsterdam Protocol as a constitutional filter to weed out proposals for legislation which encroach on the principle that decisions should be taken as closely as possible to the citizen. The writer considers the proposals in the European Constitution that national parliaments monitor application of the subsidiarity principle. The conclusion is that the likely outcome is business as usual, but that this outcome is not inevitable, and that there is at least a real possibility that the involvement of national parliaments would give a practical effect to subsidiarity which it has lacked so far.
K S Ziegler, 'Integration und Ausgrenzung im Lichte der Migrationspolitik der Europäischen Union – die „Festung Europa?' in Konrad Sahlfeld, Martina Caroni, Anna Chudozilov (eds), Integration und Recht (Munich, C.H. Beck 2003)
Integration and Exclusion in the Migration Policy of the European Union - Fortress Europe?
ISBN: 3-406-51330-1
1999
S Douglas-Scott, 'The Common Foreign and Security Policy of the EU' in Faculty of Law University of Uppsalla (ed), (Justus Forlag 1999)
1998
S Douglas-Scott, 'Reinforcing the European Identity: the Common Foreign Policy of the EU ' in Bergeron and Fitzpatrick (eds), Europe's Other (Ashgate: Dartmouth 1998)
1997
K S Ziegler and Christoph Gusy, 'Regelungsmöglichkeiten für eine europäische Einwanderungsgesetzgebung' in Albrecht Weber (ed), Einwanderungsland Bundesrepublik Deutschland in der Europäischen Union: Gestaltungsauftrag und Regelungsmöglichkeiten (Osnabrück 1997)
chapter on Options for a European Immigration Legislation
1996
S Douglas-Scott, 'Environmental Rights in the EU - Participatory Democracy or Democratic deficit?' in Boyle and Anderson (eds), Environmental Rights (OUP 1996)
1991
S Douglas-Scott, 'Judicial review in the European Court of Justice' in Dine, Douglas-Scott, Persaud (eds), Procedure and the European Court (Law Chancery 1991)
Edited books
2012
S Peers, E Guild, D Acosta, K Groenendijk and V Moreno Lax (eds), EU Immigration and Asylum Law, 2nd Ed (Leiden/Boston: Martinus Nijhoff, 2012) (forthcoming)
2011
P P Craig and G de Burca (eds), The Evolution of EU Law (Oxford University Press 2011)
S Vogenauer and Rita de la Feria (eds), Prohibition of Abuse of Law: A New General Principle of EU Law? (Hart Publishing 2011)
xxv + 636 pp. The Court of Justice has been alluding to 'abuse and abusive practices' for more than thirty years, but for a long time the significance of these references has been unclear. Few lawyers examined the case law, and those who did doubted whether it had led to the development of a legal principle. Within the last few years there has been a radical change of attitude, largely due to the development by the Court of an abuse test and its application within the field of taxation. In this book, academics and practitioners from all over Europe discuss the development of the Court's approach to abuse of law across the whole spectrum of European Union law, analysing the case-law from the 1970s to the present day and exploring the consequences of the introduction of the newly designated 'principle of prohibition of abuse of law' for the development of the laws of the EU and those of the Member States.
ISBN: 978-1-84113-938-8
2010
O De Schutter and V Moreno Lax (eds), Human Rights in the Web of Governance: Towards a Learning-Based Fundamental Rights Policy for the European Union (Brussels: Bruylant, 2010)
2003
C Costello and E Barry (eds), Equality in Diversity: The New EC Equality Directives (ICEL / Equality Authority Dublin 2003)
2001
A Johnston and A.A. Dashwood (eds), The Future of the Judicial System of the European Union (Hart Publishing 2001)
Originating in a conference organised by the Centre for European Legal Studies (CELS),Cambridge in July 1999, this book contains a number of pieces on the highly topical issue of the reform of the European judicial system. Including copies of the major contributions to the debate from the institutions of the European Union, the volume aims both to provide a useful reference point for the major proposals currently under consideration and to stimulate further thinking on the subject. Contributors to this collection include Ross Cranston, Advocate General Francis Jacobs, Judge Pernilla Lindh, Henry Schermers, Anthony Arnull and Ole Due.
ISBN: 9781841132419
1991
S Douglas-Scott (ed), Procedure and the European Court (Law Chancery 1991)
Internet Publications
2004
P Eleftheriadis, Constitution or Treaty? (2004) The Federal Trust Online Paper 12/04 1
A discussion of the Draft EU Constitution
Case Notes
2012
P Eleftheriadis, Paradoxes of EU Citizenship (2012) 156 Solicitors Journal [Case Note]
A Johnston and Hannes Unberath, 'Annotation on Joined Cases C-65/09 & C-87/09, Gebr. Weber GmbH v. Jürgen Wittmer and Ingrid Putz v. Medianess Electronics GmbH (judgment of 16 June 2011)' (2012) 48 Common Market Law Review 793 [Case Note]
2011
R Williams, 'Lady & Kid and others v Skatteministeriet and Ministre du Budget, des Comptes publics et de la Fonction publique v Accor SA: Unjust Enrichment and the European Court of Justice, a loss of national competence and principle?' (2011) British Tax Review 2011 [Case Note] (forthcoming)
Casenote arguing that in two recent decisions, Lady & Kid and Accor, the ECJ has extended its involvement in national causes of action in unjust enrichment still further. But by denying all defences to such claims other than a very literal version of the passing on defence, without hearing proper principled argument on the range of defences which might be available, the ECJ has replaced a loss of competence at national level but not the corresponding loss of principled reasoning. The casenote argues that these decisions thus provide further evidence of the problematic nature of the ECJ's so-called 'remedies jurisprudence'.
2010
A Johnston, 'Frozen in Time? The ECJ Finally Rules on the Kadi Appeal' (2010) Cambridge Law Journal 1 [Case Note]
2008
A Johnston, 'Freezing Terrorist Assets Again: Walking a Tightrope over Thin Ice?' (2008) Cambridge Law Journal 31 [Case Note]
2007
A Johnston, 'Thawing Out? The European Courts and the Freezing of Terrorist Assets' (2007) Cambridge Law Journal 273 [Case Note]
A Johnston, 'The European Union and the Ongoing Search for Terrorists’ Assets: Getting Warmer or Colder?' (2007) Cambridge Law Journal 523 [Case Note]
2006
D Leczykiewicz, 'Polish Constitutional Tribunal, Judgment of 27 April 2005, No. P 1/05, on the constitutionality of the European Arrest Warrant national implementation' (2006) 43 Common Market Law Review 1181 [Case Note]
Reviews
2012
S Douglas-Scott, 'Review of E. Bates \'The Evolution of the European Convention on Human Rights. From Its Inception to the Creation of a Permanent Court of Human Rights' (2012) Common Market Law Review [Review]
2011
S Douglas-Scott, 'Review of Alter: The European Courts Political power' (2011) Edinburgh Law Review [Review]
2010
A Johnston, 'Review of: Hans-W. Micklitz, Norbert Reich and Peter Rott, Understanding EU Consumer Law' (2010) 47 Common Market Law Review 956 [Review]
2007
S Douglas-Scott, ' Chalmers, Tomkins etc. ‘European Union Law ' (2007) European Public Law [Review]
A Johnston, 'Review of: Paul Craig, EU Administrative Law' (2007) Cambridge Law Journal 715 [Review]
2006
A Johnston, 'Review of: Christopher W. Jones (ed.), EU Competition Law and Energy Markets (EU Energy Law, Vol. II) (2005)' (2006) European Law Review 926 [Review]
A Johnston, 'Review of: Peter Cameron, Competition in Energy Markets – Law and Regulation in the European Union (2005)' (2006) 31 European Law Review 136 [Review]
2003
S Douglas-Scott, 'Review of J Wakefield, 'Judicial Protection through the use of Article 288(2)'' (2003) European Law Review [Review]
1992
S Douglas-Scott, 'Review of 'Legal Issues of European Integration'' (1992) Journal of Common Market Studies [Review]
Working Papers
2009
V Moreno Lax, Searching Responsibilities and Rescuing Rights: Frontex, the Draft Guidelines for Joint Maritime Operations and Asylum Seeking in the Mediterranean (2009) FR-28 REFGOV WP Series
Reports
2011
K S Ziegler and others, The Evolution of Fundamental Rights Charters and Case Law: A Comparison of the United Nations, Council of Europe and European Union Systems of Human Rights Protection (2011) European Parliament, Directorate General for Internal Policies
2010
V Moreno Lax and (as part of) the Odysseus Academic Network, Setting Up a Common European Asylum System (2010) Brussels: European Parliament
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
The law of the European Union is based largely on the Treaty on European Union and the Treaty on the functioning of the European Union, and legislation made under the Treaties by the Council, the Parliament, and the Commission. The case law of the European Courts is of considerable importance and looms large in the study of EU law. EU law takes immediate effect in English Law, and is enforceable by English courts.
EU law raises issues of intrinsic theoretical interest, and considerable practical importance. No linguistic expertise is necessary, since EU legislation and case law are published in all official EU languages, including English.
The Oxford course deals with (i) the institutions of the EU, including the jurisdiction of the Court of Justice and General Court; (ii) the essential features of the EU law, and its incorporation into national law; (iii) the principle of free movement of persons and services within the EU; and (iv) the rules governing the free movement of goods within the EU. Study of the institutions entails consideration of the majority voting rules used by the Council in making EU legislation, and examination of the roles of the Commission and European Parliament in decision making. Emphasis is placed on the scope of the law making competence of the institutions, in particular as regards the internal market, and on the principle of subsidiarity, which is intended to act as a “brake” on the exercise of such competence. Most of the course, however, is concerned with the nature and operation of rules of EC law rather than with institutional matters.
The ‘general part’ of the course covers such matters as the aims and policies of the European Union, the sources and supremacy of EU law, its direct effect before national courts and its impact on domestic legal rules, procedures and remedies, including the principal of State Liability for breach of EU Law. The court of final recourse in matters of Community law is the Court of Justice of the European Union. It has jurisdiction e.g., to give preliminary rulings on references from national courts (references are an increasingly common occurrence in the U.K.), and to review the legality of EU legislation. Such matters receive detailed treatment in the course. The free movement of persons aspect of the course presents a combination of social and commercial law. The rights of EU employed and self-employed persons to free movement and non-discrimination graphically illustrates the significance of the EU legal system for such persons, while at the same time being of considerable significance to commercial undertakings and their advisors. General principles applicable to mutual recognition of qualifications is covered, as are the Directives on establishment and service provision by lawyers/ All nationals of Member States are also “EU Citizens” and this status is of increasing importance as regards rights of free movement, residence and equality.
The syllabus includes study of EU rules on the free movement of goods. These have been given wide ranging effect by the European Court and have given rise to considerable litigation in English courts, which have made many references to the European Court. The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
The law of the European Union is based largely on the Treaty on European Union and the Treaty on the functioning of the European Union, and legislation made under the Treaties by the Council, the Parliament, and the Commission. The case law of the European Courts is of considerable importance and looms large in the study of EU law. EU law takes immediate effect in English Law, and is enforceable by English courts.
EU law raises issues of intrinsic theoretical interest, and considerable practical importance. No linguistic expertise is necessary, since EU legislation and case law are published in all official EU languages, including English.
The Oxford course deals with (i) the institutions of the EU, including the jurisdiction of the Court of Justice and General Court; (ii) the essential features of the EU law, and its incorporation into national law; (iii) the principle of free movement of persons and services within the EU; and (iv) the rules governing the free movement of goods within the EU. Study of the institutions entails consideration of the majority voting rules used by the Council in making EU legislation, and examination of the roles of the Commission and European Parliament in decision making. Emphasis is placed on the scope of the law making competence of the institutions, in particular as regards the internal market, and on the principle of subsidiarity, which is intended to act as a “brake” on the exercise of such competence. Most of the course, however, is concerned with the nature and operation of rules of EC law rather than with institutional matters.
The ‘general part’ of the course covers such matters as the aims and policies of the European Union, the sources and supremacy of EU law, its direct effect before national courts and its impact on domestic legal rules, procedures and remedies, including the principal of State Liability for breach of EU Law. The court of final recourse in matters of Community law is the Court of Justice of the European Union. It has jurisdiction e.g., to give preliminary rulings on references from national courts (references are an increasingly common occurrence in the U.K.), and to review the legality of EU legislation. Such matters receive detailed treatment in the course. The free movement of persons aspect of the course presents a combination of social and commercial law. The rights of EU employed and self-employed persons to free movement and non-discrimination graphically illustrates the significance of the EU legal system for such persons, while at the same time being of considerable significance to commercial undertakings and their advisors. General principles applicable to mutual recognition of qualifications is covered, as are the Directives on establishment and service provision by lawyers/ All nationals of Member States are also “EU Citizens” and this status is of increasing importance as regards rights of free movement, residence and equality.
The syllabus includes study of EU rules on the free movement of goods. These have been given wide ranging effect by the European Court and have given rise to considerable litigation in English courts, which have made many references to the European Court. The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
Constitutional Principles of the EU
The purpose of this course is to provide an advanced understanding of the constitutional questions of the EU. We pose the general question whether the law of the European Union can make sense as a coherent order of principles. The subject matter is EU Law as it stands today, in light of the case law of the European Court of Justice and general principles at can be borrowed form domestic constitutional theory or public international law. The readings will constitute mostly of cases of the ECJ and opinions of the Advocate General, combined with some cases from the United Kingdom and suitable readings in law and jurisprudence. Topics will include the nature of the EU as a constitutional state in the making or a sui generis international organisation; the ECJ doctrine of the ‘autonomy’ of EU law; the principle of direct effect; the principle of supremacy; non-discrimination; citizenship; human rights; remedies and procedural autonomy. We shall discuss the diverse approaches in the works of scholars such as Lenaerts, Von Bogdandy, Kumm, Habermas, Weiler, MacCormick, Wyatt, Weatherill, Craig, Hartley, Kirchoff and others.
[less]
MJur
European Union Law (also part of the BA course)
The law of the European Union is based largely on the Treaty on European Union and the Treaty on the functioning of the European Union, and legislation made under the Treaties by the Council, the Parliament, and the Commission. The case law of the European Courts is of considerable importance and looms large in the study of EU law. EU law takes immediate effect in English Law, and is enforceable by English courts.
EU law raises issues of intrinsic theoretical interest, and considerable practical importance. No linguistic expertise is necessary, since EU legislation and case law are published in all official EU languages, including English.
The Oxford course deals with (i) the institutions of the EU, including the jurisdiction of the Court of Justice and General Court; (ii) the essential features of the EU law, and its incorporation into national law; (iii) the principle of free movement of persons and services within the EU; and (iv) the rules governing the free movement of goods within the EU. Study of the institutions entails consideration of the majority voting rules used by the Council in making EU legislation, and examination of the roles of the Commission and European Parliament in decision making. Emphasis is placed on the scope of the law making competence of the institutions, in particular as regards the internal market, and on the principle of subsidiarity, which is intended to act as a “brake” on the exercise of such competence. Most of the course, however, is concerned with the nature and operation of rules of EC law rather than with institutional matters.
The ‘general part’ of the course covers such matters as the aims and policies of the European Union, the sources and supremacy of EU law, its direct effect before national courts and its impact on domestic legal rules, procedures and remedies, including the principal of State Liability for breach of EU Law. The court of final recourse in matters of Community law is the Court of Justice of the European Union. It has jurisdiction e.g., to give preliminary rulings on references from national courts (references are an increasingly common occurrence in the U.K.), and to review the legality of EU legislation. Such matters receive detailed treatment in the course. The free movement of persons aspect of the course presents a combination of social and commercial law. The rights of EU employed and self-employed persons to free movement and non-discrimination graphically illustrates the significance of the EU legal system for such persons, while at the same time being of considerable significance to commercial undertakings and their advisors. General principles applicable to mutual recognition of qualifications is covered, as are the Directives on establishment and service provision by lawyers/ All nationals of Member States are also “EU Citizens” and this status is of increasing importance as regards rights of free movement, residence and equality.
The syllabus includes study of EU rules on the free movement of goods. These have been given wide ranging effect by the European Court and have given rise to considerable litigation in English courts, which have made many references to the European Court. The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor.
[less]
Constitutional Principles of the EU
The purpose of this course is to provide an advanced understanding of the constitutional questions of the EU. We pose the general question whether the law of the European Union can make sense as a coherent order of principles. The subject matter is EU Law as it stands today, in light of the case law of the European Court of Justice and general principles at can be borrowed form domestic constitutional theory or public international law. The readings will constitute mostly of cases of the ECJ and opinions of the Advocate General, combined with some cases from the United Kingdom and suitable readings in law and jurisprudence. Topics will include the nature of the EU as a constitutional state in the making or a sui generis international organisation; the ECJ doctrine of the ‘autonomy’ of EU law; the principle of direct effect; the principle of supremacy; non-discrimination; citizenship; human rights; remedies and procedural autonomy. We shall discuss the diverse approaches in the works of scholars such as Lenaerts, Von Bogdandy, Kumm, Habermas, Weiler, MacCormick, Wyatt, Weatherill, Craig, Hartley, Kirchoff and others.
[less]
People
European Union Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Stephen Weatherill: Jacques Delors Professor of European Law
in conjunction with:
Nicholas Bamforth: CUF Lecturer
Nicholas Barber: CUF Lecturer
Michal Bobek: Anglo-German Fellow
Cathryn Costello: Fellow and Tutor in EU and Public Law
Paul Craig: Professor of English Law
Anne Davies: Professor of Law and Public Policy
Eric Descheemaeker: Research Fellow, Institute of European and Comparative Law
Julie Dickson:
Sionaidh Douglas-Scott: Professor of European and Human Rights Law
Pavlos Eleftheriadis: University Lecturer in Law
Liz Fisher: Reader in Environmental Law
Barbara Havelkova: CSET Teaching Fellow in EU Law
Dorota Leczykiewicz: Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow
Violeta Moreno Lax: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
Jeremias Prassl: Teaching Fellow
Philippe van Parijs: Visiting Professor
Shlomit Wallerstein: CUF Lecturer
Derrick Wyatt: Visiting Professor
Alison L Young: CUF Lecturer
Katja Ziegler: Reader in European and Comparative Law, Erich Brost University Lecturer
assisted by:
Basil Salman: DPhil student
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Wolf-Georg Ringe: DAAD Lecturer in Law and Deputy Director, IECL
Paolo Ronchi: DPhil student
Simon Whittaker: Professor of European Comparative Law
[top]
Evidence
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 35 Evidence publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2010
L C H Hoyano, 'Coroners And Justice Act 2009 -- (3) Special Measures Directions Take Two: Entrenching Unequal Access to Justice?' (2010) [2010] Criminal Law Review 345
This article maps (through diagrams) and analyses the changes made by the Coroners and Justice Act 2009 to existing Special Measures Directions for child witnesses, child defendants and complainants of sexual assault under the Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Act 1999. Adult defendants suffering from some form of significant mental impairment are for the first time made eligible to apply for leave to testify using the live link and with the assistance of an intermediary. In addition, the 2009 Act deems witnesses to violent offences against the person involving the use of firearms or knives to be intimidated and hence automatically eligible for Special Measures. The article concludes that the measures for defendants do not go far enough and are susceptible to challenge under ECHR Article 6, and perhaps go too far in introducing anomalies in the treatment of different categories of intimidated witnesses.
2007
L C H Hoyano, The Child Witness Review: Much Ado about too Little (2007) November Criminal Law Review 849
In December 2004 the Government announced a review of child evidence with a remit to consider whether section 28 of the Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Act 1999, providing for video taped pre-trial cross-examination, should be retained in some form, to review the performance of Special Measures for child witnesses, and to consider measures for vulnerable defendants. The Review Group's Consultation Paper, Improving the Criminal Trial Process of Young Witnesses, was published only in June 2007. This article critically evaluates the most significant recommendations. As of October 2008, the Government had yet to publish its position regarding the responses to the Consultation Paper, notwithstanding that the consultation period had closed in October 2007.
ISBN: 0011 135X
2006
A Ashworth, 'Four Threats to the Presumption of Innocence' (2006) 10 International Journal of Evidence and Proof 241
A revised and improved version of my SALJ article, written for a British readership and dealing with attacks on the presumption of innocence.
A Ashworth, 'Four Threats to the Presumption of Innocence' (2006) 123 South African Law Journal 62
An exploration of the justifications for the presumption of innocence, and the various arguments for curtailing it by reversing the burden of proof in certain types of case.
2005
L C H Hoyano, 'Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Act 1999: Special Measures Directions—Compliance with Article 6' (2005) 69 Journal of Criminal Law 488
evaluates the decision of the House of Lords in Camberwell Green Youth Court ex parte D [2005] UKHL 4, [2005] 1 WLR 393, which held that mandatory Special Measures Directions for child witnessesunder the Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Act 1999 in principle comply with ECHR Article 6.
2001
L C H Hoyano, Striking a Balance between the Rights of Defendants and Vulnerable Witnesses: Will Special Measures Directions Contravene Guarantees of a Fair Trial? (2001) [2000] Criminal Law Review 948
The Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Act 1999 enables courts to issue Special Measures Directions to protect children and other vulnerable witnesses. This article reviewed the compatibility of these measures with the fair trial guarantee contained in article 6 of the European Convention on Human Rights. Subject to a few doubtful cases, including the withholding of Special Measures from child defendants, the great majority of Special Measures Directions were concluded to be likely to be ECHR-compatible. It was cited with approval by the House of Lords in R v Camberwell Green Youth Court ex parte D [2005] UKHL 4, [2005] 1 WLR 393, in holding that the 'primary rule' regime for child witnesses was compatible with article 6, but expressing doubt about the exclusion of child defendants from Special Measures.
ISBN: 0011 135X
2000
L C H Hoyano, 'Variations On A Theme By Pigot: Special Measures Directions for Child Witnesses' (2000) [2000] Criminal Law Review 250
This article maps and analyses the Special Measures Directions introduced for child and other vulnerable and intimidated witnesses by the Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Act 1999. Simplified versions of the diagrams in this article are reproduced in the several editions of the official government guidance to Special Measures Directions, Achieving Best Evidence (Home Office et al).
1997
L C H Hoyano, Allan Hoyano, Gwynn Davis and Shelagh Goldie, 'A Study of the Impact of the Revised Code for Crown Prosecutors' (1997) [1997] Criminal Law Review 556
Reports on the results of an empirical research study commissioned by the Crown Prosecution Service on how Crown prosecutors use the Code for Crown Prosecutors to make decisions regarding a range of offences, using the evidential and public interest criteria.
Books
2007
L C H Hoyano and C Keenan, Child Abuse: Law and Policy Across Boundaries (OUP 2007)
This book examines the whole process of child protection from complaint investigation to prosecution in the criminal and civil courts. It provides a coherent analysis of current law and procedure across the legal and geographical boundaries within which legal discussion of child abuse is usually confined, analysing criminal, family, tort, human rights and evidence law as they bear on child abuse cases. Comparative material is drawn from over 75 jurisdictionsusing the adversarial trial model. The book was awarded the first Inner Temple Book Prize (2008). The paperback edition is updated in English law, including the Coroners and Justice Act 2009 enacted on 12 November 2009.
ISBN: 978-0-19-829946-2
1999
L C H Hoyano and others, An Assessment of the Admissibility and Sufficiency of Evidence in Child Abuse Prosecutions (Home Office, United Kingdom Government 1999)
This reports the findings of a qualitative empirical research study commissioned by the Home Office in 1997, to investigate the extent to which cases of alleged sexual, physical and emotional abuse or neglect are not prosecuted because the evidence gathered during the investigation are deemed insufficient or inadmissible. The study examined how that evidence is collected and evaluated in each of the three phases of a criminal prosecution: the interagency investigation, the assessment by the Crown Prosecution Service, and the trial.The study also provides a comparative survey of measures to facilitate the taking of children's evidence in other jurisdictions, in particular in Canada, United States, New Zealand and Australia.
ISBN: 1-84082-357-7
Chapters
2012
A Ashworth, 'The Exclusion of Evidence obtained by Violation of a Fundamental Right: Pragmatism before Principle in the Strasbourg Jurisprudence' in Paul Roberts and Jill Hunter (eds), Criminal Evidence and Human Rights: Reimagining Common Law Procedural Traditions (Hart Publishing 2012) (forthcoming)
A principled analysis of the jurisprudence of the European Court of Human Rights on the admissbiility of evidence obtained through violation of a Convention rights.
ISBN: 9781849461726
2011
D Atkinson and others, 'Section D14 Assisting a Witness or Defendant' in Lord Justice Hooper and Prof David Ormerod (eds), Blackstone’s Criminal Practice 2012 (Oxford University Press 2011)
This is an entirely new chapter for Blackstone’s Criminal Practice, and explains the statutory provisions and case law governing (1) special measures for child and vulnerable witnesses, including defendants (2) best practice in questioning child and vulnerable witnesses and (3) witness anonymity orders.
2010
R M Bagshaw, 'Chapters on: \'Relevance, Admissibility and Weight; Previous and Subsequent Existence of Facts; The Best Evidence Rule\'; \'Corroboration, Supporting Evidence and Related Warnings\'; \'Identification\'; \'Physical Conditions, States of Mind and Emotions\'' in Hodge M Malek QC (ed), Phipson on Evidence, Seventeenth edition (Sweet & Maxwell 2010)
2009
P N Mirfield and others, '' in Hodge Malek (ed), Phipson on Evidence (Sweet & Maxwell 2009)
Chapters on Character
ISBN: 1847036066
2007
R M Bagshaw, 'Behavioural Science Data in Evidence Teaching and Scholarship' in Paul Roberts and Mike Redmayne (eds), Innovations in Evidence and Proof (Hart Publishing 2007)
2005
R M Bagshaw, 'Chapters on: 'Relevance, Admissibility and Weight; Previous and Subsequent Existence of Facts; The Best Evidence Rule'; 'Corroboration, Supporting Evidence and Related Warnings'; 'Identification'; 'Physical Conditions, States of Mind and Emotions'' in Hodge M Malek (ed), Phipson on Evidence, Sixteenth edition (Sweet & Maxwell 2005)
K D Grevling, 'Phipson on Evidence 16th ed' in Hodge Malek QC Gen Ed & others (Auburn, Bagsahw, Day, Grevling, Hochberg,Hollander, Mirfield, Oakley (eds), Phipson on Evidence 16th ed (Sweet & Maxwell 2005)
I am responsible for chapters 34 (Right to Silence, 35 (Confessions), 36 (Statements in Presence of Accused), 37 (Agency etc)The book is updated with supplements - one is being prepared for Sept 07
ISBN: 421874708
2003
A Ashworth, 'Exploring the Integrity principle in Evidence and Procedure' in P. Mirfield and R.J. Smith (eds), Essays for Colin Tapper (Butterworths 2003)
K D Grevling, 'Silence, Lies and Vicious Circularity' in P Mirfield & R Smith (eds), Essays for Colin Tapper (Lexis-Nexis UK 2003)
This article deals with complex and overlapping law relating to (i) the adverse inferences which may be drawn, and judicial directions to be given, when the accused fails to mention a fact when questioned he later relies upon in his defence (now mainly statutory), and (ii) lies (usually told when questioned, but sometimes given in the witness box - common law).
ISBN: 406964394
Presentation/Conference contributions
1999
L C H Hoyano, Caroline Keenan, Gwynn Davis and Lee Maitland, 'Interviewing Allegedly Abused Children with a View to a Criminal Prosecution', paper presented at Criminal Law Review 863
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
The Law of Evidence is a valuable subject in the BCL because it is in all common law jurisdictions still dominated by common principles. This means that overseas graduates can both bring more to it, and gain more from it.
The aim of the course is to establish the basic structure of this branch of the law to which all students can relate the knowledge they acquire so as to be able to grasp it instinctively and to be able to “think on their feet.” It is the one area which lawyers need to know in detail rather than know how to acquire since problems arise, often unexpectedly, in the course of a trial for which no preparation has been possible. The more thorough the understanding of basic principles the more readily the detail can be slotted in, or created. All of these features owe their existence to the fact that the law has been gradually accreted by individual decisions of the judges in the course of trials, sometimes without the benefit of extensive reference to materials. It is because judges have so often drawn upon their instinct for the fundamentals of this branch of the law that it has developed so similarly in different jurisdictions, and has largely resisted radical statutory intervention.
These factors have also created an opportunity for useful academic reflection to draw out the principles often left unarticulated beneath the surface of the decisions. The subject has benefited from a succession of particularly talented commentators such as Thayer and Wigmore in the United States, and Cross in the United Kingdom. It tends to be in the forefront of change as increasing efforts are made to streamline civil litigation, and to cope more effectively with an increasing tide of criminal cases. These have led to the proposal of a number of innovations such as the reform of the hearsay rule, and changes in the evidential use of silence or an accused person’s previous record. The law is also adapting to newer forms of record-keeping, and the exploitation of the possibilities offered by video-recording.
In all jurisdictions the subject is in constant ferment with new codes and consolidations under consideration or implemented. Since the subject tends to highlight perceived tension between the efficient resolution of disputes and the importance of resolving them fairly, it is never short of topicality or fierce controversy.
The course in Oxford concentrates more on central principles than on the minutiae of procedure, and makes an effort to draw upon the experience of the whole of the common law world.
Unlike most other BCL courses, the Law of Evidence is taught, as to the core, through 7 tutorials. There are also a range of lectures. Seminars, 6 in number, are held in Trinity Term.
A comprehensive reading list is available to support students reading the subject, and this is supplemented by a number of courses of lectures each developing a particular central aspect of the subject in more depth than is possible in a general survey of the whole subject. The main seminar currently takes place in Trinity term and is designed to explore particularly topical or difficult subjects by setting problems. The teaching group regards tutorials as very important, and these are arranged by the course convenor, at instance of college tutors. The examination is in the third week of the Summer vacation.
[less]
People
Evidence teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Peter Mirfield: CUF Lecturer
in conjunction with:
Roderick Bagshaw: CUF Lecturer
Katharine Grevling: CUF Lecturer
Laura Hoyano: Hackney Fellow & Tutor in Law and CUF Lecturer
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Andrew Ashworth: Vinerian Professor of English Law
Denis Galligan: Professor of Socio-Legal Studies
[top]
Family Law
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 139 Family Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
J M Eekelaar, Self-Restraint: Social Norms, Individualism and the Family (2012) 13 Theoretical Inquiries in Law 75
DOI: http://www.bepress.com/til/default/vol13/iss1/art3
The paper argues that claims that individualism has overcome normative behaviour within families are incorrect, but also that state's should be cautious about translating social norms that operate within families into legal norms. Three types of approach to the relationship between legal and social norms within families are sketched, and it is suggested that one, styled "purposive abstention",should normally be preferred.
L Ferguson, ''Not Merely Rights for Children but Children's Rights: The Theory Gap and the Assumption of the Importance of Children's Rights' (2012) International Journal of Children's Rights (forthcoming)
L Ferguson, '“Families in all their Subversive Variety”: Over-Representation, the Ethnic Child Protection Penalty, and Responding to Diversity whilst Protecting Children' (2012) Studies in Law, Politics, and Society (forthcoming)
R George, 'Reviewing Relocation? Re W (Relocation: Removal Outside Jurisdiction) [2011] EWCA Civ 345 and K v K (Relocation: Shared Care Arrangement) [2011] EWCA Civ 793' (2012) Child and Family Law Quarterly 110
R George, 'The International Relocation Debate' (2012) Journal of Social Welfare and Family Law
J J W Herring, 'Double Jeopardy. When is a marriage not a marriage?' (2012) New Law Journal 317
J J W Herring, How to conquer indecision (2012) Management Today
2011
S J Bright and J Bettle, 'Ashby v Kilduff – a modern day morality tale?' (2011) 41 Family Law 168
J M Eekelaar, Evaluating Legal Regulation of Family Behaviour (2011) 1 17
This paper centres on the distinction between norms related to family behaviour expressed through state law and practice and such behaviour itself. Such expression requires justification because it prescribes rather than describes social behaviour. It is maintained that a necessary condition for justification should be that the family-related norm enhances the well-being of individuals in the family, and that the application of this condition requires careful evaluation of empirical evidence, in particular, an appreciation of the relative effects of legal events and of social behaviour. The paper examines such evidence in regard to a number of issues.
J M Eekelaar, 'Not of the Highest Importance: Family Justice under Threat' (2011) 33 Journal of Social Welfare and Family Law 311
The articles considers the reasons given by policy-makers for reducing legal aid for family matters and argues that they reflect a diminished sense of the role of justice in family relationships, and blindness to the role of lawyers in resolving family conflicts.
J M Eekelaar, 'The Arbitration and Mediation Services (Equality) Bill' (2011) 41 Family Law 1209
An analysis of the Arbitration and Mediation Services (Equality) Bill 2011
ISBN: 0014-7281
Mavis Maclean and others, 'Family Justice in Hard Times: Can We Learn from Other Jurisdictions?' (2011) 33 Journal of Social Welfare and Family Law 319
R George, 'In Defence of Dissent: R (McDonald) v Royal Borough of Kensington and Chelsea' (2011) Family Law 1097
R George, 'Practitioners’ Views on Children’s Welfare in Relocation Disputes: Comparing Approaches in England and New Zealand' (2011) 23 Child and Family Law Quarterly 178
R George, 'Principles Relevant to Child’s Welfare and Best Interests' (2011) 7 The New Zealand Family Law Journal 26
J J W Herring, Robert H George and Peter G Harris, '"With this Ring I Thee Wed (Terms and Conditions Apply)"' (2011) 41 Family Law 367
An article discussing pre-nups
J J W Herring, 'Children first: but which?' (2011) New Law Journal 724
Article discussing how cases involving chidlren with competing intersts should be dealt with.
J J W Herring, 'Moving Forward?' (2011) New Law Journal 1011
Discussion of developments in the law on relocation
J J W Herring, 'Moving Forward?' (2011) New Law Journal 1011
discussion of recent case on relocation of children.
J J W Herring and Stephen Gilmore, 'No is the hardest word: consent and children\'s autonomy' (2011) Child and Family Law Quarterly 3
An article considering the interpretation of the Gillick decision
Mikey Dunn and J J W Herring, 'Safeguarding children and adults: Much of a muchness?' (2011) Child and Family Law Quarterly 528
A discussion of legal interventions to protect children and vulnearble adults.
Janet Bettle and J J W Herring, 'Shaken Babies and Care Proceedings' (2011) Family Law 1370
A discussion of evidence in care proceedings with cases involving shaken babies.
J J W Herring, 'The meaning of domestic violence' (2011) 33 Journal of Social Welfare and Family Law 297
A discussion of the meaning of domestic violence
J J W Herring, 'Who's the Daddy' (2011) New Law Journal 1577
Discussion of LG v DK
J J W Herring, 'Whose Baby is it Anyway?' (2011) New Law Journal 195
Discussion of surrogacy law
2010
J M Eekelaar, Evaluating Legal Regulation of Family Behaviour (2010) 1 International Journal of the Jurisprudence of the Family 17
This paper centres on the distinction between norms related to family behaviour expressed through state law and practice and such behaviour itself. Such expression requires justification because it prescribes rather than describes social behaviour. It is maintained that a necessary condition for justification should be that the family-related norm enhances the well-being of individuals in the family, and that the application of this condition requires careful evaluation of empirical evidence, in particular, an appreciation of the relative effects of legal events and of social behaviour.
J M Eekelaar, 'Legal Events and Social Behaviour' (2010) 40 Family Law 1094
A description of empirical evidence about the effects of family law on social behaviour
R George and F Judd QC, 'International Relocation: Do We Stand Alone?' (2010) Family Law 63
R George and P Harris, 'Parental Responsibility and Shared Residence Orders: Parliamentary Intentions and Judicial Interpretations' (2010) 22 Child and Family Law Quarterly 151
J J W Herring, '20:10:2010: The death knell of marraige' (2010) New Law Journal 1511
A discussion of pre-nups
J J W Herring, 'Money, money money' (2010) Counsel 26
Consideration of recent cases on ancillary relief on divorce.
J J W Herring, 'Money, Money, Money...' (2010) New Law Journal 300
An article discussing big money divorce cases
J J W Herring, 'Seven ways of getting it wrong' (2010) New Law Journal 718
An article discussing issues surrounding child protection cases
J J W Herring, 'Sexless Family Law' (2010) 11 Lex Familiae, Revista Portugesa de Direito da Familia 3
This paper argues that rights and responsibilities in family law should not flow from the sex of the parties or the nature of any sexual relationship between them
2009
R George, 'The Shifting Law: Relocation Disputes in New Zealand and England' (2009) 12 The Otago Law Review 107
J J W Herring, 'An Age-Old Problem' (2009) New Law Journal 770
Article on law and older people
J J W Herring, 'Heaven Sent' (2009) New Law Journal 1607
A discussion of the Law Commission's proposals on intestacy
J J W Herring, 'Protecting Vulnerable Adults' (2009) Child and Family Quarterly 498
This article considers developments in the law protecting vulernable adults.
J J W Herring, 'Revoking adoptions' (2009) New Law Journal 377
A discussion of when the law allows and should allow the revocation of an adoption.
2008
L Ferguson, 'Rights, Social Inequalities, and the Persuasive Force of Interpersonal Obligation' (2008) 22 International Journal of Family Law and Policy 61
R George, 'Changing Names, Changing Places: Reconsidering Section 13 of the Children Act 1989' (2008) Family Law 1121
J J W Herring, 'Deal or no deal' (2008) New Law Journal 1621
Discussion of enforceability of agreements between divorcing couples.
2007
J M Eekelaar, 'Why People Marry: the Many Faces of an Institution' (2007) 41 Family Law Quarterly
Accepted for the special issue on the Future of Marriage by this US publication in the Fall of 2007, the article draws on the author's research and UK legal developments to contribute to the debate over marriage in the USA.
ISBN: 0014-729X
L Ferguson, 'Uncertainty and Indecision in the Legal Regulation of Children: The Albertan Experience' (2007) 23(2) Canadian Journal of Family Law 159
R George, 'Joint Residence: A Comparison of Practitioners’ Perspectives in England and France' (2007) International Family Law 28
R George, 'Practitioners’ Approaches to Child Welfare After Parental Separation: An Anglo-French Comparison' (2007) 19 Child and Family Law Quarterly 337
2006
J J W Herring and Shazia Choudhry, 'Domestic Violence and the Human Rights Act 1998: A New Means of Legal Intervention' (2006) Public Law 722
Article discussing relevance of HRA to domestic violence cases.
J J W Herring and Rachel Taylor, 'Relocating Relocation' (2006) Child and Family Law Quarterly 517
Article on relocation of children
J J W Herring and others, 'Righting Domestic Violence' (2006) 16 International Journal of Law Policy and the Family 1
Article considering the potential impact of the Human Rights Act on domestic violence cases.
2005
J M Eekelaar, 'Deciding for children' (2005) 7 Australian Journal of Professional and Applied Ethics 66
Discussion of the relationship between deciding issues about children on the basis ofrights and on the basis of welfare
ISBN: 1328-4576
J M Eekelaar, 'Miller v Miller: the Descent into Chaos' (2005) 35 Jordans/Family Law 870
Criticism of Court of Appeal decision on allocation of assets on divorce
ISBN: 0014-7281
J M Eekelaar and Mavis Maclean, 'The Significance of Mariage: Contrasts between White British and Ethnic Minority Groups in England' (2005) 27 Law & Policy 379
Report of data from empirical study on the understanding of the purpose of marriage and obligations arising in domestic relationships, demonstrating differences between white British and ethnic minority respondents.
ISBN: 0265-8240
L Ferguson, 'Trial by Proxy: How s.15 Removes Age from Adolescence' (2005) Journal of Law and Equality 84
J J W Herring, 'Farewell Welfare?' (2005) Journal of Social Welfare and Family Law 159
Article on the welfare principle
J J W Herring, 'Why Financial Orders on Divorce Should Be Unfair' (2005) 2005 19 International Journal of Law Policy and the Family '1
Article on financial orders on divorce
2004
J M Eekelaar, 'Children between Cultures' (2004) 18 International Journal of Law, Policy & the Family 178
Discussion oflaw and policy when children are subjected to competing claims from cultural groups
J M Eekelaar and M Maclean, Marriage and the Moral Bases of Personal Relationships (2004) 31(4) Journal of Law and Society 510
J J W Herring, 'Breach of Contact?' (2004) 33 Family Law Journal 16
Discussion of human rights issues in enforcement of contact orders
2003
J M Eekelaar, 'The End of an Era?' (2003) 28 Journal of Family History 108
Describing historical trends in family law
J J W Herring and P-L Chau, 'Cloning in the House of Lords' (2003) Family Law (Jordans) 781
Article discussing cloning.
Books
2012
R George, Ideas and Debates in Family Law (Hart Publishing 2012) (forthcoming)
Ideas and Debates in Family Law is written for the student of family law, at undergraduate level and beyond, who is looking for less orthodox ideas about family law. The book is divided into three sections. The first looks at themes in family law, addressing challenges facing the family justice system, the inter-relationship between rights and responsibilities, and the increasing internationalisation of the law regulating families. The second section is focused on adult relationships: it suggests new ways for the law to allocate legal consequences for families, asks whether the 'contractualisation' marriage will open up the possibility of all the marriage 'terms' being negotiable by the parties, and explores the value of 'fairness' in family finances. The third section is about children. It starts with a defence of the welfare principle, suggesting that some criticism of the paramountcy approach may be based on a parody of the law, and then addresses the importance of keeping parental responsibility and practical parenting connected to one another. Useful as a teaching tool by itself or alongside a textbook, Ideas and Debates in Family Law offers new and thought-provoking perspectives on family law issues.
ISBN: 9781849462549
J J W Herring, How to Decide: What to Do When You Don't Know What to Do (Pearson 2012)
A book on decision making techniques
J J W Herring, R Templar, L Thompson and T Fadem, Negotiating to Win: Strategies and Skills for Everyday Situations (Pearson 2012)
2011
J J W Herring, S. Gilmore and R. Probert, A journey through landmark cases of family law (S. Gilmore, J. Herring and R. Probert, Hart 2011)
J J W Herring, ÈϹÊóCCÒÂÎ ÏÎËeÈÊÈ (Pretext 2011)
Russian edition of book on arguing.
ISBN: 9785989950775
J J W Herring, Family Law, 5th ed. (Longman 2011)
Textbook on family law
ISBN: 9781408255520
J J W Herring, S. Gilmore and R. Probert, Landmark Cases in Family Law (Hart 2011)
Collection of essays on key cases in family law
ISBN: 9781849461016
J J W Herring, Question and Answer: Family Law (Pearson 2011)
Sample questions and answers on family law
ISBN: 9781408241271
2010
J J W Herring and Shazia Choudhry, European Human Rights and Family Law (Hart 2010)
A detailed analysis of the relevance of the ECHR and rights analysis to family law.
ISBN: 978 1 84113 175 7
J J W Herring, Family Law: Law Express, 3rd ed (Pearson 2010)
A short guide to Family Law
J J W Herring, How to argue (Pearson 2010)
A book giving practical advice on how to argue well, or better, how to avoid arguments.
ISBN: 9780273734185
2009
J J W Herring, Family Law (Pearson 2009)
A textbook on family law
ISBN: 99781405899567
J J W Herring, Older People in Law and Society (Oxford University Press 2009)
A book looking at the legal treatment of old age. It also consider the interaction of social policy and law on the lives of older people.
J J W Herring, Rebecca Probert and Stephen Gilmore, Responsible Parents and Parental Responsibility (Hart 2009)
A collection of essays discussing parental reponsibility
J J W Herring, The Woman Who Tickled Too Much (Pearson 2009)
A light-hearted guide to bizarre family law cases.
ISBN: 9780273723257
2008
J J W Herring, Family Law: Law Express (Pearson 2008)
A revision guide for family law
ISBN: 978140589953
2007
J J W Herring, Caring (Law and Justice 2007)
The article considers how the law interacts with caring practices.
J J W Herring, Law Express: Family Law (Pearson 2007)
Family Law Textbook
ISBN: 9781405847155
2006
J M Eekelaar, Family Law and Personal Life (OUP 2006)
Chapters
2012
J M Eekelaar, 'Family Law - What Family Law?' in Fifty Years in Family Law: Essays for Stephen Cretney (Intersentia 2012)
A discussion of the issue of recognition of the family law of minority communities, with special reference to sharia law in England and Wales
ISBN: 978-1-78068-052-1
R George, 'Relocation of Children in Family Law Disputes' in Rosemary Sheehan, Helen Rhoades and Nicky Stanley (eds), Vulnerable Children and the Law (Jessica Kingsley 2012) (forthcoming)
J J W Herring, '"Divorce, Internet Hubs and Stephen Cretney"' in Rebecca Probert and Chris Barton (eds), Fifty Years in Family Law (Intersentia 2012)
A discussion of the proposed reforms to the procedures on divorce, in the light of the work of Stephen Cretney's approach to the issue
J J W Herring, 'Elder Abuse: A Human Rights Agenda for the Future' in Israel Doran and Ann Soden (eds), Beyond Elder Law (Springer 2012)
An exploration of how a human rights approach might be used to combat elder abuse.
J J W Herring, 'Family Law' in All England Law Review 2011 (Butterworths Lexis Nexis 2012)
J J W Herring, 'Vulnerability, children and the law' in M Freeman (ed), Law and Childhood Studies (OUP 2012)
A discussion of the role vulnerability plays in the construction of childhood in the law
2011
R George, 'Regulating Responsibilities in Relocation Disputes' in J Bridgeman, H Keating and C Lind (eds), Regulating Family Responsibilities (Ashgate 2011)
J J W Herring, 'Age discrimination and the Law: Forging The Way Ahead' in Emma Parry and Shaun Tyson (eds), Managing an Age Diverse Workforce (Macmillan 2011)
A chapter discussing the law on age discrimination and how that might develop.
ISBN: 9780230240933
J J W Herring, 'Elder Abuse and Stessing Carers' in J Bridgeman, H Keating and C Lind (eds), Regulating Family Responsibilities (Ashgate 2011)
An article examining the causes of elder abuse and in particular the extent to which the stress suffered by carers leads to abuse.
J J W Herring, 'Family Law' in All England Annual Review 2010 (Butterworths Lexis Nexis 2011)
A discussion of major legal developments in family law in 2010.
2010
J J W Herring, Rebecca Probert and Stephen Gilmore, 'A more principles approach to parental responsibility in England and Wales?' in J. Mair and E Orucu (eds), Juxtaposing Legal Systems and the Principles of European Family Law on Parental Responsibilities. (Intersentia 2010)
A discussion of the English Law on parental responsibility.
J J W Herring, 'Family Law' in All England Law Review 2009 (Butterworths 2010)
discussion of major case law developments in family law in 2009
J J W Herring, 'Relational autonomy and family law' in J. Wallbank, S. Choudhry and J. Herring (eds), Rights, Gender and Family Law (Routledge 2010)
J J W Herring, 'Sheffield City Council v E Commentary' in R Hunter, C McGlynn and E Rackley (eds), Feminist Judgments (Hart 2010)
Commentary on feminist responses to marriage and mental capcity
J J W Herring, Julie Wallbank and Shazia Choudhry, 'Welfare, Rights, Care and Gender in Family Law' in J. Wallbank, S. Choudhry and J Herring (eds), Rights, Gender and Family Law (Routledge 2010)
A discussion of the use of the concepts of rights, welfare, care and gender in family law
2009
J J W Herring, S Gilmore and R Probert, 'Parental Responsibility - Law, Issues and Themes' in R Probert, S Gilmore and J Herring (eds), Responsible Parents and Parental Responisbility (Hart 2009)
Discussion of the nature of parental responsiblity
J J W Herring, 'The Shaming of Naming: Parental Rights and Responsibilities in the Naming of Children' in R Probert, S Gilmore and J Herring (eds), Responsible Parents and Parental Responsibility (Hart 2009)
A discussionof the law and ethics of the naming of chidlren
2008
J J W Herring, 'Child Abduction' in P. Cane and J. Conaghan (eds), The New Oxford Companion to Law (OUP 2008)
J J W Herring, 'Co-parenting' in P Cane and J Conaghan (eds), The New Oxford Companion To Law (OUP 2008)
J J W Herring, 'Family Law' in All England Law Review 2007 (Lexis Nexis Butterworths 2008)
Review of developments in family law
J J W Herring, 'Human Rights and Family Law ' in P. Cane and J. Conaghan (eds), The New Oxford Companion To Law (OUP 2008)
J J W Herring, 'Older People and the Law' in C. O'Cinneide and J. Holder (eds), Current Legal Problems 2007 (OUP 2008)
The chapter considers the legal treatment of old age.
ISBN: 9786199237999
J J W Herring, 'Together forever? The rights and responsibilities of adult children and their parents' in J. Bridgeman, H. Keating and C. Lind (eds), Responsibility, Law and the Family (Ashgate 2008)
Chapter conisdering the obligations owed between adult children and their parents
ISBN: 9780754671091
2007
J J W Herring, 'Family Law' in All England Law Review 2006 ( 2007)
J J W Herring and P-L Chau, 'The Meaning of Death' in B. Brooks-Gordan, F.Ebtehaj, M. Johnson, M. Richards (eds), Death Rites and Rights (Hart 2007)
Discussion of medical and legal understandings of death
ISBN: 978141137322
2006
J M Eekelaar, 'Empowerment and Responsibility: The Balance Sheet Approach in the Principles and English Law' in Robin Fretwell Wilson (ed), Reconceiving the Family: Critique on the American Law Institute's Principles on the Law of Family Dissolution (Cambridge University Press 2006)
J J W Herring, 'Family Law' in All England Law Review 2005 (Butterworths 2006)
Discussion of developments in family law in 2005
2005
J M Eekelaar, 'Personal Obligations' in Mavis Maclean (ed), Family Law and Family Values (Hart Publishing 2005)
A theoretical discussion of the nature of obligations in the family context, designed as providing a theoretical backgrounbd to an empirical research project
ISBN: 1-841113-547-X
Nicholas Bala, Martha Shaffer and L Ferguson, 'Family Law for the Older Canadian' in Ann Soden (ed), Advising the Older Client (Butterworths 2005)
J J W Herring, 'Family Law' in All England Law Review 2004 (Butterworths 2005)
Summary of legal developments in family law in 2004
2002
J M Eekelaar, 'Child Endangerment and Child Protection in England and Wales' in Margaret K. Rosenheim, Franklin E. Zimring, David S. Tanenhaus and Bernadine Dohrn (eds), A Century of Juvenile Justice (University of Chicago Press 2002)
Overview of child protection law and policy in England
2001
J J W Herring, 'Parents and Children' in J. Herring (ed), Family Law: Issues, Debates, Policy (Willan 2001)
J J W Herring, 'The Human Rights Act and the Welfare Principle' in S. Butler (ed), Human Rights at the Millenium (Butterworths 2001)
J J W Herring, 'The Welfare Principle and the Rights of Parents' in A. Bainham, S. Day Sclater and M. Richards (eds), What is a Parent? (Hart 2001)
Edited books
2010
J J W Herring, Julie Wallbank and Shazia Choudhry (eds), Rights, Gender and Family Law (Routledge 2010)
A collections of essays looking at the use of rights in family law, primarily from a feminist standpoint.
ISBN: 10 0415482674
2007
J J W Herring, B. Brooks-Gordan, F. Ebtehaj and M. Johnson (eds), Death Rites and Rights (Hart 2007)
Socio-legal book on death
ISBN: 9781841137322
2001
J J W Herring (ed), Family Law: Issues, Debates, Policy ( 2001)
Internet Publications
2011
R George, Fair Outcomes as Common Intentions: The Debate in Kernott v Jones (2011) Family Law Week
2004
L Ferguson, The End of an Age: Beyond Age Restrictions for Minors' Medical Treatment Decisions (2004) SSRN
This report was commissioned by the Law Commission of Canada. However, shortly after the report was published on the Law Commission’s website in 2005, the incoming Canadian government abolished the Commission and reports on pending issues were removed from the website. It is now available on the SSRN site.
Case Notes
2012
R George, 'Cohabitants' Property Rights: When Is Fair Fair?' (2012) Cambridge Law Journal [Case Note]
2011
R George, 'Re F (Children) (Internal Relocation) [2010] EWCA Civ 1428' (2011) 33 Journal of Social Welfare and Family Law 169 [Case Note]
J J W Herring, Robert H George and Peter G Harris, 'Ante-nuptial agreements: fairness, equality and presumptions' (2011) 127 Law Quarterly Review 335 [Case Note]
discussion of Radmacher v Granatino
2010
R George, 'Re L (Internal Relocation: Shared Residence Order) [2009] EWCA Civ 20, [2009] 1 FLR 1157' (2010) 32 Journal of Social Welfare and Family Law 71 [Case Note]
2009
J J W Herring, 'Who decides on human rights?' (2009) 125 Law Quarterly Review 1 [Case Note]
A discussion of Re P [2008] UKHL 38.
2008
R George, 'Stack v Dowden: Do As We Say, Not As We Do?' (2008) 30 Journal of Social Welfare and Family Law 49 [Case Note]
2006
L Ferguson, 'Case Comment: ‘Retroactivity, Social Obligation, and Child Support’' (2006) 43 Alberta Law Review 1049 [Case Note]
Others
2010
J J W Herring, 'How to survive Christmas Rows' (2010)
Reviews
2010
R George, 'Responsible Parents and Parental Responsibility, edited by Rebecca Probert, Stephen Gilmore and Jonathan Herring' (2010) 24 The International Journal of Law, Policy and the Family 118 [Review]
2009
R George, 'Responsibility, Law and the Family, edited by Jo Bridgeman, Heather Keating and Craig Lind' (2009) 72 Modern Law Review 147 [Review]
2004
J M Eekelaar, 'Helen Reece, Divorcing Responsibly' (2004) 31 Journal of Law and Society 272 [Review]
Review of Helen Reece, Divorcing Responsibly
Reports
2009
R George and C Roberts, The Media and the Family Courts – Key Information and Questions About the Children, Schools and Families Bill (2009) University of Oxford / Nuffield Foundation
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
The emphasis of this course is on current law as it relates to family matters, but this is placed within the historical, social and economic context in which it operates and the policy issues under debate.
Since marriage is an important institution affecting the legal provisions relating to the family, the law relevant to entering marriage is covered, and, by implication, the law of nullity, which illustrates many of the policy concerns of marriage law itself. The law of divorce remains a central part of the course, although it should be pointed out that legal complexity has now shifted away from issues pertaining to the dissolution of the marriage to those surrounding the financial and property consequences of this. However, attention now has to be paid to the basic institutional structure of the system by which divorces are granted, which requires some consideration of matters which are not usually considered ‘technical law”, but which are of great importance to the legal process, such as the place which mediation or conciliation has within the system. The social effects of the divorce system are also considered.The examination of the way in which financial and property consequences of divorce are legally handled involves a relatively extensive examination of recent case law. Property law is also relevant outside the divorce context when the special position of husband and wife who have interests in items of property is considered. However, the legal consequences of relationships outside marriage are also dealt with, a part of the course which brings particular focus to areas of law covered elsewhere, especially trusts, property and contract.
The legal position of parents and children has been significantly re-structured by the Children Act 1989 which is now the major controlling statute covering arrangements regarding children after parental divorce and the powers and duties of local authorities concerning children. But the law relating to children also covers assisted reproductive techniques.
Although the syllabus does not extend to the law of succession generally, the protection of family members on the death of one of their number is within its scope.
Apart from the usual legal textbooks, students are expected to read or use some materials from the social sciences and a range of governmental publications, especially Law Commission reports. Much of the law is statutory in origin, but these are mostly post 1969 statutes.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
The emphasis of this course is on current law as it relates to family matters, but this is placed within the historical, social and economic context in which it operates and the policy issues under debate.
Since marriage is an important institution affecting the legal provisions relating to the family, the law relevant to entering marriage is covered, and, by implication, the law of nullity, which illustrates many of the policy concerns of marriage law itself. The law of divorce remains a central part of the course, although it should be pointed out that legal complexity has now shifted away from issues pertaining to the dissolution of the marriage to those surrounding the financial and property consequences of this. However, attention now has to be paid to the basic institutional structure of the system by which divorces are granted, which requires some consideration of matters which are not usually considered ‘technical law”, but which are of great importance to the legal process, such as the place which mediation or conciliation has within the system. The social effects of the divorce system are also considered.The examination of the way in which financial and property consequences of divorce are legally handled involves a relatively extensive examination of recent case law. Property law is also relevant outside the divorce context when the special position of husband and wife who have interests in items of property is considered. However, the legal consequences of relationships outside marriage are also dealt with, a part of the course which brings particular focus to areas of law covered elsewhere, especially trusts, property and contract.
The legal position of parents and children has been significantly re-structured by the Children Act 1989 which is now the major controlling statute covering arrangements regarding children after parental divorce and the powers and duties of local authorities concerning children. But the law relating to children also covers assisted reproductive techniques.
Although the syllabus does not extend to the law of succession generally, the protection of family members on the death of one of their number is within its scope.
Apart from the usual legal textbooks, students are expected to read or use some materials from the social sciences and a range of governmental publications, especially Law Commission reports. Much of the law is statutory in origin, but these are mostly post 1969 statutes.
[less]
Postgraduate
MJur
Family Law (also part of the BA course)
The emphasis of this course is on current law as it relates to family matters, but this is placed within the historical, social and economic context in which it operates and the policy issues under debate.
Since marriage is an important institution affecting the legal provisions relating to the family, the law relevant to entering marriage is covered, and, by implication, the law of nullity, which illustrates many of the policy concerns of marriage law itself. The law of divorce remains a central part of the course, although it should be pointed out that legal complexity has now shifted away from issues pertaining to the dissolution of the marriage to those surrounding the financial and property consequences of this. However, attention now has to be paid to the basic institutional structure of the system by which divorces are granted, which requires some consideration of matters which are not usually considered ‘technical law”, but which are of great importance to the legal process, such as the place which mediation or conciliation has within the system. The social effects of the divorce system are also considered.The examination of the way in which financial and property consequences of divorce are legally handled involves a relatively extensive examination of recent case law. Property law is also relevant outside the divorce context when the special position of husband and wife who have interests in items of property is considered. However, the legal consequences of relationships outside marriage are also dealt with, a part of the course which brings particular focus to areas of law covered elsewhere, especially trusts, property and contract.
The legal position of parents and children has been significantly re-structured by the Children Act 1989 which is now the major controlling statute covering arrangements regarding children after parental divorce and the powers and duties of local authorities concerning children. But the law relating to children also covers assisted reproductive techniques.
Although the syllabus does not extend to the law of succession generally, the protection of family members on the death of one of their number is within its scope.
Apart from the usual legal textbooks, students are expected to read or use some materials from the social sciences and a range of governmental publications, especially Law Commission reports. Much of the law is statutory in origin, but these are mostly post 1969 statutes.
[less]
People
Family Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Lucinda Ferguson: University Lecturer in Family Law
in conjunction with:
Jonathan Herring: Professor of Law
Rachel Taylor: Lecturer
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Stephen Cretney: Retired. Formerly Senior Research Fellow at All Souls
Ruth Deech: Chairman, Bar Standards Board, 2009-
Crossbench Peer
Clara Feliciati: DPhil Law student
Rob George: British Academy Postdoctoral Fellow
Mavis Maclean: Senior Research Fellow, Department of Social Policy
Richard Tur: Retired. Formerly CUF Lecturer
[top]
Human Rights Law
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Thursday 24 May 2012 Week 5
- Oxford Human Rights Hub
Arbitrariness, Principles of Fundamental Justice and the Legitimacy of Judicial Review under the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms - Speaker: Kent Roach and Robert Sharp
Oxford Law Faculty The Cube at 12:00
Thursday 31 May Week 6
- Public Law Discussion Group
Inventing the "Traditional Concept" of Sex Discrimination - Speaker: Professor Cary Franklin, Assistant Professor, The University of Texas School of Law at The University of Texas at Austin
Oxford Law Faculty Senior Common Room at 12:30
- Oxford Human Rights Hub
Litigating the Public Sector Equality Duty: a view from the Front - Change of time
Speaker: Helen Mountfield
Oxford Law Faculty The Cube at 17:00
June 2012
Thursday 7 June Week 7
- Oxford Human Rights Hub
Tbc - Speaker: DG
Oxford Law Faculty Law Board Room at 12:00
Thursday 14 June Week 8
- Oxford Human Rights Hub
People and the Courts - Speaker: Geoff Budlender
Oxford Law Faculty The Cube at 12:00
News
New report on parliamentary engagement with human rights
A new report finds that while there has been an increase in the UK parliament's involvement in debates about human rights over the last decade, and in the quality of that debate, there is still considerable scope for parliament to have a bigger role in engaging with human rights.
Professor Sandy Fredman, QC
The Oxford Law Faculty congratulates Professor Sandy Fredman who has been made Honorary Queen's Counsel. [more…]
OPBP launches 2012 Internship Programme
OPBP is pleased to announce that applications for the 2012 Internship Programme are open. [more…]
Draft General Recommendation on Displaced and Stateless Women
OPBP prepared a draft general recommendation for the UN Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women on the particular impacts of statelessness and displacement on women. [more…]
A students’ legal aid programme in Oxford
Law students at Oxford are working in partnership with a local law firm to offer support to needy clients in legal aid cases. [more…]
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 109 Human Rights Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2013
D Erdos, 'Freedom of Expression Turned On Its Head: Academic Social Research and Journalism in the European Union's Privacy Framework' (2013) Public Law (forthcoming)
This article argues that mainstream interpreters have been wrong to hold that academic investigations into social (including historical and political) affairs may benefit only from restrictive “research” provisions of the European Union Privacy Framework, namely Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC and transposing national laws, and not from the far more liberal provisions provided for journalism, literature and art. Academic social investigation is clearly orientated towards the production of books, articles and other publications. It fits entirely within “literary” and possibly even “journalistic” processing. Even if such work also falls within “research” as per the Directive, the exemptions in the instrument cannot sensibly be read as imposing a rigid exclusivity requirement on processing. By imposing severe restraints on “high value” academic speech whilst granting “low-value” “infotainment” a much freer rein, the mainstream interpretation does nothing less than turn the logic of the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR)’s freedom of expression jurisprudence on its head.
2012
C Costello, 'Courting Access to Asylum in Europe: Recent Supranational Jurisprudence Explored ' (2012) Human Rights Law Review (forthcoming)
C Costello, 'Human Rights & the Elusive Universal Subject: Immigration Detention under International Human Rights and EU Law ' (2012) Indiana Journal of Global Legal Studies (forthcoming)
D Erdos, The Rudd Government's Rejection of an Australian Bill of Rights: A Stunted Case of "Aversive" Constitutionalism? (2012) 65 Parliamentary Affairs 359
DOI: 10.1093/pa/gsr040
Australia remains the only Western democratic country to lack a national bill of rights. In April 2010, the Labor Government rejected the suggestion of the Brennan Committee—which it itself had set up in 2008—that Australia adopt a statutory bill of rights. This outcome resulted from the limitations of catalysing political trigger coupled with the potent barrier of Australia's fragmented institutional structure. Although the Brennan process was prompted by an ‘aversive’ reaction against the policy outlook of the Howard era, this was much weaker than that which prompted the bill of rights reform in the other ‘Westminster’ cases of New Zealand (1990) or the UK (1998). Additionally, the reform efforts faced the potential opposition of a powerful Senate and even possible separation of powers challenges under the Australian Constitution. These negative factors are consistent with Australia's failed initiatives of the 1970s and 1980s. Despite this, factors favouring the bill of rights genesis remain. Given appropriate circumstances, the possibility of Australia acquiring a bill of rights in the longer term should not be discounted.
N Ghanea, Are Religious Minorities Really Minorities? (2012) Oxford Journal of Law and Religion 1
DOI: 10.1093/ojlr/rwr029
This article will argue that although, historically, religious minorities were the primary trigger for the institutionalization of the international framework of minority rights, they have long since been sidelined from its protections. This sidelining is evident in a variety of international human rights norms and mechanisms, the focus below being on the jurisprudence of the UN Human Rights Committee. The article offers a number of explanations for this diversion of religious minorities away from the international minority rights regime. It also argues for a cautious reintegration of religious minorities within the minority rights regime after having sought understanding with regard to some issues of concern.
ISBN: ISSN 2047-0770
N Ghanea, Religious Minorities and human rights: Bridging international and domestic perspectives on the rights of persons belonging to religious minorities under English law (2012) European Yearbook of Minority Issues (forthcoming)
This paper considers minorities in English law through the prism of international standards related to both freedom of religion or belief and minority rights. These two sets of international normative standards are brought together in order to emphasize the fact that persons belonging to religious minorities have access not only to general human rights standards including freedom of religion or belief, but also to minority rights. Combining the implications of these applicable rights, the paper will suggest that ‘religious minorities’ should be (i) taken to include persons belonging to minorities on grounds of both religion or belief; (ii) that their religious practice should not only be considered ‘manifestation’ of religion or belief but also the practice of a minority culture; and that (iii) States have a duty to protect the survival and continued development of the identity of religious minorities and allow such persons to enjoy their culture. The paper will then move to considering a few recent cases in English law, in order to examine the extent to which these three implications are realized within them.
ISBN: ISBN 978-90-04-19521
T Khaitan, Dignity as an Expressive Norm: Neither Vacuous nor a Panacea (2012) 32 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 1
DOI: 10.1093/ojls/gqr024
Proponents of dignity see it as a useful tool which solves the most important (if not all) of the practical and theoretical problems in human rights law. Arguing against this sympathetic position on the other side of the debate are the sceptics, who have raised troubling questions about dignity’s alleged indeterminacy, as well as about the illiberal role that it has allegedly played in certain contexts. In this paper, I argue that designing a defensible and useful conception of dignity which is distinguishable from other values such as equality and autonomy may be possible, but not without addressing some genuine infirmities that the critics have pointed out. If there is indeed such a conception of dignity, it is likely to be "expressive" in character. I therefore argue that the legal ideal of dignity is best understood as an expressive norm: whether an act disrespects someone’s dignity depends on the meaning that such act expresses, rather than its consequences or any other attribute of that act.
2011
J M Eekelaar, Naturalism or Pragmatism? Towards an Expansive View of Human Rights (2011) 10 Journal of Human Rights 230
DOI: 10.1080/14754835.2011.569300
This article compares the naturalistic account of human rights in James Griffin's On Human Rights (2009) with the practical account by Charles R. Beitz in The Idea of Human Rights (2009). Taking Griffin's own examples, the analysis suggests that Griffin's account of human rights with regard to children, divorce, or marriage is unconvincing. However, while the practical approach is preferred, this leaves the basis for any universal duty to take state action for human rights violations uncertain. The article concludes by proposing an analysis of human rights that retains the advantages of the practical conception but accounts for the justification of international action through the principle of universalizability of moral obligations
D Erdos, 'Stuck in the Thicket? Social Research Under the First Data Protection Principle' (2011) 19 International Journal of Law and Information Technology 133
Through a systematic analysis of the UK's Data Protection Act's first data protection principle, this article demonstrates that the EU data protection regime seriously threatens research into social (including political and historical) affairs. The rules for registering processing with the data protection authority, providing the data subject with information notification and the severe limitations on the processing of sensitive personal data are all in serious tension with certain types of important social research including that which is covert, deceptive, identifiable or critical. Additionally, the complexity of the law inevitably leads ‘risk-averse’ universities to further restrict research activity. This not only curtails academic freedom but also suppresses knowledge production in ways which damage society generally. The article concludes by contrasting the onerous regulation of ‘research’ with the significantly more liberal regime for ‘journalism literature and art’. It argues that data protection authorities and others should consider whether social research might benefit from this more liberal regime. Even if that proves unachievable, these issues should be addressed in the review of the law now underway.
L Lazarus, Adam Tomkins and Helen Fenwick, Terrorist asset-freezing - Continuing flaws in the current scheme (2011) 25 International Review of Law, Computers and Technology 117
The Terrorist Asset-Freezing etc Act 2010 came into force on 17 December 2010. The 2010 Act repealed the previous Temporary Provisions Act. This article does not purport to provide comprehensive coverage of the Act; it outlines four main areas of concern that arose in respect of the Draft Terrorist Asset-Freezing Bill and that now arise in respect of the Terrorist Asset-Freezing etc Act 2010. In summary, these are as follows: problems of parliamentary scrutiny relating to the scope of the Act; problems relating to the reasonable suspicion test; problems relating to judicial process; problems relating to ECHR rights.
V Moreno Lax, 'Beyond Saadi v UK: Why the "Unnecessary" Detention of Asylum Seekers is Inadmissible under EU Law' (2011) 5(2) Human Rights and International Legal Discourse 166-206.
V Moreno Lax, 'Seeking Asylum in the Mediterranean: Against a Fragmentary Reading of EU Member States’ Obligations Accruing at Sea' (2011) 23(2) International Journal of Refugee Law 174-220.
2010
D Erdos, Smoke but No Fire? The Politics of a ‘British’ Bill of Rights (2010) 81 Political Quarterly 188
DOI: 10.1111/j.1467-923X.2010.02091.x
This article systematically explores the political context behind Labour and the Conservatives' new commitment to a British Bill of Rights. This is linked to conflicting incentives to resist the current trajectory towards rights constitutionalism (‘Constitutional Freeze’), to further encourage further rights constitutionalism (‘Constitutional Fire’) and to engage in largely cosmetic change (‘Constitutional Smoke’). Ultimately, the latter has proved dominant for both parties. This demonstrates the difficulty of building political momentum behind significant revision of institutional responsibility for protecting human rights in stable, democratic settings. It specifically illustrates the strong barriers which both a hegemonic policy preserving and an ‘aversive’ constitutionalising dynamic must overcome to succee
S Fredman, 'Positive Duties and Socio-economic Disadvantage: Bringing Disadvantage onto the Equality Agenda ' (2010) European Human Rights Law Review 290
N Ghanea, Minorities and Hatred: Protections and Implications (2010) 17.3 International Journal of Minority and Group Rights 423
The international concern with minorities has benefitted from a range of rationales and gone through a number of permutations over recent decades. Within these are included a wide spectrum of objectives from concern with their very obliteration covered under genocide instruments to soft law instruments concerned with their positive flourishing. This article will address just one aspect of those concerns – those protecting minorities from hate speech.
I Papanicolopulu, Donne sulle onde: libertà di espressione, libertà di navigazione o libertà di circolazione? (2010) 4 Diritti Umani e Diritto Internazionale 205
2009
N Ghanea, Phantom Minorities and Religions Denied: Muslims, Bahá’ís and International Human Rights (2009) Shia Affairs Journal
The protection of the human rights of all without discrimination on the basis inter alia of religion or belief, the protection of religious minorities, and manifestation of religion or belief in association with others - these are all well-established norms of international human rights law. Yet violations continue world-wide, and new manifestations of these age-old problems continue to multiply.[1] All Muslim states have ratified, and therefore voluntary adopted, legal commitments with regards to these obligations. Nevertheless, these protections remain very much wanting in many instances with respect to both Muslim and non-Muslim minorities in Muslim states. In fact, freedom of religion or belief and religious minority rights have long been recognised as being amongst the most pressing of human rights concerns in these states. Whilst the need to enhance the protection of freedom of religion or belief and religious minority rights (ForbRM rights) within Muslim states has been much written about, few publications have extended their focus to Muslim minorities in Muslim states. This article seeks to establish that enhanced respect for the legal rights of non-Muslim minorities would, by default, also benefit ‘Muslim minorities’ within Muslim states. The contention of this article is that if sufficient progress were made regarding the respect of ForbRM rights for non-Muslims, Muslim religious minorities would see their own situations improved and claims addressed. The article will take one of the most entrenched of such cases – snapshots of the case of the Bahá’ís of Iran over the past 30 years – as its main illustration of this point.
2008
N Ghanea, Religious or Minority? Examining the Realization of International Standards in Relation to Religious Minorities in the Middle East (2008) Religion, State and Society 303
DOI: 10.1080/09637490802260385
The Middle East region has had a long, and periodically impressive, record of religious diversity, yet there is much concern regarding the contemporary standing of its religious minorities. Rather than assessing the chequered historical record of religious minorities in the Middle East, the purpose of this article is to provide an assessment of how international human rights standards may best be utilised to advance their rights. The contention of this article is that the human rights of religious minorities in the Middle East have primarily been considered under the lens of freedom of religion or belief. Relevant though this framework is to their concerns, it will be suggested that promoting the rights of the Middle East's religious minorities through the framework of minority rights may provide a more promising avenue for their protection. The purpose of the article is therefore to provide a reassessment of how best to negotiate the rights of religious minorities in the Middle East. The focus will be on formal legal and political obstacles to the enjoyment of their rights entitlements. Though a broader contextual analysis also assessing economic, cultural and sociological factors would be highly informative, it lies beyond the scope of this article. Despite the fact that minority rights provisions apply to members of minorities alongside all other human rights – among them freedom of religion or belief – the two lenses of minority rights and freedom of religion or belief highlight somewhat different provisions and protections. The two are certainly not mutually exclusive or in contradiction with one another, but a state that prioritises one set of legal and policy options over the other will arrive in different places.
ISBN: ISSN 0963-7494
2007
S Fredman, 'Recognition or Redistribution: Reconciling Inequalities' (2007) 23 South African Journal of Human Rights 214
This paper examines the traditional dichotomy between measures addressing socio-economic inequalities and those aimed at inequality based on status, such as race, gender, disability or sexual orientation. Using the conceptual framework of recognition and redistribution developed by Nancy Fraser and others, I argue that it is no longer tenable to keep the two spheres separate. Constructing a concept of socio-economic equality without considering the implications for status-based inequality can be damaging and ineffective. Conversely, status-based measures are limited by their inability to mobilise the redistributive measures necessary to make real equality of opportunity and genuine choice possible. The paper begins by examining the interaction between socio-economic and status-based equality. I then sketch out a multi-dimensional notion of substantive equality which attempts to create a synthesis between the aims of both spheres. In the final part, I make some very tentative suggestions as to how the interpenetration can be more meaningfully captured in legal frameworks.
2006
L Lazarus, Conceptions of Liberty Deprivation (2006) 69 Modern Law Review 738
2005
S Fredman, 'Providing Equality: Substantive Equality and the Positive Duty to Provide' (2005) 21 South African Journal on Human Rights 163
Substantive equality and positive duties to redress disadvantage in society, a critical comparison of South African, Canadian and ECHR approaches to the relationship between substantive equality and socio-economic rights
ISBN: 0258-7203
N Ghanea and A Melchiorre, A Review of the 61st Session of the Commission on Human Rights (2005) International Journal of Human Rights 507
DOI: 10.1080/13642980500350004
This report seeks to analyse the main highlights of this year's session of the United Nations Commission on Human Rights. The Commission was set up in 1947 and is the UN's principal human rights body. It is currently the subject of major reform proposals stemming primarily from the UN Secretary-General and agreed upon, in general terms by member states at the 14–16 September 2005 World Summit. The review below, focusing on the main country and thematic issues discussed at the March–April 2005 session, will be indicative of how badly and in what ways reform of the Commission on Human Rights is required.
ISBN: ISSN 1364-2987
K S Ziegler, Criminal Victims/Witnesses of Crimes: The Criminal Offences of Smuggling and Trafficking of Human Beings in Germany, Discretionary Residence Rights, and Other Ways of Protecting Victims (2005) 6 German Law Journal 605
2004
A Ashworth and Michelle Strange, 'Criminal Law and Human Rights' (2004) European Human Rights Law Review 121
Review of recent developments on human rights and criminal law
ISBN: 1361 1526
A Ashworth and Dirk van Zyl Smit, 'Disproportionate Sentences as Human Rights Violations' (2004) 67 Modern Law Review 541
A study of the application of human rights law to disproportionate sentences
ISBN: 0026-7961
2003
S Douglas-Scott, 'Affirmative Action at the University of Michigan' (2003) King's College Law Journal
N Ghanea and L Rahmani, The 58th session of the UN Commission on Human Rights (2003) International Journal of Human Rights 116
2002
J Morgan, 'Law's British Empire' (2002) 22 OJLS 729
J Morgan, 'Questioning the True Effect of the Human Rights Act' (2002) Legal Studies 259
1999
S Douglas-Scott, 'The Hatefulness of Protected Speech: a comparison of the European and American Approaches ' (1999) William and Mary Bill of Rights Review
1998
N Ghanea, 'The 54th Session of the Commission on Human Rights' (1998) Netherlands Quarterly of Human Rights
1997
S Douglas-Scott, 'Affirmative action in the US Supreme Court ' (1997) Public Law
N Ghanea, 'The 53rd Session of the Commission on Human Rights' (1997) Netherlands Quarterly of Human Rights
K S Ziegler and Christoph Gusy, 'Menschenrechtsfragen elektronischer Personenüberwachung' (1997) Journal für Rechtspolitik 193
article on Human Rights Issues of Electronic Surveillance
1996
S Douglas-Scott and John Kimbell, 'The Adams Exclusion Order case - new enforceable Civil Rights in the post-Maastricht European Union' (1996) Public Law
Books
2013
Paul Weller, Kingsley Purdam, N Ghanea and Sariya Contractor, Religion or Belief, Discrimination and Equality: Britain in Global Contexts (Continuum, London and New York 2013) (forthcoming)
This book will present and analyse key results of the Religion and Society programme (Arts and Humanities Research Council/Economic and Social Research Council) research project “Religion and Belief, Discrimination and Equality: Theory, Policy and Practice, 2000-2010” research project. Reflecting on a decade of change, the book will compare these results with those of a 1999-2001 Home Office commissioned research on “Religious Discrimination in England and Wales”. These findings will include data from a national questionnaire survey; the reported experiences of individuals interviewed during the project’s fieldwork; and the perspectives of those who understand themselves not be to be of any religion and who took part in project focus groups. The book will set these findings within the context of a broader consideration of the impact of legal and policy developments on religion and human rights in which, over the last decade, the category of religious discrimination has become more widely accepted, while modified by reference to belief, and also in relation to a shifting policy focus around shared values and social cohesion. The proposed book will therefore be a groundbreaking, benchmark, seminal and interdisciplinary contribution to both public and academic debate about these issues.
2011
S Fredman, Discrimination Law (Clarendon Series (OUP , 2nd ed) 2011)
Equality is an ideal to which we all aspire. Yet the more closely we examineit, the more its meaning shifts. This book examines the differing conceptions of equality in discrimination law, in the accessible yet challenging format of the Clarendon series. It uses a thematic approach to elucidate the major conceptual issues, while at the same time imparting a detailed understanding of the legal provisions, including the Equality Act 2010, human rights law, and EU law. Particularly illuminating is the comparative approach. By examining comparable law in the US, India, Canada, and South Africa, as well as the UK, the book exposes common problems and canvasses differing solutions.
ISBN: 978-0-19-958443-7
2008
N C Bamforth, M. Malik and C. O'Cinneide, Discrimination Law: Theory and Context (Sweet & Maxwell 2008)
A comprehensive co-authored text concerning all aspects of discrimination law, employing comparative analysis and legal philosophy where appropriate.
ISBN: 978-0-421-55440-5
S Fredman, Human Rights Transformed: Positive Rights and Positive Duties (Oxford University Press 2008)
DOI: 10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199272761.001.0001
Human Rights have traditionally been understood as protecting individual freedom against intrusion by the State. This book argues that human rights are based on a far richer view of freedom, going beyond absence of coercion and focussing on the ability to exercise such freedom. This view means that, as well as restraining the State, human rights require the State to act positively to remove barriers and facilitate the exercise of freedom. But because positive duties have for so long been regarded as a question of policy or aspiration, little sustained attention has been given to their role in actualising human rights. The book moves beyond the artificial boundary between socio-economic and civil and political rights and instead focuses on the positive duties to which all human rights give rise. It draws on political theory and social policy to illuminate important legal issues, and uses comparative material from India, South Africa, Canada, the US, the ECHR and the UK.
2007
A Ashworth, Ben Emmerson and Alison Macdonald, Human Rights and Criminal Justice (Thomson Sweet & Maxwell 2007)
Co-written and co-edited basic text for practitioners.
ISBN: 97 80421876101
2005
N Ghanea and L Rahmani, A review of the 60th session of the commission on human rights (International Journal of Human Rights 2005)
2004
L Lazarus, Contrasting Prisoners' Rights: A Comparative Examination of England and Germany (OUP 2004)
Chapters
2012
L Lazarus, 'Positive Obligations and Criminal Justice: Duties to Protect or Coerce' in Julian Roberts and Lucia Zedner (eds), Principled Approaches to Criminal Law and Criminal Justice: Essays in Honour of Professor Andrew Ashworth (Oxford University Press 2012)
Human rights advocates internationally, and supporters of socio-economic rights, have battled for many years to get States and courts to accept that human rights give rise to positive obligations upon States and that such obligations ought to be justiciable in principle. Much of the rhetoric deployed in this campaign has focused on the importance of protecting and respecting basic human needs and capabilities, and ensuring that individuals enjoy a basic level of subsistence in order to secure the enjoyment of all rights. In the context of criminal justice and criminal law: positive obligations are very often cast as duties on the State to protect individuals from the criminal acts of others (protective duties). Very little attention is paid however to the potential for such positive obligations to give rise to what I term ‘coercive duties’. In other words, duties upon the State to coerce individuals through the criminal law, or criminal justice mechanisms, in the name of protecting others from their criminal acts. The coercive aspect of positive obligations comes more sharply into focus when we look at the rhetoric around, and judicial enforcement of ,the right to security. But the development of coercive duties are evident in the positive aspect of other rights too. This chapter explores the ambiguity involved in the growing development of positive rights in the field of criminal law and criminal justice. It dwells briefly on the emerging right to security case law and rhetoric internationally, and goes on to examine cases within the UK and ECHR. The thesis of the chapter is that while some protective duties arising from human rights may be a positive development, the extension of coercive duties on the State to coerce others in the name of another individual’s rights is an overseen and more pernicious part of this development of human rights. The chapter will end by exploring how we reconcile coercive duties arising out of human rights with opposing negative rights protections, or even other protective duties.
L Lazarus, 'The Right to Security - Securing Rights or Securitizing Rights' in Dickinson et al (ed), Examining Critical Perspectives on Human Rights (Cambridge University Press 2012)
This paper examines the rise of the right to security within human rights discourse and its potential to erode human rights more generally. It argues that political discourse around the apparent conflict between security and rights since 9/11 has been complicated by an emerging notion of the 'right to security' as the meta-right (the right of rights). This claim (and the inherent ambiguity of what the right to security requires) has the potential to lead to a 'securitization' of human rights, a process that threatens to erode the traditional foundations of human rights, and human rights themselves. Operating in tandem with this 'securitization' process, the discourse of the right to security has been used to sanitize, or at least to legitimate, coercive security measures. This is a process I refer to as 'righting' security. These two processes combine in complex ways to give security an effective trump claim over other rights.
2011
N Ghanea, Religion and Human Rights: An Introduction in John Witte, Jr. and M. Christian Green (eds), Religion, Equality, and Non-Discrimination (Oxford University Press 2011)
J Morgan, 'Amateur Operatics: The Realization of Parliamentary Protection of Civil Liberties' in Tom Campbell, KD Ewing and Adam Tomkins (eds), The Legal Protection of Human Rights: Sceptical Essays (Oxford University Press 2011)
2009
TAO Endicott, 'I diritti umani sono davvero universali? (‘Are human rights really universal?\')' in Tecla Mazzarese and Paola Parolari (eds), Diritti fondamentali: le sfide del nuovo millennio (G. Giappichelli Editore, Torino 2009)
J M Finnis, 'Endorsing Discrimination between Faiths: A Case of Extreme Speech?' in Ivan Hare, James Weinstein (eds), Extreme Speech and Democracy (Oxford University Press 2009)
An examination of the House of Lords decision in Begum's Case and its roots in Sahin v Turkey in the unanimous Grand Chamber of the European Court of Human Rights; and of the wider significance of the factual premise of the later decision.
S Fredman and M. Wesson, 'Social, Economic and Cultural Rights' in David Feldman (ed), English Public Law ( 2009)
2008
A Ashworth, 'Criminal Procedure, Human Rights and Balance' in Thomas Elholm et al (ed), Ikke kun Straf: Festskrift til Vagn Greve (Jurist- og Okonomforbundets Forlag 2008)
Critique of developments in criminal procedure in the European Court of Human Rights, notably in relation to Article 6 and self-incrimination.
ISBN: 978-87-574-1693-0
S Fredman, 'Positive Rights and Duties: Addressing Intersectionality' in D. Schiek, V Chege (eds), European Union Non-Discrimination Law: Comparative Perspectives on Multidimensional Equality Law (Routledge-Cavendish 2008)
2007
A Ashworth, 'Security, Terrorism and the Value of Human Rights' in Benjamin J Goold and Liora Lazarus (eds), Security and Human Rights (Hart 2007)
Essay exploring the structure of the European Convention on Human Rights and the role of public protection in human rights law.
ISBN: 978-1-84113-608-0
S Fredman, 'The Positive Right to Security' in B J Goold and L Lazarus (eds), Security and Human Rights (Hart 2007)
This chapter examines the notion of a positive right to security. I argue that the right arises from a deeper understanding of human freedom, one which does not simply prevent interference in free choice but instead seeks actively to remove constraints on choice. The right to security is a right not just to non-interference but to state action, that aims to protect the individual from risks to the person, whether caused by fellow citizens, poverty or the state itself.
ISBN: 13:978-1-84113-608-0
N Ghanea, Phobias and ‘Isms’: Recognition of Difference or the Slippery Slope of Particularisms? in Nazila Ghanea, Raphael Walden and Alan Stephens (eds), Does God Believe in Human Rights? (Martinus Nijhoff 2007)
L Lazarus, 'Mapping the Right to Security' in Benjamin J Goold and Liora Lazarus (eds), Security and Human Rights (Hart Publishing 2007)
L Lazarus and BJ Goold, Security and Human Rights: The Search for a Language of Reconcilliation in Benjamin J Goold and Liora Lazarus (eds), Security and Human Rights (Hart Publishing 2007)
2006
J M Eekelaar, 'Invoking Human Rights' in Timothy Endicott, Joshua Getzler and Edwin Peel (eds), Properties of Law: Essays in Honour of Jim Harris (OUP 2006)
Analysis of the nature of human rights invocations, with special reference to the work of Jim Harris
ISBN: 0-19-929096-2
K S Ziegler, The Legal Framework of Trafficking and Smuggling in Germany: Victim Protection Emerging from Witness Protection? in Elspeth Guild and Paul Minderhoud (eds), Immigration and Criminal Law in the European Union: The Legal Measures and Social Consequences of Criminal Law in Member States on Trafficking and Smuggling in Human Beings (Leiden, Martinus Nijhoff Publishers 2006)
2005
N Ghanea, Repressing Minorities and getting away with it? A consideration of Economic, Social and Cultural Rights in Nazila Ghanea and Alexandra Xanthaki (eds), Minorities, Peoples and Self-Determination (Martinus Nijhoff 2005)
2004
S Fredman, 'Social, Economic and Cultural Rights' in D Feldman (ed), English Public Law (Oxford University Press 2004)
This chapter examines the nature of socio-economic rights and challenges the contrast with civil and political rights. It argues that the focus should be on differences in the nature of the duty, and particularly the differences between duties to refrain from infringing on a right, duties to protect against infringement by others, and duties to take active measures to facilitate or promote the exercise of teh right. It examines sources of socio-economic rights, and assesses the contribution of domestic courts to the development of such rights.
ISBN: 0-19-876551-7
N Ghanea, Facilitating Freedom of Religion and Belief: Perspectives, Impulses and Recommendations from the Oslo Coalition in Cole Durham, Tore Lindholm and Bahia Tahzib-Lie (eds), Apostasy and Freedom to Change Religion or Belief (Martinus Nijhoff 2004)
2003
N Ghanea, Faith in Human Rights, Human Rights in Faith in Nazila Ghanea (ed), The Challenge of Religious Discrimination at the Dawn of the New Millennium (Martinus Nijhoff 2003)
N Ghanea, The 1981 UN Declaration on the Elimination of All Forms of Intolerance and of Discrimination Based on Religion or Belief in Nazila Ghanea (ed), The Challenge of Religious Discrimination at the Dawn of the New Millennium (Martinus Nijhoff 2003)
1996
S Douglas-Scott, 'Environmental Rights - Taking the Environment Seriously' in Gearty and Tomkins (eds), Undertanding Human Rights (Mansell 1996)
Edited books
2010
N Ghanea (ed), Religion and Human Rights, Vol. I, Vol. II, Vol. III, Vol. IV (Routledge 2010)
Hardly a week goes by without some world event relating to the burgeoning field of religion and human rights. Whether attacks carried out in the name of religion by individuals or states, violations of the rights of individuals or communities due to their religious or other beliefs, or clashes between religious and other competing rights (most notably, freedom of speech), matters relating to religion and human rights are not only an area of expert and academic interest, but also of increasing interest to policy-makers, governments, international organizations, and NGOs. This new four-volume Major Work collection from Routledge examines the background, history, and nature of human rights—both individual and collective—as well as economic, social, and cultural rights; and also civil and political rights. Standards, mechanisms, and jurisprudence at international and national levels are included, and form part of the discussion of the conflict of rights and freedom of religion or belief. Religions featured include Islam, Christianity, Judaism, and African religions, and the persecution or discrimination of religious or belief communities are discussed. Relevant human rights documents are also included. The range of subject areas that contribute to discussions on religion and human rights are many, and include: political science; law; international relations; anthropology; philosophy; religious studies; sociology of religion; and theology. Students, scholars, teachers, and practitioners from these and other disciplines will welcome this collection as a vital one-stop compendium of the very best canonical and cutting-edge research.
ISBN: ISBN 9708-0-415-5436
2007
N Ghanea (ed), Does God Believe in Human Rights?, (Martinus Nijhoff 2007)
Where can religions find sources of legitimacy for human rights? How do, and how should, religious leaders and communities respond to human rights as defined in modern International Law? When religious precepts contradict human rights standards - for example in relation to freedom of expression or in relation to punishments - which should trump the other, and why? Can human rights and religious teachings be interpreted in a manner which brings reconciliation closer? Do the modern concept and system of human rights undermine the very vision of society that religions aim to impart? Is a … read morereference to God in the discussion of human rights misplaced? Do human fallibilities with respect to interpretation, judicial reasoning and the understanding of human oneness and dignity provide the key to the undeniable and sometimes devastating conflicts that have arisen between, and within, religions and the human rights movement? In this volume, academics and lawyers tackle these most difficult questions head-on, with candour and creativity, and the collection is rendered unique by the further contributions of a remarkable range of other professionals, including senior religious leaders and representatives, journalists, diplomats and civil servants, both national and international. Most notably, the contributors do not shy away from the boldest question of all - summed up in the book's title. The thoroughly edited and revised papers which make up this collection were originally prepared for a ground-breaking conference organised by the Clemens Nathan Research Centre, the University of London Institute of Commonwealth Studies and Martinus Nijhoff/Brill.
ISBN: ISBN13:9789004152540
L Lazarus and BJ Goold (eds), Security and Human Rights (Hart 2007)
K S Ziegler (ed), Human Rights and Private Law. Privacy as Autonomy (Oxford, Hart Publishing 2007)
2004
N Ghanea (ed), Minorities, Peoples and Self-Determination: Essays in Honour of Patrick Thornberry (Martinus Nijhoff 2004)
The present volume, in honour of Professor Patrick Thornberry, presents new thinking on minority and indigenous rights in international law. Contributors to this 17 chapter volume include an impressive range of academics, thinkers, practitioners and international civil servants with a number of different approaches to this complex area. Not all of them take a legal approach, and this exploration benefits from the variety of frameworks utilised in contributing to the controversial area of minority and indigenous rights. Debates that receive attention in this volume include self-determination, … read moredefinitional issues, collective rights and rights to natural resources. Other chapters unravel challenges that have not attracted sufficient attention to date, such as multiculturalism, integration, colour as a ground for discrimination and the economic and social rights of minorities. The volume also looks critically at the work of the World Bank, the African Union, the Council of Europe and the OSCE in this arena. Finally, case studies highlight the regrettable similarities in the suffering of groups in different parts of the world as well as the stark contrast between state claims and their actual practice. The contributors are: Gudmundur Alfredsson, Michael Banton, Joshua Castellino, Erica‑lrene A. Daes, María-Amor Estébanez, Nazila Ghanea, Geoff Gilbert, Bülent Gökay, Tom Hadden, Dominic McGoldrick, Timothy Murithi, John Packer, Chandra K. Roy, Malcolm N. Shaw, Martin Scheinin, Sia Spiliopoulou Åkermark, and Alexandra Xanthaki.
ISBN: ISBN13: 978900414301
N Ghanea (ed), The Challenge of Religious Discrimination at the Dawn of the New Millennium (Martinus Nijhoff 2004)
The themes and issues explored in this book - religion, human rights, politics and society could not be more relevant to the post 11 September 2001 world. They lie at the heart of global political debate today. The collection explores these issues after the passing of just over two decades from the adoption of the United Nations Declaration on the Elimination of all Forms of Intolerance and Discrimination based on Religion or Belief. That declaration set out minimum international standards for the elimination of such discrimination. Sadly the challenge of intolerance on the basis of religion … read moreor belief continues to plague us, and tackling it seems to have become increasingly entrenched. The complexity of this phenomenon requires expertise from different quarters. This collection draws from diplomatic, activist and theological quarters and benefits from the analysis of scholars of law, history, religious studies and sociology. The ten chapters of this collection examine the relationship between human rights, law and religion; offer a typology for the study of religious persecution; problematise the consequences flowing from religious establishment in religiously plural society; analyse the implications of the directions being taken by the jurisprudence of the European Court of Human Rights and the protections offered by the European Commission council Directive 2000/43/EC outlawing workplace discrimination; study the 1981 Declaration and its promotion through the work of the UN Special Rapporteur on Freedom of Religion or Belief; and explore the intricacies of this freedom in detail from within the context of the United Kingdom and The Netherlands.
ISBN: ISBN13: 978900413641
Internet Publications
2011
L Lazarus, The Composition of the UK Bill of Rights Commission (2011) UK Constitutional Law Group Blog
Case Notes
2002
J Morgan, 'Nuisance, property and human rights (Marcic v. Thames Water Utilities, QBD)' (2002) 118 LQR 27 [Case Note]
Presentation/Conference contributions
2011
N Ghanea, Expert workshops on the prohibition of incitement to national, racial or religious hatred (February 2011, Vienna) , paper presented at United Nations
The Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR) has organised, in 2011, a series of expert workshops on the prohibition of incitement to national, racial or religious hatred, as reflected in international human rights law. The objectives of the expert workshops are: •To gain a better understanding of legislative patterns, judicial practices and different types of policies, in countries of the various regions of the world, with regard to prohibiting incitement to national, racial, or religious hatred, while ensuring full respect for freedom of expression as outlined in articles 19 and 20 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights; •to arrive at a comprehensive assessment of the state of implementation of this prohibition of incitement in conformity with international human rights law and; •to identify possible actions at all levels.
2008
N Ghanea, FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION AND ADVOCACY OF RELIGIOUS HATRED THAT CONSTITUTES INCITEMENT TO DISCRIMINATION, HOSTILITY OR VIOLENCE: Articles 19 and 20 of the ICCPR , paper presented at United Nations 47
Reviews
2012
V Moreno Lax, 'Book Review: M Geiger and A Pécoud (eds), The Politics of International Migration Management, Basingstoke: Palgrave MacMillan, 2010, ISBN: 9780230272583' (2012) 25(1) Journal of Refugee Studies 166-167. [Review]
V Moreno Lax, 'T Gammeltoft-Hansen, Access to Asylum, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2010, ISBN: 9781107003477' (2012) 25(3) Journal of Refugee Studies (forthcoming). [Review]
2011
J Morgan, 'Review of Bonfire of the Liberties: New Labour, Human Rights, and the Rule of Law by Prof Keith Ewing' (2011) 127 LQR 316 [Review]
2010
V Moreno Lax, 'Book Review: A Hurwitz, The Collective Responsibility of States to Protect Refugees, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2009, ISBN 978-0-19-927838-1' (2010) 12(1) European Journal of Migration and Law 133-142. [Review]
A L Young, 'K Ewing, "Bonfire of the Liberties": Book Review' (2010) 6 European Human Rights Law Review 659 [Review]
Working Papers
2010
V Moreno Lax, Beyond SAADI v UK: The “Necessity” Requirement for Administrative Detention of Asylum Seekers in the EU (2010) FR-31 REFGOV WP Series
2008
V Moreno Lax, Must EU Borders Have Doors for Refugees? (2008) CRIDHO Working Paper 2008/03
Reports
2012
N Ghanea, Preaching and Practising: Freedom of Religion or Belief in the Commonwealth (2012) Report Commissioned by the Commonwealth Advisory Bureau, which in turn was commissioned and funded by the Canadian High Commission, London
An examination of freedom of religion or belief as upheld in the constitutions of Commonwealth Member States and why the Commonwealth should hitherto acknowledge freedom of religion or belief more fully as part of the spectrum of Commonwealth concerns.
2011
L Lazarus, C Costello, K Ziegler and N Ghanea, Report on the evolution of Fundamental Rights Charters and Caselaw: A comparison of the EU, Council of Europe and UN Systems (2011)
N Ghanea and B Hass, Seeking justice and an end to neglect: Iran's minorities today (2011) Minority Rights Group International
Violations of minority rights in Iran take place within a wider, well-documented context of human rights violations, and intolerance of dissent and difference. Against this background, this briefing reflects on the historical and current situation of Iran’s ethnic, religious and linguistic minority groups, which are typified in Iran by their lack of political power and influence. It also considers the new popular and political consciousness that is emerging in Iran in regard to human rights in general, and minority rights in particular, following the political debates leading up to the disputed 2009 elections, and the popular protests that came afterwards. This shift may represent an opportunity for members of minority groups in Iran at long last to enjoy equal citizenship rights, educational and economic opportunities, and the right to maintain their cultural identity.
L Lazarus and others, The Evolution of Fundamental Rights Charters and Case Law: A Comparison of the United Nations, Council of Europe and the European Union systems of human rights Protection (2011) European Parliament
This report examines the human rights protection systems of the United Nations, the Council of Europe and the European Union. It explores the substantive rights, protection mechanisms, modes of engagement within, and the interactions between each system. The report also outlines the protection of minority rights, and the political processes through which human rights and institutions evolve and interact. A series of recommendations are made on how to advance the EU human rights system.
L Lazarus and others, The Evolution of Fundamental Rights Charters and Case Law: A Comparison of the United Nations, Council of Europe and European Union Systems (2011) European Parliament Directorate General for Internal Policies
This report examines the human rights protection systems of the United Nations, the Council of Europe and the European Union. It explores the substantive rights, protection mechanisms, modes of engagement within, and the interactions between each system. The report also outlines the protection of minority rights, and the political processes through which human rights and institutions evolve and interact. A series of recommendations are made on how to advance the EU human rights system.
2010
2009
N Ghanea, Sisters in Islam (2009) ESRC research paper RES-155-25-0042 on South-North non-governmental networks, policy processes and policy outcomes, NGPA Paper Series by the ESRC 47 pages
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
The objective of the course is to provide a thorough grounding in the application of the European Convention on Human Rights. The primary aim is to introduce students to the substance of Convention rights and to their interpretation and enforcement, including the relevant jurisprudence of the European Court on Human Rights. This will include an analysis of general principles as well as broad themes arising from the interpretation and limits of several specific Convention rights (such as fair trial, protection of private life, and non-discrimination). Other European conventions and institutions will be referred to when relevant. By the end of the course, students will: have a sound understanding of the significance of human rights and civil liberties, and their theoretical dimensions, in Europe; be familiar with and able to apply the relevant provisions of the ECHR to practical problems concerning a range of the rights and liberties; have a knowledge and understanding of the European Human Rights system as a whole and the place of the Convention in that system; and have an understanding of the institutional procedural requirements for bringing human rights claims under the ECHR. Teaching will take place over Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, and will consist of a combination of lectures, seminars, classes and tutorials.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
The objective of the course is to provide a thorough grounding in the application of the European Convention on Human Rights. The primary aim is to introduce students to the substance of Convention rights and to their interpretation and enforcement, including the relevant jurisprudence of the European Court on Human Rights. This will include an analysis of general principles as well as broad themes arising from the interpretation and limits of several specific Convention rights (such as fair trial, protection of private life, and non-discrimination). Other European conventions and institutions will be referred to when relevant. By the end of the course, students will: have a sound understanding of the significance of human rights and civil liberties, and their theoretical dimensions, in Europe; be familiar with and able to apply the relevant provisions of the ECHR to practical problems concerning a range of the rights and liberties; have a knowledge and understanding of the European Human Rights system as a whole and the place of the Convention in that system; and have an understanding of the institutional procedural requirements for bringing human rights claims under the ECHR. Teaching will take place over Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, and will consist of a combination of lectures, seminars, classes and tutorials.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
The right to equality is ubiquitous in human rights instruments in jurisdictions throughout the world. Yet the meaning of equality and non-discrimination are contested. Is equality formal or substantive, and if the latter, what does substantive equality entail? Which groups should be protected from discrimination and how do we decide? How do we capture conceptualisations of equality in legal terms and when should equality give way to other priorities, such as conflicting freedoms or cost? The aim of this course is examine these and other key issues through the prism of comparative law. Given the growing exchange of ideas across different jurisdictions, the comparative technique is a valuable analytic tool to illuminate this field. At the same time, the course pays attention to the importance of social, legal and historical context to the development of legal concepts and their impact.
The first half of the course approaches the subject thematically, while the second half of the course addresses individual grounds, ending with a consideration of remedial structures. Theory is integrated throughout the course, and the relationship between grounds of discrimination and other human rights is explored. The course will be predominantly based on materials from the US, Canada, South Africa, India, the UK, EU, and ECHR, although some materials from other Commonwealth countries or individual European countries will be included. International human rights instruments are also examined. Employment related discrimination is generally dealt with in the International and European Employment Law course. The course does not require previous knowledge of equality or discrimination law.
The course is taught by a series of 14 seminars, in MT and HT. A number of lectures will be provided at the beginning of the course providing a ‘toolkit’ on various specific issues such as comparative methodology. There will be a tutorial at the end of each term and two further tutorials in TT. A series of guest seminars will be arranged throughout the year, but particularly in TT. The course is taught by Professor Sandra Fredman, Dr Tarunabh Khaitan, Mr Nick Bamforth (from 2012) and Dr Cathryn Costello (from 2012). Justice Kate O’Regan (one of the first justices on the South African Constitutional Court) will give a series of seminars in TT.
[less]
The course involves a study of human rights drawing on legal materials primarily (though not exclusively) from the United Kingdom, the United States, the Commonwealth and Europe. The course considers the meaning of particular human rights and their significance in theory and in practice, and the approaches taken by the legal institutions designed to protect them at the national and European regional levels, including those of the European Convention on Human Rights and the European Union. A number of specific substantive issues (most notably, freedom of speech and protection from discrimination) are studied in depth to illustrate the complex interplay between theory, legal concepts and procedure, and between legal and non-legal sources of protection.
Teaching for this subject comprises of seminars and tutorials. In general the seminars aim to encourage extensive class participation and extended high-level discussion of particular topics of importance. Tutorials provide the opportunity to write essays and discuss essay and examination technique. The course as a whole aims to contribute to the legal education of the student by providing the opportunity for comparative study, during which the appropriateness and utility of comparative legal techniques will be considered.
Teaching is in the form of a two-hour seminar which runs each week during Michaelmas and Hilary Terms.
[less]
Criminal Justice and Human Rights
This course will look at the development of human rights principles in relation to the criminal justice system, looking in detail at the interaction between human rights discourse and the theory and practice of criminal justice. The focus will be upon the European Convention of Human Rights and the Human Rights Act 1998, in relation to the criminal justice system of England and Wales, but further comparative material from other jurisdictions will be drawn upon where relevant. After beginning with a critical look at human rights discourse, the course will adopt the method of detail – taking a number of discrete topics and examining each of them in terms of the theoretical underpinnings of the particular right, the human rights reasoning adopted by the courts, and the implications for criminal justice policy. Among the rights thus examined will be the privilege against self-incrimination, the right to privacy in relation to surveillance, and the protection of personal liberty with respect to imprisonment. The course will end by drawing out specific themes relating to human rights and anti-terrorist measures, and more generally the interface between human rights and security concerns.
Teaching will be delivered in the form of weekly seminars, held in the first six weeks of Michaelmas and Hilary terms. All students enrolled in this course are expected to attend these seminars, and to read and think about the assigned materials in advance of the seminar. The seminar will be introduced by a Faculty member, followed by discussion, usually based around a set of questions distributed in advance. Tutorials in this subject will be available in the first four weeks of Trinity Term.
[less]
MJur
European Human Rights Law (also part of the BA course)
The objective of the course is to provide a thorough grounding in the application of the European Convention on Human Rights. The primary aim is to introduce students to the substance of Convention rights and to their interpretation and enforcement, including the relevant jurisprudence of the European Court on Human Rights. This will include an analysis of general principles as well as broad themes arising from the interpretation and limits of several specific Convention rights (such as fair trial, protection of private life, and non-discrimination). Other European conventions and institutions will be referred to when relevant. By the end of the course, students will: have a sound understanding of the significance of human rights and civil liberties, and their theoretical dimensions, in Europe; be familiar with and able to apply the relevant provisions of the ECHR to practical problems concerning a range of the rights and liberties; have a knowledge and understanding of the European Human Rights system as a whole and the place of the Convention in that system; and have an understanding of the institutional procedural requirements for bringing human rights claims under the ECHR. Teaching will take place over Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, and will consist of a combination of lectures, seminars, classes and tutorials.
[less]
The right to equality is ubiquitous in human rights instruments in jurisdictions throughout the world. Yet the meaning of equality and non-discrimination are contested. Is equality formal or substantive, and if the latter, what does substantive equality entail? Which groups should be protected from discrimination and how do we decide? How do we capture conceptualisations of equality in legal terms and when should equality give way to other priorities, such as conflicting freedoms or cost? The aim of this course is examine these and other key issues through the prism of comparative law. Given the growing exchange of ideas across different jurisdictions, the comparative technique is a valuable analytic tool to illuminate this field. At the same time, the course pays attention to the importance of social, legal and historical context to the development of legal concepts and their impact.
The first half of the course approaches the subject thematically, while the second half of the course addresses individual grounds, ending with a consideration of remedial structures. Theory is integrated throughout the course, and the relationship between grounds of discrimination and other human rights is explored. The course will be predominantly based on materials from the US, Canada, South Africa, India, the UK, EU, and ECHR, although some materials from other Commonwealth countries or individual European countries will be included. International human rights instruments are also examined. Employment related discrimination is generally dealt with in the International and European Employment Law course. The course does not require previous knowledge of equality or discrimination law.
The course is taught by a series of 14 seminars, in MT and HT. A number of lectures will be provided at the beginning of the course providing a ‘toolkit’ on various specific issues such as comparative methodology. There will be a tutorial at the end of each term and two further tutorials in TT. A series of guest seminars will be arranged throughout the year, but particularly in TT. The course is taught by Professor Sandra Fredman, Dr Tarunabh Khaitan, Mr Nick Bamforth (from 2012) and Dr Cathryn Costello (from 2012). Justice Kate O’Regan (one of the first justices on the South African Constitutional Court) will give a series of seminars in TT.
[less]
The course involves a study of human rights drawing on legal materials primarily (though not exclusively) from the United Kingdom, the United States, the Commonwealth and Europe. The course considers the meaning of particular human rights and their significance in theory and in practice, and the approaches taken by the legal institutions designed to protect them at the national and European regional levels, including those of the European Convention on Human Rights and the European Union. A number of specific substantive issues (most notably, freedom of speech and protection from discrimination) are studied in depth to illustrate the complex interplay between theory, legal concepts and procedure, and between legal and non-legal sources of protection.
Teaching for this subject comprises of seminars and tutorials. In general the seminars aim to encourage extensive class participation and extended high-level discussion of particular topics of importance. Tutorials provide the opportunity to write essays and discuss essay and examination technique. The course as a whole aims to contribute to the legal education of the student by providing the opportunity for comparative study, during which the appropriateness and utility of comparative legal techniques will be considered.
Teaching is in the form of a two-hour seminar which runs each week during Michaelmas and Hilary Terms.
[less]
Criminal Justice and Human Rights
This course will look at the development of human rights principles in relation to the criminal justice system, looking in detail at the interaction between human rights discourse and the theory and practice of criminal justice. The focus will be upon the European Convention of Human Rights and the Human Rights Act 1998, in relation to the criminal justice system of England and Wales, but further comparative material from other jurisdictions will be drawn upon where relevant. After beginning with a critical look at human rights discourse, the course will adopt the method of detail – taking a number of discrete topics and examining each of them in terms of the theoretical underpinnings of the particular right, the human rights reasoning adopted by the courts, and the implications for criminal justice policy. Among the rights thus examined will be the privilege against self-incrimination, the right to privacy in relation to surveillance, and the protection of personal liberty with respect to imprisonment. The course will end by drawing out specific themes relating to human rights and anti-terrorist measures, and more generally the interface between human rights and security concerns.
Teaching will be delivered in the form of weekly seminars, held in the first six weeks of Michaelmas and Hilary terms. All students enrolled in this course are expected to attend these seminars, and to read and think about the assigned materials in advance of the seminar. The seminar will be introduced by a Faculty member, followed by discussion, usually based around a set of questions distributed in advance. Tutorials in this subject will be available in the first four weeks of Trinity Term.
[less]
People
Human Rights Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Liora Lazarus: CUF Lecturer
in conjunction with:
Nicholas Bamforth: CUF Lecturer
Cathryn Costello: Fellow and Tutor in EU and Public Law
Paul Craig: Professor of English Law
Anne Davies: Professor of Law and Public Policy
Sionaidh Douglas-Scott: Professor of European and Human Rights Law
Sandra Fredman: Rhodes Professor of the Laws of the British Commonwealth and the United States
John Gardner: Professor of Jurisprudence
Nazila Ghanea: University Lecturer in International Human Rights Law
Guy S. Goodwin-Gill: Senior Research Fellow, All Souls College
Leslie Green: Professor of the Philosophy of Law
Laura Hoyano: Hackney Fellow & Tutor in Law and CUF Lecturer
Tarunabh Khaitan: Penningtons Student in Law, Christ Church
Violeta Moreno Lax: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
Kate O'Regan: Visiting Professor
Andrew Shacknove: University Lecturer in Law (Department of Continuing Education)
Alison L Young: CUF Lecturer
Katja Ziegler: Reader in European and Comparative Law, Erich Brost University Lecturer
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Andrew Ashworth: Vinerian Professor of English Law
Michal Bobek: Anglo-German Fellow
David Erdos: Katzenbach Research Fellow (Balliol College)
Clara Feliciati: DPhil Law student
Ryan Goss: Junior Research Fellow in Law
Caroline Harvey: Research Fellow
Jarrod Hepburn: DPhil student
Lawrence Hill-Cawthorne: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
Damilola Olawuyi: DPhil Law student
Irini Papanicolopulu: Marie Curie Fellow
Paolo Ronchi: DPhil student
Se-shauna Wheatle: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
[top]
Intellectual Property
Forthcoming Subject Events
June 2012
Wednesday 6 June 2012 Week 7
- Intellectual Property Discussion Group
Designing Effective Remedies for Internet Wrongdoing - Speaker: Jaani Riordan, Magdalen College
Oxford Law Faculty Law Board Room at 1300
News
Book Launch for a Neofederalist Vision of TRIPS: The Resilience of the International Intellectual Property Regime
The publication of A Neofederalist Vision of TRIPS: The Resilience of The International Intellectual Property Regime (Oxford Univ. [more…]
New Report Explores the Problem of Trade Mark Clutter
A recent report co-authored for the UK Intellectual Property Office by Professor Christine Greenhalgh, provides insights into those aspects of trade mark law that can create so-called cluttering. [more…]
The 2012 International Intellectual Property Moot and Conversazione
The annual International Intellectual Property Moot and Conversazione were held on 16 and 17 March 2012 at St Catherine’s College. [more…]
Pattishall Medal for excellence and innovation in teaching
The Oxford Law Faculty congratulates Professor Vaver, Emeritus Professor of Intellectual Property & Information Technology Law, on being awarded the Pattishall Medal for excellence and innovation in teaching of subjects related to trademarks and trade identity, having been nominated by one of his former students. [more…]
Oxford Diploma in Intellectual Property Law and Practice Alumni Drinks Reception and Talk
On Tuesday 28 February, the Faculty of Law hosted the first Diploma in Intellectual Property Law and Practice Alumni Drinks and Talk at the Oxford Cambridge Club in London. [more…]
European Methods and Interactions in the Field of Intellectual Property Law: Conference open for registration.
In January 2012, the University of Oxford (OIPRC and IECL ) in collaboration with the University of Bayreuth (Graduate School "Intellectual Property and the Public Domain") will host a two-day conference, organised by Dr Justine Pila and Professor Ansgar Ohly, on the key methodological and institutional issues affecting the development of European private law with a particular focus on Intellectual Property. [more…]
International Intellectual Property Moot 2011
The annual International Intellectual Property Moot was held on 18 and 19 March 2011. A record number of submissions were received this year. [more…]
Professor Dinwoodie delivers the George P. Smith Distinguished Visiting Chair Lecture
Professor Graeme Dinwoodie has been appointed the 2011 George P. Smith Distinguished Visiting Professor at the Maurer School of Law, Indiana University-Bloomington in the United States. [more…]
The Third Intellectual Property Conversazione
The Third Intellectual Property Conversazione was held at St Catherine’s College, Oxford on Friday 18 March, in conjunction with the Oxford International Intellectual Property Moot.
Hosted by the Oxford Intellectual Property Research Centre, the IP Conversazione brought together a panel of three speakers to discuss aspects of the broad question “What’s in a Name?” in a panel chaired by Oxford’s Professor of Intellectual Property and Information Technology Law Graeme Dinwoodie. [more…]
Oxford International Intellectual Property Moot Finals 2011
The universities that have been invited to the Oxford International Intellectual Property Moot Finals have been announced. A list of the short-listed universities is available here. [more…]
Professor Graeme Dinwoodie Delivers the Beverly W. Pattishall Distinguished Lecture on Trademark Law
Professor Graeme Dinwoodie, Chair of Intellectual Property and Information Technology Law delivered the Beverly W Pattishall Distinguished Lecture on Trademark Law at the John Marshall Law School, Chicago, on 3 November 2010. [more…]
The New Oxford Intellectual Property Research Centre Website is launched
The Oxford Intellectual Property Research Centre (OIPRC) has launched its new website, www.oiprc.ox.ac.uk. [more…]
International Intellectual Property Moot 2010
St Catherine’s College on Saturday 20th March saw the conclusion of the Oxford IP Research Centre (OIPRC)’s eighth annual mooting competition, hosted for the first time by its new Director, Professor Graeme Dinwoodie. [more…]
IP Conversazione
The Second Intellectual Property Conversazione was held at St Catherine’s College, Oxford on Friday 19 March, in conjunction with the Oxford International Intellectual Property Moot. Hosted by the Oxford Intellectual Property Research Centre, the IP Conversazione brought together five very different speakers to discuss aspects of the broad question “Is Copyright Good for Music?” in a panel chaired by Oxford’s Professor of Intellectual Property and Information Technology Law Graeme Dinwoodie. Lord Gill, the Lord Justice Clerk of Scotland and former Chair of Governors of the Royal Scottish Academy of Music and Drama, provided valuable background on the history of the statutory development of the UK law protecting musical works. [more…]
The Requirement for an Invention in Patent Law
In March 2010 OUP published the first ever monograph-length study of the requirement for an invention in UK patent law, by Oxford Law Faculty member, Justine Pila. [more…]
Innovation, Intellectual Property and Economic Growth
Professor Christine Greenhalgh's book, titled Innovation, Intellectual Property and Economic Growth, jointly authored with Professor Mark Rogers of Harris Manchester College, has finally reached Blackwells' shelves. [more…]
IP Diploma News
The Oxford Diploma in IP Law and Practice is a one-year, part-time, masters-level vocational course, designed to give junior lawyers embarking on a career in IP a grounding in the fundamentals of IP law and practice.
The first cohort in this new programme successfully completed their
studies in the summer of 2009. [more…]
A busy retirement
Professor Christine Greenhalgh took early retirement in October 2009 in order to focus more on her research and she has never been busier! She travelled to China in October, where she presented a paper at the Shanghai Institute of Technology, and to Melbourne in January, participating in a conference titled Pacific Rim Innovation organised by the IP Research Institute of Australia and chairing a panel discussion about the contentious Trade Related Intellectual Property Agreement.
In June she will present a paper on trademarks and brands at a workshop organised by the National University of Singapore and the IP Academy. [more…]
Professor Graeme Dinwoodie elected to Oxford Chair in Intellectual Property Law
Professor Graeme Dinwoodie has been named as Professor of Intellectual Property and Information Technology Law at Oxford University. [more…]
New IP Diploma begins
The Oxford Diploma in IP Law and Practice has
begun, with a two-week intensive course last month for 55 early-career practitioners
taking the course. [more…]
OIPRC becomes an official centre of the Law Faculty
In October 2008 the Oxford Intellectual Property Research Centre (OIPRC) became a Centre of the Oxford Law Faculty, taking its place alongside an increasing number of multidisciplinary centres.
The OIPRC was established in 1990 at St
Peter’s College by Faculty member Peter
Hayward, with an £85,000 gift from the
Hitachi Foundation. [more…]
New IP Diploma is approved
The Oxford Diploma in Intellectual Property Law and Practice has been approved by the University’s Educational Policy and Standards Committee, and will run from 2008-9. [more…]
Justine Pila joins the Faculty
Justine Pila joins the Faculty as the new University Lecturer in Intellectual Property. [more…]
Inaugural International Intellectual Property Moot
The International IP Moot ran on 22
and 23 March 2003. [more…]
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 168 Intellectual Property publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2013
G Dinwoodie, 'Third Annual Emmanuel College International Intellectual Property Lecture: Ensuring Consumers “Get What They Want”: The Role of Trademark Law ' (2013) Cambridge Law Journal (forthcoming)
2012
J Pila, Some Reflections on Method and Policy in the Crowded House of European Patent Law and their Implications for India (2012) 24 National Law School of India Review, forthcoming
J Pila, \"Sewing the Fly Buttons on the Statute:\" Employee Inventions and the Employment Context (2012) 32 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 1-31
2011
J Pila, 'Law and the Victorians: Intellectual Property' (2011) Journal of Legal History, forthcoming
J Pila, Software Patents, Separation of Powers, and Failed Syllogisms: A Cornucopia from the Enlarged Board of Appeal of the European Patent Office (2011) 70 Cambridge Law Journal 203-228
2010
G Dinwoodie, 'Opinion:Trade Mark Harmonisation: National Courts and the European Court of Justice' (2010) 41 International Review of Industrial Property and Copyright Law 1
G Dinwoodie, R. Dreyfuss and A. Kur, The Law Applicable to Secondary Liability in Intellectual Property Cases (2010) 42 New York University Journal of International Law and Politics 201
In recent years, intellectual property law has paid increasing attention to issues of private international law. The American Law Institute promulgated Intellectual Property: Principles Governing Jurisdiction, Choice of Law, and Judgments in Transnational Dispute in 2008. In Europe, the Max Planck Institutes’ Conflict of Laws in Intellectual Property Conflicts of Law effort is expected in 2010. However, neither of these projects has dealt explicitly with choice of law on contributory liability (or any other form of secondary liability that makes one party liable for the harm caused by another). Yet, actions premised on secondary liability are rapidly becoming the favored route for efficient enforcement on a worldwide basis. Examples include cases that attempt to impose liability on manufacturers of copying technologies for infringements caused by those who use their equipment; on purveyors of peer-to-peer file sharing software for the activities of those who download material without rightholders’ permissions; on internet service providers for subscribers’s infringing postings; and on other intermediaries, such as auction sites. In principle, secondary liability actions can occur in all areas of intellectual property law. However, for purposes of this paper, we concentrate on trademark cases, such as the litigation involving the responsibility of the online auction house, e-Bay, for the sale of counterfeit goods on its website. The problems posed in that area are particularly complex. After offering a stylized fact pattern to illustrate the problems, we consider the different ways in which courts might deal with questions arising in cases where secondary liability claims are asserted. We suggest that the traditional approach to choice of law in trademark cases generates unacceptable uncertainties for intermediaries and that a genuine engagement with conflicts scholarship would help mediate among the diverse interests and policy concerns. In the end, however, we conclude that private international law solutions may not resolve all the complications of multinational secondary liability cases. Thus, we are moved to propose, as an alternative solution, an autonomous (substantive) principle applicable in these cases. We conclude with some thoughts about how the different approaches engage with existing models for the resolution of trans-border intellectual property disputes and with the international intellectual property regime more generally.
C Greenhalgh, R Pitkethly and M Rogers, 'Intellectual property enforcement in smaller UK firms: Findings from a survey in 2009-10’' (2010) Vol.2 The WIPO Journal
J Pila, An Australian Copyright Revolution and its Relevance for UK Jurisprudence: IceTV in the light of Infopaq v Danske (2010) 9 Oxford University Commonwealth Law Journal 77-93
This paper was written for delivery at a BLACA meeting on 14 January 2010. The powerpoint slides are available at http://www.blaca.org/meeting.htm and http://users.ox.ac.uk/~lawf0169/pdfs/blacaseminar, pila rev.pdf
J Pila, Copyright and its Categories of Original Works (2010) 30 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 229–254
J Pila, On the European Requirement for an Invention (2010) 41 IIC: International Review of Intellectual Property and Competition Law 906-926
J Pila, Who Owns the Intellectual Property Rights in Academic Work? (2010) European Intellectual Property Review 609-613
2009
G Dinwoodie and R. Dreyfuss, Designing a Global Intellectual Property System Responsive to Change: The WTO, WIPO and Beyond (2009) 46 Houston Law Review 1187
In recent years, it has become clear that the TRIPS regime is in trouble. Although lawmaking in the World Trade Organization (WTO) has essentially stalled, there is a continuing need to recalibrate the rules applicable to knowledge production. In theory, the problems facing WTO members could be resolved through new lawmaking within that institution. For a variety of reasons, however, this has not materialized. The WTO’s adjudicatory system has compensated somewhat for the lack of activity in the Ministerial Conference and the General Council. But for a number of reasons, it is not a substitute for a well-functioning “legislative body.” Indeed, some of the activity in this field has shifted back from the WTO to the World Intellectual Property Organisation (WIPO). Although this regulatory competition might currently be leading to a suboptimal global regime, the move to WIPO is intriguing. It suggests an institutional design that could make the international intellectual property system more responsive to changing needs. Indeed, the TRIPS Agreement contemplates a formal tie between the WTO and WIPO. Unfortunately, however, the nature of the lawmaking relationship between these two organizations has yet to be fully elucidated. TRIPS incorporates provisions of two WIPO instruments (the Paris and Berne Conventions), and references others. Still, it is not evident whether (or how) the WTO should be taking account of WIPO’s view of these commitments. Nor is it clear how (or when) new developments within these conventions should affect WTO obligations. This essay takes up the institutional design question of how to create an intellectual property system responsive to changing circumstances by examining how the WTO can best make use of WIPO’s experience and expertise in intellectual property matters. After considering the intellectual property cases decided to date by the WTO dispute settlement body and determining the ways in which they have relied on the text and negotiating histories of, and other materials relevant to, WIPO conventions to elucidate TRIPS obligations, we suggest some revisions to interpretive approaches pursued thus far by dispute settlement panels. We point out methodologies that would leaven and cabin the trade perspective, and thus allow the WTO to capitalize on WIPO’s experience and on WIPO developments that cope with the dynamic nature of intellectual property and the changing landscape of knowledge production. Our analysis is also meant for broader application, for developing a design that permits productive input from all the international institutions that have interests touching on intellectual property norm development.
G Dinwoodie, Developing a Private International Intellectual Property Law: The Demise of Territoriality? (2009) 51 Wiiliam & Mary Law Review 711
Although intellectual property law is a relatively recent legal innovation, it has from an early stage in its development possessed an international dimension. As far back as the late nineteenth century, this resulted in the adoption of a group of multinational treaties that remain the foundation of what can be called the public international law of intellectual property. Efforts to develop a private international law of intellectual property are much more recent, and are ongoing in a number of different institutional settings. Yet, the need for attention to this field remains acute. This Article explores the content of a private international law of intellectual property. It does not seek to articulate a comprehensive scheme. Rather, this exploration is intended to facilitate consideration of the core principle of territoriality that informs so much of the existing regime. The Article sketches the basic principles of private international law that apply in transborder intellectual property disputes, examining treaty provisions and developments at the national and regional level. Some of the leading questions are highlighted by discussion of six recent transborder intellectual property disputes. These disputes help to illustrate aspects of cross-border exploitation of intellectual property that need to be taken into account both in critiquing current approaches and in formulating alternatives. The Article then turns to focus on the concept of territoriality. Territoriality is a principle that has always received excessive doctrinal purchase in intellectual property law. Moreover, the normative force of the principle has declined as units of social and commercial organization have come to correspond less neatly with national borders, and as private ordering has weakened the capacity (and perhaps the claim) of the nation-state exclusively to determine the behavior of its citizenry. Finally, many of the same values (for example, diversity of legal regimes, tailoring of intellectual property to local needs, and protecting rights on an international basis) that the public international intellectual property system sought to further through its promulgation of the principle of territoriality can now best (and perhaps only) be achieved by reconfiguring the principle. This Article approaches the task of reconfiguration in two ways. First, it explores some of the different ways in which the principle of territoriality might conceptually inform a private international law of intellectual property. Contemporary multi-territorial intellectual property disputes are characterized by an excess of shared but weaker prescriptive and adjudicatory authority. The Article suggests a restrained concept of territoriality that reflects that reality, drawing in particular from the treatment of extra-territoriality in trademark law. The Article also approaches the question less conceptually and proposes liberalization of a specific principle of private international intellectual property law: limits on consolidated adjudication of infringement claims under domestic and foreign intellectual property laws.
G Dinwoodie, Lewis & Clark College of Law Ninth Distinguished IP Lecture: Developing Defenses in Trademark Law (2009) 13 Lewis & Clark Law Review 99
Trademark law contains important limits that place a range of third party conduct beyond the control of the trademark owner. However, I suggest that trademark law would be better served if several of its limits were explicitly conceptualized as defenses to an action for infringement, that is, as rules permitting unauthorized uses of marks even where such uses implicate the affirmative concerns of trademark law and thus support a prima facie cause of action by the trademark owner. To explore why this distinction between limits and defenses matters, I discuss the different nature of the proscription imposed by copyright and trademark law. And I draw lessons both from case law deriving limits from interpretation of the proscription of trademark law as well as from the development of statutory defenses to dilution. Conceiving of limits as defenses would help ensure that the (often unstated) values underlying socially desirable third party uses are not too readily disregarded if they happen to conflict with confusion-avoidance concerns that are historically powerful drivers of trademark protection. Such an approach would also ameliorate the uncertainties caused by the acceptance of extended (and increasingly amorphous) notions of actionable harm in trademark law. And it would facilitate a more transparent debate about the different forms that limits on trademark rights might take. Some defenses will operate as mechanisms by which to balance competing policy concerns on a case-by-case basis, while others (reflecting more fundamental normative commitments, or driven by more proceduralist concerns) might allow certain values categorically to trump the basic policy concerns supporting liability for trademark infringement. Full development of these defenses will involve courts adopting a conscious understanding of the different jurisprudential nature of defenses and will be made easier by acceptance of the Lanham Act as a delegating statute.
J Pila, Article 53(b) EPC: A Challenge to the Novartis Theory of European Patent History (2009) 72 Modern Law Review 436-462
J Pila, Authorship and e-Science: Balancing Epistemological Trust and Skepticism in the Digital Environment (2009) 23 Social Epistemology 1-24
J Pila, Chemical Products and Proportionate Patents Before and After Generics v Lundbeck (2009) 20 King's Law Journal 489-526
In Generics Ltd v Lundbeck A/S (2009) UKHL 12, the House of Lords affirmed the validity of a patent for a chemical product - an isolated stereoisomer - supported by a method of producing the product, but protecting the chemical product as such independent of the method by which it was made. In so doing, it appears to have resolved a longstanding tension between granting patents for chemical products and requiring that the scope of monopoly rights equiperate with the disclosure in the specification. It also appears to have rejected the Biogen Inc v Medeva plc (1997) RPC 1 (HL) view of the balance to be struck between inventors and the public, and the commitment expressed by Lord Hoffmann in that case to promoting "research and healthy competition." However, their Lordships' decision is a limited one, applying only to single isolated chemical products. Further, their support for distinguishing categories of claims leaves scope for adopting a different approach with respect to other types of products. In this article I consider one such approach, consistent with the reasoning of the Biogen case, and focused on the purpose of the patent system and the impact of a patent on the relevant art. Such an approach has support in contemporary law, pre-1977 patent jurisprudence, and the intent of the European drafters themselves. Provided its aim is to ensure proportionate protection, any differential treatment across technological fields ought not to constitute discrimination within the meaning of TRIPS or UK patent jurisprudence. Indeed, such treatment may be required precisely to ensure a technologically-neutral patent system.
J Pila, Works of Artistic Craftsmanship in the High Court of Australia: The Exception as Paradigm Copyright Work (2009) 36 Federal Law Review 365-381
In Burge v Swarbrick, the High Court of Australia delivered an important decision on the most elusive of works protected by copyright: the work of artistic craftsmanship (WAC). Drawing on the history and reasons for that protection, and adopting the analysis of Lord Simon in Hensher, the Court affirmed the orthodox view that such works have 'special status' in law on account of their 'real artistic quality'. In its judgment, whether a work has that quality depends on whether it is a work of craftsmanship the artistic form of expression of which is sufficiently 'unconstrained by functional considerations'. In this paper I consider that view, and other aspects of the Court's decision. I suggest the requirement for artistic quality is simply a requirement for a WAC 'not imaginary, unreal or apparent only'. Further, the properties of this type of work are better conceived in historical terms than the formal aesthetic terms of the Court. On this view, whether an object is a WAC depends on both its properties of form and the history of its individual production, meaning the (subjective) intent of its individual author and view of society with respect to its nature. The same view finds support in the reasoning in Burge, and is consistent, too, with the judgment in Hensher, as well as more recent UK cases. As those cases reflect, even conceived in historical terms, WACs are not exceptional works but rather paradigmatic works, contrary to the orthodox view above. The fact that they are functional too does not lessen their need for artistic quality, undermining the support of previous cases, including Desktop Marketing Systems, for extending the statutory categories of works to ensure that functional considerations do not constrain the scope for legal protection. Public access preprint at http://ssrn.com/abstract=1260104
2008
J Pila, An Intentional View of the Copyright Work (2008) 71 Modern Law Review 535-558
J Pila, Compilation Copyright: A matter calling for "a certain ... sobriety" (2008) 19 Australian Intellectual Property Journal 231-266
2007
J. Reichman, G Dinwoodie and P. Samuelson, A Reverse Notice and Takedown Regime To Enable Fair Uses of Technically Protected Copyrighted Works (2007) 22 Berkeley Technology Law Journal 981
The WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) recognized the need to maintain a balance between the rights of authors and the larger public interest in updating copyright law in light of advances in information and communications technologies. But the translation of this balance into the domestic laws of the United States and European Union has not been fully successful. In the DMCA, Congress achieved a reasonable balance of competing interests in its creation of safe harbors for internet service providers. However, contrary to its apparent intention, Congress failed to achieve a similar balance of interests when establishing new rules forbidding circumvention of technical protection measures (TPMs) used by copyright owners to control access to and use of their works. The EU Copyright Directive spoke of a commitment to ensuring that certain public interest uses can be made of technically protected works but contains limits that seemingly undermine this commitment. As a result, national implementations of the Copyright Directive have not adequately facilitated public interest uses of technically protected content.
We believe that practical judicial and administrative measures can and should be devised to implement the spirit of the WCT in both the U.S. and EU without reopening the contentious debates that engulfed the process leading up to enactment of the DMCA and the EU Copyright Directive. To this end, we propose adoption of a ?reverse notice and takedown? procedure to help achieve some of the balance in anti-circumvention rules that the WCT endorsed, but which implementing legislation has thus far failed to deliver. Under this regime, users would be able to give copyright owners notice of their desire to make public interest uses of technically protected copyrighted works, and rights holders would have the responsibility to take down the TPMs or otherwise enable these lawful uses.
A reverse notice and takedown regime would achieve for the anti-circumvention rules a comparable symmetry with the balance embedded in the ISP safe harbor rules. It would also effectuate the nascent, but not fully realized, legislative intent to permit public interest uses of technically protected digital content, while at the same time protecting copyright owners against circumvention of TPMs that would facilitate or lead to massive infringements. In the U.S., the most likely way to achieve this goal is through judicial interpretation of the anti-circumvention rules through case by case adjudication. In the EU, by contrast, member states could implement a reverse notice and takedown regime in the course of fulfilling their obligations under Article 6(4) of the Copyright Directive, which requires them to ensure that users of technically protected works can exercise certain public interest exceptions. Nations that have yet to implement the WCT may find our proposed reverse notice and takedown regime provides a far more balanced way to comply with the treaty than the approach being promoted by U.S. trade negotiators.
G Dinwoodie and M. Janis, Confusion Over Use: Contextualism in Trademark Law (2007) 92 Iowa Law Review 1597
This paper tackles an intellectual property theory that many scholars regard as fundamental to future policy debates over the scope of trademark protection: the trademark use theory. We argue that trademark use theory is flawed and should be rejected. The adoption of trademark use theory has immediate practical implications for disputes about the use of trademarks in online advertising, merchandising, and product design, and has long-term consequences for other trademark generally. We critique the theory both descriptively and prescriptively. We argue that trademark use theory over-extends the search costs rationale for the trademark system, and that it unhelpfully elevates formalism over contextual analysis in trademark law rulemaking. The theory seeks determinate trademark rules in order to encourage a climate of certainty for innovators, but the concepts on which it is founded are likely to degenerate. We show that trademark use theorists ignores the multivalence of trademark law, and that adopting trademark use doctrines would result in less transparent trademark decisionmaking. Instead, we propose that trademark law retain its traditional preference for contextual analysis. We show in particular how a contextual analysis would offer an approach to trademark disputes involving online advertising that better captures the potential of trademark law to police new information markets. Our analysis contemplates individualized assessments according to common law standards, but opens up policy space for the development of limited statutory safe harbors for intermediaries such as search engines.
G Dinwoodie, Copyright Lawmaking Authority: An (Inter)nationalist Perspective on the Treaty Clause (symposium) (2007) 30 Columbia Journal of Law & the Arts 355
This contribution to a symposium on Copyright and The Constitution considers whether the Treaty Clause provides an alternative source of copyright lawmaking authority with respect to enactments impermissible under the Copyright Clause. Existing literature suggests three paradigmatic positions on the question. First, some scholars view the Treaty Clause as conferring a power whose content is wholly subservient to the limits of the Copyright Clause. A second group of scholars sees the Treaty Clause as offering an alternative lawmaking authority, but one that is substantially limited by the internal limits of the Treaty Clause. Finally, some commentators and litigants have read the Treaty Clause as an expansive autonomous lawmaking power that is largely unconstrained by internal limits and wholly unconstrained by the external limits found in the Copyright Clause. This paper adopts none of the three paradigmatic positions. I argue that those seeking to make the Treaty Clause subservient to the Copyright Clause both overstate the constitutional weight of the Copyright Clause and underestimate the autonomous role of the Treaty Clause in the American governmental structure. By the same token, however, the argument that the Treaty Clause should operate wholly unaffected by the limits in the Copyright Clause rests on a vision of the Treaty Clause that fails to acknowledge the multitude of ways through which international law and policy influences and informs domestic American copyright law. Support for autonomous lawmaking authority under the Treaty Clause must be tempered by the contemporary political reality that international processes may simply be an inappropriate end-run around the limits of Copyright Clause authority rather than occasional operation of an independent and different political process. And because of the entanglement between domestic and international lawmaking that now characterizes the copyright lawmaking process, reliance upon the traditional internal limits of the Treaty Clause will prove largely unavailing. The only way to make the restrictions on the Treaty Clause real is to develop a jurisprudence of judicial policing that reflects both the policy values that support the autonomy of the Treaty Clause and the realities of the contemporary copyright lawmaking process. Thus, I suggest that courts faced with reviewing copyright laws reliant upon the Treaty Clause for their constitutional legitimacy examine a matrix of at least three variables: (1) the strength of the international obligation with which domestic actors seek to comply; (2) the political process by which international norms are adopted and expressed in U.S. law; and (3) the limits in the Copyright Clause that the challenged law allegedly violates.
G Dinwoodie and R. Dreyfuss, Diversifying Without Discriminating: Complying with the Mandates of the TRIPS Agreement (2007) 13 Michigan Telecommunications and Technology Law Review 445
Although the technological community was once fairly united in its needs from the patent system, the recent debate over patent reform has made it clear that this is no longer the case. Rather, it has become increasingly difficult to believe that a one?size?fits?all approach to patent law can survive. In this brief contribution to a symposium tackling Diversity in Innovation Policy, we consider the ways in which intellectual property obligations, most notably the TRIPS Agreement, circumscribe the ability of national lawmakers to tailor patent protection to reflect the concerns of different industries. In particular, we propose that TRIPS art. 27, which is cast in terms of nondiscrimination, should be interpreted to permit ?differential treatment.? First, we argue that in other areas, treating different cases differently is not always invidious discrimination. Second, we note that many of the proposals for tailoring are not aimed at the nominal legal rights created by patent law, but rather at the economic effects of these patents, a distinction of significance in the WTO?s Canada-Pharmaceutical Patents case. Finally, we suggest that member states claiming de facto discrimination should be required to demonstrate some element over and above those required to establish de iure discrimination, and that member states defending an exclusion should be permitted to rebut a showing of disparate treatment by demonstrating a legitimate purpose. While decision makers will need to evaluate the relation between the stated purpose and the means chosen, this analysis would permit members to adopt most of the tailoring initiatives discussed during the Symposium. We give weight to the normative claims of the TRIPS Agreement to facilitate and enhance free trade. But we think that industry?specific patent laws are fully consistent with the language and purpose of the TRIPS Agreement as well as the comparative advantage philosophy that undergirds the modern trade regime.
G Dinwoodie and M. Janis, Lessons From the Trademark Use Debate (2007) 92 Iowa Law Review 1703
In their response to our article Confusion Over Use: Contextualism in Trademark Law, Professors Dogan and Lemley discard more all-encompassing versions of the trademark use requirement. Instead, they seek to delineate and defend a ?more surgical form? of trademark use doctrine. In this reply, we demonstrate that the language of the Lanham Act does not impose a trademark use requirement even when that requirement is defined ?surgically? and sections 32 and 43(a) are read ?fluidly,? as Dogan and Lemley suggest. Moreover, their interpretation still renders section 33(b)(4) redundant and unduly limits appropriate common law development of trademark law. We also address Dogan and Lemley?s additional normative arguments for deploying trademark use to shield defendants from even potential liability for various commercial uses of marks, especially in connection with online contextual advertising. We disagree that contributory infringement doctrine necessarily provides sufficient oversight of the presentation of search results or advertising sales practices; that marginalizing trademark law will best encourage intermediaries to structure their business arrangements in ways that promote reliable information flow; and that offline analogies should necessarily direct the outcomes of trademark disputes over online practices. Our disagreements with Dogan and Lemley on these points also highlight broader differences about methodological approaches to trademark law. In particular, our distaste for limiting the potential scope of the Lanham Act reveals our greater willingness to see trademark and unfair competition law as a market regulator. Relatedly, we are more firmly committed to judicial development of both potential liability and potential defenses; Dogan and Lemley want courts to focus only on the latter.
G Dinwoodie, The WIPO Copyright Treaties: A Transition to the Future of International Copyright Lawmaking? (symposium) (2007) 57 Case Western Reserve Law Review 751
This contribution to a symposium on the tenth anniversary of the WIPO Copyright Treaty (now published with a 2010 postscript) suggests that the WIPO Copyright Treaty represented a watershed moment in international copyright law for two reasons. First, it was in the 1996 Diplomatic Conference that one begins to see the most widespread explicit discussion of the concept of “balance” being integral to international instruments. Second, the WCT was a watershed moment for international copyright law in that the process that led up to the conclusion of the two internet treaties (both the WCT and the WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty) and the conduct of the diplomatic conference at which they were considered were quite different in several respects from that which had been seen heretofore. In particular, on some of the issues addressed in the treaty, the contracting states relied much less extensively on prior national experimentation than had been the norm in prior copyright agreements. Moreover, the 1996 Diplomatic Conference was populated by a wide range of non-governmental organizations (NGOs) in numbers never before seen at international copyright events. And (perhaps because of these first two changes in process), the debates that took place nationally and internationally were substantially assimilated. These features of the process that led to the WCT remain with us today. This brief essay addresses both the concept of balance and these changes to the lawmaking process. On the question of balance, I suggest that balance is a much more complicated concept than we assume. Even in the domestic environment, the phrase is used somewhat too glibly. But in the international context, it becomes even more complex. In particular, we need to take into account the multidimensional nature of balance (or what I call the various vectors of balance) before we try to insert internal substantive balance directly into treaty instruments. This is true whether we are talking about new authors’ rights or the development of users’ rights. I am also concerned by some aspects of the changes that occurred to the lawmaking process in 1996. In particular, there is often a failure to appreciate fully the difference between national lawmaking and international lawmaking. To be sure, in a dynamic, integrated lawmaking process, one is a constituent part of the other; that is, national lawmaking contributes to international lawmaking and vice versa. But these processes involve distinct institutions with different functions, and with different democratic and political structures; those urging further reform of international copyright law need to be aware of these differences.
C Greenhalgh and M Rogers, 'The value of intellectual property to firms and society’' (2007) Intellectual Property Oxford Review of Economic Policy,
2006
G Dinwoodie, Dilution's (Still) Uncertain Future (2006) 105 Mich. L. Rev. First Impressions 98
G Dinwoodie, The International Intellectual Property Law System: New Actors, New Institutions, New Sources (2006) 10 Marquette Intellectual Property Law Review 205
International intellectual property norms are now being developed by a wide range of institutions - some national, some international, and some that do not fit neatly into either category; by bodies designed to address intellectual property; by trade and other bodies; and by actors public, private, and indeterminate. This new wave of international norm creation not only augments a growing body of substantive norms but also raises difficult structural questions about the future development of the international intellectual property system. This essay, a lecture delivered to the Annual Meeting of the American Society of International Law in 2004, is being reprinted as part of a symposium on ?TRIPS after ten years.?
C Greenhalgh and M Rogers, 'The value of innovation: The interaction of competition, R&D and IP’' (2006) Vol. 35 Research Policy,
D Vaver, 'Advertising Using an Individual's Image: a Comparative Note' (2006) 122 (July 2006) Law Quarterly Review 362
Examines the development of privacy law in Europe, the US and elsewhere to disallow advertising using a person's image, and compares & criticizes English developments.
ISBN: 0023-933X
D Vaver, Publishers and copyright: rights without duties? (2006) 40:6 (June 2006) Bibliotheksdienst 743
The paper argues that publishers historically owed duties of fair access, price & contract in return for the rights they were granted, and that such duties continue to be morally owed to the public. Bibliotheksdienst is the journal of the German Library and Information Association (Bundesvereingung Deutscher Bibliotheks und Informationsberbände).
ISBN: 0006-1972
2005
TAO Endicott and others, 'Vagueness in the Scope of Copyright' (2005) 121 Law Quarterly Review 657
The extravagant vagueness in the scope of copyright protection is not itself a defect in the law. But it gives appellate courts a responsibility to articulate principles to guide decision-makers in resolving copyright disputes. And it gives rise to a special need for an adjudicative process that will serve the purposes of copyright protection.
ISBN: 0023-933X
C Greenhalgh and M Longland, 'Running to stand still? – The value of R&D, patents and trade marks in innovating manufacturing firms’' (2005) Vol. 12 International Journal of the Economics of Business
C Greenhalgh, 'Why does market capitalism fail to deliver a sustainable environment and greater equality of incomes?' (2005) Volume 29 Cambridge Journal of Economics
J Pila, Article 52(2) of the Convention on the Grant of European Patents: What Did the Framers Intend? A Study of the Travaux Preparatoires (2005) 36 IIC: International Review of Intellectual Property and Competition Law 755-87
In a paper recently published in the IIC, I argued against the prevailing construction of article 52(2) of the Convention on the Grant of European Patents as resolving to a single requirement for technical character. That argument was based in part on a challenge to contemporary assumptions surrounding the historical provenance of the 'technical character' theory of inventions, and article 52(2) itself, that drew heavily on an analysis of the EPC's travaux preparatoires. Hence the article's subtext, that the travaux preparatoires can be of value in contemporary debates regarding European patent law, not only for the insights they offer on substantive matters of patentability, but equally for the insights they offer on regional lawmaking processes themselves. In the light of that value it is surprising that so little academic attention has been paid to the EPC's travaux preparatoires to date. There is an important series of early IIC articles documenting the progress of each stage in the EPC lawmaking process, but no detailed study of the travaux preparatoires in relation to the central EPC provisions themselves. The purpose of the current paper is to make a modest start on filling this gap in the literature of European patent law by offering a 'pre-history' of the most contested of those provisions, article 52(2), and its counterpart in the United Kingdom, sub-section 1(2) of the Patents Act 1977. It is hoped in doing so to create a study of interest and use to the range of people engaged in the current national and international debates concerning the reach of the contemporary European patent system, and the most appropriate mechanisms for that system's reform. Public access preprint at http://ssrn.com/abstract=736064
ISBN: 0018-9855
J Pila, Dispute Over the Meaning of Invention in Article 52(2) EPC: The Patentability of computer-implemented Inventions in Europe (2005) 36 IIC: International Review of Intellectual Property and Competition Law 173-91
In 2002, the European Economic and Social Committee ("ESC") described the doctrinal premise of the European Patent Office's interpretation of article 52(2) of the European Patent Convention as "the product of legal casuistry". The purpose of the current article is to consider that description, and ask whether it's fair, or whether the EPO's approach to article 52 is better ascribed to problems inherent in the EPC itself. Three issues are addressed to that end. The first is the object of the ESC's criticism: article 52(2) and its interpretation by the EPO's Boards of Appeal. The second is the context and substance of the criticism itself: the European Commission's Proposal for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on the patentability of computer-implemented inventions, and the scathing response it attracted from the ESC. And the third is the question of the criticism's validity: can the EPO's approach to article 52(2) be defended against the charge of casuistic reasoning, and if it can, does it follow that the approach is satisfactory? Public access preprint at http://ssrn.com/abstract=593881
ISBN: 0018-9855
D Vaver, 'Recent Trends in European Trademark Law: Senses, Shapes and Sensation' (2005) (2005) 95 Trademark Reporter 895
Examines recent trends in European trade mark law (shapes, sounds, smell marks) and in misappropriation of personality
ISBN: 0041-056X
D Vaver, Unconventional and Well-Known Trade Marks (2005) [2005] Singapore Journal of Legal Studies 1
An analysis of trends in protection of sound, shape and smell trade marks, and problems of protection of famous marks, comparing mainly EU and Singapore law.
ISBN: 0218-2173
2004
G Dinwoodie and R. Dreyfuss, International Intellectual Property Law and the Public Domain of Science (2004) 7 Journal of International Economic Law 431
The TRIPS Agreement can be read to reflect a static view of the structure of intellectual property law. In this paper, we address wither - and how - the TRIPS Agreement can, on the other hand, be read with more fluidity, and thus to allow adjustments in national intellectual property regimes designed to reflect the the dynamic nature of information production. To focus that inquiry, we concentrate on efforts to ensure a broader public domain for 'upstream' inventions by modifying various elements of US patent law. The paper considers three stylized examples and asks whether each approach could be adopted by the United States without falling afoul of the TRIPS Agreement as it is currently understood. Our purpose is to identify interpretive approaches that allow member states to keep their laws attuned to the development and needs of science. But in so doing, we also raise broader questions regarding the level of formalism generated by the WTO dispute settlement system, and the extent to which the TRIPS Agreement allocates power between supranational and national institutions, and between international and national laws.
G Dinwoodie, Private Ordering and the Creation of International Copyright Norms: The Role of Public Structuring (2004) 160 Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 161
International copyright law must be based on an assessment of what types and levels of protection best further the purposes of copyright law. But constructing the international copyright regime is difficult as the international system must wrestle with copyright dilemmas that exist at the national level as well as broader challenges facing international law. This paper delineates the connection between international copyright law and the generation and distribution of knowledge by discussing two recent examples of (possible) unconventional international copyright rulemaking, namely, norms generated by Internet Service Providers in responding to infringement claims, and norms arising out of digital rights management systems (JEL: K 29).
G Dinwoodie, The Seventh Annual Honorable Helen Wilson Nies Memorial Lecture on Intellectual Property Law: The Trademark Jurisprudence of the Rehnquist Court (2004) 8 Marquette Intellectual Property Law Review 187
G Dinwoodie, Trademarks and Territory: Detaching Trademark Law from the Nation-State (2004) 41 Houston Law Review 885
It is an axiomatic principle of domestic and international trademark law that trademarks and trademark law are territorial. This paper critiques the principle of territoriality in four ways. First, I suggest that statements about trademark territoriality mask a variety of related propositions. In disaggregating the "principle of territoriality" into its component parts, it becomes apparent that different rules of trademark law possess a territorial character for different reasons. For example, common law trademark rights are territorial because the intrinsic purpose of trademark law suggests extending (and limiting) rights to the geographic reach of goodwill. In contrast, registration systems designed to promote economic expansion derive their territorial character from their grounding in economic policymaking, effected by institutions that focus on the regulation or development of discrete economic regions. And rules regarding the enforcement of trademark rights assume their territorial quality because of their connection to political institutions with territorially defined sovereignty. Thus, some aspects of territoriality are rooted in social and commercial practices that dictate the reach of a brand, while other aspects are a function of political or policymaking authority. In an era of global trade and digital communication, social and commercial practices are less territorially confined and less commensurate with the nation-state. But economic policymaking and political institutions may prove more resistant to change than social or commercial behavior.
Second, I argue that although the principle of trademark territoriality has nominally remained constant since the conclusion of the Paris Convention, recent developments at both the national and international level suggest that the principle may have a different intensity today. Third, the paper begins an investigation of the ways in which the principle of territoriality should be revisited in light of the globalization of markets and concomitant changes in modern marketing practices. Although the multidimensional nature of the territoriality principle suggests that an overarching reconfiguration would be unwise and perhaps impossible, some shared dilemmas can be derived from analysis of discrete rules. If the territorial character of a rule reflects the intrinsic purpose of trademark law and is thus rooted in social practices that are already in flux, the character of these doctrines will almost inevitably mutate as the notion of territoriality evolves in line with social change. Such revisions will swim with the current of socially constructed territoriality. If, however, the territoriality of a doctrine instead mirrors the national nature of economic and political institutions, then efforts to revise the doctrines will first require altering the underlying institutional and policymaking apparatus. Moreover, in deciding whether particular territorial aspects of trademark law warrant reassessment, it is important to consider whether trademark law should be structured reactively to protect whatever consumer understandings or producer goodwill develops, or should it instead proactively seek to shape the ways in which consumers shop and producers sell or seek to acquire rights, thus shaping how the economy functions?
Finally, the paper briefly highlights the extent to which there is, or should be, an assimilation of the "territorial" and the "national." Analysis of the choices facing trademark law might be better achieved by consciously separating nationality and territoriality. Recognition of the territoriality of goodwill is linked to the basic purposes of trademark law, while nationality-grounded doctrines are more likely driven by economic policy and by institutional issues such as the practical demands of current political structures. Recognizing this distinction would assist in highlighting where reform is likely to be evolutionary and where modification of political structures - whether judicial or administrative - must first occur.
G Dinwoodie and R. Dreyfuss, TRIPs and the Dynamics of Intellectual Property Lawmaking (2004) 36 Case Western Reserve Journal of International Law 95
In prior work, we took up the question of the TRIPs Agreement's resilience to changes in domestic law. We argued that such resilience is necessary because information production is a dynamic enterprise. As new industries emerge and mature, nations must have the flexibility to modify their intellectual property rules to readjust the balance between public and private rights. In the course of that study, we examined approaches to TRIPs dispute resolution that could cabin the choices of legislation available to deal with emergent substantive problems, and which could distort the legal environment in which creative enterprises are conducted. In this piece, we continue our consideration of the resilience of the Agreement and its commitment to neo-federalism. Here, however, we move from a focus on outcomes to the dynamics of the legislative process, examining the extent to which TRIPs dispute resolution adequately accommodates the operation of each member's political economy as it relates to intellectual property lawmaking.
Frequently, as intellectual property lawmaking becomes fiercely contested, reforms can only occur when a balanced package of rules can be reached. We ask whether such deals (or perhaps which of such deals, depending upon the connection between the reforms) should be taken into account by WTO panels. We argue that when legislation represents offsetting benefits and detriments, respect for domestic political dynamics requires panels to consider constituent pieces of such legislation in the context of the package in which they were enacted.
In previous work, we questioned whether the jurisprudence that has developed with regard to the GATT's trade provisions should apply equally to intellectual property, noting that differences between trade and intellectual property policy mandated different approaches. Here we reiterate that position, but make something of a converse argument as well: there are commonalities between the problems that nations experience in executing their trade commitments and their intellectual property commitments. Thus, it is significant that in its early years, the GATT incorporated strategies that created flexibility and permitted nations to deal autonomously with matters of domestic trade; we argue that similar mechanisms are required in TRIPs jurisprudence, especially in the Agreement?s formative stage.
We also focus on the effect that TRIPs, as currently understood, has on domestic lawmaking. If WTO panel decisions intrude more into national law, might lawmakers begin to enact legislation in reliance on international invalidation of whole or parts of the enactment? Should formulation of domestic policy take this into account? Further, would the formalistic approach that has been taken to TRIPs jurisprudence benefit domestic lawmaking by reducing the effect of lobbying? Or would it simply induce more nuanced log-rolling, or the enactment of laws aimed at influencing intellectual property production but under a different legislative rubric (such as food and drug regulation or consumer law)? Indeed, answers to these questions might affect not only lawmaking at the national level but, in turn, the form of WTO dispute settlement. We go so far as to suggest that there may be a role for the (much-feared) nonviolation complaints in navigating these complexities.
J Pila, The Highs and Lows of 2004 for European Intellectual Property Law (English) (2004) JETRO
J Pila, The Highs and Lows of 2004 for European Intellectual Property Law (Japanese) (2004) JETRO
D Vaver, 'The Problems of Biotechnologies for Intellectual Property Law' (2004) Hors série (2004) Les Cahiers de Propriété Intellectuelle: Mélanges Victor Nabhan 375
Moral, legal definitional and institutional issues involving the patenting of biotechnologies
ISBN: 0840-7266
2003
J Pila, Bound Futures: Patent Law and Modern Biotechnology (2003) 9 Boston University Journal of Science and Technology Law 326-378
J Pila, 'Inherent Patentability in Anglo-Australian Law: A History' (2003) 14 Australian Intellectual Property Journal 109
2002
G Dinwoodie, The Architecture of the International Intellectual Property System (2002) 77 Chicago-Kent Law Review 993
D Vaver, 'Need Intellectual Property Be Everywhere? Against Ubiquity and Uniformity' (2002) 25:1 (2002) Dalhousie Law Journal 1
Argues that legal standardization of defective intellectual property laws is good for neither the developed nor the developing world. Retrenchment and diversity are better strategies. Cited favourably in the Constitutional Court of South Africa in Laugh It Off Promotions v. South African Breweries Int'l, 2005.
ISBN: 0317-1663
D Vaver, The Copyright Mixture in a Mixed Legal System: Fit for Human Consumption? (2002) 2002:2/3 Juridical Review 101
2001
G Dinwoodie and L. Helfer, Designing Non-National Systems: The Case of the Uniform Domain Name Dispute Resolution Policy (2001) 43 William and Mary Law Review 141
The article critically assesses the Uniform Domain Name Dispute Resolution Policy (UDRP) as a potential model for solving the immense legal challenges presented by transborder activity. Inaugurated in late 1999 by the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN), the UDRP creates a fast, inexpensive online mechanism for trademark owners to recapture domain names held by persons who, in bad faith, register and use domain names that are confusingly similar to those marks. At present, the UDRP applies only to a narrow segment of disputes between trademark owners and domain name registrants. But the UDRP has been heralded by some as the model for a new non-national approach to lawmaking and dispute settlement applicable to a broader set of legal issues that transcend national borders.
In this article, we describe the conditions that led to the UDRP's formation and consider whether the UDRP can and should be replicated elsewhere. The process by which the UDRP was created, and the way in which it is structured, departs significantly from preexisting approaches to international lawmaking and dispute settlement. The UDRP is the product not of national legislation nor an international treaty, but rather of a web of contractual obligations imposed by a private, non-profit corporation with a monopoly over a valuable resource. Through its agreements with the U.S. Department of Commerce, ICANN serves as the gatekeeper for anyone seeking to acquire the most commercially valuable internet addresses. Exclusive control of access to the root server enables ICANN to dictate the terms and conditions for domain name ownership. This technological control also facilitates enforcement of UDRP panel decisions compelling domain name registrars to cancel ownership of contested domain names or transfer them from registrants to trademark owners.
The UDRP deviates from preexisting lawmaking and dispute settlement paradigms in other ways that make its advantages considerable (and which may make it attractive for replication). For example, the UDRP is a hybrid dispute settlement system. It contains an amalgam of elements from three distinct decision making paradigms - judicial, arbitral and ministerial - and it draws inspiration from international, supranational, and national legal systems. The UDRP thus reveals how dispute settlement structures can be tailored to the needs of new technologies and new types of legal conflicts. The UDRP is also non-national. Neither its substantive content nor its prescriptive force necessarily depends upon the laws, institutions, and enforcement mechanisms of any single nation-state or treaty regime. It thus suggests ways to bypass the often slow and cumbersome mechanisms of national and international lawmaking and to fulfil the demand for effective dispute settlement mechanisms that, like so much current social activity, transcend national borders.
Even assuming the UDRP can be applied to other situations where the conditions of monopolistic technological control do not subsist, however, we do not believe that it should be uncritically extended to other contexts without first questioning how non-national systems ought to be structured. In particular, while we applaud the effort to construct a non-national model that draws upon but is not constrained by existing paradigms, the current iteration of that model fails to incorporate appropriate checking mechanisms to control the scope and pace of lawmaking and the limited powers granted to dispute settlement decisionmakers. Moreover, the tensions between national and non-national values may be more difficult to reconcile in other settings; cybersquatting, in contrast, was universally condemned, and thus competing national values were less frequently implicated. We seek to identify these and other variables that should guide the authors of new checking mechanisms for new non-national structures.
G Dinwoodie, International Intellectual Property Litigation: A Vehicle for Resurgent Comparativist Thought? (2001) 49 American Journal of Comparative Law 429
G Dinwoodie, The Development and Incorporation of International Norms in the Formation of Copyright Law (2001) 62 Ohio State Law Journal 733
The means by which international norms are developed and incorporated in the formation of copyright law have changed dramatically in recent years. In this article, Professor Dinwoodie explores the nature of those changes. The classical model of international copyright law afforded countries significant latitude to implement international standards in ways tailored to their own economic and cultural priorities. The lack of an effective method of enforcing international standards consolidated that deference to national autonomy. And international treaties tended merely to codify existing commonly accepted national standards. This model has undergone changes of late, most notably (but not exclusively) in the context of the TRIPS Agreement, which subsumed the principal international copyright obligations within the WTO Dispute Settlement system. This change to the classical model is potentially significant in many ways. Most directly, failure to fulfill international copyright obligations may be met by the imposition of trade sanctions. More broadly, however, the interpretation of international copyright obligations by WTO panels may alter the degree of national autonomy afforded member states and may make international copyright law more forward looking in nature. International copyright lawmaking by activist WTO panels thus may generate costs as well as gains. Professor Dinwoodie considers these issues through an analysis of the first (and, thus far, the only) report of a WTO dispute settlement panel regarding violation of a copyright provision contained in the TRIPS Agreement. This report, handed down in June 2000, found that an exemption introduced into section 11 (5) of the U.S. Copyright Act in 1998 violated the rights of owners of copyright in musical works guaranteed by the Berne Convention and incorporated within the TRIPS Agreement. Professor Dinwoodie concludes that the panel report is a good beginning to the new era of international copyright. The panel report is a strong and appropriate endorsement of the need to protect the rights of copyright owners and to hold WTO members to agreed-upon minimum standards. In addition, the report contains hints that WTO panels will accord some continuing respect to the value of national autonomy, will seek to interpret the TRIPS Agreement in a dynamic fashion responsive to changing social and economic conditions, will examine contentious issues of copyright law through other than a pure trade lens, will move cautiously before finding violations of international obligations, and will encourage the involvement of interested third parties in the resolution of WTO disputes. Despite this balanced beginning, the article concludes that private international lawmaking might further forwardlooking international copyright lawmaking in ways that do not incur the costs associated with activist WTO lawmaking. To facilitate this process, Professor Dinwoodie suggests that national courts consider resolving international copyright litigation by formulating substantive rules rather than localizing such disputes in a single country through traditional choice of law rules. Such a substantive law approach to choice of law fits well with the objectives of private international law. But this broader approach will also establish a means of incorporating international norms in the formation of copyright law without jeopardizing values appropriately furthered by the classical method of public international copyright lawmaking.
C Greenhalgh and M Longland, 'Intellectual property in UK firms: Creating intangible assets and distributing the benefits via wages and jobs' (2001) Vol. 63 Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics
C Greenhalgh, M Gregory and B Zissimos, 'Jobs for the skilled: How technology, trade and domestic demand changed the structure of UK employment' (2001) Vol. 53 Oxford Economic Papers
C Greenhalgh and M Gregory, 'Structural change and the emergence of the new service economy' (2001) Vol. 63 Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics
C Greenhalgh, D Bosworth and M Longland, 'Technological activity and employment in a panel of UK firms' (2001) Vol. 48 Scottish Journal of Political Economy
J Pila, Methods of Medical Treatment Within Australian and United Kingdom Patents Law (2001) 24 University of New South Wales Law Journal 421
Public access preprint at http://ssrn.com/abstract=303999
ISBN: 0313-0096
J Pila, 'Patenting Human Genes: The Australian Position' (2001) 6 Genetics Law Monitor 10
J Pila, 'The Common Law Invention in its Original Form' (2001) Intellectual Property Quarterly 209
D Vaver, 'Creating a Fair Intellectual Property System for the 21st Century' (2001) 10:1 (2001) Otago Law Review 1
F.M. Guest Memorial Lecture 2000
ISBN: 0078-6918
D Vaver, Intellectual Property Law: The State of the Art (2001) 1.33402777777778 Victoria University of Wellington Law Review 1
IP Law article
ISBN: 0042-5117
2000
G Dinwoodie, (National) Trademark Laws and the (Non-National) Domain Name System (2000) 21 University of Pennsylvania Journal of International Economic Law 495
G Dinwoodie, A New Copyright Order: Why National Courts Should Create Global Norms (2000) 149 University of Pennsylvania Law Review 469
G Dinwoodie, The Integration of International and Domestic Intellectual Property Lawmaking (2000) 23 Columbia-VLA Journal of Law & the Arts 307
J Pila, 'The Inherent Patentability of Methods of Medical Treatment in Australia' (2000) Genetics Law Monitor 7
D Vaver, Intellectual Property Law: The State of the Art (2000) 116 (2000) Law Quarterly Review 621
Republished in 2001.
ISBN: 0023-933x
1999
G Dinwoodie, The Death of Ontology: A Teleological Approach to Trademark Law (1999) 84 Iowa Law Review 611
In recent years, U.S. courts have recognized that a wide (and potentially limitless) range of subject matter may act as a trademark. These developments arguably comport both with a contemporary (global) consumer who is less reliant on linguistic forms of communication and with postmodern scholarship regarding the varied sources and development of meaning. This article addresses how trademark law should adapt to the reality that consumers identify and distinguish products using a range of symbols other than the traditional forms of words and pictorial images. I contend that, in order to regulate effectively the present-day marketplace, trademark law must recognize the limitless sources of meaning. But while nontraditional subject-matter may equally identify a product?s source, protecting that nontraditional matter as a trademark may give rise to very different consequences than protecting traditional trademark subject-matter such as words. If ontological restrictions upon trademark subject-matter are removed, a new set of limits must prudently be established if trademark protection is not to spawn adverse competitive effects from overprotection. I suggest that such limits can be found by tethering trademark law directly to its limited purposes, and by grounding protection not in over-generalized assumptions about classes of subject matter, but rather in the real present-day impact of particular symbols in society. The Article explores this (teleological model) through the vehicle of the nontraditional subject-matter generating the most trademark litigation and the most critical thinking, namely, product design features. The article systematizes the growing body of trade dress case law and scholarship and highlights the different premises that I detect underlying divergent schools of thought. I argue that the Supreme Court is cautiously moving, albeit without any express recognition, toward a postmodern vision of marketplace symbols, and that its recent opinions represent an incipient version of the teleological model that I espouse. Finally, I exemplify the operation of the teleological model by applying its lessons to the issue of functionality. Applying the teleological model to various hotly-debated aspects of the functionality doctrine leads me to endorse adoption of a transparent, purposive analysis of "competitive need" as the measure of functionality rather than any single doctrinal formulation. That inquiry, I argue, should be particularized and applied without categorical differentiation between aesthetic and utilitarian features. I also reject the prevailing view that a finding of functionality should foreclose the grant of any relief to a plaintiff producer, finding it insufficiently cognizant of the costs of confusingly similar source-identifying designs in an increasingly visual society. Instead, I propose that courts should explore the possibility of conditioning a defendant's right to copy a functional design on compliance with labeling or other requirements that minimize consumer confusion. Moderating the consequence for plaintiffs of a finding of functionality should embolden courts to apply a rigorous functionality analysis to a greater range of design features. An ontologically unlimited approach to trademark subject-matter sits well with our postmodern condition; but, in order to avoid over-protection, it must be accompanied by a heightened regard for the policy concerns embodied in the functionality doctrine.
J Pila and A Christie, 'The Literary Work Within Copyright Law: An Analysis of its Present and Future Status' (1999) 13 Intellectual Property Journal 133-177
D Vaver, 'Copyright in Europe: The Good, The Bad and the Harmonized' (1999) 10 Australian Intellectual Property Journal 185
IP Law article
ISBN: 1038-1635
D Vaver, Moral Rights Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow (1999) 7 International Journal of Law and Information Technology 270
Criticism of moral rights provisions in UK copyright law, suggesting reform.
ISBN: 0967 0769
D Vaver, 'Moral Rights: The Irish Spin' (1999) 0.127083333333333 Irish Intellectual Property Review 3
IP Law article, partly based on "Moral Rights Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow" by same author. Criticizes proposed Irish reforms. The article was referred to in the debates on the bill in the Irish parliament and helped shape the final Act.
ISBN: 1393-4317
D Vaver, 'Taking Stock' (1999) [1999] European Intellectual Property Review 339
IP law article. Compares law of 100 years ago with trends today.
ISBN: 0142 0461
1997
G Dinwoodie, 'Introduction: Intellectual Property Law For The Twenty-First Century' (1997) 66 University of Cincinnati Law Review 1
G Dinwoodie, Reconceptualizing the Inherent Distinctiveness of Product Design Trade Dress (1997) 75 North Carolina Law Review 471
1996
G Dinwoodie, Federalized Functionalism: The Future of Design Protection in the European Union (1996) 24 American Intellectual Property Law Assocation Quarterly Journal 611
C Greenhalgh, G Mavrotas and R Wilson, 'Intellectual property, technological advantage and trade performance of UK manufacturing industries' (1996) Vol. 28 Applied Economics
1994
C Greenhalgh, P Taylor and R Wilson, 'Innovation and export volumes and prices – a disaggregated study' (1994) Vol. 46 Oxford Economic Papers
1990
C Greenhalgh, 'Innovation and trade performance in the UK' (1990) Vol. 400 Economic Journal
Books
2012
G Dinwoodie and R. C. Dreyfuss, A Neofederalist Vision of TRIPS: The Resilience of the International Intellectual Property Regime (Oxford Univ. Press 2012)
The TRIPS Agreement (Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights), signed on April 15, 1994, introduced intellectual property protection into the World Trade Organization's multilateral trading system, and it remains the most comprehensive international agreement on intellectual property to date. A Neofederalist Vision of TRIPS by Graeme B. Dinwoodie and Rochelle C. Dreyfuss examines its interpretation, its impact on the creative environment, and its effect on national and international lawmaking. It propounds a vision of TRIPS as creating a neofederalist regime, one that will ensure the resilience of the international intellectual property system in time of rapid change. In this vision, WTO members retain considerable flexibility to tailor intellectual property law to their national priorities and to experiment with changes necessary to meet new technological and social challenges, but agree to operate within an international framework. This framework, while less powerful than the central administration of a federal government, comprises a series of substantive and procedural commitments that promote the coordination of both the present intellectual property system as well as future international intellectual property lawmaking. Part I demonstrates the centrality of state autonomy throughout the history of international negotiations over intellectual property. Part II, which looks at the present, analyzes the decisions of the WTO in intellectual property cases. It concludes that the WTO has been inattentive to the benefits of promoting cultural diversity, the values inherent in intellectual property, the rich fabric of its law and lore, the necessary balance between producers and users of knowledge goods, and the relationship between the law and the technological environment in which it must operate. Looking to the future, Part III develops a framework for integrating the increasingly fragmented international system and proposes the recognition of an international intellectual property acquis, a set of longstanding principles that have informed, and should continue to inform intellectual property lawmaking. The acquis would include both express and latent components of the international regime, put access-regarding guarantees such as user rights on a par with proprietary interests and enshrine the fundamental importance of national autonomy in the international system.
ISBN: ISBN13: 978019530461
2010
G Dinwoodie and Mark D. Janis, Trade Dress and Design Law (Aspen Publishers 2010)
The first student text to offer an integrated treatment of the forms of intellectual property protection available for trade dress and designs.
ISBN: 9780735568327
G Dinwoodie and Mark D. Janis, Trademarks and Unfair Competition: Law and Policy (3d ed, Aspen Publishers 2010)
C Greenhalgh and M Rogers, Innovation, Intellectual Property and Economic Growth (Princeton University Press 2010)
J Pila, The Requirement for an Invention in Patent Law (Oxford: OUP, 2010)
Introduction available at http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199296941.do and http://ssrn.com/abstract=1499578.
ISBN: 978-0-19-929694-1
2008
G Dinwoodie, W. Hennessey, S. Perlmutter and G. Austin, International Intellectual Property: Law and Policy (2nd ed., LexisNexis Publishing 2008)
2007
Richard Warner, G Dinwoodie, Harold J. Krent and Margaret Stewart, E-Commerce, the Internet and the Law, Cases and Materials (Thomson West 2007)
G Dinwoodie and M. Janis, Trademarks and Unfair Competition: Law & Policy (2nd ed., Aspen Publishers 2007)
2004
G Dinwoodie and M. Janis, Trademarks and Unfair Competition: Law & Policy (Aspen Publishers Inc. 2004)
2002
G Dinwoodie, W. Hennessey and S. Perlmutter, International and Comparative Patent Law (LexisNexis Publishing 2002)
D Vaver and others, Principles of Copyright Law: Cases and Materials (World Intellectual Property Organization, Geneva (2002) 2002)
A casebook on copyright, incorporating sections on Commonwealth and United States caselaw, civil law and Arabic law. I was sole author of the common law materials (158 pp.); my co-authors wrote the civil and Arabic law parts respectively.
ISBN: 92-805-1013-1
2001
G Dinwoodie, W. Hennessey and S. Perlmutter, International Intellectual Property Law and Policy (LexisNexis Publishing 2001)
2000
D Vaver, Copyright Law (Irwin Law, Toronto (2000) 2000)
A text on Canadian copyright law. Shortlisted in 2003 for the Walter Owen Book Prize Award for outstanding new contributions to Canadian legal literature. The text is frequently cited in academic writing, and has also been favourably cited in Canadian courts, including the important decision of the Supreme Court of Canada in Law Society of Upper Canada v CCH Ltd (2004).
ISBN: 1-55221-034-0
Chapters
2012
J Pila, Patent Eligibility and Scope Revisited After Schütz v. Werit in R.C. Dreyfuss & J.C. Ginsburg (eds), Intellectual Property at the Edge: The Contested Contours of IP (Cambridge University Press 2012)
J Pila, Professional and Academic Employee Inventions: Looking Beyond the UK Paradigm in M Pittard, A Monitti and J Duns (eds), Business Innovation: A Legal Balancing Act – Perspectives from Intellectual Property, Labour and Employment, Competition and Corporate Laws (M Pittard, A Monitti and J Duns (eds), Business Innovation: A Legal Balancing Act – Perspectives from Intellectual Property, Labour and Employment, Competition and Corporate Laws (Edward Elgar) 2012)
2011
G Dinwoodie, Remarks --“One Size Fits All”: Consolidation and Difference in Intellectual Property Law in A. Kur and V. Mizaras (eds), The Structure of Intellectual Property Law: Can One Size Fit All? (Edward Elgar 2011)
These remarks to the 2008 ATRIP Annual Conference addressed the question of whether “one size fits all” in intellectual property law. Are there sufficient commonalities among the component parts of the field that we could realistically construct a unitary body of intellectual property law? I first set out the different inquiries that might be subsumed by the question of whether “one size fits all” in intellectual property law, focusing on the possibility of a single form of intellectual property, common treatment of different subject matter within regimes, and uniform intellectual property laws across borders. Focusing on this last aspect of the question, I note that the backwards-looking aspect of the classical international system, which tended to favor national autonomy and keep internationally-mandated levels of protection low, has been somewhat disrupted of late. Although it remains the case that one size does not fit all, there is much to be gained by seeking greater commonality. But if the focus of the current international system requires greater commonality – greater attention to a one size fits all approach on certain issues -- it does so both with respect to the rights conferred on IP right holders and with respect to the new rights that might potentially be conferred on users.
C Greenhalgh, 'The social benefits and costs of trademarks and brands' in Andrew Kenyon, Megan Richardson and Ng-Loy Wee Loon (eds), New Law of Reputation and Brands in the Asia Pacific Region (Cambridge University Press 2011)
J Pila, The Future of the Requirement for an Invention: Inherent Patentability as a Pre- and Post-Patent Determinant in G Ghidini & E Arezzo (eds), Biotechnology and Software Patent Law: A Comparative Review on New Developments (Edward Elgar 2011)
2010
G Dinwoodie and R. Dreyfuss, 'Enhancing Global Innovation Policy: The Role of WIPO and its Conventions in Interpreting the TRIPS Agreement' in Carlos Correa (ed), Research Handbook on Intellectual Property and Trade (Edward Elgar 2010)
G Dinwoodie, Refining Notions of Idea and Expression Through Linguistic Analysis in Bently, Davis and Ginsburg (eds), Copyright and Piracy: An Interdisciplinary Critique (Cambridge Univ. Press 2010)
This chapter comments on a paper by the linguist Alan Durant, who demonstrates that our understanding of the distinction between idea and expression in the context of literary works is far from perfect and could be enriched by drawing on a number of insights from other fields, and in particular from linguistic theory. In this brief response, I consider whether and how a fuller understanding of those features might be accommodated in the adjudication of legal disputes about copyright infringement.
G Dinwoodie, The Common Law and Trade Marks in an Age of Statutes in Bently, Ng & D’Agostino (eds), The Common Law of Intellectual Property: Essays in Honour of Professor David Vaver (Hart Publishing 2010)
In 1879, the United States Supreme Court recognized that trade marks are a creature of the common law. Likewise, the English courts had long recognized causes of action that effectively protected marks prior to the enactment of statutes delineating the scope of trademark protection. The characterization of trade mark law as a field of common law may, however, now seem an essentially historical statement. In the United States, the early twentieth century saw the adoption of a series of federal trademark registration statutes, and in 1946 Congress enacted even more comprehensive trademark legislation, namely the Lanham Act. Since then, Congress, has episodically - but with increasing frequency - revised the trademark statute. In light of such increased statutorification of trade mark law, what is the continued role of the common law in developing appropriate protection for trade marks? In this chapter, I recount the development of the common law of trade marks, highlighting the background developments outside trademark law that influenced the allocation of trademark lawmaking authority over the course of the twentieth century. The historical importance of these external influences suggests that trademark law will not be immune to changes in contemporary judicial philosophy that have made some scholars fearful about the room for further common law development. However, a brief review of recent Congressional activity and Supreme Court opinions in the field suggests that, despite substantial legislative intervention, both Congress and the Supreme Court appear content that the development of trademark and unfair competition law in the United States remain a partnership between the two institutions, and thus heavily dependent on common law lawmaking by the courts.
J Pila, The Value of Authorship in the Digital Environment in W H Dutton & P W Jeffreys (eds), World Wide Research: Reshaping the Sciences and Humanities (The MIT Press 2010)
2008
G Dinwoodie, Copyright and Free Expression: Engine or Obstacle in Raquel Xalbarder (ed), Copyright and Freedom of Expression: Proceedings of the ALAI Study Days (Huygens Editorial 2008)
G Dinwoodie, What Linguistics Can Do For Trademark Law in Bently, Davis & Ginsburg (eds), Trade Marks and Brands: An Interdisciplinary Critique (Cambridge Univ. Press 2008)
This contribution to an inter-disciplinary book on Trademarks and Brands responds to the work of Alan Durant, a linguist who (in his chapter of the book) provides legal scholars with both a rich understanding of how linguists view terms that are part of the basic argot of trademark law and a potentially vital explanation of the different social functions that word marks might serve. The Response explains why linguistics should matter to trademark law, but also why trademark law might on occasion ignore the precise reality of consumer understanding as might be provided by linguistics. I suggest that, while trademark law should not become beholden to linguistics, the lessons of Durant?s linguistic analysis are to some extent already accommodated in the practice of trademark law, and could be important guides in the further development of a number of legal principles. In particular, I explain how trademark law does in large part take into consideration Durant?s observation that legal analysis would comport more with the reality of how words function if it focused on marks as they are used. The Chapter also argues that Durant?s exploration of the concepts of ?distinctiveness? and ?descriptiveness?, as understood by lawyers and linguists, respectively, should reinforce important lessons for legal scholars about the complex policy prescriptions embodied in those concepts. Finally, I argue that particular insights developed by Durant from the field of linguistics may prove valuable in illuminating several points of contention in contemporary trademark law. In particular, Durant stresses that determining whether a defendant?s use has evoked the source-identifying aspect of plaintiff?s mark, as opposed to the descriptive properties of that term, can only be done by analyzing the ?discourse ?setting? in which interpretations are constructed.? Thus, although the type of use should be relevant to assessing infringement, any analysis of use type must be highly contextualized. This insight should inform the choice of doctrinal vehicles by which trademark law establishes limits on the scope of protection.
C Greenhalgh and M Rogers, 'Intellectual property activity by service sector and manufacturing firms in the UK, 1996-2000' in H. Scarbrough (ed), The Evolution of Business Knowledge (Oxford University Press 2008)
J Pila, European Patent Convention in P Cane & J Conaghan (eds), The New Oxford Companion to Law (Oxford: OUP, 2008)
J Pila, Patent Agent in P Cane & J Conaghan (eds), The New Oxford Companion to Law (The New Oxford Companion to Law (OUP) 2008)
J Pila, Patent Cooperation Treaty in P Cane & J Conaghan (eds), The New Oxford Companion to Law (Oxford: OUP, 2008)
J Pila, Patents in P Cane & J Conaghan (eds), The New Oxford Companion to Law (Oxford: OUP, 2008)
2007
G Dinwoodie, Foreign and International Influences on National Copyright Policy: A Surprisingly Rich Picture in F. McMillan (ed), 6 New Directions in Copyright (Edward Elgar 2007)
National copyright policy, traditionally reflective of domestic cultural and economic priorities, is increasingly shaped by foreign and international influences. In this chapter, I sketch some of the changes in copyright lawmaking that have given rise to this phenomenon. Especially when viewed in historical context, foreign and international influence on the development of copyright law is now quite pervasive ? albeit in ways, and effected through a number of institutions, that might appear surprising.
G Dinwoodie, The International Intellectual Property System: Treaties, Norms, National Courts and Private Ordering in Gervais (ed), Intellectual Property, Trade and Development: Strategies to Optimize Economic Development in a TRIPS Plus Era (Oxford Univ. Press 2007)
Although part of the political impetus for international intellectual property law making has long come from the economic gains that particular countries could secure in the global market, the recent situation of intellectual property within the institutional apparatus of the trade regime has been an important factor in the transformation of the classical system of international intellectual property law. This chapter analyses various aspects of this transformation. It suggests that viewing intellectual property through the prism of trade alone offers an incomplete explanation of the changes that have occurred in international intellectual property law making. For example, a full account of the contemporary system must reflect the role of both litigation in national courts and private ordering by commercial actors in establishing international intellectual property norms. This chapter stresses that these new contributors to the international system must be subject to no lesser scrutiny than traditional public international instruments such as treaties. The chapter also discusses the increasingly quick resort to international institutions in the field of intellectual property law. To ameliorate the costs associated with the speedy development of international rules, and perhaps to ensure that some international solution is adopted, policy makers have begun more overtly to support the adoption of soft law norms rather than hard law treaty obligations. In response, those skeptical of these trends in international intellectual property law making have sought to slow down the process or bring it to a complete halt. In order to achieve a political climate where public international law imposes fewer constraints on national law makers (particularly law makers in developing countries), skeptics have adopted a number of strategies, including the multiplication of international institutions in which intellectual property is considered, and the concomitant development of a range of rival norms that have massively complicated the political economy of public international intellectual property law. Using examples drawn primarily from copyright and trademark law, I illustrate the pressure to accelerate internationalization, the varying strength of adopted norms, and the changes to the political climate in which public international law making is occurring. To some extent, these changes reflect increased political and popular attention to trade and development. However, regardless of the catalyst, these systemic changes remain crucially important to trade and development because of the entanglement of intellectual property with trade and development policy.
D Vaver, 'Does the Public Understand Intellectual Property Law? Do Lawyers?' in Faculty of Law, McGill University (eds), Meredith Lectures 2006: Intellectual Property at the Edge: New Approaches to IP in a Transsystemic World (Les Editions Yvon Blais 2007)
Argues for greater comprehensibility and cohesion in IP laws, using Canadian & British examples.
ISBN: 978-2-89635-108-4
2006
G Dinwoodie and R. Dreyfuss, Patenting Science: Protecting the Domain of Accessible Knowledge in Guibault & Hugenholtz (eds), The Future of the Public Domain in Intellectual Property: Identifying the Commons in Information Law (Kluwer Law International 2006)
In this book chapter, we look at the effect of commodification on scientific and technological, as opposed to cultural, activity. After discussing the nature of the commodification debate and the constraints unique to scientific and technological production, we explore ways in which the domain of accessible knowledge could be reconstituted. In our discussion of these strategies, we draw on previous work in which we analyzed (1) various substantive methods for curbing perceived encroachments on the public domain to see how each would fare if challenged under the TRIPS Agreement, and (2) the relationship between the dynamics of domestic legislative procedures and TRIPS dispute resolution outcomes. In this piece, we continue our examination of the domestic efficacy and TRIPS compatibility of substantive alterations to the patent system: strengthening the nonobviousness (inventive step) requirement; narrowing the scope of patent claims; and recognizing new occasions in which the government may use patented inventions without authorization (but with payment).
As in our other pieces, our purpose is not to predict the outcome of future disputes - there are far too few WTO precedents for that. Rather, our goal is to explore how the interpretive approaches pursued at the international level affect the ability of TRIPS members to keep their laws attuned to the developments and needs of science.
We argue that under certain interpretations of TRIPS, a variety of prophylactic substantive steps to protect the domain of accessible scientific knowledge could be taken, that each has a different pay-off as a matter of domestic policy, but that the there is little relationship between the strength of the obstacle posed by TRIPS and the impact of the approach on innovation. Furthermore, we see reason to worry that the analytical tools utilized to date carry a strong potential for altering the political economies of member states in ways that create a one-way ratchet in favor of increased commodification.
We conclude that a map of the public domain of the type charted by Pam Samuelson must do more than consider the effects of various domestic laws and policies because the international system (as currently administered) shapes the legal landscape on which individual nations are operating. To alter that landscape, patent strategists should consider a variety of approaches. But we suggest that it may be particularly fruitful to adapt the rhetoric of scholars seeking to promote the public domain in domestic copyright law. The differences we see in the commodification debate may not, after all, reflect genuine differences between cultural and technological production. Rather, it may be that copyright scholars better appreciate the value in framing the public's interest as a right to access.
G Dinwoodie, Ten Years of Trademark Law: Lessons for the Future? in Hansen (ed), 8 International Intellectual Property Law and Policy (Juris Publishing 2006)
G Dinwoodie, Towards an International Framework for the Protection of Traditional Knowledge in Elements of National sui Generis Systems for the Preservation, Protection and Promotion of Traditional Knowledge: Innovations and Practices and Options for an International Framework (UNCTAD 2006)
At a seminar organized by UNCTAD and the Government of India in 2002, participants considered how evolving national systems for the protection of traditional knowledge could be supported or augmented by international measures adopted at the regional or global level. The need for solutions on the international level has been discussed in a number of fora. Yet, the effective protection of the holders of traditional knowledge requires that these discussions move in some way toward implementation of working systems of protection.
This short paper, commissioned by UNCTAD for a conference in February 2004, and to be republished in a book on traditional knowledge, focuses on framework, or structural, issues, rather than on the substantive elements of sui generis systems for the protection of traditional knowledge. It considers the extent to which proponents must articulate the need for a completely new paradigm, or whether instead they can point to historical antecedents in the intellectual property system.
The principal impetus for the paper is the proposal of the Indian government that international law require the disclosure of the country of origin of genetic resources and related traditional knowledge in patent applications (and require compliance with the laws of the country of origin). This proposal is essentially an attempt to derogate from the principle of territoriality that pervades and is at the root of, international intellectual property law. That principle is most resolutely advocated and enforced in the patent context. In contrast, international trademark (and geographical indications) law - while firmly based upon the same general principle - has in several respects developed exceptions to that principle. These exceptions might provide the source for a range of options that countries might consider as the model for a system of traditional knowledge protection that likewise moves away from the principle of territoriality. An historical analysis of where resistance to such developments has been most acute in the field of trademark and geographical indications might also provide guidance to those seeking to construct an approach to traditional knowledge that encounters less resistance.
The paper conceptualizes the different departures from territoriality in trademark law and thus suggests analogous devices for the protection of traditional knowledge that could be developed along the lines suggested by the Indian government. This helps to identify the structural variables that countries should consider in fashioning a traditional knowledge regime that eschews a rigid commitment to territoriality.
C Greenhalgh and M Rogers, 'Intellectual Property, Competition and the Value of UK Firms' in C. Peeters and B. Van Pottelsberghe (eds), Economic and Management Perspectives on Intellectual Property Rights (Palgrave 2006)
C Greenhalgh and M Rogers, 'Market Value of UK Intellectual Property: Manufacturing, Utility and Financial Services Firms' in D Bosworth and E Webster (eds), The Management of Intellectual Property (Edward Elgar 2006)
C Greenhalgh and M Rogers, 'Use of Intellectual Property by the UK Financial Services Sector' in D Bosworth and E Webster (eds), The Management of Intellectual Property (Edward Elgar 2006)
D Vaver, 'General Introduction' in D. Vaver (ed), Intellectual Property Rights: Critical Concepts in Law (Routledge 2006)
Overview of history, theory and features of intellectual property law, to introduce compilation of 87 articles on intellectual property
ISBN: 0-415-33088-2
2005
G Dinwoodie, Concurrence and Convergence of Rights: The Concerns of the U.S. Supreme Court in Grosheide & Brinkhof (eds), Crossing Borders: Between Traditional and Actual (Hart Publishing 2005)
G Dinwoodie, Conflicts and International Copyright Litigation: The Role of International Norms in Intellectual Property in the Conflict of Laws ( 2005)
G Dinwoodie, The Story of Kellogg Co. v. National Biscuit Co.: Breakfast with Brandeis in Intellectual Property Stories (Foundation Press 2005)
Kellogg Co. v. National Biscuit Co. may be the Supreme Court's most versatile and influential trademark decision. Justice Brandeis' opinion contained language that is now at the core of the statutory test for whether a term should be unprotected because consumers understand the term as the generic name for the product on which it is used. That same language guides courts seeking to determine whether a mark has acquired the degree of secondary meaning necessary to support trademark protection. Plaintiffs seeking to establish trademark rights in a product shape must demonstrate that the shape in question is not "functional" according to a standard that has its roots in Kellogg. And defendants seeking to parry claims that the design of their product is confusingly similar to the design of a once-patented product habitually invoke Kellogg to support a competitor's right to copy the subject matter of an expired patent.
The scope of Kellogg's influence might, at first blush, seem surprising. The Court was confronted by a relatively narrow issue of trademark and unfair competition law, and to a large extent was revisiting an issue it had decided forty years earlier. The Court's opinion was also quite short. To understand its significance, one must be aware of the full range of philosophical reasons that motivated Justice Brandeis, including opposition for broad intellectual property rights, a concern for competition, and support for a misrepresentation-based model of unfair competition law. And one must also delve into the intense commercial rivalry in the cereal industry - a rivalry conducted by an odd mix of evangelists armed with even odder theories about nutrition and health.
Ultimately, because a variety of rationales were offered by the Court for a conclusion upon which most would agree, the precise scope of the opinion has never been fully clear. These (perhaps purposeful) ambiguities might have prevented the opinion contributing to the clear development of areas of law that were directly addressed by the Kellogg Court. This partially explains the irony that the current Supreme Court has cited Kellogg in a number of trademark cases for a series of different propositions, but did not cite the case in the most recent effort to tackle the very question at issue in Kellogg (the scope of trademark protection for a product covered by an expired patent).
By the same token, however, Justice Brandeis' quiet efforts to supply a more fundamental (and long-term) statement about the philosophy of trademark and unfair competition law may have allowed the opinion to achieve significance, both judicially and legislatively, well beyond the narrow context of the type of case the Court was deciding. And those efforts to articulate a philosophy for trademark and unfair competition law, which do not spring as obviously from the text of the Kellogg opinion, but instead are more readily apparent from historical context, may also be important in the years ahead as scholars and policymakers consider whether trademark law has inappropriately become a law against misappropriation.
G Dinwoodie, 'Use, Intent to Use, and Registration in the United States' in Trademark Use ( 2005)
G Dinwoodie and R. Dreyfuss, WTO Dispute Resolution and the Preservation of the Public Domain of Science Under International Law in Maskus & Reichman (eds), International Public Goods and Transfer of Technology Under Globalized Intellectual Property Regime (Cambridge Univ. Press 2005)
The TRIPS Agreement can be read to reflect a static view of the structure of intellectual property law. In this paper, we address whether - and how - the TRIPS Agreement can be interpreted to give it more fluidity, and thus to allow adjustments in national intellectual property regimes designed to reflect the dynamic nature of information production. To focus that inquiry, we concentrate on efforts to ensure a broader public domain for "upstream" inventions by modifying various elements of US patent law. The paper considers three stylized examples and asks whether each approach could be adopted by the United States without falling afoul of the TRIPS Agreement, as it is currently understood. Our purpose is to identify interpretive approaches that allow member states to keep their laws attuned to the developments and needs of science. In so doing, we also raise broader questions regarding the level of formalism generated by the WTO dispute settlement system, and the extent to which the TRIPS Agreement allocates power between supranational and national institutions, and between international and national laws.
2004
G Dinwoodie, The International Intellectual Property Law System: New Actors, New Institutions, New Sources in Proceedings of the 98th annual Meeting of the American Society of International Law (ASIL 2004)
International intellectual property norms are now being developed by a wide range of institutions - some national, some international, and some that do not fit neatly into either category; by bodies designed to address intellectual property; by trade and other bodies; and by actors public, private, and indeterminate. This new wave of international norm creation not only augments a growing body of substantive norms but also raises difficult structural questions about the future development of the international intellectual property system. This essay, a lecture delivered to the Annual Meeting of the American Society of International Law in 2004, is being reprinted as part of a symposium on ?TRIPS after ten years.?
2003
G Dinwoodie, Commitments to Territoriality in International Copyright Scholarship in Paul Brugger (ed), Copyright -- Internet World (ALAI-Suisse 2003)
D Vaver, 'Defining and rewarding invention: a review and a modest proposal for patent law' in P. Mirfield & R. Smith (eds), Essays for Colin Tapper (Lexis/Nexis 2003)
Reviews definitions of "invention" in patent law internationally and argues that what should be patented should be more closely regulated.
ISBN: 0 406 96439 4
D Vaver, 'Le concept d’invention en droit des brevets: bilan et perspective' in M. Vivant & J.-M. Bruguière (eds), Protéger les inventions de demain: Biotechnologies, logiciels et méthodes d’affaires (Institut National de la Propriété Industrielle 2003)
IP law article
ISBN: 2-11-005313-5
2002
G Dinwoodie, The Rational Limits of Trademark Law (plus 2005 postscript) in H. Hansen (ed), U.S. Intellectual Property: Law and Policy (Edward Elgar Publishing 2002)
G Dinwoodie, Trademark and Copyright: Complements or Competitors? in Jane Ginsburg and June Besek (eds), Adjuncts and Alternatives to Copyright (General Report to ALAI Congress 2002)
D Vaver, 'Copyright Developments in Europe: The Good, The Bad and The Harmonized' in N. Elkin-Coren & N.W. Netanel (eds), The Commodification of Information (Kluwer Law International 2002)
2001
D Vaver, 'Intellectual Property Law: The State of the Art' in Frankel & Smith (eds), Essays on Intellectual Property Law and Policy (Victoria Univ. L.Rev. 2001)
IP Law article
ISBN: 475110870
Edited books
2008
G Dinwoodie and M. Janis (eds), Trademark Law and Theory: A Handbook of Contemporary Research (Edward Elgar Press 2008)
2006
D Vaver (ed), Intellectual Property Rights: Critical Concepts in Law (Routledge (2006) 2006)
Compilation of world's leading intellectual property articles in English language, spanning over 150 years from Dickens, Macaulay and Abraham Lincoln, to modern writers mainly in law but also in economics and other disciplines. In 5 volumes.
ISBN: 0-415-33087-4
2004
D Vaver and others (eds), Intellectual Property in the New Millennium: Essays in Honour of William R. Cornish (Cambridge University Press, 2004 2004)
Co-editor of articles by leading academics, judges and lawyers on intellectual property issues in international law and in the UK, US and other jurisdictions. A favourable review by D. Mendis of Edinburgh University appears at http://www.law.ed.ac.uk/ahrb/script-ed/vol2-1/ipnm_review.asp.
ISBN: 0-521-84643-9
Case Notes
2012
J Pila, Copyright and Internet Browsing (2012) 128 Law Quarterly Review 204–208 [Case Note]
J Pila, The Star Wars Copyright Claim: An Ambivalent View of the Empire (2012) 128 Law Quarterly Review 15-19 [Case Note]
2010
J Pila, Academic Freedom and the Courts (2010) 126 Law Quarterly Review 347–351 [Case Note]
J Pila, Patents for Genes and Methods of Analysis and Comparison (2010) 126 Law Quarterly Review 534–538 [Case Note]
2009
J Pila, Chemical Product Patents and Biogen Insufficiency Before the House of Lords (2009) 125 Law Quarterly Review 573-578 [Case Note]
1996
J Pila, 'A-One Accessory Imports Pty Ltd v Off Road Imports Pty Ltd, 34 IPR 306 (Federal Court of Australia 1996) ' (1996) 11 EIPR D [Case Note]
J Pila, 'Trumpet Software Pty Ltd v Ozemail Pty Ltd, 34 IPR 481 (Federal Court of Australia 1996)' (1996) 10 EIPR D [Case Note]
1994
J Pila and J MacPhail, 'Kettle Chip Co Pty Ltd v Apand Pty Ltd, 46 FCR 152 (Federal Court of Australia 1993)' (1994) 3 EIPR D [Case Note]
Others
2002
J Pila and D Brennan, Battle for academic credit separates junior teams from heavyweights (2002) Sydney Morning Herald
2001
J Pila and D Brennan, Why patents for genes aren't patently obvious (editorial) (2001) The Age (Melbourne)
Reports
2011
C Greenhalgh and M Rogers, Competition, Innovation and IP (2011) UK Intellectual Property Office
as Supporting Paper H to the Hargreaves Review of IP and Growth
C Greenhalgh, M Rogers, P Schautschick and V Sena, 'Trade Mark Incentives' (2011) UK Intellectual Property Office
2010
C Greenhalgh and others, Intellectual Property Enforcement in Smaller UK Firms (2010) UK Intellectual Property Office
a report for the Strategic Advisory Board for Intellectual Property Policy (SABIP), UK Intellectual Property Office October 2010 http://www.ipo.gov.uk/ipresearch-ipenforcement-201010.pdf
2008
J Pila, Patentable Subject Matter (2008) Oxford Legal Research Paper Series 37/2008
2007
C Greenhalgh, M Rogers and C Helmers, An analysis of the association between the use of intellectual property by UK SMEs and subsequent performance (2007) UK Intellectual Property Office
C Greenhalgh, M Rogers and C Helmers, An analysis of the characteristics of small and medium enterprises that use intellectual property (2007) UK Intellectual Property Office
2003
C Greenhalgh and M Longland, 'Intellectual Property Scoreboards for the UK in 2000' (2003) UK Patent Office
C Greenhalgh, M Longland and D Bosworth, Trends and Distribution of Intellectual Property: UK and European patents and UK trade and service marks 1986-2000’ (2003) UK Intellectual Property Office
2002
C Greenhalgh and P Dixon, 'The economics of intellectual property: a review to identify themes for future research, ' (2002) UK Patent Office
Oxford Intellectual Property Research Centre Working Paper No. 05/02 2002.
2001
G Dinwoodie, Private International Aspects of the Protection of Trademarks (WIPO Doc. No. WIPO/PIL/01/4) (2001)
G Dinwoodie, Report of the United States, in Adjuncts and Alternatives to Copyright (General Report to ALAI Congress 2001) (2001)
1994
C Greenhalgh and P Hayward, 'Intellectual Property Research: a review of the economic and socio-legal literature. ' (1994) ESRC
Report commissioned by C. Caswill, Research Director of the Economic and Social Research Council.
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
Copyright, Patents and Allied Rights
It is commonly said that we live in an information and technological age, and that rights in expressive and technological subject matter - from music to computer programs and recombinant genes - are becoming increasingly important. In this course we introduce the main regimes for recognising and protecting those rights: Copyright and Patents. We ask why we have these regimes and how they operate at a national and European level. The course will appeal to those interested in the arts & entertainment, science & technology, publishing, literary theory, and intellectual property practice. It is taught by Lord Hoffmann, Dr Pila and Ms Slade. A background in science is not required.This course is taught in 8 seminars and 6 tutorials spread over Michaelmas and Hilary Terms by Lord Hoffmann (Patents seminars), Dr Pila (Copyright seminars and tutorials), and Ms Slade (Patents tutorials).
[less]
Copyright, Trade Marks and Allied Rights (not offered in 2011-12)
This course will not be offered in 2011/2012. This course will not be offered in 2011/2012.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
European Intellectual Property Law
Intellectual Property rights (“IPRs”) must constantly adapt to developments in the arts and technology (biotechnology, computing, satellite communications, etc), whilst also conforming with general theories of competition and property law. This subject therefore represents a link between law, science & technology, design & creative arts, and economics. It is international and comparative in nature, taking into account the increasingly Europeanised nature of IP law, as well as the impact of EU competition law. It is also theoretical, considering the various economic and other justifications for the existence of different IPRs nationally and internationally. It will be taught by Professor Graeme Dinwoodie, Professor Ansgar Ohly and Dr Justine Pila in a series of lectures, seminars and tutorials over Michaelmas, Hilary and Trinity Terms. Students taking the course may also audit the undergraduate IP seminars of Lord Hoffmann and Dr Pila. This course will be taught by Professor Dinwoodie, Professor Ohly, and Dr Pila in a series of lectures, seminars and tutorials held in Michaelmas, Hilary and Trinity Terms. Students taking the course may also audit the undergraduate IP seminars of Lord Hoffmann and Dr Pila.
[less]
MJur
European Intellectual Property Law
Intellectual Property rights (“IPRs”) must constantly adapt to developments in the arts and technology (biotechnology, computing, satellite communications, etc), whilst also conforming with general theories of competition and property law. This subject therefore represents a link between law, science & technology, design & creative arts, and economics. It is international and comparative in nature, taking into account the increasingly Europeanised nature of IP law, as well as the impact of EU competition law. It is also theoretical, considering the various economic and other justifications for the existence of different IPRs nationally and internationally. It will be taught by Professor Graeme Dinwoodie, Professor Ansgar Ohly and Dr Justine Pila in a series of lectures, seminars and tutorials over Michaelmas, Hilary and Trinity Terms. Students taking the course may also audit the undergraduate IP seminars of Lord Hoffmann and Dr Pila. This course will be taught by Professor Dinwoodie, Professor Ohly, and Dr Pila in a series of lectures, seminars and tutorials held in Michaelmas, Hilary and Trinity Terms. Students taking the course may also audit the undergraduate IP seminars of Lord Hoffmann and Dr Pila.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
European Intellectual Property Law
Intellectual Property rights (“IPRs”) must constantly adapt to developments in the arts and technology (biotechnology, computing, satellite communications, etc), whilst also conforming with general theories of competition and property law. This subject therefore represents a link between law, science & technology, design & creative arts, and economics. It is international and comparative in nature, taking into account the increasingly Europeanised nature of IP law, as well as the impact of EU competition law. It is also theoretical, considering the various economic and other justifications for the existence of different IPRs nationally and internationally. It will be taught by Professor Graeme Dinwoodie, Professor Ansgar Ohly and Dr Justine Pila in a series of lectures, seminars and tutorials over Michaelmas, Hilary and Trinity Terms. Students taking the course may also audit the undergraduate IP seminars of Lord Hoffmann and Dr Pila. This course will be taught by Professor Dinwoodie, Professor Ohly, and Dr Pila in a series of lectures, seminars and tutorials held in Michaelmas, Hilary and Trinity Terms. Students taking the course may also audit the undergraduate IP seminars of Lord Hoffmann and Dr Pila.
[less]
People
Intellectual Property teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Justine Pila: University Lecturer in Intellectual Property Law
in conjunction with:
Graeme Dinwoodie: Professor of Intellectual Property and Information Technology Law
Lord Hoffmann: Visiting Professor
Emily Hudson: CDF in IP Law
Ansgar Ohly: Visiting Professor
Alison Slade: Stipendiary Lecturer, St Catherine's College
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Peter Hayward: Retired. Formerly Fellow of St Peter's
David Vaver: Emeritus Professor of Intellectual Property & Information Technology Law
[top]
International Trade
Publications
D P Nolan, 'Carriage of Goods by Sea, 2nd edn' (2012) 128 Law Quarterly Review 469 [Review]
E Fisher, 'Beyond the Science/Democracy Dichotomy: The World Trade Organisation Sanitary and PhytoSanitary Agreement and Administrative Constitutionalism' in C. Joerges & E. Petersmann (eds), Constitutionalism, Multilevel Trade Governance and Social Regulation (Hart Publishing 2006)
W E Peel, 'Actual Carriers & The Hague Rules' (2004) 120 The Law Quarterly Review 11 [Case Note]
A casenote on the House of Lords' decision in The Starsin, dealing with the construction of contracts and the scope of the Hague Rules
ISBN: 0023-933X
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
This course takes as its subject matter a sale of goods by a seller in one country to a buyer in another, and examines the contractual relations between various parties that may be involved in the making and performance of such a sale. Accordingly, it is concerned first with the relations between buyer and seller, emphasising the special features of the sale which are due to its international character. Secondly, it is concerned with the carriage of goods from the seller to the buyer, once again emphasising the special rules which govern international carriage. So as to keep the course within reasonable bounds, it deals only with carriage by sea; it does not cover the special rules governing international carriage by air, road and rail. Thirdly, the course deals with an aspect of banking law. Payment in international sales is often made, not directly by buyer to seller, but through the mechanism of a banker’s commercial credit; the law relating to such credits forms the third part of the course.
Looked at from another angle, the course is concerned with the special problems that arise in overseas sales because the parties are often comparative strangers to one another, and because there is often a long interval of time between the despatch of goods and their receipt. During that time, the parties are exposed to certain financial and physical risks. The financial risk to which each party is exposed is that of the other’s insolvency: to protect himself against this risk the seller will want to be paid as early as possible while the buyer will want to pay as late as possible. One major topic for discussion is the way in which the law and commercial practice seek to reconcile these conflicting desires. So far as the physical risks are concerned, there is the possibility that the goods may be lost or damaged or delayed in transit. Sometimes that risk has to be borne by one of the parties to the contract of sale; sometimes it has to be borne (at least in part) by the carrier; and exactly how it is to be borne has obvious repercussions on the decisions to be made by each party with regard to insurance.
Although its name might suggest something different, the course is about a branch of English domestic law. Our concern is with the English rules governing international transactions (though these rules are often applied to contracts which have no physical connection with this country). It follows that the materials and methods of this course are almost entirely those of the traditional law course, i.e. that it consists largely of a study of decided cases and legislation, though the latter is to a considerable extent influenced by international conventions. Internationally accepted customs and practices figure prominently in the banking section of the course; but the course contains nothing that anyone with the standard equipment of a common lawyer cannot handle.
The course has three principal attractions. Firstly, it raises not only complex and fascinating analytical issues but also fundamental issues of legal policy. Secondly, a study of International Trade will help candidates very considerably with their understanding of the law of contract, particularly in the areas of privity, breach, frustration and remedies. Thirdly, the course forms a useful background to one of the most intellectually satisfying types of legal practice.Lecturing and other guidance is important in this subject because there are no suitable student books for students to study it for themselves at the right level. The books available are either too simple, or are large practitioners’ works in the use of which students need guidance.
Lectures are given in Michaelmas Term on carriage by sea and on letters of credit. There are handouts for each set of lectures. In the Hilary Term (second of the year) there is a weekly class where the three contracts are treated together and their interaction studied. For this there are separate lists of cases and questions. Tutorials (which include practice in analysing problems) are also available in that term, and that is the term in which the bulk of the student’s own personal work on the subject (other than attending lectures) should be done.
[less]
People
International Trade teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Edwin Peel: Professor of Law
in conjunction with:
Thomas Krebs: University Lecturer in Commercial Law
Ewan McKendrick: Registrar and Professor of English Private Law
Donal Nolan: CUF Lecturer
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Roy Goode: Emeritus Professor of Law
Guenter Treitel: Emeritus Vinerian Professor of English Law at All Souls
[top]
Labour/Employment Law
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Tuesday 22 May 2012 Week 5
- Labour Law Discussion Group
The concept of a social market economy and its impact on German labor law - Speaker: Professor Dr. Horst Call, Employment and Commercial Law at Brunswick European Law School (BELS)
Brasenose College Lecture Room XI at 13:00
June 2012
Tuesday 12 June Week 8
- Labour Law Discussion Group
Labour Law or the Law of the Labour Market? - Speaker: Dr. Ruth Dukes, University of Glasgow
Brasenose College Medieval Kitchen at 13:00
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 42 Labour/Employment Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
A Bogg and K D Ewing, 'A Muted Voice at Work? Collective Bargaining in the Supreme Court of Canada' (2012) Comparative Labor Law and Policy Journal (forthcoming)
A Bogg and T Novitz, 'Investigating \\\'Voice\\\' at Work' (2012) Comparative Labor Law and Policy Journal (forthcoming)
A Bogg, 'Michael Sandel and Trade Union Rights' (2012) International Union Rights (forthcoming)
A Bogg, 'Sham Self-Employment in the Supreme Court' (2012) forthcoming Industrial Law Journal
A Bogg, 'The Death of Statutory Union Recognition in the United Kingdom' (2012) Journal of Industrial Relations (Australia) (forthcoming)
A C L Davies, 'Identifying ‘Exploitative Compromises’: The Role Of Labour Law In Resolving Disputes Between Workers' (2012) Current Legal Problems
In recent years, labour law has been going through a period of deep introspection. Some commentators have gone so far as to pronounce the subject dead. One reason for the crisis is the realisation that labour law has the potential to exacerbate divisions between different groups in the workforce: between the employed and the unemployed, between those with stable jobs and those with ‘atypical’ jobs, between local workers and migrant workers, and so on. The ‘interests of labour’ are not, in reality, a unified set of interests to be pitted against those of capital. Whilst other writers are beginning to explore this set of issues at the policy level, the aim of this essay is to consider how the law addresses conflicts between workers on particular occasions and in particular workplaces, and to begin the task of mapping out this relatively neglected dimension of the subject on a more practical level.
A C L Davies, 'Recent Developments in Labour Law in the United Kingdom' (2012) Europaische Zeitschrift für Arbeitsrecht
2011
A Bogg, 'Good Faith in the Contract of Employment: A Case of the English Reserve?' (2011) 32 Comparative Labor Law and Policy Journal 729
A theoretical analysis of the concept of good faith in the personal employment contract (approx 15,000 words)
S Fredman, The Public Sector Equality Duty (2011) 40 Industrial Law Journal 405
A key advance of the Equality Act 2010 is its introduction of a single equality duty. The new ‘public sector equality duty’ harmonises the earlier duties and extends its coverage to include other protected characteristics. In addition, the statutory aims have been deepened to reflect a substantive conception of equality. However, the core of the duty is unchanged. It is a duty to ‘have due regard’, not to take steps or to achieve equality. Is this an attempt to incorporate a deliberative, reflexive approach to achieving equality, recognising that a straightforward command and control approach might encounter unproductive resistance? Or does it reflect a fundamental ambivalence as to the importance of equality issues? Section 2 below examines the structure of the statutory provisions. Section 3 asks whether the statutory provision is an example of reflexive law. Particular attention is paid to the spate of judicial review cases relying on the equality duty to challenge a range of budget cuts. It is argued that courts have struggled to deal with the regulatory challenges presented by the equality duties. Nor is it clear that a reflexive approach is appropriate to achieve substantive equality.
ISBN: 1464-366
2010
A Bogg, 'Bournemouth University v Buckland: Re-establishing Orthodoxy at the Expense of Coherence?' (2010) Industrial Law Journal 408
A C L Davies, 'The Implementation of the Directive on Temporary Agency Work in the UK: A Missed Opportunity' (2010) 1 European Labour Law Journal 303
An analysis of the UK's implementation of the Temporary Agency Work Directive.
A C L Davies, 'Trade Union Recognition and Collective Bargaining in English Law' (2010) Europäische Zeitschrift für Arbeitsrecht 37
Text of a lecture delivered at the Siebtes Göttinger Forum zum Arbeitsrecht, Georg-August- Universität Göttingen
2009
A Bogg, 'New Labour, Trade Unions, and the Liberal State' (2009) 20 King's Law Journal 403
An analysis of liberal theory and its application in the context of trade union legislation, using this as an intepretive framework for analysing post-1997 legislative developments in collective labour law (12,500 words)
A Bogg, 'Of Holidays, Work and Humanisation: A Missed Opportunity?' (2009) European Law Review
An analysis of the humanisation principle in European working time regulation, and its specific regulatory effects (c 8,500 words)
A Bogg, 'The Mouse that Never Roared: Unfair Practices and Union Recognition' (2009) Industrial Law Journal
A critical analysis of the CAC's jurisprudence dealing with the new unfair practice jurisdiction under the Schedule A1 recognition procedure (6,500 words)
A C L Davies, 'Implementation of the Agency Work Directive in the UK' (2009) Revue de Droit du Travail 743
Discussion of the government's initial proposals for the implementation of the Temporary Agency Work Directive.
A C L Davies, 'Judicial Self-Restraint in Labour Law' (2009) 38 Industrial Law Journal 278
An exploration of the concept of 'deference' in the public law literature as applied to labour law cases.
A C L Davies, 'Sensible Thinking About Sham Transactions: Protectacoat Firthglow Ltd v Szilagyi' (2009) 38 Industrial Law Journal 318
Analysis of the development of the definition of 'sham' in the Protectacoat case, comparing it to the lease/licence case-law.
2008
A C L Davies, 'Developments in English Labour/Employment Law 2004-2007' (2008) 2 Europaische Zeitschrift fur Arbeitsrecht 267
A C L Davies, One step forward, two steps back? The Viking and Laval cases in the ECJ (2008) 37 Industrial Law Journal 126
S Fredman, 'Reforming equal pay laws' (2008) 37 Industrial Law Journal 193
Despite 33 years of equal pay legislation, the gender pay gap remains stubbornly high. Multiple equal pay claims in the public sector have forcefully exposed the weaknesses, both of the Equal Pay Act and of the complaints-led model of enforcement on which it is based. This article argues that the equal pay apparatus is in need of radical reform. Single Equality legislation, due to be introduced in the autumn, is the ideal forum to do so. Substantively, it is essential to move beyond the current narrow range of comparison, the limited definition of equality and the lack of a collective dimension. So far as enforcement is concerned, the way forward lies in a positive duty to eliminate pay discrimination, which builds on and strengthens the current gender duty. Women's right to equal pay for equal work is often represented as an unreasonable demand on resources, carrying with it an unsustainable cost. In fact, it is a fundamental right recognised by major human rights instruments and the International Labour Organization (ILO). It is to be hoped that the Single Equality Bill will give equal pay reform the serious attention so urgently needed.
2007
A C L Davies, The contract for intermittent employment (2007) 36 Industrial Law Journal 102
Elaborates on Mark Freedland's work on the contract for intermittent employment in his book, The Personal Employment Contract.
ISBN: 0305-9332
2006
A Bogg, 'The right to paid annual leave in the Court of Justice: the eclipse of functionalism' (2006) 31 European LR 892
Analysis of ECJ decision in Robinson-Steele, incorporating broader analytical perspective on the ECJ's interpretive approach under Working Time Directive (approx 8000 words)
ISBN: 03075400
A C L Davies, 'Regno Unito - Lavori Occasionali e Continuita dell'Impiego: Riflessioni sul Caso Cornwall CC v Prater' (2006) Diritto delle Relazioni Industriali 1264
Casenote on Cornwall CC v Prater, in Italian!
A C L Davies, The Right to Strike Versus Freedom of Establishment in EC Law: The Battle Commences (2006) 35 Industrial Law Journal 75
2004
S Fredman, Women at Work: The Broken Promise of Flexicurity (2004) 33 Industrial Law Journal 299
DOI: 10.1093/ilj/33.4.299
This article argues that it is no accident that the flexible workforce is largely made up of women in precarious jobs. The change in women's role, as both breadwinners and home-makers, has not been matched by changes in the legal structure of employyment law, and particularly the contract, with its assumption of bilateral, mutual, transactional exchange. Rights should be afforded to all who participate in the paid workshop, however marginally.
ISBN: 0305 9332
Books
2012
A C L Davies, EU Labour Law (Elgar (European Law Series) 2012)
EU Labour Law is a concise, readable and thought-provoking introduction to the labour and employment law of the European Union. The book explores the subject’s major policy themes, examines the various procedures by which EU labour law is made, and analyses key topics such as worker migration, equality, working time and procedures for workers’ participation in employers’ decision-making. It sets the legal materials in their policy context and identifies the important issues which have shaped the development of EU labour law and are likely to determine its future, including the economic crisis and the debate about fundamental rights in the EU.
2009
A Bogg, The Democratic Aspects of Trade Union Recognition (Hart 2009)
A C L Davies, Perspectives on Labour Law (2nd edn, Cambridge University Press, Law in Context Series 2009)
An exploration of human rights and economics perspectives on labour law.
ISBN: 978-0-521-72234-6
2007
P Davies and M Freedland, Towards a Flexible Labour Market (OUP: Oxford Monographs on Labour Law 2007)
Taking as its starting point the authors’ earlier work on Labour Legislation and Public Policy, this book provides a detailed account and critical analysis of British labour legislation and labour market regulation since the early 1990s. Referring back to the earlier history, and filling in the gaps in the early and mid-1990s, the work concentrates mainly on the legislation and policy measures in the employment sphere of the New Labour governments which have been in power since 1997, placing those developments in the context of the relevant aspects of European Community law. The work argues for an understanding of this body of legislation and regulatory activity as being directed towards the realisation of a flexible labour market, and shows how this objective has been pursued in three intersecting areas, those of regulating personal or individual employment relations, regulating collective representation, and promoting work. It explores the methods of regulation which have been used, developing a taxonomy of regulation and a notion of ‘light regulation’ to characterise some recent legislative interventions. It considers how far the administration of Prime Minister Tony Blair has fulfilled its promises or claims of ‘fairness at work’, ‘welfare to work’ and ‘success at work’. It is intended to be of interest to those concerned with the study of British and European labour or employment law, employee relations or human resource management, labour market economics, and contemporary politics.
ISBN: 978-0-19-921788-5
2004
S Fredman, The Ideology of New Labour Law (C Barnard, S Deakin and G Morris, Hart, 2004 2004)
A critical analysis of third way ideology in the field of labour law.
ISBN: 1-84113-404-X
Chapters
2012
A Bogg and T Novitz, 'Recognition in Respect of Bargaining in the United Kingdom: Collective Autonomy and Political Neutrality in Context' in B Creighton and A Forsyth (eds), Exploring Collective Bargaining (Routledge 2012)
2011
A C L Davies, 'Workers’ Human Rights in English Law' in Colin Fenwick and Tonia Novitz (eds), Legal Protection of Workers' Human Rights (Hart 2011)
2009
S Fredman, 'The Shape of Things to Come: Substantive Equality under the Spotlight ' in O. Dupper and C Garbers (eds), Equality in the Workplace: Reflections from South Africa and Beyond (Juta 2009)
2006
S Fredman, 'Precarious Norms for Precarious Workers' in J Fudge and R Owens (eds), Precarious Work, Women and the New Economy (Hart Publishing 2006)
The chapter assesses the legal position of precarious workers from a feminist perspective and in the light of the development of flexible working and New Labour and 'Third Way' policies
ISBN: 978-1-84113-616-6
2005
A C L Davies, 'Should the EU have the power to set minimum standards for collective labour rights in the Member States?' in P. Alston (ed), Labour Rights as Human Rights (Oxford University Press 2005)
This chapter in a volume of the Collected Courses of the Academy of European Law is based on a lecture series I gave at the European University Institute in Florence. It considers the EU's current role in the regulation of collective labour rights both internally and externally, and argues that the EU should have the power to set minimum standards for collective labour rights in the Member States.
ISBN: 0-19-928106-8
S Fredman, '‘Disability Equality: A Challenge to the Existing Anti-Discrimination Paradigm’' in A Lawson and C Gooding (eds), Disability Rights in Europe: From Theory to Practice (Hart 2005)
This chapter assesses existing discrimination paradigms and their applicability to disability discrimination.It argues that a possible way forward lies in a duty to promote equality based on social rights.
ISBN: 1-84113-486-4
2004
M R Freedland and C Kilpatrick, 'The United Kingdom; how is EU governance transformative?' in Comparative Analysis of Employment Policy and the Regulation of Part-time Work in the European Union (Cambridge University Press 2004)
The chapter on the United Kingdom in a volume of which the author is one of the editors,
ISBN: 0-521-84002-3
Case Notes
2012
A C L Davies, 'Fixed-Term Employment in the European Schools: Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families v Fletcher; Duncombe v Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families' (2012) 2 European Labour Law Journal 182 [Case Note]
2010
A Bogg, 'Sham self-employment in the Court of Appeal' (2010) 126 Law Quarterly Review 166 [Case Note]
Analyses recent Court of Appeal developments on the concept of sham terms in personal employment contracts
2006
A C L Davies, Casual Workers and Continuity of Employment (2006) 35 Industrial Law Journal 196 [Case Note]
Presentation/Conference contributions
2004
M R Freedland and PL Davies, 'The role of EU employment law and policy in the de-marginalisation of part-time work', paper presented at Cambridge University Press 63
An overview chapter in a volume of which the author is one of the editors, being a Comparative Analysis of Employment Policy and the Regulation of Part-time Work in the European Union.
ISBN: 0-521-84002-3
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
Issues in labour law affect most people during their working lives. What rights does a worker have if he or she is dismissed? Is there a right to strike? What can the law do about discrimination? This is a rapidly changing field, particularly in the past decade, which has witnessed a transformation in labour law. Most major industrial disputes are now fought out in the courts rather than on the shop-floor, in stark contrast with the traditional view that strikes are best resolved by the parties themselves. Of growing importance is the impact of EU law on British labour law, particularly in the field of discrimination. Labour law will be of considerable interest to anyone who is concerned with the interaction between law, politics and society. All British governments in recent decades have regarded policies on labour law as central to their political programmes.
Labour Law is also useful in practice. Many young barristers acquire invaluable experience by appearing before employment tribunals; and most solicitors’ firms, whether in the City or elsewhere, require specialists in employment law. It remains truer than ever that “the law governing labour relations is one of the centrally important branches of the law - the legal basis on which the very large majority of people earn their living. No-one should be qualified as a lawyer - professionally or academically - who has not mastered its principles.” (Kahn-Freund).
The course covers the law concerning individual employment law (including discrimination law), as well as trade unions, industrial action and collective bargaining. The student is not expected to acquire a detailed knowledge of the whole of this relatively large and complex field, but to pick out the central themes, and integrate them into a wider social and theoretical context.The main relevant statutes are supplied to examination candidates. It has normally been the case that candidates are not expected to have detailed knowledge of any legislation which has not received the Royal Assent by the beginning of the calendar year in which the examination takes place. Candidates will be required to answer four questions from a choice of twelve.
The subject is taught by means of a programme of lectures/seminars in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, and by college tutorials which are co-ordinated with them.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
Issues in labour law affect most people during their working lives. What rights does a worker have if he or she is dismissed? Is there a right to strike? What can the law do about discrimination? This is a rapidly changing field, particularly in the past decade, which has witnessed a transformation in labour law. Most major industrial disputes are now fought out in the courts rather than on the shop-floor, in stark contrast with the traditional view that strikes are best resolved by the parties themselves. Of growing importance is the impact of EU law on British labour law, particularly in the field of discrimination. Labour law will be of considerable interest to anyone who is concerned with the interaction between law, politics and society. All British governments in recent decades have regarded policies on labour law as central to their political programmes.
Labour Law is also useful in practice. Many young barristers acquire invaluable experience by appearing before employment tribunals; and most solicitors’ firms, whether in the City or elsewhere, require specialists in employment law. It remains truer than ever that “the law governing labour relations is one of the centrally important branches of the law - the legal basis on which the very large majority of people earn their living. No-one should be qualified as a lawyer - professionally or academically - who has not mastered its principles.” (Kahn-Freund).
The course covers the law concerning individual employment law (including discrimination law), as well as trade unions, industrial action and collective bargaining. The student is not expected to acquire a detailed knowledge of the whole of this relatively large and complex field, but to pick out the central themes, and integrate them into a wider social and theoretical context.The main relevant statutes are supplied to examination candidates. It has normally been the case that candidates are not expected to have detailed knowledge of any legislation which has not received the Royal Assent by the beginning of the calendar year in which the examination takes place. Candidates will be required to answer four questions from a choice of twelve.
The subject is taught by means of a programme of lectures/seminars in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, and by college tutorials which are co-ordinated with them.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
International and European Employment Law
This course has the aim of providing a general understanding of international labour or employment law. For this purpose, the course compares and contrasts international labour standards with those of the EU, particularly by examining the interaction between the international labour standards which have been developed and maintained by the International Labour Organisation and those of the EU's laws and policies.
Recent decades have witnessed a series of transformations of the aims of the European Union. The founding assumption in the Treaty of Rome that economic integration would naturally bring about social development has been abandoned. The Treaty of Amsterdam included a proper legal basis for EU employment law and strengthened and expanded EU equality law. The Treaty of Lisbon elevated the status of the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights, with its extensive social and labour rights content. Yet, the social dimension of the EU remains contested, and arguably subordinated, to policies designed to maximize the competitiveness and flexibility of the European labour market, in particular in order to create employment under the European Employment Strategy. Meanwhile, significant evolutions have also occurred in the policies and strategies of the ILO itself; and all these evolutions now have to respond to a growing sense of economic and social crisis which is both European and global.
This course aims to develop a critical perspective whereby students can assess these developments against the background of international labour rights and labour standards, including those of the International Labour Organisation and the Council of Europe (both ECHR and European Social Charter and Revised European Social Charter). It will begin with an examination of the development of the roles of the ILO and the EU in employment law from a historical, theoretical and institutional perspective, and proceed to focus on particular rights and issues, most notably, the right to collective bargaining and action and strike; the right to participate in enterprise governance; the right to job security and ‘fair and just working conditions’; and the right to equality in employment across various grounds, in particular sex, race, age, disability, sexual orientation and religion. These rights will be studied in depth to illustrate the complex interplay between the EU and international norms, and between various forms and sources of protection.
The course does not presuppose that students should have taken an undergraduate labour law or EU law course. The course will be taught in a varied format, including six or more seminars in Michaelmas Term and six or more in Hilary Term. The teaching is coordinated by Professor Mark Freedland, and the course will this year be taught by him with Dr Alan Bogg, Professor Anne Davies and Professor Sandra Fredman (with the occasional participation of Dr Cathryn Costello). Other academics will also contribute from time to time in areas of their particular expertise. There will be tutorials to back up the seminars, each student receiving to up to four tutorials from a wide menu. These tutorials are offered throughout the academic year, in order to give practice in writing essays in this subject.
Any students who would like to discuss this course further are encouraged to contact one of the members of the teaching group.
[less]
MJur
International and European Employment Law
This course has the aim of providing a general understanding of international labour or employment law. For this purpose, the course compares and contrasts international labour standards with those of the EU, particularly by examining the interaction between the international labour standards which have been developed and maintained by the International Labour Organisation and those of the EU's laws and policies.
Recent decades have witnessed a series of transformations of the aims of the European Union. The founding assumption in the Treaty of Rome that economic integration would naturally bring about social development has been abandoned. The Treaty of Amsterdam included a proper legal basis for EU employment law and strengthened and expanded EU equality law. The Treaty of Lisbon elevated the status of the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights, with its extensive social and labour rights content. Yet, the social dimension of the EU remains contested, and arguably subordinated, to policies designed to maximize the competitiveness and flexibility of the European labour market, in particular in order to create employment under the European Employment Strategy. Meanwhile, significant evolutions have also occurred in the policies and strategies of the ILO itself; and all these evolutions now have to respond to a growing sense of economic and social crisis which is both European and global.
This course aims to develop a critical perspective whereby students can assess these developments against the background of international labour rights and labour standards, including those of the International Labour Organisation and the Council of Europe (both ECHR and European Social Charter and Revised European Social Charter). It will begin with an examination of the development of the roles of the ILO and the EU in employment law from a historical, theoretical and institutional perspective, and proceed to focus on particular rights and issues, most notably, the right to collective bargaining and action and strike; the right to participate in enterprise governance; the right to job security and ‘fair and just working conditions’; and the right to equality in employment across various grounds, in particular sex, race, age, disability, sexual orientation and religion. These rights will be studied in depth to illustrate the complex interplay between the EU and international norms, and between various forms and sources of protection.
The course does not presuppose that students should have taken an undergraduate labour law or EU law course. The course will be taught in a varied format, including six or more seminars in Michaelmas Term and six or more in Hilary Term. The teaching is coordinated by Professor Mark Freedland, and the course will this year be taught by him with Dr Alan Bogg, Professor Anne Davies and Professor Sandra Fredman (with the occasional participation of Dr Cathryn Costello). Other academics will also contribute from time to time in areas of their particular expertise. There will be tutorials to back up the seminars, each student receiving to up to four tutorials from a wide menu. These tutorials are offered throughout the academic year, in order to give practice in writing essays in this subject.
Any students who would like to discuss this course further are encouraged to contact one of the members of the teaching group.
[less]
People
Labour/Employment Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Mark Freedland: Professor of Employment Law
in conjunction with:
Alan Bogg: CUF Lecturer
Cathryn Costello: Fellow and Tutor in EU and Public Law
Anne Davies: Professor of Law and Public Policy
Sandra Fredman: Rhodes Professor of the Laws of the British Commonwealth and the United States
[top]
Land Law
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 27 Land Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2011
S J Bright and Nick Hopkins, Home, Meaning and Identity: Learning from the English Model of Shared Ownership: (2011) 28 Housing, Theory and Society 377
DOI: 10.1080/14036096.2010.527119
This article explores the problematic nature of the label ‘home ownership’ through a case study of the English model of shared ownership, one of the methods used by the UK government to make home ownership affordable. Adopting a legal and socio-legal analysis, the article considers whether shared ownership is capable of fulfilling the aspirations households have for home ownership. To do so, the article considers the financial and non-financial meanings attached to home ownership and suggests that the core expectation lies in ownership of the value. The article demonstrates that the rights and responsibilities of shared owners are different in many respects from those of traditional home owners, including their rights as regards ownership of the value. By examining home ownership through the lens of shared ownership the article draws out lessons of broader significance to housing studies. In particular, it is argued that shared ownership shows the limitations of two dichotomies commonly used in housing discourse: that between private and social housing; and the classification of tenure between owner-occupiers and renters. The article concludes that a much more nuanced way of referring to home ownership is required, and that there is a need for a change of expectations amongst consumers as to what sharing ownership means.
2010
S J Bright and S Highmore, 'Carbon Reduction Commitment and Commercial Leases' (2010) 74 Conveyancer 430
This article discusses the complexities of accommodating CRC within commercial leaes and explores drafting responses
2009
S J Bright, 'Occupation Rents and the Trust of Land and Appointment of Trustees Act 1996: from Property to Welfare? ' (2009) 73 Conveyancer 378
O Radley-Gardner, 'Civilised Squatting' (2009) Oxford Journal of Legal Studies
Historical - comparative examination of the doctrine of adverse possession
2008
S J Bright, 'Drafting Green Leases' (2008) 72 Conveyancer 498
This article looks at how the commercial leasehold relationship can be operated in a manner that reduces the environmental impact of building use. It looks particularly at the role of the leasehold contract and argues that all releases can be drafted and operated in an environmentally sensitive manner.
ISBN: 0010 -- 8200
S J Bright, 'Green leases' (2008) 158 New Law Journal 1135
2006
S J Bright, 'Protecting the Small Business Tenant' (2006) 70 Conveyancer 137
article arguing that small business tenants needed the same kind of protection as is available to other consumers
ISBN: 0010-8200
2005
S J Bright and others, 'Personal Liability in Proprietary Estoppel' (2005) 69 The Conveyancer 14
Argues that in cases of estoppel relating to land the "representor" (A) is liable to the "representee" (B), and that this personal liability survives a transfer of the land to C.
S J Bright, 'Procuring the Notice to Quit: A Public Law Challenge' (2005) 8 Journal of Housing Law 6
Discusses the Court of Appeal case in McCann v Birmingham and asks whether the local authority's encouragement to serve a notice to quit can be challenged in public law.
ISBN: 13686542
B McFarlane and Susan Bright, 'Personal Liability in Proprietary Estoppel' (2005) [2005] Conveyancer & Property Lawyer 14
Susan Bright and Ben McFarlane argue that, where A's conduct gives B a claim based on proprietary estoppel, A is always subject to a basic personal liability to B which persists even after a transfer by A to C of the land to which the estoppel claim relates. They go on to examine the practical operation and theoretical significance of this continuing personal liability.
B McFarlane, 'The Enforcement of Non-Contractual Agreements to Dispose of Interests in Land' (2005) (2005) 16 Kings College Law Journal 174
A and B begin to negotiate a commercial bargain under which B is to acquire an interest in land in return for providing money or services to A. If B performs his side of the deal without a contract’s having been concluded, can B’s expectation nonetheless be enforced? The article focuses principally on proprietary estoppel and examines three recent cases: Cobbe v Yeoman’s Row Management Ltd; Kinane v Mackie-Conteh; and Kilcarne Holdings Ltd v Targetfollow (Birmingham) Ltd. It is argued that the approach taken by the Court of Appeal in Kinane is unnecessarily convoluted and depends on a flawed understanding of the scope of s.2 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1989.
Books
2011
J Cartwright and EH Burn, Cheshire and Burn's Modern Law of Real Property, 18th edition (Oxford University Press 2011)
New edition of established text on Land Law
ISBN: 978-0-19-959340-8
2009
J Cartwright and E H Burn, Maudsley & Burn\'s Land Law Cases & Materials, 9th edition (OUP 2009)
Case book on Land Law
ISBN: 9780199226177
B McFarlane, N Hopkins and S Nield, Land Law: Text, Cases and Materials (Oxford University Press 2009)
2008
B McFarlane, The Structure of Property Law (Hart 2008)
This book provides a new perspective on property law. By setting out an underlying structure, it allows the reader to understand the fundamental principles of this difficult subject. By providing detailed coverage of individual topics, it show how those principles apply in practice. It has full coverage of both personal property law and land law, and detailed coverage of core topics in equity, trusts, commercial law and unjust enrichment.
ISBN: 978-1-84113-559-5
2007
W J Swadling, Property (A S Burrows, 2nd edition, Oxford University Press 2007)
2006
S J Bright, Landlord and Tenant Law. Past, Present and Future. (Hart 2006)
Collection of essays edited by Susan Bright, with introduction by Susan Bright. Based on conference papers for conference held in September 2005. The conference was conceived and brought together by me to stimuate debate between academics and practitioners, and to provide a reflective look at landlord and tenant law as a whole.
ISBN: 978-1-84113-593-9
Chapters
2013
S J Bright, 'Manchester City Council v Pinnock' in N Gravells (ed), Landmark Cases in Land Law (Hart 2013) (forthcoming)
This chapter explores what the case of Manchester CC v Pinnock means In terms of the rhetoric of ownership and our doctrinal thinking about property rights. It is argued that it heralds a much more contextualised understanding of what it means to assert ownership of land and of how claims for the recovery of land should be resolved. It is these dimensions that are explored in this chapter
2012
S J Bright and others, 'Evaluating Legal Models of Affordable Home Ownership in England' in T. Turnipseed (ed), Community, Home and Identity (Routledge 2012) (forthcoming)
This chapter explores the legal modesl used to provide for low cost home ownership and: a) Explains the legal frameworks used to deliver the main LCHO products available in England; b) Explores the potential benefits of home ownership to the individual in the form of wealth creation, “mainstreaming” and security of place; c) Sets out key additional policy objectives of LCHO, in particular introducing and supporting tenure mix (sustainable communities) and sustaining the opportunity for continued use of the subsidy to provide access to LCHO for intermediate income households; and d) Evaluates the extent to which the different products available deliver both the individual benefits of home ownership and support the wider policy objectives.
2010
S J Bright, 'Dispossession for Arrears: The Weight of Home in English Law ' in L Fox O’Mahony and J A Sweeney (eds), The Idea of Home in law: Displacement and Dispossession (Ashgate 2010)
This chapter examines whether, and if so the extent to which, the processes of dispossessing a debtor of his or her home enable weight to be attached to the importance of this home to this person. The focus is upon what will be called the ‘personal home story’.
ISBN: 978-0-7546-7947-9
2009
S J Bright, 'The limits of contractual freedom in English commercial leases' in Francoise Auque (ed), Baux commerciaux, Quel modele pour l'Europe? (Larcier 2009)
2006
W J Swadling, 'Land Burdens - An English Perspective' in S van Erp & B Akkermans (eds), Towards a Unified System of Land Burdens? (Intersentia 2006)
0
S J Bright and N Hopkins, 'Evaluating Legal Models of Affordable Home Ownership in England' in T Turnipseed (ed), Community, Home and Identity (Ashgate 0)
In recent years, alternative models of Low Cost Home Ownership have been developed, ranging from grants, through intermediate tenure, to co-operative housing models. Whereas Right to Buy was driven by the single minded mission of giving people what they want –full ownership – the newer models take account of a wider range of objectives. This chapter: a) Explains the legal frameworks used to deliver the main LCHO products available in England; b) Explores the ways in which the products deliver the benefits of home ownership to the individual in the form of wealth creation, security and ‘mainstreaming’; and c) Discusses the ability of these products to support two additional policy objectives: supporting sustainable communities through facilitating mixed neighbourhoods, and providing ‘value for money’.
Case Notes
2012
S J Bright, 'The Uncertainty of Certainty in Leases' (2012) 128 LQR 336 [Case Note]
This note explains the significance of the Supreme Court decision in Mexcfield v Berrisford
2006
S J Bright, 'Tolerated Trespass or A New Tenancy?' (2006) 122 Law Quarterly Review 48 [Case Note]
2004
S J Bright, 'Unfair Terms and Unfair Allocations' (2004) Journal of Housing Law 40 [Case Note]
Note on Court of Appeal decision in Khatun v Newham LBC
ISBN: 13686542
2003
O Radley-Gardner, Section 15 of TLATA, or, The Importance of Being Earners (2003) [2003] 5 Web Journal of Current Legal Issues [Case Note]
Updates "Chargees and Family Property" and considers F.N.B. v Achampong in relation to ss. 14 and 15 of TLATA
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS (Phase II)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase I of the Final Honour School includes the third term of the first year, and all three terms of the second year.
[less]
The focus of attention within the course is on interests in land: interests which have effect not merely between the parties to a transaction but also affect people who later purchase the land. Examples of such interests are the fee simple (virtually equivalent to ownership of the land), leases, easements and mortgages. The course concerns itself with questions such as: What interests count as interests in land? How are they created? Exactly when will they affect purchasers of the land?
Land Law has a well established set of principles, often regulated by statute, to govern it. In part this is because people dealing with land need to know with certainty what the result of a particular transaction will be. Even so, there are many areas of the subject which are currently being developed by case law.
The course is not about conveyancing, the buying and selling of land. It is true, however, that in Land Law we are conscious of the needs of purchasers. Thus, for example, the circumstances in which purchasers will be bound by interests are inextricably tied in with the way land is bought and sold.Land Law covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. Candidates in the FHS examination must offer both Land Law and Trusts.
The subject is taught in tutorials by your college tutor. For an introduction to the subject see Lawson and Rudden, The Law of Property (Oxford University Press, 3rd edition) or Gardner, An Introduction to Land Law (Hart Publishing, 2nd edn, 2009).
[less]
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
Commercial Leases (not offered in 2011-12)
A majority of commercial property (shops, offices, and industrial units) is rented property. Leasehold commercial property is therefore very important to the UK economy and to legal practice. This course will provide an understanding of the legal relationship of landlord and tenant in the context of the letting of commercial property. It will encourage students to think about the lease as a contractual arrangement, a proprietary estate and as a regulated instrument, and what the appropriate way is to regulate the division of interest between landlord and tenant. It should appeal to students who have enjoyed contract law, but also builds on aspects of the land law course.
For tenants, flexibility is important. If the business is successful, and its location important, it will want to stay put, even after the lease ends. If the business grows or shrinks it may need to be able to get out of the lease, by selling it or surrendering it. For many landlords, the lease is an investment and they will focus on the lease as a tool for guaranteed, low risk, but rising income. Both parties will want a property that is well maintained, but who should pay for this? The course will look at how leases balance these interests through the contract, but also at when the government has stepped in to regulate.
There are three main stages in the leasehold relationship: entering into the lease, management issues, and ending the relationship. The major influence upon the legal relationship of landlord and tenant is the lease contract negotiated between the parties. The course will therefore look at how leases are distinguishable from other occupancy relationships, and the main terms that appear in leases. In doing so, it will consider the range of factors that influence the content of the lease, such as the type and location of property, the relative negotiating strength of the parties, and wider economic and social policies. The course will also explore how leases provide for management of the property during the lease: allocating responsibility and liability for repair, how the property can be used, reviewing the rent, and servicing the property. As estates, leases can be ‘sold’ or assigned: the course will look at the ability of landlords to control the disposition of leasehold interests, and the impact that this has upon the enforcement of the leasehold covenants between both the original landlord and tenant, and between the current landlord and tenant. It will also look at rights that the tenant has to renew the lease at the end of the term. Leases usually contain ‘forfeiture’ provisions, enabling the landlord to end the lease early in the event of tenant default and the course will look at how this right has been regulated by common law and statute.
Exploring the legal relationship will, therefore, involve looking at the application of principles of land law and contract law that law students will already have encountered (such as the distinction between leases and licences, and principles of contractual interpretation) as well as the law (both statutory and common law) specific to commercial leases.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
The focus of attention within the course is on interests in land: interests which have effect not merely between the parties to a transaction but also affect people who later purchase the land. Examples of such interests are the fee simple (virtually equivalent to ownership of the land), leases, easements and mortgages. The course concerns itself with questions such as: What interests count as interests in land? How are they created? Exactly when will they affect purchasers of the land?
Land Law has a well established set of principles, often regulated by statute, to govern it. In part this is because people dealing with land need to know with certainty what the result of a particular transaction will be. Even so, there are many areas of the subject which are currently being developed by case law.
The course is not about conveyancing, the buying and selling of land. It is true, however, that in Land Law we are conscious of the needs of purchasers. Thus, for example, the circumstances in which purchasers will be bound by interests are inextricably tied in with the way land is bought and sold.Land Law covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. Candidates in the FHS examination must offer both Land Law and Trusts.
The subject is taught in tutorials by your college tutor. For an introduction to the subject see Lawson and Rudden, The Law of Property (Oxford University Press, 3rd edition) or Gardner, An Introduction to Land Law (Hart Publishing, 2nd edn, 2009).
[less]
Postgraduate
MJur
Land Law (also part of the BA course)
The focus of attention within the course is on interests in land: interests which have effect not merely between the parties to a transaction but also affect people who later purchase the land. Examples of such interests are the fee simple (virtually equivalent to ownership of the land), leases, easements and mortgages. The course concerns itself with questions such as: What interests count as interests in land? How are they created? Exactly when will they affect purchasers of the land?
Land Law has a well established set of principles, often regulated by statute, to govern it. In part this is because people dealing with land need to know with certainty what the result of a particular transaction will be. Even so, there are many areas of the subject which are currently being developed by case law.
The course is not about conveyancing, the buying and selling of land. It is true, however, that in Land Law we are conscious of the needs of purchasers. Thus, for example, the circumstances in which purchasers will be bound by interests are inextricably tied in with the way land is bought and sold.Land Law covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. Candidates in the FHS examination must offer both Land Law and Trusts.
The subject is taught in tutorials by your college tutor. For an introduction to the subject see Lawson and Rudden, The Law of Property (Oxford University Press, 3rd edition) or Gardner, An Introduction to Land Law (Hart Publishing, 2nd edn, 2009).
[less]
People
Land Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Simon Gardner: Professor of Law
in conjunction with:
Michael Ashdown: Fellow and Tutor in Law
Alexandra Braun: CUF Lecturer
Adrian Briggs: Professor of Private International Law
Susan Bright: Professor of Land Law, McGregor Fellow
John Cartwright: Professor of the Law of Contract
Mike Macnair: CUF Lecturer
Ben McFarlane: Reader in Property Law
Jeremias Prassl: Teaching Fellow
Roger Smith: CUF Lecturer
William Swadling: Reader in Property Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Nicholas Bamforth: CUF Lecturer
Peter Clarke: Retired. Formerly Lecturer
Derek Davies: Retired. Formerly Fellow and Tutor in Law at St Catherine's
Jeffrey Hackney: Retired. Formerly Fellow and Tutor in Law at Wadham and St Edmund Hall
Peter Hayward: Retired. Formerly Fellow of St Peter's
Oliver Radley-Gardner: Teaching Fellow, Pembroke College
Derek Wood: Retired. Formerly Principal of St Hughs
[top]
Law and Finance
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Thursday 24 May 2012 Week 5
- Law and Finance Seminar Series
Allocating Risk Through Contract: evidence from M&A - Speaker: John C. Coates, John F. Cogan, Jr. Professor of Law and Economics, Harvard Law School
Oxford Law Faculty The Cube at 17:30
Wednesday 30 May Week 6
- Law and Finance Workshop
"Private equity backed IPOs" and "Recent Developments in the Law of Set Off" - Speaker: Howard Jones and Ruediger Stucke, Senior Research Fellow in Finance and Research Fellow in Finance and Economics, Saïd Business School and Louise Gullifer, Professor of Commerical Law, Faculty of Law, University of Oxford
Oxford Law Faculty The Cube at 12:00
June 2012
Thursday 7 June Week 7
- Law and Finance Seminar Series
Are US CEOs Paid More? New international Evidence - Speaker: Pedros Matos, Associate Professor of Business Administration, Darden School of Business, University of Virginia
Oxford Law Faculty The Cube at 17:30
News
Masters in Law and Finance First Alumni Reunion
The first alumni reunion of the Masters in Law and Finance programme (MLF) was held on Friday 2 March at the offices of Hogan Lovells in London. [more…]
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Law and Finance Senior Practitioner Lectures
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 16 Law and Finance publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
J Armour and W.-G. Ringe, European Corporate Law 1999-2010: Renaissance and Crisis (2011) 48 Common Market Law Review 125
European corporate law has enjoyed a renaissance in the past decade. Fifteen years ago, this would have seemed most implausible. In the mid–1990s, the early integration strategy of seeking to harmonize substantive company law seemed to have been stalled by the need to reconcile fundamental differences in approaches to corporate governance. Little was happening, and the grand vision of the early pioneers appeared more dream than ambition. Yet since then, a combination of adventurous decisions by the Court of Justice, innovative approaches to legislation by the Commission, and disastrous crises in capital markets has produced a headlong rush of reform activity. The volume and pace of change has been such that few have had time to digest it: not least policymakers, with the consequence that the developments have not always been well coordinated. The recent financial crisis has yet again thrown many – quite fundamental – issues into question. In this article, we offer an overview that puts the most significant developments of this decade into context, alongside each other and the changing patterns of corporate structure in European countries. Such developments cover, for instance, corporate mobility, corporate freedom of establishment, golden shares case law, as well as the Commission’s Company Law Action Plan CLAP and Financial Services Action Plan FSAP. Harmonization of Member States’ company laws on the rules governing listed companies and the facilitation of cross-border restructuring are also examined.
ISBN: 0165-0750
J Armour, J. Jacobs and C. Milhaupt, The Evolution of Hostile Takeover Regimes in Developed and Emerging Markets: An Analytical Framework (2011) 52 Harvard International Law Journal 219
n each of the three largest economies with dispersed ownership of public companies—the United States, the United Kingdom, and Japan—hostile takeovers emerged under a common set of circumstances. Yet the national regulatory responses to these new market developments diverged substantially. In the United States, the Delaware judiciary became the principal source and enforcer of rules on hostile takeovers. These rules give substantial discretion to target company boards in responding to unsolicited bids. In the United Kingdom, by contrast, a private body consisting of market professionals was formed to adopt and enforce the rules on hostile bids and defenses. In contrast to those of the United States, the U.K. rules give the shareholders primary decisionmaking authority in responding to hostile takeover attempts. The hostile takeover regime in Japan, which developed recently and is still evolving, combines substantive rules with elements drawn from both the United States (Delaware) and the United Kingdom, while adding distinctive elements, including an independent enforcement role for Japan’s stock exchange. This Article provides an analytical framework for business law development to explain the diversity in hostile takeover regimes in these three countries. The framework identifies a range of supply and demand dynamics that drives the evolution of business law in response to new market developments. It emphasizes the common role of subordinate lawmakers in filling the vacuum left by legislative inaction, and it highlights the prevalence of “preemptive lawmaking” to avoid legislation that may be contrary to the interests of important corporate governance players. Extrapolating from the analysis of developed economies, the framework also illuminates the current state and plausible future trajectory of hostile takeover regulation in the important emerging markets of China, India, and Brazil. A noteworthy pattern that the analysis reveals is the ostensible adoption—and adaptation—of “best practices” for hostile takeover regulation derived from Delaware and the United Kingdom in ways that protect important interests within each emerging market’s national corporate governance system.
ISBN: 0017-8063
B.R. Cheffins and J Armour, The Past, Present and Future of Shareholder Activism by Hedge Funds (2011) 37 Journal of Corporation Law 51
The forthright brand of shareholder activism hedge funds deploy emerged by the mid-2000s as a major corporate governance phenomenon. This Article explains the rise of hedge fund activism and offers predictions about future developments. The Article begins by distinguishing the “offensive” form of activism hedge funds engage in from “defensive” interventions “mainstream” institutional investors (e.g. pension funds or mutual funds) undertake. Variables influencing the prevalence of offensive shareholder activism are then identified using a heuristic device, “the market for corporate influence.” The rise of hedge funds as practitioners of offensive shareholder activism is traced by reference to the “supply” and “demand” sides of this market, with the basic chronology being that, while there were direct antecedents of hedge fund activists as far back as the 1980s, hedge funds did not move to the activism forefront until the 2000s. The Article brings matters up-to-date by discussing the impact of the recent financial crisis on hedge fund activism and draws upon the market for corporate influence heuristic to predict that activism by hedge funds is likely to remain an important element of corporate governance going forward.
ISBN: 0360-795X
WG Ringe and A Hellgardt, An international dimension of issuer liability - Liability and choice of law from a transatlantic perspective (2011) 31 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 23
The integration of the European capital markets makes progress and has led both issuers and investors being active on various markets on both sides of the Atlantic. In times of financial crises, this brings one question into the centre of attention which had not been discussed exhaustively before: In the situation of a securities liability towards investors in an international context, which is the applicable law to the liability claim? The harmonisation of private international law rules in Europe gives rise to new reflections on the problem of international issuer liability. In the United States, on the other hand, the Supreme Court has just granted certiorari in a ‘foreign-cubed’ securi-ties class action case and will thus rule for the first time on matters relating to the inter-national application of the US securities regulation soon. This paper understands the role of issuer liability in a broader context as a ‘corporate governance’ device and, from this starting point, develops a new approach to the legal problem of cross-border securities liability.
WG Ringe and M Kettunen, Disclosure Regulation of Cash-Settled Equity Derivatives – an Intentions-Based Approach (2011) Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper No. 36/2011
In capital markets around the world, calls for greater transparency regarding holdings of cash-settled equity derivatives (in particular Contracts for Difference, CfDs) have arisen due to the increased use of CfDs to gain control or to influence the management of prominent companies on all major European stock exchanges. They have been used in this manner due to an emerging practice that permits a CfD holder to capture the shares to which the CfD arrangement relates (without entering into any further express or implied agreements to do so), thereby acquiring a de facto control position in the target company. The UK was among the first countries to extend its shareholder disclosure regime to cover CfDs. Positions above the trigger threshold of 3 per cent must be disclosed as if they were shares enti-tling the holder to voting rights in the target company. Two alternatives were considered when pre-paring this new regulation: firstly, a general disclosure obligation of all economic long positions and secondly, a safe harbour regulation with exemptions from the requirement to disclose certain CfD transactions. Ultimately, the first option was preferred, yet not on the basis of its own merits but be-cause the safe harbour alternative was considered too complicated and difficult to enforce. This paper evaluates disclosure regulation of cash-settled equity derivatives and assesses the ef-fectiveness and suitability of the disclosure regulation under chapter 5 of Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR) in the UK with comparison to the relevant US rules and case law. We argue that the UK made the wrong choice of disclosure regime for CfDs. It fundamentally misunderstood the nature of the underlying problem relating to CfDs. As this article explains, the key problem related to CfDs is not the economic interest which CfDs convey per se, but rather the hedging structures that market participants have developed to facilitate the use of CfDs to acquire control of companies by stealth. This particular mischief would have been better targeted by an intentions-based disclosure regulation requiring disclosure of CfD positions only in cases where the CfD holder intends to launch a takeover or to otherwise influence the target company’s strategy and operations. Instead, the UK market is saddled with a general disclosure obligation with only very limited exceptions. This disclosure obligation is too wide in scope, places an undue burden on market partici-pants and ultimately acts as a deterrent to CfD transactions. This article argues that the UK should move away from the current general disclosure obligation towards intentions-based disclosure to re-move the current fetter on the CfD market, while still tackling the underlying mischief.
J Armour, S Deakin, V Mollica and M Siems, Law and Financial Development: What We are Learning from Time Series Evidence (2010) Brigham Young University Law Review 1435
The legal origins hypothesis is one of the most important and influential ideas to emerge in the social sciences in the past decade. However, the empirical base of the legal origins claim has always been contestable, as it largely consists of cross-sectional datasets, which provide evidence on the state of the law only at limited points in time. There is now a growing body of data derived from techniques for coding crossnational legal variation over time. This time-series evidence is reviewed here and is shown to cast new light on some of the central claims of legal origins theory. Legal origins are shown to be of little help in explaining trends in the law relating to shareholder protection, although the classification of legal systems into English-, French-, and German origin “families” has greater explanatory force in the context of creditor rights. The widely-held view that increases in shareholder rights foster financial development is not supported by time-series analyses. More generally, the new evidence casts doubt on the suggestion that legal origins operate as an “exogenous” force, independently shaping both the content of laws and economic outcomes. It is more plausible to see legal systems as evolving in parallel with changes in economic conditions and political structures at national level.
D Awrey, The FSA, Integrated Regulation and the Curious Case of OTC Derivatives (2010) 13:1 University of Pennsylvania Journal of Business Law 101
J Armour, S Deakin, P Lele and M Siems, How Do Legal Rules Evolve? Evidence from a Cross-Country Comparison of hareholder, Creditor and Worker Protection (2009) 57 American Journal of Comparative Law 579
Much attention has been devoted in recent literature to the claim that a country’s ‘legal origin’ may make a difference to its pattern of financial development and more generally to its economic growth path. Proponents of this view assert that the ‘family’ within which a country’s legal system originated, be it common law, or one of the varieties of civil law, has a significant impact upon the quality of its legal protection of shareholders, which in turn impacts upon economic growth, through the channel of firms’ access to external finance. Complementary studies of creditors’ rights and labour regulation have buttressed the core claim that different legal families have different dynamic properties. Specifically, common law systems are thought to be better able to respond to the changing needs of a market economy than are civilian systems. This literature has, however, largely been based upon cross-sectional studies of the quality of corporate, insolvency and labour law at particular points in the late 1990s. In this paper, we report findings based on newly constructed indices which track legal change over time in the areas of shareholder, creditor and worker protection. The indices cover five systems for the period 1970-2005: three ‘parent’ systems, the UK, France and Germany; the world’s most developed economy, the US; and its largest democracy, India. The results cast doubt on the legal origin hypothesis in so far as they show that civil law systems have seen substantial increases in shareholder protection over the period in question. The pattern of change differs depending on the area which is being examined, with the law on creditor and worker protection demonstrating more divergence and heterogeneity than that relationg to shareholders. The results for worker protection are more consistent with the legal origin claim than in the other two cases, but this overall result conceals significant diversity within the two ‘legal families,' with different countries relying on different institutional mechanisms to regulate labour. Until the late 1980s the law of the five countries was diverging, but in the last 10-15 years there has been some convergence, particularly in relation to shareholder protection.
J Armour and P Lele, Law, Finance and Politics: The Case of India (2009) 43 Law and Society Review 491
DOI: 10.1111/j.1540-5893.2009.00380.x
The process of liberalisation of India's economy since 1991 has brought with it considerable development both of its financial markets and the legal institutions which support these. An influential body of recent economic work asserts that a country's 'legal origin'-as a civilian or common law jurisdiction-plays an important part in determining the development of its investor protection regulations, and consequently its financial development. An alternative theory claims that the determinants of investor protection are political, rather than legal. We use the case of India to test these theories. We find little support for the idea that India's legal heritage as a common law country has been influential in speeding the path of regulatory reforms and financial development. There is a complementarity between (i) India's relative success in services and software, (ii) the relative strength of its financial markets for outside equity, as opposed to outside debt, and (iii) the relative success of stock market regulation, as opposed to reforms of creditor rights. We conclude that political explanations have more traction in explaining the case of India than do theories based on 'legal origins'.
ISBN: 0023-9216
J Armour, S Deakin, P Sarkar, M Siems and A Singh, Shareholder Protection and Stock Market Development: An Empirical Test of the Legal Origins Hypothesis (2009) 6 Journal of Empirical Legal Studies 343
DOI: 10.1111/j.1740-1461.2009.01146.x
Using a panel data set covering a range of developed and developing countries, we show that common-law systems were more protective of shareholder interests than civil-law ones in the period 1995–2005. However, civilian systems were catching up, suggesting that legal origin was not much of an obstacle to formal convergence in shareholder protection law. We find no evidence of a positive impact of these legal changes on stock market development. Possible explanations are that laws have been overly protective of shareholders and that transplanted laws have not worked well in contexts for which they were not suited.
ISBN: 1740-1453
Books
J Armour, R Kraakman, P Davies, L Enriques, H Hansmann, G Hertig and K Hopt, H Kanda, E Rock, The Anatomy of Corporate Law (Oxford University Press 2009)
Chapters
J Armour, 'The Rise of the Pre-Pack: Corporate Restructuring in the UK and Proposals for Reform' in R.P. Austin and Fady J.G. Aoun (eds), Restructuring Companies in Troubled Times: Director and Creditor Perspectives (Ross Parsons Centre Sydney Law School 2012)
J Armour and B.R. Cheffins, Origins of Offensive Shareholder Activism in the United States in J.G.S. Koppell (ed), Origins of Shareholder Advocacy (Palgrave Macmillan 2011)
“Offensive shareholder activism” involves buying up sizeable stakes in underperforming companies and agitating for changes predicted to increase shareholder returns. Though hedge funds are currently highly publicized practitioners of this corporate governance tactic, there has been no analysis of the extent to which managers of U.S. public companies were faced with challenges of this nature during the first half of the 20th century. This paper correspondingly examines instances during this period where investors engaged in offensive shareholder activism, based on a hand collected dataset of proxy contests occurring between 1900 and 1949. Our findings indicate that offensive shareholder activism, while not commonplace, did occur and was considerably more prevalent in the 1930s and 1940s than in earlier decades. We explain our results by reference to a simple model of offensive shareholder activism and argue that the ebb and flow of takeover activity may have been the primary determinant of the trends we observe.
ISBN: 978-0230107328
J Armour, Enforcement Strategies in UK Corporate Governance: A Roadmap and Empirical Assessment in John Armour and Jennifer Payne (eds), Rationality in Company Law (Hart Publishing 2009)
Shares in publicly-quoted UK companies are, similarly to those in their US counterparts, dispersed amongst many holders. The central problem of corporate governance for UK listed firms is therefore rendering managers accountable to shareholders. This paper investigates the way in which the mechanisms used to control these managerial agency problems are enforced. It provides a roadmap of the enforcement strategies employed, and a first approximation of their empirical significance. The results suggest three stylised facts about the UK corporate governance system. First, shareholder lawsuits are conspicuous by their absence. Formal private enforcement plays little or no role in controlling managers. Secondly, and contrary to leading accounts in the economic literature, it is public, rather than private, enforcement which dominates in relation to listed companies. However, the lion's share of the interventions by the relevant agencies - the Takeover Panel, the Financial Reporting Review Panel, and the Financial Services Authority - is of an informal character, not resulting in any legal action. Suasion, rather than sanction, is the order of the day. Thirdly, a simple divide between public and private enforcement fails fully to take account of the role played by institutional investors in the UK, who have engaged systematically in informal private enforcement activity. Strong informal private enforcement has historically therefore been the flipside, in the UK, of weak formal private enforcement.
J Armour, 'European Insolvency Proceedings and Party Choice: Comment' in L Gullifer, W-G Ringe and P Thery (eds), Current Issues in European Financial and InsolvencY Law (Hart Publishing 2009)
Edited books
J Armour and J. Payne (eds), Rationality in Company Law (Hart Publishing 2009)
This collection of essays is a festschrift to honour Professor Dan Prentice who retired in 2008 from the Allen & Overy Professorship of Company Law in the University of Oxford. Dan Prentice has been deeply involved in corporate law from all perspectives: as a scholar, teacher, law reformer and practising member of Erskine Chambers. His interests have covered the full range of corporate law, finance and insolvency. The occasion of his retirement from his Professorship has afforded a number of leading corporate law experts from around the world, many of whom are his former students and colleagues, an opportunity to address some of the most important issues in corporate law today, in his honour. Corporate law has always been a fast-moving area, but the present pace of change seems quicker than ever. The Companies Act 2006, by some way the longest piece of legislation ever passed by the UK Parliament, is reshaping the landscape of domestic company law. At the same time, legislative and judicial developments at the European level in corporate and securities law are of unprecedented importance for corporate lawyers based in the UK. This outstanding series of papers addresses a number of the most important issues currently facing the subject, including the impact of the new Companies Act on directors' duties, shareholder litigation and capital maintenance; aspects of insolvency and banking regulation, the Capital Requirements Directive, and a new Convention on Intermediated securities. It will be essential reading for all those interested in the field.
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
This course lays out the foundations of Finance with a particular emphasis on the financial decisions taken by firms. We begin by developing a framework for the financial evaluation of investment decisions. We introduce the concept of discounting and the net present value as a tool for investment appraisal. The course then moves on to develop a measure of risk and presents a model that allows us to evaluate risk (the Capital Asset Pricing Model). We then introduce another important financial decision by the firm, namely through what source (debt, equity etc.) to fund its activities. We will use insights from the modelling of risk to understand how different sources of finance affect the riskiness and therefore the price of financial claims issued by the firm. The course then shows how the previous models and concepts can be used by firms to evaluate investment proposals and take optimal capital budgeting decisions. Finally, we will discuss tax implications and corporate governance issues related to firms’ financial decisions.
[less]
This course builds on and develops the concepts covered in Finance I. We consider asymmetric information and capital structure; dividend and share repurchase policy; issues in capital budgeting; the concept of adjusted present value; the nature and pricing of financial and real options, and the valuation of complex capital investment projects. Students are also expected to carry out a case analysis of payout policy.
[less]
First Principles of Financial Economics
This class builds the conceptual foundation required for the economic analysis of corporate financial policy, competitive asset markets and the regulation of both corporations and financial markets. The course?s lectures will focus on: rationality, the Coase Theorem, property rights, competitive markets, the market for risk, market failures, asymmetries of information, and aggregation of information.
[less]
Law and Economics of Corporate Transactions
This course, which runs during the Hilary and Trinity terms, gives students a toolkit for structuring common corporate transactions. It acts as the fulcrum for the programme as a whole. We begin with sessions on the economic theory of contracting: the nature of the agency, hold-up costs, and other strategic behaviour to be expected in a contracting relationship. We then move on to consider six practical applications to well-known corporate transactions. In each case, an overview of the relevant legal background is introduced in class, and students are then given document packs based on real transactions to work on in a group before presenting their work to the class and academics from the disciplines of law, finance and economics. Practitioners from the leading law firms who completed the transactions under review will then talk to students about the case studies, giving their views and explaining what happened in the real scenario.
[less]
People
Law and Finance teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
John Armour: Hogan Lovells Professor of Law and Finance
in conjunction with:
Dan Awrey: University Lecturer in Law & Finance
Judith Freedman: Professor of Taxation Law
Joshua Getzler: Professor of Law and Legal History
Louise Gullifer: Professor of Commercial Law
Jennifer Payne: Professor of Corporate Finance Law
Wolf-Georg Ringe: DAAD Lecturer in Law and Deputy Director, IECL
John Vella: Senior Research Fellow at the Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Jeremias Prassl: Teaching Fellow
[top]
Law in Society
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Monday 21 May 2012 Week 5
- Legalism
Harmony, law and the problem of representation in village Tibet - Speaker: Fernanda Pirie
Manor Road Social Sciences Building Seminar Room D at 16:30
Tuesday 22 May Week 5
- Oxford Transitional Justice Research
The Constitutional Accommodation of National Pluralism in Post-War Sri Lanka: The Lessons for the Present from Sri Lanka's Pre-Colonial Past - Speaker: Asanga Weikala
Manor Road Social Sciences Building Seminar Room D at 17:00
Monday 28 May Week 6
- Legalism
Medieval Feudal Custom and Written Law in the Twelfth Century - Speaker: Magnus Ryan
Manor Road Social Sciences Building Seminar Room D at 16:30
Tuesday 29 May Week 6
- Oxford Transitional Justice Research
Judicial Sovereignty in Atrocity Crimes Trials: When and How Should International Judges Be Involved? - Speaker: Judge Vagn Joensen, President of the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda
Manor Road Social Sciences Building Seminar Room A at 17:00
June 2012
Monday 4 June Week 7
- Legalism
Legal systems and informal authority - Speaker: Nils Jansen
Manor Road Social Sciences Building Seminar Room D at 16:30
Tuesday 5 June Week 7
- Oxford Transitional Justice Research
Who is the Terrorist? Memories, Victims and the Use of Legitimate Violence - Speaker: Diego Muro
Manor Road Social Sciences Building Seminar Room D at 17:00
Monday 11 June Week 8
- Legalism
Medieval Welsh law in the Victorian Court of the Exchequer: Attorney General v. Jones, 1862-4 - Speaker: Huw Pryce
Manor Road Social Sciences Building Seminar Room D at 16:30
Tuesday 12 June Week 8
- Oxford Transitional Justice Research
Apology, Utopia and Other Catch-22s: Why Criticism of the ICC is Fun, Popular… and Inevitable - Speaker: Darryl Robinson
New College Lecture Room 6 at 12:30
- Oxford Transitional Justice Research
The Price of Omission: Brazilian Government Reparations to Victims of the Military Regime - Speaker: Glenda Mezarobba
Manor Road Social Sciences Building Seminar Room D at 17:00
News
Dr David Erdos joins OECD volunteer group of privacy experts
Dr David Erdos, Katzenbach Research Fellow at the Faculty of Law's Centre for Socio-Legal Studies and co-ordinator of CSLS’s Oxford Privacy Information Law and Society (OxPILS) research programme, has been asked to join the OECD’s volunteer group of privacy experts. [more…]
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 40 Law in Society publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
D Erdos, Constructing the Labyrinth: The impact of data protection on the development of "ethical" regulation in social science (2012) 15 Information Communications and Society 104
DOI: 10.1080/1369118X.2011.630403
Through a historical examination of the UK case over the past 40 years, this article argues that, although not drafted with such activities specifically in mind, the growth of legal initiatives protecting personal information have exerted a powerful and under-recognized impact on how social science is ‘ethically’ regulated. This impact has been both direct and indirect. At an indirect level, data protection law has encouraged the development of ‘self-regulation’ by learned societies, research institutions and funding bodies including, most importantly, the recent expansion of the remit of Research Ethics Committees within UK universities. Additionally, interpretations of the 1984 and, even more so, 1998 Data Protection Acts have resulted in the direct imposition by Universities as data controllers of key limitations on research projects. Thus, the infiltration into social science of governance models developed in medical research does not constitute the only important factor in explaining the increase, and shape, of regulation in this area. Legal changes have also been critical. In sum, data protection has helped fuel a radical shift away from a liberal regime based on a high valuation of individual academic autonomy to a much more constrained one where academics are often placed in a formally subordinated position vis-à-vis their institutions and subject to a labyrinth of restrictions and controls.
2011
D Erdos, 'Systematically Handicapped? Social Research in the Data Protection Framework' (2011) 20 Information and Communications Technology Law 133
Through a careful analysis of the UK's Data Protection Act 1998, this article demonstrates that the EU regime for personal data processing seriously threatens research into social (including political and historical) affairs. The core values of data protection - certainty, transparency, notice, informational self-determination, data minimization and secrecy - are in clear tension with the often fluid, norm-challenging, sometimes covert, individual and even identifiable nature of much social research. Three of its key provisions, the 'fair and lawful processing' requirement (principle one), the right of subject access (principle six) and the general ban on extra-EEA data export (principle eight), are in serious conflict with key research methodologies. Moreover, especially given the broad definition of 'personal data' under this regime, the labyrinthine nature of the law as a whole has led to universities implementing research governance policies and procedures that further restrict investigative activity. This curtails academic freedom leaving key forms of knowledge production systematically handicapped, thereby damaging society's long term interests. The article argues that consideration should be given to whether social research could benefit from the more liberal data protection arrangements for 'journalism literature and art'. In addition, the effects of this regime on academia must be fully addressed in the review of the law now underway.
2009
D Erdos, 'Charter 88 and the Constitutional Reform Movement: A Retrospective' (2009) 64 Parliamentary Affairs 537
D Erdos, Charter 88, democratic constitutionalim and Europeanization - ambiguous relationships? (2009) 64 Parliamentary Affairs 580
D Erdos, 'Ideology, power orientation and policy drag: explaining the elite politics of Britain?s Bill of Rights debate' (2009) 44 Government and Opposition 20
D Erdos, Judicial culture and the Politicolegal Opportunity Structure: Explaining Bill of Rights Legal Impact in New Zealand (2009) 34 Law and Social Inquiry 95
D Erdos, 'Postmaterialist social constituencies and political triggers: explaining the origins of bills of rights in internally stable, advanced democracies' (2009) 64 Political Research Quarterly 798
F Pirie, 'The horse with two saddles: tamxhwe in modern Golok' (2009) Asian Highland Perspectives 16486
2008
D Erdos, Elite supply 'blockages' and the failure of national Bill of Rights initiatives in Australia: a comparative Westminster analysis (2008) 46 Commonwealth & Comparative Politics 341
2007
D Erdos, 'Aversive Constitutionalism in the Westminster World: the genesis of the New Zealand Bill of Rights Act (1990)' (2007) 5 International Journal of Constitutional Law 343
D J Galligan, 'A Social Account of Law' (2007) 3 AEGIS (Analyse Economique et Gestionnaire des Institutions et des Strategies) 1
2006
F Pirie, Legal autonomy as political engagement: the Ladakhi village in the wider world (2006) 40 Law and Society Review 77
F Pirie, Secular morality, village law and Buddhism in Tibetan societies (2006) 12 Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute 173
2005
F Pirie, 'Segmentation within the state: the reconfiguration of Tibetan tribes in China's reform period' (2005) 9 Nomadic Peoples, special issue on Pastoralism in Post-Socialist Asia 83
2002
B Lange, 'What does Law Know? Prescribing and Describing the Social World in the Enforcement of Legal Rules' (2002) 30 International Journal of the Sociology of Law 131
Books
2007
D J Galligan and M. Matczak, Formalism in Post-Communist Courts: Empirical Study of Judicial Discretion in Polish Administrative Courts Deciding Business Cases (R. Coman and J-M. de Witte, Vanden Broele, Bruge 2007)
F Pirie, Peace and conflict in Ladakh: the construction of a fragile web of order (Leiden: Brill 2007)
Chapters
2010
D J Galligan, 'Legal Theory and Empirical Research' in P. Cane and H. Kritzer (eds), Oxford Handbook of Empirical Legal Studies (Oxford University Press 2010)
2009
F Pirie, 'From tribal Tibet: the significance of the legal form' in M. Freeman (ed), Law and anthropology (Oxford: University Press. 2009)
F Pirie, 'Kings, monks, bureaucrats and the police: Tibetan responses to law and authority' in F. von Benda-Beckmann, K. von Benda-Beckmann and A. Griffiths (eds), The power of law in a transnational world (Oxford: Berghahn. 2009)
2008
F Pirie, 'Dancing in the face of death: Losar celebrations in Photoksar.' in M. van Beek and F. Pirie (eds), Ladakhi societies: continuity and change in anthropological perspective (Leiden: Brill. 2008)
F Pirie, 'Violence and opposition among the nomads of Amdo: expectations of leadership and religious authority.' in T. Huber and F. Pirie (eds), Conflict, religion and social order in Tibet and Inner Asia (Leiden: Brill. 2008)
2007
F Pirie, 'Order, individualism and responsibility: contrasting dynamics on the Tibetan plateau' in von Benda-Beckmann K and Pirie F (eds), Order and disorder: anthropological perspectives (Oxford: Berghahn 2007)
2006
F Pirie, 'Insisting on agreement: Tibetan law and its development in Ladakh' in C. Klieger (ed), Tibetan Borderlands (Leiden: Brill 2006)
F Pirie, 'Legal complexity on the Tibetan plateau.' in F. and K. von Benda-Beckmann (eds), Dynamics of plural legal orders (Journal of Legal Pluralism, special issue 2006)
2005
D Erdos, 'Questions of Tolerance and Fairness' in Harry Hirsch (ed), The Future of Gay Rights In America (New York; London: Routledge 2005)
F Pirie, 'The impermanence of power: village politics in Ladakh, Nepal and Tibet' in J. Bray (ed), Ladakhi histories: local and regional perspectives (Leiden: Brill 2005)
Edited books
2009
D Erdos (ed), Charter 88 and the Constitutional Reform Movement: Twenty Years On (Parliamentary Affairs [Special Edition] 2009)
2008
F Pirie and T. Huber (eds), Conflict and social order in Tibet and Inner Asia (Leiden: Brill 2008)
F Pirie and M. van Beek (eds), Modern Ladakh: continuity and change in anthropological perspective. (Leiden: Brill 2008)
2007
F Pirie and K. von Benda-Beckmann (eds), Order and disorder: anthropological perspectives (Oxford: Berghahn 2007)
Presentation/Conference contributions
2007
D Erdos, ''Postmaterialist' social constituencies and elite triggers : explaining Bill of Rights genesis in Canada (1982) and the United Kingdom (1998)', paper presented at American Political Science Association annual conference
D Erdos, 'Explaining rights review outcomes : the case of the New Zealand Bill of Rights (1990)', paper presented at Socio-Legal Studies Association annual conference
D Erdos, 'Where next for the Human Rights Act (1998)?: the past, present and future of Britain's Bill of Rights debate', paper presented at Political Science Association (UK)
Reviews
2008
D Erdos, 'Charles Parkinson, Bills of Rights and Decolonization: The Emergence of Domestic Human Rights Instruments in Britain's Overseas Territories (Oxford: Oxford University Press)' (2008) 8 Oxford University Commonwealth Law Journal 129 [Review]
2007
D Erdos, 'Elizabeth Wicks, The Evolution of a Constitution: Eight key moments in British Constitutional History (Oxford: Hart Publishing)' (2007) 17 Law & Politics Book Review 48 [Review]
2006
D Erdos, 'Ian Greene, The Courts (Vancouver, BC: UBC Press)' (2006) 16 Law & Politics Book Review [Review]
Working Papers
2005
F Pirie, 'Tribe and state in Eastern Tibet: feuding, mediation and the negotiation of authority among the Amdo nomads' (2005) Working paper no. 72 Halle: Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology.
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
The basic training required for all new graduate students is provided by the Theory and Methods in Socio-Legal Research course, which is compulsory for all Centre students in the first year of their research degrees.
Law is not only a means for giving certainty and stability to private relationships and maintaining social order, but also an instrument for directing society and solving social issues. The operation of law in society raises important issues of both a theoretical and an empirical nature: how does law actually function in society and how can this be understood? The first part of the course introduces these issues and considers the social foundations of law. The second part extends the scope to the study of law in non-western environments and issues considered by anthropologists of law.
Scholarship concerning law and society takes two directions. The more theoretical asks questions about law as a social formation, how law fits into society, what function it has, and how it interrelates with other aspects of society. Empirical approaches ask how law works in practical situations by conducting in-depth research into specific areas. These include regulation, businesses practices and the use of official discretion and considers matters such as the relationship between law and social rules, how courts work in practiceand how administrative and regulatory bodies apply the law. These studies are the basis for observing more general patterns concerning the ways law works in society. The first part of the course brings together these two directions, showing how theoretical ideas inform empirical research and visa versa.
The second part asks how we are to understand the different systems of law found in other societies. On what grounds can we even define them as law? These questions are central for anthropologists of law but arise, in practical ways, for those concerned with the implementation of international law and development projects and the promotion of good governance and democracy around the world. How do our laws and legal practices conflict with, complement or undermine their practices and expectations? These issues are considered in the context of classic sociological theories and anthropological approaches to the study of diverse forms of law. Asking about the other also causes us to reflect on the parameters and cultural specificity of our own concepts of law and students will be encouraged to think constructively and critically about familiar legal phenomena and their universal application.
The course is convened by Professor Denis Galligan and Dr Fernanda Pirie of the Centre for Socio-Legal Studies. There are weekly seminars in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms.
Assessment is by a three hour written examination.
[less]
MJur
The basic training required for all new graduate students is provided by the Theory and Methods in Socio-Legal Research course, which is compulsory for all Centre students in the first year of their research degrees.
Law is not only a means for giving certainty and stability to private relationships and maintaining social order, but also an instrument for directing society and solving social issues. The operation of law in society raises important issues of both a theoretical and an empirical nature: how does law actually function in society and how can this be understood? The first part of the course introduces these issues and considers the social foundations of law. The second part extends the scope to the study of law in non-western environments and issues considered by anthropologists of law.
Scholarship concerning law and society takes two directions. The more theoretical asks questions about law as a social formation, how law fits into society, what function it has, and how it interrelates with other aspects of society. Empirical approaches ask how law works in practical situations by conducting in-depth research into specific areas. These include regulation, businesses practices and the use of official discretion and considers matters such as the relationship between law and social rules, how courts work in practiceand how administrative and regulatory bodies apply the law. These studies are the basis for observing more general patterns concerning the ways law works in society. The first part of the course brings together these two directions, showing how theoretical ideas inform empirical research and visa versa.
The second part asks how we are to understand the different systems of law found in other societies. On what grounds can we even define them as law? These questions are central for anthropologists of law but arise, in practical ways, for those concerned with the implementation of international law and development projects and the promotion of good governance and democracy around the world. How do our laws and legal practices conflict with, complement or undermine their practices and expectations? These issues are considered in the context of classic sociological theories and anthropological approaches to the study of diverse forms of law. Asking about the other also causes us to reflect on the parameters and cultural specificity of our own concepts of law and students will be encouraged to think constructively and critically about familiar legal phenomena and their universal application.
The course is convened by Professor Denis Galligan and Dr Fernanda Pirie of the Centre for Socio-Legal Studies. There are weekly seminars in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms.
Assessment is by a three hour written examination.
[less]
People
teaching is organized by:
Denis Galligan: Professor of Socio-Legal Studies and
Fernanda Pirie: Director of the Centre for Socio-Legal Studies
[top]
Legal History
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 64 Legal History publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2011
M R Macnair, Free Association versus Juridification (2011) 39 Critique 53
DOI: 10.1080/03017605.2011.537453
The article argues that the 'unlawfulness' of industrial action at common law is the product of judicial bias; and that there are institutional reasons in the structure of the legal system to suggest that such bias is ongoing and will be applied to any legislative framework
2010
J S Getzler, Richard Epstein, Strict Liability, and the History of Torts (2010) 3 Journal of Tort Law §3
Epstein’s strict liability model of tort law, first stated in 1973, relied on arguments derived from the history of the common law, starting with the late medieval period and extending into the nineteenth century. Since that seminal article was published, legal historical scholarship has deepened our understanding of earlier tort law and brought many new sources to bear, and it has also uncovered a pervasive if quiet Romanistic influence on doctrinal development. None of this new work overturns Epstein’s historical intuitions, and his strict liability theory can continue to claim support in the practices of the older common law.
ISBN: 1932-9148
2009
J S Getzler, Transplantation and Mutation in Anglo-American Trust Law (2009) 10 Theoretical Inquiries in Law 355
In the early nineteenth century, authoritative treatise writers such as Joseph Story represented Anglo-American trust law as a seamless web. But the transplantation of trusts law from England to America was not a simple process of adherence. Rather, American courts and legislatures came to discard fundamental doctrines of English trusts law, and by such genetic engineering mutated this body of law into a new breed. Restraints on anticipation and on alienation were embraced, and in key state jurisdictions bare trusts were abolished, or else displaced from the core of trusts law. Irreducible settlor power over beneficiaries and the strong protection of beneficiaries from creditors under spendthrift trusts were two strikingly original American creations flowing from these basic doctrinal choices. The changes made to American trust doctrine leads to a paradox for the legal, social and economic historian, namely that republican America ended up with more a dynastic property law, more wedded to the dead hand and more hostile to commercial creditors, than did aristocratic England with its unreformed system of common law and equity rooted in the feudal property system. This paper explains how the English slowly came to commit to relatively free alienability of beneficial interests and the enhancement of beneficiary's powers over trust assets, and then charts how Americans abandoned these commitments. Some fresh interpretations are offered as to why these divergences occurred, rooted in the volatility of credit in America and the desire of the wealthy to escape from the pressures of the market.
ISBN: 1565-1509
2004
P A Brand, 'Petitions and Parliament in the Reign of Edward I' (2004) Parchment and People: Parliament in the Middle Ages 14
Examines the beginning of petitions to parliament in the reign of Edward I; their formal analyis; who the petitions were; and the evidence for how they were dealt with in early parliaments
ISBN: 748619755
J S Getzler, Chancery Reform and Law Reform (2004) 22 Law and History Review 601
Criticises Lobban's procedural vision of early 19th centiry law-equity fusion, and places the process within a context of substantive doctrine and wider law reform in England's commercialising economy.
ISBN: 0738-2480
2003
E Descheemaeker, 'Mapping the Common Law: On a Recent English Attempt and its Links with Scottish Jurisprudence' (2003) 115 Juridical Review 295
One principal difference between the legal traditions of Scotland and England is that, while Scots lawyers have always been committed to a rational structure of the law, English lawyers have generally shown themselves indifferent to legal taxonomy. Nevertheless, Oxford’s Professor Birks has recently edited a treatise on English private law which in effect revives the long-standing Roman institutional scheme, thus ‘civilianising’ the common law and bringing it a step closer to Scots law, which has been relying on this map for centuries. This article sets out to evaluate the merits of his enterprise. To that effect, it primarily examines the triangular relationship between the taxonomies of Roman, English and Scots law.
ISBN: 0022-6785
2001
M R Macnair, 'The Court of Exchequer and Equity' (2001) 22(3) Journal of Legal History 75
Reviews three books on the sources for the equity jurisdiction of the Court of Exchequer and considers what these tell us about the evolution of the jurisdiction. Also considers issues in relation to methods of classification for legal-historical statistics.
1996
J S Getzler, 'Theories of Property and Economic Development' (1996) 26 Journal of Interdisciplinary History 639
Books
2006
J S Getzler, A History of Water Rights at Common Law (paperback) (Oxford University Press 2006)
Paperback corrected edition of my monograph of 2004; see parallel entry.
ISBN: 0-19-920760-7
2005
P A Brand, The Parliament Rolls of Medieval England, 1275-1504: vols I and II (The Boydell Press 2005)
Edition and translation of the official records of the English parliament 1275-1307 with introductions to the surviving records and the parliaments of the period and appendices of related material
ISBN: 1-84383-161-9
2002
P A Brand and others, Credit and Debt in Medieval England, c. 1180-c.1350 (Oxbow Books 2002)
My contribution to this volume is a chapter on 'Aspects of the Law of Debt, 1189-1307' which is an attempt to provide a modern overview of the development of the law of debt during the period 1189-1307, with a particular focus on debts arising out of loans.
ISBN: 1842170732
2001
P A Brand and others, Time in the Medieval World (York Medieval Press 2001)
My contribution to this volume is a chapter on 'Lawyer's Time in the Later Middle Ages' which look bothe at the ways in which medieval courts and lawyers dealt with present time (terms, return days and days in court) and at ways of conceiving and categorising time now past
ISBN: 1903153085
Chapters
2012
J S Getzler, 'Morice v Bishop of Durham (1805)' in C Mitchell and P Mitchell (eds), Landmark Cases in Equity ( 2012)
Moricev Bishop of Durham (1804-5) is most definitely a leading case in the law of trusts. But it was not cited as authority for any ‘beneficiary principle’ or ‘certainty of objects’ rule in the general texts of trusts and equity until well toward the middle of the nineteenth century. Its real celebrity as a leading decision dates to the early and mid-twentieth century, as lawyers grappled with the challenge of amorphous beneficial objects in the new environments of family and corporate tax planning, corporate finance, pensions, and offshore jurisdictions. The urgent problems facing lawyers at the time of Morice were rather different, and harked back to two linked issues that had troubled the legal system since before the Reformation – controlling the deathbed disherison of heirs, and restraining the putting of testamentary property into mortmain, that is perpetual or ‘deadhand’ control of property by ecclesiastical bodies or other corporations. This explains why Morice was early picked up by cases and texts on mortmain and charitable uses, and remained rather invisible in the key literatures on trusts. The beneficiary principle had to become controversial before it could be noticed properly as a foundational doctrine.
ISBN: 9781849461542
M R Macnair, 'Arbitrary Chancellors and the problem of predictability' in Willem Zwalve & Egbert Koops (eds), Law and Equity: Roman Law and Common Law approaches (not known 2012) (forthcoming)
Roman law experienced concerns about arbitrary decision-making by Praetors. English equity being much more recent, we have much better evidence both for actual arbitrary decision-making by Chancellors, and for concerns about arbitrary decision-making by Chancellors. The remedies adopted, however, are profoundly different. The Romans made the Edict more like the Twelve Tables - a code. The development of English law, in contrast, made equity more like the common law: a system based on the communis opinio of a narrow group of advocates (in the case of modern Chancery equity, the specialist Chancery bar), expressed in the heavy use of precedent and case reporting, modified by particularistic statutes, and governed by collegiate courts of review or (in modern times) appeal. The eventual upshot is that modern ‘Chancery bar equity’ is perhaps the least ‘equitable’, in the Aristotelian ἐπιείκεια sense of ‘flexible’, branch of English law.
M R Macnair, 'Coke v Fountaine (1676)' in Charles Mitchell & Paul Mitchell (eds), Landmark Cases in Equity (Hart 2012) (forthcoming)
Though commonly cited in modern equity books, Lord Nottingham's decision in Coke v Fountaine was only reported by Lord Nottingham himself and was not cited until Swanston printed Lord Nottingham's report in 1827 - though other aspects of the litigation were reported and cited. This chapter examines why this was the case, working through the background to the litigation and its complex multiple character, concluding that Lord Nottingham's decision 'turned on its own facts,' and in so far as it was worth citing, was obscured by the passage in the following year of the Statute of Frauds.
H Mares, 'Criminal Informations of the Attorneys General in King's Bench' in D. Ibbetson and M. Dyson (eds), Law and Legal Process ( 2012) (forthcoming)
2010
J Morgan, 'Technological change and the development of liability for fault in England and Wales' in Miquel Martin-Casals (ed), The Development of Liability in Relational to Technological Change (CUP 2010)
2009
J S Getzler, 'Company Law: English Common Law' in S N Katz (ed), The Oxford International Encyclopedia of Legal History (Oxford University Press 2009)
J S Getzler, 'Easements' in S N Katz (ed), The Oxford International Encyclopedia of Legal History (Oxford University Press 2009)
J S Getzler, 'Environment Law: English Common Law' in S N Katz (ed), The Oxford International Encyclopedia of Legal History (Oxford University Press 2009)
J Morgan, 'Central Government in English Common Law; Constitutional Law in English Common Law; Parliament ' in Stanley N Katz (ed), Oxford International Encyclopedia of Legal History (OUP 2009)
2008
J S Getzler, 'Denning, Alfred Thompson; Historical Research in Law; Keech v Sandford; Water Law' in P Cane and J Conaghan (eds), New Oxford Companion to Law (Oxford University Press 2008)
2007
S Vogenauer, '§§ 328-335: Versprechen der Leistung an einen Dritten' in M Schmoeckel, J Rückert, R Zimmermann (eds), Historisch-kritischer Kommentar zum BGB, vol II (Verlag Mohr Siebeck 2007)
History of the doctrine of privity and third party rights in European contract law.
ISBN: 978-3-16-149376-8
2006
J S Getzler, 'Rumford Market and the Genesis of Fiduciary Obligations' in A Burrows and A Rodger (eds), Mapping the Law: Essays in Memory of Peter Birks (OUP 2006)
The seminal case of Keech v Sandford is analysed from three perspectives: the fiduciary theory of Peter Birks which sees fiduciaries as an offspring of trust custodianship; the historical intent of King LC, the author of the judgment, which was to prevent profit from office as a basic principle of public and legal mores; and the longer-term historical functions of fiduciary law. It is argued that trusts can be seen as an offspring of the fiduciary principle, and that the historical strength of the principle should speak against attempts by John Langbein and others in the US and UK to dilute that principle into one of acting in the best interests of beneficiaries.
ISBN: 0-19-920655-4
J S Getzler, 'The Role of Security over Future and Circulating Capital: Evidence from the British Economy circa 1850-1920' in J Getzler and J Payne (eds), Company Charges: Spectrum and Beyond (OUP 2006)
An analysis drawing on economic history to cast doubt on the orthodox view - expressed inter alia by Lord Scott in Spectrum - that floating charges were an essential innovation in late-19th century corporate finance, necessary to summon loan capital for enterprise and so counterbalance weaknesses in the equity market. An alternative thesis is offered that the floating charge was developed to maintain bank liquidity, and may have distorted entrepreneurial incentives.
ISBN: 0-19-929993-5
J Hackney, 'Denials Ancient and Modern' in Andrew Burrows and Lord Rodger of Earlsferry (eds), Mapping the Law (Oxford University Press 2006)
A study of the doctrine surrounding denial of title in modern English land and early modern personal property law with an account of the contrasting doctrine in Roman Law
ISBN: 0-19-920655-4
2005
J S Getzler and Mike Macnair, The Firm as an Entity before the Companies Acts in P Brand, K Costello and W N Osborough (eds), Adventures in the Law: Proceedings of the 16th British Legal History Conference, Dublin ( 2005)
Shows how law, equity and ad hoc statute permitted forward and reverse asset partitioning in the two centuries before the Companies Acts, and thereby questions the orthodoxy regarding the rise of free incorporation.
ISBN: 1-85182-936-9
2004
P A Brand, 'Lordship and Learning: Studies in memory of Trevor Aston' in Stewards, Bailiffs and the Emerging Legal Profession in Later Thirteenth-Century England (The Boydell Press 2004)
The career of one well-attested Norfolk local lawyer murdered in 1312 is used to explore the various functions performed by local lawyers in this period and the role of such lawyers in stimulating litigation and helping and advising litigants
ISBN: 1-84383-070-1
P A Brand and others, 'The Mortmain Licensing System, 1280-1307' in Adrian Jobson (ed), English Government in the Thirteenth Century (Boydell Press 2004)
Authoritative study of the beginnings of the system for central governmental licensing of all grants to the church created after the 1279 statute of mortmain
ISBN: 1843830566
J S Getzler, 'Edward Sugden, Baron St. Leonards' in C Matthew and B Harrison (eds), The New Dictionary of National Biography (Oxford University Press, Oxford 2004)
J S Getzler, 'Sir Charles Crompton' in C Matthew and B Harrison (eds), The New Dictionary of National Biography (Oxford University Press, Oxford 2004)
J S Getzler, 'Sir Cresswell Cresswell' in C Matthew and B Harrison (eds), The New Dictionary of National Biography (Oxford University Press, Oxford 2004)
J S Getzler, 'Sir John Jervis' in C Matthew and B Harrison (eds), The New Dictionary of National Biography (Oxford University Press, Oxford 2004)
M R Macnair, Comyns, Sir John (c.1667–1740) in Oxford Dictionary of National Biography (Oxford University Press 2004)
Oxford DNB biographical outline of Sir John Comyns, Chief baron of the Exchequer (revise of existing old DNB text)
M R Macnair, Gilbert, sir Jeffray (1674–1726) in Oxford Dictionary of National Biography (Oxford University Press 2004)
Oxford DNB biographical outline of Sir Jeffray Gilbert, Chief Baron of the Exchequer (new article)
M R Macnair, Hill, George (c.1716–1808) in Oxford Dictionary of National Biography (Oxford University Press 2004)
Oxford DNB biographical outline of George Hill, lawyer & eccentric (revise of old DNB text)
M R Macnair, Talbot, Charles, first Baron Talbot of Hensol (bap. 1685, d. 1737) in Oxford Dictionary of National Biography (Oxford University Press 2004)
Oxford DNB biographical outline of LOrd Talbot, Lord Chancellor 1734-37 (new article)
2003
J S Getzler, 'Roman and English Prescription for Incorporeal Property' in J Getzler (ed), Rationalizing Property, Equity and Trusts: Essays in Honour of Edward Burn (Lexis-Nexis Butterworths 2003)
Analysis and criticism of prescription for incorporeal property and nature of land use titles, showing dense historical background to the House of Lords decision in Hunter v Canary Wharf and indicating future directions for simplifying law reform.
ISBN: 406964408
2002
J S Getzler, 'The Fate of the Civil Jury in Late Victorian England: Malicious Prosecution as a Test Case (revised version)' in J W Cairns and G McLeod (eds), ‘The Dearest Birth Right of the People of England’: The Jury in the History of the Common Law (Hart Publishing, Oxford 2002)
2000
J S Getzler, 'The Fate of the Civil Jury in Late Victorian England: Malicious Prosecution as a Test Case' in G R Rubin and K O’Donovan (eds), Human Rights and Legal History: Essays for Brian Simpson (Oxford University Press, Oxford 2000)
1997
J S Getzler, 'Judges and Hunters: Law and Economic Conflict in the English Countryside, 1800-60' in C Brooks and M Lobban (eds), Communities and Courts in Britain 1150-1900 (Hambledon Press, London 1997)
J S Getzler, 'Patterns of Fusion' in P B H Birks (ed), The Classification of Obligations (Oxford University Press, Oxford 1997)
Edited books
2012
J S Getzler and Paul Brand (eds), Judges and Judging in the History of the Common Law and Civil Law (Cambridge University Press 2012)
This volume of essays by leading legal historians addresses significant topics in the complex history of judges and judging, with comparisons not only between British, American and Commonwealth experience, but also with the judiciary in civil-law countries.
ISBN: 9781107018976
2006
J S Getzler and Jennifer Payne (eds), Company Charges: Spectrum and Beyond (Oxford University Press 2006)
This volume draws together the views of some prominent figures in corporate law and finance regarding the law on fixed and floating charges. The focus for the book is the litigation in the case of Spectrum Plus, which culminated in a House of Lords judgment in June 2005 ([2005] UKHL 41).This decision has important commercial implications, not only for the parties in the case but also for the business community at large, including banks and other lenders, and practitioners in corporate finance and insolvency. The litigation also raises important juristic questions regarding the fixed/floating charge divide such as the theoretical basis for that divide, how the divide is determined, why it exists at all and whether it ought to be maintained as a coherent doctrine and a beneficial policy. The decision also has important ramifications in both security law and insolvency law and it provides a challenge to some of our most basic conceptions of freedom of contract and the assignability of rights and assets in law and equity.These issues, amongst others, are explored by the contributors to this book. The contributors include Gabriel Moss, who was one of the QCs involved in the Spectrum litigation, Sir Roy Goode, Michael Bridge, John Armour, Robert Stevens, Sarah Worthington, Julian Franks and Oren Sussman, Jenny Payne and Louise Gullifer, Philip Wood, Joshua Getzler, Look Chan Ho and Nicholas Frome.
ISBN: 0-19-929993-5
Reviews
2011
M R Macnair, 'Review of Paul D Halliday, Habeas Corpus: From England to Empire' (2011) 29 Law & History Review 629 [Review]
2010
J S Getzler, 'M. Grossberg and C. Tomlins, eds, The Cambridge History Of Law In America Vol iii: The Twentieth Century And After (1920-)' (2010) 14 Edinburgh Law Review 513 [Review]
2009
J S Getzler, 'A. Letwin, The Last Political Law Lord: Lord Sumner (1859–1934)' (2009) 125 Law Quarterly Review 702 [Review]
2007
E Descheemaeker, Review of Patrick Glenn, On Common Laws (2007) 7 OUCLJ 125 [Review]
2005
J Morgan, 'Review of "A History of Water Rights at Common Law" by Joshua Getzler' (2005) 26 Journal of Legal History 216 [Review]
2004
E Descheemaeker, Review of David Ibbetson, A Historical Introduction to the Law of Obligations (2004) 56 Revue internationale de droit comparé 1005 [Review]
2003
J S Getzler, 'G. Morgan and P. Rushton, Rogues, Thieves and the Rule of Law' (2003) 21 Law and History Review 223 [Review]
J S Getzler, 'T. Blackshield and others, The Oxford Companion to the High Court of Australia' (2003) 120 Law Quarterly Review 526 [Review]
2002
J S Getzler, 'M. Taggart, Private Property and Abuse of Rights in Victorian England: The Story of Edward Pickles and the Bradford Water Supply' (2002) 66 Modern Law Review 819 [Review]
2001
J S Getzler, 'K.M. Teeven, Promises on Prior Obligations at Common Law' (2001) 5 Edinburgh Law Review 108 [Review]
2000
J S Getzler, 'P. Goodrich, Oedipus Lex: Psychoanalysis, History, Law' (2000) 21 Journal of Legal History 141 [Review]
J S Getzler, 'P. Lahav, Judgment in Jerusalem: Chief Justice Simon Agranat and the Zionist Century' (2000) 63 Modern Law Review 788 [Review]
1997
J S Getzler, 'A.W.B. Simpson, Leading Cases in the Common Law' (1997) 18 Journal of Legal History 116 [Review]
1995
J S Getzler, 'G.R. Rubin, Private Property, Government Requisition and the Constitution 1914-1927' (1995) 20 Social History Society Bulletin 68 [Review]
J S Getzler, 'R.W. Kostal, Law and English Railway Capitalism 1825-1875' (1995) 111 Law Quarterly Review 696 [Review]
1993
J S Getzler, 'A. Offer, Property and Politics 1870-1914 and J.S. Anderson, Lawyers and the Making of English Land Law' (1993) 109 Law Quarterly Review 684 [Review]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
This option studies the history of the principal features of the branches of law that are today known as tort, contract, land law, and trusts. The course is taught using a selection of primary sources (in translation where necessary) and of academic literature. Students are expected in the course of study to acquire knowledge of the sources of law and of the judicial system. The timespan covered is roughly between the fifteenth and the nineteenth century. This period, of course, contains a large number of separable issues, and the course is designed so that individuals can follow to some extent their own preferences, both amongst and within the major heads of study.
The examination paper contains an above average number of questions, (currently 12), which reflects this flexibility. The treatment of the subject is primarily legal, though the political, social and economic constituents in the story are referred to whenever this assists our perception of specifically legal ideas.
The teaching presumes a familiarity with the notions of property, tort and contract law and is virtually exclusively taught as a final year option. The legal history does not serve as an introduction to the modern law; if anything, the converse is the case. It is in this sense an advanced course; the feedback to the modern law is conceptual or theoretical, though a study of the history may occasionally illuminate a modern problem. There is, however, absolutely no need to have studied any other kind of English history, nor is familiarity with foreign languages necessary since the course is designed around translated materials.The course delivery will be on a ‘long thin’ model, entailing five two-hour seminars in each of Michaelmas and Hilary terms, generally co-taught by Dr Macnair and Dr Getzler, which will be focussed on primary texts. Each term will also contain three sets of tutorials, interspersed between the seminars and enabling students to research and write about controversies in connection with the main seminar topics. By close of Hilary students will have received ten seminars and six tutorials; in Trinity term there may be further revision seminars and classes in Weeks 1-3.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
This option studies the history of the principal features of the branches of law that are today known as tort, contract, land law, and trusts. The course is taught using a selection of primary sources (in translation where necessary) and of academic literature. Students are expected in the course of study to acquire knowledge of the sources of law and of the judicial system. The timespan covered is roughly between the fifteenth and the nineteenth century. This period, of course, contains a large number of separable issues, and the course is designed so that individuals can follow to some extent their own preferences, both amongst and within the major heads of study.
The examination paper contains an above average number of questions, (currently 12), which reflects this flexibility. The treatment of the subject is primarily legal, though the political, social and economic constituents in the story are referred to whenever this assists our perception of specifically legal ideas.
The teaching presumes a familiarity with the notions of property, tort and contract law and is virtually exclusively taught as a final year option. The legal history does not serve as an introduction to the modern law; if anything, the converse is the case. It is in this sense an advanced course; the feedback to the modern law is conceptual or theoretical, though a study of the history may occasionally illuminate a modern problem. There is, however, absolutely no need to have studied any other kind of English history, nor is familiarity with foreign languages necessary since the course is designed around translated materials.The course delivery will be on a ‘long thin’ model, entailing five two-hour seminars in each of Michaelmas and Hilary terms, generally co-taught by Dr Macnair and Dr Getzler, which will be focussed on primary texts. Each term will also contain three sets of tutorials, interspersed between the seminars and enabling students to research and write about controversies in connection with the main seminar topics. By close of Hilary students will have received ten seminars and six tutorials; in Trinity term there may be further revision seminars and classes in Weeks 1-3.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
Law and Society in Medieval England
This course offers an in-depth study of core areas of property and obligations law in later thirteenth and early fourteenth century England and their relationships - through legislative and judicial change and legal writing - to the medieval society of which they were part.
The topics covered are: law and the family; family settlements; lordship and ownership; property remedies; the enforcement of tenurial obligations; debts and securities; contracts, leases and property management; wrongs; problems of jurisdiction.
This course was formerly run as Legal History: Legislative Reform of the Early Common Law.
The materials studied are statutes, case reports, and treatises and instructional literature from the period, together with the modern academic literature on the topics. All the sources used are provided in translation, so that knowledge of Latin and French is not required. Prior knowledge of the history of English law is not required.
The primary teaching method is by eight fortnightly seminars running from mid Michaelmas to early Trinity terms.
This course is taught by Dr Paul Brand and Dr Mike Macair.
[less]
MJur
Law and Society in Medieval England
This course offers an in-depth study of core areas of property and obligations law in later thirteenth and early fourteenth century England and their relationships - through legislative and judicial change and legal writing - to the medieval society of which they were part.
The topics covered are: law and the family; family settlements; lordship and ownership; property remedies; the enforcement of tenurial obligations; debts and securities; contracts, leases and property management; wrongs; problems of jurisdiction.
This course was formerly run as Legal History: Legislative Reform of the Early Common Law.
The materials studied are statutes, case reports, and treatises and instructional literature from the period, together with the modern academic literature on the topics. All the sources used are provided in translation, so that knowledge of Latin and French is not required. Prior knowledge of the history of English law is not required.
The primary teaching method is by eight fortnightly seminars running from mid Michaelmas to early Trinity terms.
This course is taught by Dr Paul Brand and Dr Mike Macair.
[less]
People
Legal History teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Mike Macnair: CUF Lecturer
in conjunction with:
Paul Brand: Professor of English Legal History
Joshua Getzler: Professor of Law and Legal History
Henry Mares: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Alexandra Braun: CUF Lecturer
Jeffrey Hackney: Retired. Formerly Fellow and Tutor in Law at Wadham and St Edmund Hall
Peter Hayward: Retired. Formerly Fellow of St Peter's
Charles Mitchell: Visiting Professor
Jonathan Morgan: CUF Lecturer
Stefan Vogenauer: Professor of Comparative Law
[top]
Medical Law and Ethics
News
New research grant awarded for research into the law on storage of human tissue
Imogen Goold and Jonathan Herring (Oxford) together with Loane Skene (Melbourne) have been successful in an Oxford-Melbourne Law School Research Partnerships Application for research into the Legal principles underlying the law on storage of human tissue for 2011-12. The project will be looking at the legal treatment of separated body parts. [more…]
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 33 Medical Law and Ethics publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2011
J J W Herring and Charles Foster, '"Please don't tell me": The Right Not to Know' (2011) 21 Cambridge Quarterly of Healthcare Ethics 1
discussion of the right not to know
J J W Herring, 'Legal Issues Surrounding Dementia' (2011) 1 Elder Law Journal 182
J J W Herring, 'Pain, Human Rights and the Law' (2011) 2 Managing Pain 1
An examination of the extent to which there is a right to relief from pain.
J J W Herring, Charles Foster, Tony Hope and Karen Melham, 'The double effect effect' (2011) 20 Cambridge Quarterly of Healthcare Ethics 1
A discussion of the doctrine of double effect
2010
J J W Herring, 'The Legal Duties of Carers' (2010) 18 Medical Law Review 248
A discussion of the legal duties and responsibilities of those caring informally for others.
J J W Herring, 'The right to choose' (2010) New Law Journal 1066
A discussion of capacity to consent to receive contraception.
2009
I Goold and Julian Savulescu, ' In Favour of Freezing Eggs for Non-Medical Reasons' (2009) 23 Bioethics 47
This article explores the social benefits and moral arguments in favour of women and couples freezing eggs and embryos for social reasons. Social IVF promotes equal participation by women in employment; it offers women more time to choose a partner; it provides better opportunities for the child as it allows couples more time to become financially stable; it may reduce the risk of genetic and chromosomal abnormality; it allows women and couples to have another child if circumstances change; it offers an option to women and children at risk of ovarian failure; it may increase the egg and embryo pool. There are strong arguments based on equal concern and respect for women which require that women have access to this new technology. Freezing eggs also avoids some of the moral objections associated with freezing embryos.
ISBN: 02699702
J J W Herring and Charles Foster, 'Blaming the patient: contributory negligence in medical malpractice litigation' (2009) 25 Journal of Professional Negligence 76
A discussion of the role of contributory neglignece in clinical negligence.
J J W Herring, 'Losing it ? Losing what? The law and dementia' (2009) Child and Family Law Quarterly 3
An analysis of the law and dementia
2008
I Goold and Julian Savulescu, 'Freezing Eggs for Lifestyle Reasons' (2008) 8 American Journal of Bioethics 32
Only around 50% of women who postpone childbearing until their 30s conceive in the 6 years following. Infertility causes significant harm to those who suffer it, and we argue for promoting access to treatments, such as cryopreservation of eggs, to enable women to pursue their reproductive goals as they choose.
ISBN: 15265161
J J W Herring, 'Caregivers in Medical Law and Ethics' (2008) 25 Journal of Contemporary Health Law and Policy 1
An article discussing the legal and ethical significance of caring
J J W Herring, 'Entering the Fog: On the Borderlines of Mental Capacity' (2008) 83 Indiana Law Journal 1620
A discussion of the legal position of those of borderline capacity
C Hodges, 'Regulating Risk or Advancing Therapies? Regulation and sustainability of medicines in a cash-limited economy' (2008) European Business Law Review 389
2006
S Green, 'A Game of Doctors and Purses' (2006) Medical Law Review 1
2002
L C H Hoyano, Misconceptions about Wrongful Conception (2002) 65(6) Modern Law Review 883
A critical analysis of the British cases considering the recoverability in tort of the cost of maintaining a child born following a failed sterilisation procedure, beginning with McFarlane v Tayside Health Authority [2000] 2 AC 59, and culminating in the Court of Appeal decision in Rees v. Darlington Memorial Hospital NHS Trust [2002] 2 All ER 177.
ISBN: 1468-2230
0
J J W Herring, 'Review of The Beauty Bias' 31 Legal Studies 326
Books
2013
I Goold, Flesh and Blood: Owning Our Bodies' Parts (Hart Publishing 2013) (forthcoming)
2012
J J W Herring, Medical Law and Ethics, 4th ed (Oxford University Press 2012)
Textbook on medical law and ethics
2011
J J W Herring, Medical Law: Core Text (Oxford University Press 2011)
Textbook on medical law
ISBN: 9780199492531
J J W Herring, Medical Law: Questions and Answers (Routledge 2011)
A book containing suggested answers to questions about medical law
ISBN: 9780415575416
2010
J J W Herring, Medical Law and Ethics (OUP 2010)
A comprehensive textbook on medical law and ethics.
2009
J J W Herring, Medical Law: Law Express, 2nd ed (Pearson 2009)
Medical Law revision textbook
ISBN: 9781408225813
2008
J J W Herring, Medical Law and Ethics, 2nd ed (OUP 2008)
Textbook on Medical Law and Ethics
ISBN: 9780199230662
Chapters
2011
J J W Herring, 'Ending Life' in Andrew Grubb (ed), Principles of Medical Law (OUP 2011)
J J W Herring, 'The lonliness of Status: The Legal and Moral Significance of Birth' in F Ebtehaj, J Herring, M Johnson and M Richards (eds), Birth Rites and Rights (Hart 2011)
A chapter considering the moral and legal significance of birth and the status of the fetus.
C Hodges, 'The Regulation of Medicines and Medical Devices ' in Andrew Grubb, Judith Laing, Jean McHale and Ian Kennedy (eds), Principles of Medical Law (Oxford University Press 2011)
2010
J J W Herring, 'Carers' in L. Gostin et al (ed), Principles of Mental Health Law and Policy (OUP 2010)
The legal and ethics issues surrounding the carers of those with mental health issues.
2009
I Goold and C Kelly, 'Lawyers’ Medicine: The Interaction of the Medical Profession and the Law, 1760–2000' in Imogen Goold and Catherine Kelly (eds), Lawyers’ Medicine: The Historical Interaction of Medicine and the Legislature, 1760-2000 (Hart Publishing 2009)
The 19th and 20th centuries were notable for two major and concurrent changes which have helped to shape modern Britain. It is the interplay of these processes which is the subject of this collected volume. One was the rapid development of medical science, which progressed through various stages allowing it increasingly to assert the ‘scientific certainty’ of medical conclusions or opinions. Over the same period, the role and regulatory activities of British government were significantly extended. Parliament began to pass legislation on a much broader range of issues than it had previously attempted. This wider sphere included medical practice. The increased ‘scientific certainty’ of medical conclusions gave those conclusions greater utility to the State when it engaged in fact-finding exercises and accounts, in part, for the increasing appearance of medical experts, opinion, and evaluation of medical practice in its law making bodies.
ISBN: 978-1-84113-849-7
I Goold, 'Regulating Reproduction in the United Kingdom: Doctors’ Voices, 1978–1985' in Imogen Goold and Catherine Kelly (eds), Lawyers’ Medicine: The Historical Interaction of Medicine and the Legislature, 1760-2000 (Hart Publishing 2009)
This chapter examines the ethical debate from the early 1970s through to the end of the first parliamentary debate on the Unborn Children (Protection) Bill in 1985, and explores the role doctors played in it. When new technologies emerge now, much of the exploration of the issues they raise occurs within the now well-established academic field of bioethics, as well as within medicine and science themselves. But in 1978, bioethics as a discipline was in its infancy and there were few people specifically trained in exploring the ethical dimensions of science and how it should be regulated. There was little expertise to help those needing guidance on how to proceed. Yet, control was considered desperately necessary, either to prevent unethical research such as that which used human embryos, or to stave off developments that might be put to problematic uses like eugenic selection and surrogacy. At the time, scientists and doctors working in IVF and embryo research were characterised as unable to self-regulate, bent on pursuing their research goals regardless of the ethical objections to what they might achieve. However, in reality, many in the medical and scientific community both appreciated the ethical dilemmas their work presented, and welcomed regulation and guidance to help them deal with these problems. As a result, much of the debate about how IVF was to be controlled occurred within the medical profession, whose publicly voiced opinions in the science literature, news media and later as evidence to the Warnock Committee were highly influential. Doctors and researchers also made important contributions to the Parliamentary process that eventually led to the passage of legislation in 1990. This chapter brings this influence to the fore, and examines how doctors and medical researchers in this period bore very little resemblance to the mad scientists whose spectre was invoked by those who feared the worst.
ISBN: 978-1-84113-849-7
2008
J J W Herring, 'The Place of Carers' in M. Freeman (ed), Law and Bioethics ( 2008)
A discussion of the legal status of carers
2001
J J W Herring, 'The Caesarean Section Cases and the Supremacy of Autonomy' in M. Freeman (ed), Law and Medicine (OUP 2001)
Edited books
2011
J J W Herring, M Richards, M Johnson and F Ebtehaj (eds), Birth Rites and Rights (Hart 2011)
A book examining birth from a range of disciplines and perspectives
2009
I Goold and C Kelly (eds), Lawyers’ Medicine: The Historical Interaction of Medicine and the Legislature, 1760-2000 (Hart Publishing 2009)
This book investigates how the requirements, limitations and intellectual structure of the British legal process have shaped medicine and medical practice. The story of this inter-relationship is greatly under-researched, which is particularly concerning given that the legal system remains a significant and pervasive influence on medicine and its practice to this day. The question which unifies the series of historical studies presented here is whether legal consideration of medical practice and concepts has played a part in the construction of medical concepts and affected developments in medical practice - in other words how the external, legal gaze has shaped the way medicine itself conceptualises some of its practices and classifications. The majority of the chapters consider this question in the context of the development and application of legislation, but the influence of court processes is also considered. Other themes which emerge from the book include the nature and exclusivity of medical expertise, the impact of public opinion on the development of medical legislation, and the difficulty the legal system has faced in dealing with new medical developments. The chapters are arranged chronologically, with an introduction drawing out themes that emerge from the chapters as a whole.
ISBN: 978-1-84113-849-7
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
This course covers selected legal, ethical and medical issues arising in medical practice and research. It focuses on issues of consent, autonomy and best interests of the patient and other interested parties, and how these create intersections with other areas of law, such as tort, criminal and personal property law.
Four core areas of medical law are covered: intentional torts and clinical negligence; reproductive medicine and rights; organ donation and transplantation; and end of life issues. Lectures cover both the legal and ethical issues arising in those areas of medicine, and assume knowledge of the relevant law already covered in the Law Moderations Criminal Law course, and the FHS Tort Law course. Students will be encouraged to take a critical approach and consider where the law may require reform, drawing on the legal and ethical literature to support their views. The course also includes lectures on reasoning in ethics, which will cover various methodologies in ethics for determining about how to act, to give students a grounding in how conclusions about ethical issues are reached (and critiqued), and on a range of issues in medical ethics not covered elsewhere in the course.
The subject is taught largely through tutorials, but includes two classes - one each at the beginning and end of the course - which are led by the course convenor and include some of the lecturers. These provide fora for discussion and debate amongst all participants, and a chance to discuss the topics with academics from a range of disciplines. There will also a series of 19 lectures covering a wide range of sub-topics such as refusal of and forced medical treatment, the ethics of rationing health care, IVF, embryo selection and saviour siblings, human tissue use in research, and ethical issues in death and dying.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
This course covers selected legal, ethical and medical issues arising in medical practice and research. It focuses on issues of consent, autonomy and best interests of the patient and other interested parties, and how these create intersections with other areas of law, such as tort, criminal and personal property law.
Four core areas of medical law are covered: intentional torts and clinical negligence; reproductive medicine and rights; organ donation and transplantation; and end of life issues. Lectures cover both the legal and ethical issues arising in those areas of medicine, and assume knowledge of the relevant law already covered in the Law Moderations Criminal Law course, and the FHS Tort Law course. Students will be encouraged to take a critical approach and consider where the law may require reform, drawing on the legal and ethical literature to support their views. The course also includes lectures on reasoning in ethics, which will cover various methodologies in ethics for determining about how to act, to give students a grounding in how conclusions about ethical issues are reached (and critiqued), and on a range of issues in medical ethics not covered elsewhere in the course.
The subject is taught largely through tutorials, but includes two classes - one each at the beginning and end of the course - which are led by the course convenor and include some of the lecturers. These provide fora for discussion and debate amongst all participants, and a chance to discuss the topics with academics from a range of disciplines. There will also a series of 19 lectures covering a wide range of sub-topics such as refusal of and forced medical treatment, the ethics of rationing health care, IVF, embryo selection and saviour siblings, human tissue use in research, and ethical issues in death and dying.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
The Medical Law and Ethics course provides students with the opportunity to develop a critical understanding of the legal and ethical difficulties that arise in the provision of health care. The primary focus will be on UK law, but the issues to be covered have global relevance and we encourage students to contribute insights from other jurisdictions wherever possible. Students must be prepared to read many types of material and to consider how legal, ethical and policy issues interact. There are no prerequisites for this course.
Topics to be covered include consent to treatment, the regulation of medical research, confidentiality in the doctor-patient relationship, abortion, ownership of body parts and organ donation, death and dying, medical negligence, public health, and the rationing of health care resources in the UK National Health Service. As the course progresses, we will also encourage students to be aware of the current issues in medical research and healthcare provision that are being reported in the media.
The course will be taught by Dr Imogen Goold, Dr Jonathan Herring and Dr Jane Kaye with contributions from other members of the faculties of law and medicine in Oxford, and visiting speakers. There will be twelve seminars, eight in Michaelmas Term and four in Hilary Term, and four tutorials, one in Michaelmas and three in Trinity. The seminars will involve extensive class participation and the tutorials will provide an opportunity to practise essay writing and to prepare for the examination.
[less]
MJur
The Medical Law and Ethics course provides students with the opportunity to develop a critical understanding of the legal and ethical difficulties that arise in the provision of health care. The primary focus will be on UK law, but the issues to be covered have global relevance and we encourage students to contribute insights from other jurisdictions wherever possible. Students must be prepared to read many types of material and to consider how legal, ethical and policy issues interact. There are no prerequisites for this course.
Topics to be covered include consent to treatment, the regulation of medical research, confidentiality in the doctor-patient relationship, abortion, ownership of body parts and organ donation, death and dying, medical negligence, public health, and the rationing of health care resources in the UK National Health Service. As the course progresses, we will also encourage students to be aware of the current issues in medical research and healthcare provision that are being reported in the media.
The course will be taught by Dr Imogen Goold, Dr Jonathan Herring and Dr Jane Kaye with contributions from other members of the faculties of law and medicine in Oxford, and visiting speakers. There will be twelve seminars, eight in Michaelmas Term and four in Hilary Term, and four tutorials, one in Michaelmas and three in Trinity. The seminars will involve extensive class participation and the tutorials will provide an opportunity to practise essay writing and to prepare for the examination.
[less]
People
Medical Law and Ethics teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Jonathan Herring: Professor of Law
in conjunction with:
Anne Davies: Professor of Law and Public Policy
Imogen Goold: CUF Lecturer
Laura Hoyano: Hackney Fellow & Tutor in Law and CUF Lecturer
Jane Kaye: Director of the Centre for Law, Health and Emerging Technologies at Oxford: HeLEX
[top]
Personal Property
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 8 Personal Property publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
S Green, 'Theft and Conversion' (2012) Law Quarterly Review (forthcoming)
An examination of the difference between the criminal and civil law treatment of interferences with personal property, with particular attention paid to intangibles and money. The thesis essentially concludes that the criminal law's approach is both more coherent and appropriate to modern forms of property.
S Gardner, 'Family Property Today' (2008) 124 Law Quarterly Review 422
S Green, 'To Have and to Hold? Conversion and Intangible Property' (2008) 71 Modern Law Review 114
S Green, 'Can a Digitized Product be the Subject of Conversion?' (2006) LMCLQ 568
S Gardner, 'Rethinking Family Property' (1993) 109 Law Quarterly Review 263
Cited in Van Laethem v Brooker [2005] EWHC 1478 (Ch), [67] (Mr Justice Lawrence Collins)
Books
S Green and John Randall QC, The Tort of Conversion (shortlisted for the Inner Temple Book Prize 2011) (Hart 2009)
Chapters
W J Swadling, 'Property' in Birks (ed), English Private Law (OUP 2000)
Case Notes
J S Getzler, 'Unclean Hands and the Doctrine of Jus Tertii' (2001) 117 Law Quarterly Review 565 [Case Note]
The nature of titles to personal property as ranked rights to possession is analysed in relation to a case where the legal basis for police confiscation ended, so leaving a presumed thief with a superior title. The illegality or viciousness of the earlier possession was not a bar to title.
ISBN: 0023-933X
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
The objective of this course is to provide students with an overview of the law of personal property, focusing in particular on underlying concepts and subjecting those concepts to a detailed, critical examination. The course aims to broaden students’ knowledge by introducing them to fundamental ideas which the FHS compulsory subjects do not cover: such as the role of the tort of conversion in protecting interests in property; and the means by which gifts of interests in property can be made. The course further aims to deepen students’ understanding of important concepts which feature in the core subjects of Land Law and Trusts: students will be re-introduced to and, more importantly, invited to re-examine concepts such as the nature of ownership and the need for security of transactions.This special subject may not be taken by any student who is also taking the standard subject Principles of Commercial Law.
i) Introductory Seminar/Lecture: 1 x 2hr session
ii) Seminars: 7 x 2hr sessions
iii) Tutorials: 4 x 1hr sessions
These sessions will be spread over MT and HT.
[less]
People
Personal Property teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Simon Douglas: CUF Lecturer
in conjunction with:
Ben McFarlane: Reader in Property Law
Roger Smith: CUF Lecturer
William Swadling: Reader in Property Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Sarah Green: CUF Lecturer
[top]
Philosophy of Law
News
Korsgaard to give Hart Lecture 2012
Christine Korsgaard (Harvard) will deliver the H.L.A. Hart Memorial Lecture 2012 on 8 May at 5pm in the Blue Boar Auditorium at Christ Church. [more…]
Law and Philosophy: Brian Leiter
Brian Leiter has been made a Visiting Professor in the Faculty of Philosophy for the academic year 2011–2012. [more…]
Award for Legal Theory
Dr Maris Köpcke Tinturé, Tutorial Fellow at Worcester College and Lecturer at Brasenose College, has won the European Award for Legal Theory. [more…]
Dworkin Conference
A colloquium on Ronald Dworkin’s Law’s Empire, on the occasion of the 25th anniversary of its publication, was held on 7 June 2011. [more…]
Reading 'The Concept of Law'
A special series of talks on ‘The Concept of Law’, commemorating the 50th anniversary of HLA Hart’s landmark work, was held over four consecutive Thursdays in May 2011. [more…]
Jeremy Waldron returns to Oxford
In the academic year 2010-2011, Jeremy Waldron became the Chichele Professor of Social and Political Theory, as successor to Gerald Cohen, Charles Taylor, and Isaiah Berlin. [more…]
John Finnis’s Collected Essays
Though officially retired from his former Oxford posts, John Finnis continues to give seminars and to supervise research students in the Faculty as an Emeritus Professor. [more…]
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 227 Philosophy of Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
P Eleftheriadis, 'A Right to Health Care' (2012) Journal of Law, Medicine and Ethics (forthcoming)
P Eleftheriadis, Descriptive Jurisprudence (2012) 5 Problema 117
J Gardner, 'Amartya Sen's The Idea of Justice' (2012) 6 Journal of Law, Philosophy, and Culture (forthcoming)
An extended critical notice of Amartya Sen's book The Idea of Justice.
ISBN: 1939-7917
J Gardner, 'Corrective Justice, Corrected' (2012) Diritto & Questioni Pubbliche (forthcoming)
J Gardner, In Defence of Offences and Defences (2012) 4 Jerusalem Review of Legal Studies 110
J Gardner, 'Torts and Other Wrongs' (2012) Florida State University Law Review (forthcoming)
J Gardner, 'Wrongdoing by Results: Moore's Experiential Argument' (2012) 18 Legal Theory (forthcoming)
Michael Moore and I agree about the moral importance of how our actions turn out. We even agree about some of the arguments that establish that moral importance. In Causation and Responsibility, however, Moore foregrounds one argument that I do not find persuasive, or even helpful. In fact I doubt whether it even qualifies as an argument. He calls it the ‘experiential argument’. In this comment I attempt to analyze Moore’s ‘experiential argument’ in some detail and thereby to bring out why it doesn’t help. In the process I raise some problems about the rationality of the emotions, which may be where Moore and I part company. We both believe that emotions should be taken more seriously by moral philosophy. But apparently we have radically different views about what this means.
ISBN: 1352-3252
2011
J Dickson, 'On Naturalizing Jurisprudence: Some Comments on Brian Leiter’s View of What Jurisprudence Should Become ' (2011) 30 Law and Philosophy 477
P Eleftheriadis, Austin and the Electors (2011) 24 Canadian Journal of Law and Jurisprudence 441
P Eleftheriadis, 'The Moral Distinctiveness of the European Union' (2011) 9 International Journal of Constitutional Law 695
J M Finnis, 'Equality and Differences' (2011) American Journal of Jurisprudence 17
J Gardner, Can There Be a Written Constitution? (2011) 1 Oxford Studies in Philosophy of Law 162
J Gardner and Timothy Macklem, Disibilità umane: su cosa significhi l\'avere accesso a un valore (2011) 36 Ragion Pratica 9
DOI: 10.1415/34411
In this essay (published in Italian) we reflect on some general theoretical questions about disability, beginning with some absences of ability that are conventionally classed as disabilities (lack of vision, lack of mobility). We move from there to ask whether those of us who are conventionally classed as non-disabled in fact suffer from disabilities, and in particular whether there are disabilities shared by all humans. We reflect on the idea of the superhero, and also on whether it makes sense to envy the abilities of other species that are not shared by human beings. This leads us into a critique of species-relativism about value. We defend the thesis that all value is value for everything. This draws us into some reflections on the importance of ability and disability, and in particular on the practical importance for rational beings of that which they cannot attain.
ISBN: 1720-2396
J Gardner, What is Tort Law For? Part 1: The Place of Corrective Justice (2011) 30 Law and Philosophy 1
DOI: 10.1007/s10982-010-9086-6
In this paper I discuss the proposal that the law of torts exists to do justice, more specifically corrective justice, between the parties to a tort case. My aims include clarifying the proposal and defending it against some objections (as well as saving it from some defences that it could do without). Gradually the paper turns to a discussion of the rationale for doing corrective justice. I defend what I call the ‘continuity thesis’ according to which at least part of the rationale for doing corrective justice is to mitigate one’s wrongs, including one’s torts. I try to show how much of the law of torts this thesis helps to explain, but also what it leaves unexplained. In the process I show (what I will discuss in a later companion paper) that ‘corrective justice’ cannot be a complete answer to the question of what tort law is for.
ISBN: 0167-5249
L Green, Sex-Neutral Marriage (2011) 64 Current Legal Problems 1
DOI: 10.1093/clp/cur014
A different-sex marriage need not be a marriage between heterosexuals, and a same-sex marriage need not be a marriage between homosexuals. This shows how little the law of marriage cares about the sexuality of parties to a marriage; it does not show that sex-restricted marriage laws do not discriminate on grounds of sexual orientation. They do. Neither does the law care much about sex, let alone possibly procreative sex, within marriage. The voidability of a different-sex marriage on grounds of non-consummation does not show otherwise. The formation of a valid marriage was always a matter of consent, not coitus. But what should happen to the doctrine of non-consummation in a sex-neutral marriage regime? It is an anachronism that should be abolished.
ISBN: 0070-1998
2010
P Eleftheriadis, Human Rights as Legal Rights (2010) 1 Transnational Legal Theory 371
P Eleftheriadis, 'Introduction: On Reading Law as a Moral Idea' (2010) 1 Jurisprudence
P Eleftheriadis, 'Law and Sovereignty' (2010) 29 Law and Philosophy 535
How is it possible that the idea of sovereignty still features in law and legal philosophy? Sovereignty is normally taken to refer to absolute power. Yet modern law assumes that power is exercised by officials constrained by legal rules and the rule of law. This essay argues that a closer look at sovereignty and law shows that the first impression is correct: law and sovereignty are mutually exclusive. Philosophically speaking, sovereignty is and has always been incompatible with the rule of law and with constitutional law itself. Sovereignty and constitutional government are mutually exclusive.
P Eleftheriadis, On Rights and Responsibilities (2010) Public Law 31
The UK Government’s Green Paper Rights and Responsibilities: Developing our Constitutional Framework, outlines a new proposal for a British Bill of Rights and Responsibilities, which may replace the Human Rights Act as the main constitutional statement of human rights in the United Kingdom. The Green Paper does not address squarely the role that rights play in protecting liberty. It does not deal with the modern literature on justice, liberty and democracy. The failures are surprising, given the significance of what is being proposed. The experience of modern constitutional law teaches us that we need strong and independent judges and clear public laws, if rights are to be effective. The Green Paper fails to do justice to this long tradition. By making our rights conditional on someone’s (and mainly the government’s) view of our own virtue, the government’s proposal, at least as it stands today, threatens to undermine some of the most central safeguards of liberty.
P Eleftheriadis, Pluralism and Integrity (2010) Ratio Juris 365
One of the theoretical developments associated with the law of the European Union has been the flourishing of legal and constitutional theories that extol the virtues of pluralism. Pluralism in constitutional theory is offered in particular as a novel argument for the denial of unity within a framework of constitutional government. This essay argues that pluralism fails to respect the value of integrity. It also shows that at least one pluralist theory seeks to overcome the incoherence of pluralism by implicitly endorsing monism. The coherence of European legal reasoning will be best preserved, if we consider that both the national legal order and the international (or European) such order endorse a sophisticated view of their own limits.
P Eleftheriadis, The Law of Laws (2010) 1 Transnational Legal Theory 597
P Eleftheriadis, The Structure of European Union Law (2010) 12 Cambridge Yearbook of European Legal Studies 121
J M Finnis, 'Law as Idea, Ideal and Duty: A Comment on Simmonds, Law as a Moral Idea' (2010) 1 Jurisprudence 247
J Gardner, Hart on Legality, Justice, and Morality (2010) 1 Jurisprudence 253
DOI: 10.5235/204033210793524276
In this comment on Nigel Simmonds' book Law as a Moral Ideal, I take issue with Simmonds' interpretation of the work of H.L.A. Hart. I attempt to provide textual support for the view that Hart did find necessary connections - many of them - between law and morality. The bulk of the comment is devoted to exploring just one indirect necessary connection between law and morality that Hart may have noticed in The Concept of Law, viz. the connection from law to legality, from legality to justice, and from justice to morality. I find Hart surprisingly ambivalent about the last link in this chain, but do not find in this ambivalence any solace for Simmonds.
ISBN: 2040-3313
J Gardner, Justification under Authority (2010) 23 Canadian Journal of Law and Jurisprudence 71
In this paper I discuss and reply to Malcolm Thorburn's important article 'Justifications, Powers, and Authority', Yale Law Journal 117 (2008), 1070. My discussion raises a wide range of conceptual and doctrinal questions about Thorburn's account of justification defences, and about the theory of justfication defences more generally. The paper also trespasses on some broader questions about the nature of law and its relationship to morality.
ISBN: 0841-8209
L Green, Two Worries about Respect for Persons (2010) 120 Ethics 212
G Lamond, 'Persuasive Authority in the Law' (2010) 17 The Harvard Review of Philosophy 16
2009
P Eleftheriadis, Parliamentary Sovereignty and the Constitution (2009) Canadian Journal of Law and Jurisprudence
P Eleftheriadis, The Universality of Rights (2009) Indian Journal of Constitutional Law
This essay argues that the universality claim is a claim concerning two different domains: first, the domain of the political and, second, the domain of foreign policy. The domain of the political gives us a theory of political rights as we find them in Rawls' Political Liberalism. The domain of foreign policy gives us a theory of human rights as we find them in Rawls' Law of Peoples. Both are distinct from a third domain, that of the moral relations of persons, where rights also are seen to have a bearing. We have therefore political rights, human rights, and moral rights. Only the first two enjoy universality. The distinction between the moral, the political and the international domains is crucial to the success of the claim to universality.
J M Finnis, 'Does Free Exercise of Religion Deserve Constitutional Mention?' (2009) 54 American Journal of Jurisprudence 41
Surveys a number of influential constitutional provisions about freedom of religion, and argues that the recent literature (Dworkin; Eisgruber and Sager) contending that there is intrinsically nothing relevantly special about religion is mistaken.
J M Finnis, 'HLA Hart: A Twentieth Century Oxford Political Philosopher' (2009) 54 American Journal of Jurisprudence 161
Discusses Hart's Life, his contribution to the philosophy of law and social science and descriptive/explanatory political theory, and argues that his theory of the proper functions of law, in Law, Liberty and Morality, is misconceived (like Devlin's) because attending only to positive morality, which is substantially irrelevant to the issue.
J Gardner, The Logic of Excuses and the Rationality of Emotions (2009) 43 Journal of Value Inquiry 315
L Green, 'Filosofia del derecho general' (2009) 3 Problema: anuario de filosofia y teoria del derecho 289
Spanish translation of 'General Jurisprudence: a 25th Anniversary Essay'. Translated by Enrique Rodriguez Trujano & Pedro A. Villarreal Lizarraga.
N E Stavropoulos, The Relevance of Coercion: Some Preliminaries (2009) 22 Ratio Juris 339
Many philosophers take the view that, while coercion is a prominent and enduring feature of legal practice, its existence does not reflect a deep, constitutive property of law and therefore coercion plays at best a very limited role in the explanation of law's nature. This view has become more or less the orthodoxy in modern jurisprudence. I argue that an interesting and plausible possible role for coercion in the explanation of law is untouched by the arguments in support of the orthodox view. Since my main purpose is to clear the ground for the alternative, I spell out the orthodox view in some detail. I then briefly sketch the alternative. Finally, I turn to Jules Coleman's discussion of the alternative.
ISBN: 1467-9337
2008
J Dickson, How Many Legal Systems? Some Puzzles Regarding the Identity Conditions of, and Relations Between, Legal Systems in the European Union (2008) 2 Problema 9
J M Finnis, 'Grounds of Law and Legal Theory: A Response' (2008) 13 Legal Theory 315
J M Finnis, 'Marriage: A Basic and Exigent Good' (2008) 91 The Monist 396
J Gardner, Moore on Complicity and Causality (2008) 156 University of Pennsylvania Law Review PENNumbra 432
J Gardner, Simply in Virtue of Being Human: the Whos and Whys of Human Rights (2008) 2 Journal of Ethics and Social Philosophy 1
In this paper I raise some questions about the familiar claim, recently reiterated by James Griffin, that human rights are rights that humans have 'simply in virtue of being human'. I ask, in particular, how we are to read the words 'simply in virtue of'. Are we speaking of who has the rights (A has them if and only if he or she is human) or why they have the rights (A has them because and only because he or she is human)? Griffin brings the two readings together, as two sides of the same coin. He offers a (more or less) universalistic case for (more or less) universalistic rights. I try to show how the two readings can be driven apart, how the universality of human rights need not be undermined merely by there being no adequate universalistic case for them. On the strength of this discussion I suggest an inversion of the relationship that is often thought to hold between human rights and human dignity. In a way our rights give us our dignity, not vice versa. And in a way this helps to make the case for the universality of human rights.
ISBN: 1559-3061
L Green, 'Positivism and the Inseparability of Law and Morals' (2008) 83 New York University Law Review 1035
This article seeks to clarify and assess HLA Hart's famous claim that legal positivism somehow involves a “separation of law and morals.” The paper contends that Hart's “separability thesis” should not be confused with the “social thesis,” with the “sources thesis,” or with a methodological thesis about jurisprudence. In contrast to all of these, Hart's separability thesis denies the existence of any necessary (conceptual) connections between law and morality. But that thesis is false: there are many necessary connections between law and morality, some of them conceptually significant. Among them is an important negative connection: law is of its nature morally fallible and morally risky. Lon Fuller emphasized what he called the “internal morality of law,” the “morality that makes law possible”. Hart’s most important message is that there is also an immorality that law makes possible. Law's nature is seen not only in its internal virtues, in legality, but also in its internal vices, in legalism.
ISBN: 0028-7881
2007
J Dickson, Is the Rule of Recognition Really a Conventional Rule? (2007) 27(3) Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 373
P Eleftheriadis, The Idea of a European Constitution (2007) 27(1) Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 1
J M Finnis, 'Religion and State: Some Main Issues and Sources' (2007) 51 American Journal of Jurisprudence 107
This philosophical, non-theological article argues that the default position for public reason in a just political community is that some religion may be true and it matters substantially for individual wellbeing and that community's common good that individuals be both (i) free from coercion in their inquiries about what is true about the transcendent source and point of everything, and in putting into practice what they believe they have discovered through such inquiries, and (ii) encouraged in such inquiries and religious practice.Coercion and/or discouragament by government and law or by private individuals or groups, is justifiable only when required for public order, that is, the rights of others, public peace and public morality.Religions which do not accept that there is such a right to religious liberty are a standing threat to public order and can, in principle, be justly discriminated against and their faithful adherents kept at a distance from our territory.Existing UK laws and judgments which discriminate in this way are in principle justified.
ISBN: 0658995
J Gardner, Complicity and Causality (2007) 1 Criminal Law and Philosophy 127
J Gardner, Nearly Natural Law (2007) 52 American Journal of Jurisprudence 1
L Green, The Duty to Govern (2007) 13 Legal Theory 165
G Lamond, Precedent (2007) 2 Philosophy Compass 699
Precedent is a central feature of legal practice, requiring courts to follow decisions reached in earlier cases, thereby transforming the decisions in individual cases into a source of law. This article examines two major questions associated with precedent: (a) how to characterise the way that precedent operates as a source of law; and (b) how to justify the requirement that courts follow earlier decisions regardless of the merits of those decisions. Precedents are often thought to create general legal rules, but it is controversial whether this is the best way to understand their role in legal reasoning. Equally, it is unclear that the most common justifications for precedent unequivocally vindicate the practice.
2006
J Gardner and T Macklem, Value, Interest, and Well-Being (2006) 18 Utilitas 362
L Green, 'Men in the Place of Women, from Butler to Little Sisters' (2006) 44 Osgoode Hall Law Journal 1
J Raz, 'The Trouble with Particularism (Dancy's Version)' (2006) 115 Mind 99
2005
J M Finnis, 'Helping Enact Unjust Laws Without Complicity in Injustice' (2005) 49 American Journal of Jurisprudence 15646
Deploys an analysis of the relation between legal materials such as statutes and the propositions of law that those materials make true in order to show what are and are not the implications of moral teaching against supporting legislative proposals to permit acts that a state cannot justly permit.
ISBN: 0065-8995
J M Finnis, 'Self-referential (or Peformative) Inconsistency: its significance for truth' (2005) 78 Proceedings of the American Catholic Philosophical Association 13
Performatively inconsistent, self-refuting propositions are not logically incoherent, or meaningless in themselves, or semantically paradoxical (such as “This sentence is false.”). Rather, because they have a definite reference, they are false because they are inconsistent with the facts that are given in and by any assertionof them. Thus they are not in themselves self-refuting, but to try to assert any of them is self-refuting. To show why this is so, one must show that performative inconsistency depends on the “implicit commitments” of the interlocutor. For example, what is entailed by “someone asserts that p” depends on what is meant by “assert.” As the concept of “implicit commitment” suggests, an assertion can beperformatively inconsistent only if it is located in a universe of rational discourse and is treated as an authentic contribution to such discourse. Thus sceptical arguments that aim to deny that knowledge is not a good are performatively self-refuting,for in asserting that p, one also asserts that one accepts (believes) that p is true. Itis absurd and self-contradictory to assert “p” if the assertion could imply “p, butin asserting this, I don’t care whether p is true or not.”
J M Finnis, 'The Thing I am': Personal Identity in Aquinas and Shakespeare' (2005) 22 Social Philosophy & Policy 250
Analyses, with illustrative reference to Aquinas and Shakespeare, the four irreducibly distinct kinds of explanation of personal identity, which yield four basic senses of "personal identity" and kinds of way in which one is or can be the same though partly different. Special topics include marriage, humiliation, repentance, and decay.
ISBN: 02650525
L Green, General Jurisprudence: a 25th Anniversary Essay (2005) 25(4) Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 565
L Green, 'Three Themes from Raz' (2005) 25 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 503
J Raz, 'Instrumental Rationality - A Reprise' (2005) 1 Journal for Ethics and Social Philosophy
J Raz, 'Interview: Legal Theory, Liberalism, Value Incommensurability, Equality and Authority.' (2005) 8 Imprints: egalitarian theory and practice 195
J Raz, The Myth of Instrumental Rationality (2005) 1 Journal for Ethics and Social Philosophy
2004
J Dickson, 'Methodology in Jurisprudence: a critical survey' (2004) 10(3) Legal Theory 117
J Raz, 'Incorporation by Law' (2004) 10 Legal Thoery 1
J Raz, 'The Role of Well-Being' (2004) 18 Philosophical Perspectives
2003
J Dickson, 'The Central Questions of Legal Philosophy' (2003) 56 Current Legal Problems 63
P Eleftheriadis, Cosmopolitan Law (2003) 9(2) European Law Journal 241
L Green, 'Civil Disobedience and Academic Freedom' (2003) 41 Osgoode Hall Law Journal 380
L Green, 'Strategy and Fundamental Legal Rules' (2003) American Philosophical Association Newsletter on Law and Philosophy 69
J Raz, 'About Morality and the Nature of Law' (2003) 48 The Anerican Journal of Jurisprudence 1
J Raz, 'Legal Principles and the Limits of the Law' (2003) Insonomia Doxa
J Raz, 'Liberalism in an Age of Conflict' (2003) Oblicza Liberalizmu 87
Interview with Beata Polanowska
J Raz, 'Numbers, With and Without Contractualism' (2003) 16 Ratio 346
2002
J Raz, 'Filosofia e pratica della liberta' (2002) 15 (37) Iride 475
2001
P Eleftheriadis, 'The European Constitution and Cosmopolitan Ideals' (2001) 7 The Columbia Journal of European Law 21
J Gardner, Legal Positivism: 5½ Myths (2001) 46 American Journal of Jurisprudence 199
G Lamond, Coercion and the Nature of Law (2001) 7(1) Legal Theory 35
DOI: 10.1017/S1352325201071026
The main focus of the article is upon two major lines of argument that attempt to establish a link between law and coercion: one based upon the law's efficacy; the other upon the law's normativity. It argues that the claim that law is necessarily coercive because it must be efficacious is mistaken--not necessarily on sociological or psychological grounds, but because it identifies law with the preconditions for its existence. On the other hand, the argument that law's normativity is inherently linked to coercion contains an important truth--not because coercion is necessary to account for normativity, but because the scope of law's claim to authority encompasses the right to authorize the use of coercion.
ISBN: 1469-8048
J Raz, 'On the Authority and Interpretation of Constitutions: Some Preliminaries.' (2001) 2 Anuario de Derechos Humanos, nueva epoca
2000
L Green, 'Pornographies' (2000) 8 Journal of Political Philosophy 27
G Lamond, The Coerciveness of Law (2000) 20 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 39
DOI: 10.1093/ojls/20.1.39
One of the central features associated with law is its coerciveness. A major source of our interest in law's coerciveness is that the use of coercion is thought to require moral justification - hence the liberal interest in the harm principle. This article seeks to contribute to the debate about the justifiable grounds for legal coercion by clarifying the ways in which law is coercive and demonstrating that coerciveness is a highly complex phenomenon. It argues that the legal authorization of physical force and sanctions, rather than the existence of enforcement institutions, is the appropriate focus for these enquiries. It considers the appropriate methodology for understanding the nature of coercion and goes on to argue that there are a group of nested conceptions of coercion which perform different roles in different contexts. The differences between these conceptions help to account for some of the disagreements over law's coerciveness. There is also an important contrast between laws which aim to coerce and those which merely have a coercive effect. All of these internal distinctions within coercion matter because they have considerable significance for the justification of coercive legal measures. Finally, it is argued that sanctions are neither necessary for the law to be coercive, nor always sufficient.
ISBN: 0143-6503
J Raz, 'Multiculturalism: A Liberal Perspective' (2000) 13 Altera
Romanian translation by Maria Albert.
J Raz, 'On the Socratic Maxim' (2000) 73 Notre Dame Law Review 1797
J Raz, 'Principle of Equality (german translation)' (2000) Gleichheit oder Rerechtigkeit
1998
P Eleftheriadis, 'Begging the Constitutional Question' (1998) 36 Journal of Common Market Studies 255
L Green, 'Rights of Exit' (1998) 4 Legal Theory 165
L Green, 'The Functions of Law' (1998) 12 Cogito 117
J Raz, 'Multiculturalism' (1998) 11 Ratio Juris
1997
L Green, 'The Concept of Law Revisited' (1997) 94 Michigan Law Review 1687
1996
P Eleftheriadis, 'The Analysis of Property Rights' (1996) Oxford Journal of Legal Studies
J Raz, 'Liberalism in an Age of Conflict' (1996) 2 & 3 Odra 5
Interview by Beata Polanowska
1994
P Eleftheriadis, 'Unfreedom in a Laissez Faire State' (1994) 80 Archiv für Rechts- und Sozialphilosophie 168
L Green, 'Les minorites internes et leurs droits' (1994) 4 Lekton 81
1993
P Eleftheriadis, 'Freedom as a Fact ' (1993) 56 Modern Law Review 897
1991
L Green, 'Freedom of Expression and Choice of Language' (1991) 13 Law and Policy 215
L Green, 'Two Views of Collective Rights' (1991) Canadian Journal of Law and Jurisprudence 315
1989
L Green, 'Law, Legitimacy and Consent' (1989) Southern California Law Review 795
J Raz, 'Liberalism, Skepticism and Democracy' (1989) 74 Iowa Law Review 761
1988
L Green, 'Kant's Liberalism: A Reply to Rolf George' (1988) 27 Dialogue 207
L Green, 'Un-American Liberalism: Raz's Morality of Freedom' (1988) 38 University of Toronto Law Journal 317
1987
L Green, 'The Political Content of Legal Theory' (1987) 17 Philosophy of the Social Sciences 1
1986
L Green, 'Law's Rule' (1986) 24 Osgoode Hall Law Journal 1023
1985
L Green, 'Authority and Convention' (1985) 35 Philosophical Quarterly 329
L Green, 'Legality and Community' (1985) 5 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies
L Green, 'Support for the System' (1985) 15 British Journal of Political Science 127
L Green, 'What is a Dictator?' (1985) 45 Analysis 125
1984
L Green, 'The Techniques and Limits of Law' (1984) 9 Queen's Law Journal 328
J Raz, 'The Obligation to Obey: Revision and Tradition' (1984) 1 Notre Dame Journal of Law Ethics & Public Policy 139
1983
L Green, 'Dictators and Democracies' (1983) 43 Analysis 58
L Green, 'Law, Co-ordination and the Common Good' (1983) 3 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 299
1982
J Raz, 'Liberalism, Autonomy and the Politics of Neutral Concern' (1982) 7 Midwest Studies in Philosophy 89
1978
J Raz, 'Principles of Equality' (1978) Mind 321
1972
J Raz, 'Legal Principles and the Limits of the Law' (1972) 81 Yale Law Journal 823
0
J Raz, 'Liberalism, Skepticism and Democracy' Polis (Romania)
Translation
Books
2012
J Gardner, Law as a Leap of Faith: Essays on Law in General (Oxford University Press 2012) (forthcoming)
1: Law as a Leap of Faith (first published 2000) 2: Legal Positivism: 5 1/2 Myths (2001) 3: Some Types of Law (2007) 4: Can There be a Written Constitution? (2011) 5: How Law Claims, What Law Claims (2012) 6: Nearly Natural Law (2007) 7: The Legality of Law (2004) 8: On the Supposed Formality of the Rule of Law (previously unpublished) 9: Hart on Legality, Justice, and Morality (2011) 10. The Virtue of Justice and the Character of Law (2000) 11: Law in General (previously unpublished)
ISBN: 978-0-19-969555-3
2011
J M Finnis, Human Rights and Common Good (Oxford University Press 2011)
Volume 3 of Collected Essays of John Finnis 22 published and unpublished essays with a 16-page Introduction, on the general theory of human rights; justice and punishment; war and justice; autonomy, euthanasia and justice; autonomy, IVF, abortion and justice; and marriage, justice and the common good
J M Finnis, Intention and Identity (Oxford University Press 2011)
J M Finnis, Philosophy of Law (Oxford University Press 2011)
Volume 4 of The Collected Essays of John Finnis 22 published and unpublished essays plus a 16-page Introduction, on foundations of law's authority; theories and theorists of law; legal reasoning; and the two senses of 'legal system'
J M Finnis, Reason in Action (Oxford University Press 2011)
19 published and unpublished essays with an Introduction of 15 pages on the nature and foundations of practical reason and associated legally relevant topics
ISBN: 978-0-19-958005=7
2008
P Eleftheriadis, Legal Rights (Oxford University Press 2008)
2007
J Gardner, Offences and Defences: Selected Essays in the Philosophy of Criminal Law (OUP 2007)
DOI: 10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199239351.001.0001
This is a collection of essays, some of which were first published before 2001 (pp. 1-56, 91-140, 201-238). In addition pages 155-176 were written with Timothy Macklem (50:50). Original versions of essays have been left intact to provide context for a newly-written concluding chapter, ‘Reply to Critics’, pp. 321-378.
ISBN: 978-0-19-923935-1
J Raz, Ethics in the Public Domain (Jiangsu People's Press (China) 2007)
Translation
2006
J Dickson, Evaluación en la teoría del derecho (Spanish language edition of Evaluation and Legal Theory, UNAM Press, México,D.F. 2006)
J Raz, The Authority of Law (UNAM (Spain) 2006)
J Raz, The Morality of Freedom (UNAM (Spain) 2006)
2005
J M Finnis, O Racji Publicznej [On 'Public Reason'] (Ius et Lex, Warsaw 2005)
Texts in Polish (translated) and English of public lecture, contrasting sound with Rawlsian senses of "public reason".
ISBN: 83p60077-07-X
J Raz, The Authority of Law (Law Press of Beijing 2005)
J Raz, The Concept of a Legal System (Bulgarian translation 2005)
Chinese, Spanish and Portuguese translations forthcoming.
2004
J Raz, Value, Respect and Attachment (Martins Fontes Editora Lda San Paolo 2004)
Translation
J Raz, Value, Respect and Attachment ( 2004)
Translation
2003
J Raz, Value, Respect and Attachment (Edizioni Diabasis 2003)
Translation
2001
J Dickson, Evaluation and Legal Theory (Hart Publishing 2001)
Spanish language edition published by the National Autonomous University of Mexico Press in association with Hart Publishing in 2006, translated by Dr Juan Vega Gomez
ISBN: 1-84113-184-9
J Raz, Ethics in the Public Domain (Editorial Gedisa (Spain) 2001)
Translation
J Raz, The Morality of Freedom (Ukranian translation 2001)
J Raz, The Morality of Freedon (Madris (Latvia) 2001)
2000
J Raz, The Authority of Law (ABC Publishing, Warsaw 2000)
1999
P Eleftheriadis, Constitutionalism and Political Values: The Normative Presuppositions of Constitutional Law [In Greek] (Sakkoulas, Athens 1999)
1994
J Raz, Ethics in the Public Domain (Oxford University Press 1994)
1990
L Green, The Authority of the State (Clarendon Press 1990)
1986
J Raz, The Morality of Freedom (Oxford University Press (2nd Edition) 1986)
1980
J Raz, The Concept of a Legal System (Oxford University Press 1980)
1979
J Raz, The Authority of Law (Oxford University Press 1979)
0
J Raz, Ethics in the Public Domain (CID Mentenegro 0)
Translation
J Raz, The Morality of Freedom (Arnoldo Mondadori Editore SpA, Milan 0)
Chapters
2013
J Gardner and James Edwards, 'Criminal Law' in Hugh LaFollette (ed), International Encyclopedia of Ethics (Wiley-Blackwell 2013)
J Gardner, 'Criminals in Uniform' in R.A. Duff, Lindsay Farmer, S.E. Marshall, Massimo Renzo, and Victor Tadros (eds), The Constitution of Criminal Law (Oxford University Press 2013) (forthcoming)
2012
J Dickson, 'Legal Positivism: Contemporary Debates' in Andrei Marmor (ed), The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Law (Routledge 2012)
J Dickson, 'The Idea of a Legal System: Between the Real and the Ideal' in N Walker (ed), MacCormick's Scotland (Edinburgh University Press 2012)
P Eleftheriadis, ''Sovereign and Subject'' in James Edwards et al. (ed), 50 Years from H.L.A. Hart's The Concept of Law ( 2012) (forthcoming)
P Eleftheriadis, 'Austin and the Electors' in Michael Freeman & Patricia Mindus (eds), The Legacy of John Austin's Jurisprudence (Springer 2012)
P Eleftheriadis, Citizenship and Obligation in Julie Dickson and Pavlos Eleftheriadis (eds), Philosophical Foundations of European Union Law (Oxford University Press 2012)
P Eleftheriadis, 'Global Duties and the Sanctity of Life' in Glenn Cohen (ed), The Globalization of Health Care (Oxford University Press 2012) (forthcoming)
Julie Dickson and P Eleftheriadis, 'Introduction: The Puzzles of European Union Law' in Julie Dickson & Pavlos Eleftheriadis (eds), Philosophical Foundations of European Union Law (Oxford University Press 2012)
J M Finnis, 'Natural Law Theory: Its Past and Its Present' in Andrei Marmor (ed), Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Law (Routledge 2012)
J Gardner, 'Ashworth on Principles' in Julian Roberts and Lucia Zedner (eds), Principles and Values in Criminal Law and Criminal Justice: Essays in Honour of Andrew Ashworth (Oxford University Press 2012) (forthcoming)
J Gardner, 'How Law Claims, What Law Claims' in Matthias Klatt (ed), Institutionalized Reason: The Jurisprudence of Robert Alexy (Oxford University Press 2012)
L Green, 'Obscenity without Borders' in F Tanguay-Renaud and J Stribopolous (eds), Rethinking Criminal Law Theory ( 2012)
G Lamond, 'The Rule of Law' in Andrei Marmor (ed), Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Law (Routledge 2012)
N E Stavropoulos, 'Obligations and the Legal Point of View' in A. Marmor (ed), The Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Law (Routledge 2012)
It's uncontroversial that politics shapes the law. The tough question is how exactly that works: which kinds of political action have a law-shaping effect and how they produce that effect. Consider the enactment of a statute. A. Which precise aspect of the action is relevant to the legal impact of the enactment (the change in legal rights and obligations that obtains without further such action)? B. Why - what gives some aspect of the action its legal relevance? Analogous questions also arise in connection with the explanation of some other phenomena, including making a promise, decision or request - actions or attitudes which are generally understood to result in some distinctive obligations or to have some other distinctive normative significance or impact, or at least to be capable of so doing. The relevant theoretical choices are posed particularly clearly in these domains, so I explore them in some detail in relation to promising.
ISBN: 0415878187
2011
J M Finnis, 'Law, Universality, and Social Identity' in John Finnis (ed), Intention and Identity: Collected Essays of John Finnis, volume 2 (Oxford University Press 2011)
How should we understand Aquinas’s thesis that laws are universal propositions of practical reason? And should we accept the popular modern claim that to prefer one set of forms of human character, relationship, and conduct to certain others, and consequently to restrict the conduct of persons with those other preferences, is wrongfully to deny those persons’ equality of entitlement to concern and respect, and/or to insult them? Answering the first question involves showing how legal norms transcend the intentions of their makers, draw upon considerations of ‘natural reason’, and depend for their subsisting on the subsisting of the community whose norms they are. The conditions for the community’s subsisting turn out to depend, in turn, on aspects of the public good the upholding of which is an intention which absolves those who act upon it from Dworkin’s charges that they are flouting equality of respect and Raz’s charges that they are insulting those whose conduct those actions bear upon. Multiculturalism will often be a menace to public good, justice, and peace.
J Gardner, Relations of Responsibility in Rowan Cruft, Matthew Kramer and Mark Reiff (eds), Crime, Punishment, and Responsibility: The Jurisprudence of Antony Duff (Oxford University Press 2011)
2010
P Eleftheriadis, Art and Moral Dilemmas in Johannes Odenthal and Elina Kountouri (eds), Kalliopi Lemos: A Sculptural Trilogy About Europe’s Fragile Borders (Göttingen: Steidl 2010)
In the last three years the artist Kalliopi Lemos has constructed three large sculptures consisting mainly of boats used by illegal immigrants to cross from Turkey into Greece. These boats were discarded on the island of Chios, where Lemos discovered them. She exhibited these three sculptures in public settings in Athens, Istanbul and Berlin, with the respective titles: Crossing, Round Voyage and Crossroads. What is the meaning of this work? In this essay (which will form part of a forthcoming book on this trilogy, alongside essays by Arthur Danto and Thomas Pogge) Pavlos Eleftheriadis argues that art does not seek to resolve moral dilemmas, such as the dilemma posed by the competing claims of justice made by the illegal immigrants and the neediest of our own society. The power of art is in reminding us (in a way that does not deploy philosophical arguments but is equally or more persuasive) of the profound importance of our moral responsibility towards everyone.
ISBN: 978-3-86930-052-8
J Gardner, 'Ethics and Law' in John Skorupski (ed), The Routledge Companion to Ethics (Routledge 2010)
L Green, 'El Positivismo y la inseparabilidad del derecho y la moral' in M.E. Orellana Benada (ed), Causas Perdidas: ensayos de filosofia juridica, politica y moral (Catalonia 2010)
L Green, 'Law as a Means' in P Cane (ed), The Hart-Fuller Debate in the Twenty-First Century (Hart Publishing, Oxford 2010)
G Lamond, 'Coercion' in Dennis Patterson (ed), A Companion to Philosophy of Law and Legal Theory (2nd edition) (Wiley-Blackwell 2010)
This article provides an overview of the key philosophical issues raised by the nature of coercion. It distinguishes two methods of coercion (physical force and ‘rational’ compulsion–paradigmatically by threats); and distinguishes coercion as a means of making someone act from coercion as a means affecting the normative position of the coerced party (‘duress’). It surveys analyses of what makes a proposal a threat, whether offers can be coercive, and why rational compulsion is per se morally problematic (if it is). It suggests that while all forms of rational compulsion have a common core, the conditions for duress depend on additional situation specific features (e.g. duress as a criminal law defence versus duress as a vitiating factor in agreements or marriage). It goes on to consider the sense(s) in which law can be regarded as coercive, and whether coercion is a necessary feature of law.
ISBN: 9781405170062
2009
J Dickson, 'Is Bad Law Still Law? Is Bad Law Really Law?' in Maksymilian Del Mar and Zenon Bankowski (eds), Law as Institutional Normative Order (Ashgate 2009)
J M Finnis, 'On Hart's Ways: Law as Reason and as Fact' in Matthew Kramer, Claire Grant (eds), The Legacy of HLA Hart: Legal, Political and Moral Philosophy (Oxford University Press 2009)
2008
J Gardner, Hart and Feinberg on Responsibility in Matthew Kramer, Claire Grant, Ben Colburn and Antony Hatzistavrou (eds), The Legacy of H.L.A. Hart (Oxford University Press 2008)
J Gardner, Introduction in H L A Hart, Punishment and Responsibility, Second Edition (Oxford University Press 2008)
L Green, 'On Being Tolerated' in M Kramer, C Grant, B Colborn, A Hatzistavrou (eds), The Legacy of HLA Hart: Legal, Political, and Moral Philosophy (Oxford University Press 2008)
Why is it that toleration can be uncomfortable for the tolerated? And how should tolerators respond to that discomfort? This paper argues that properly directed toleration can be deficient in its scope, grounds or spirit. That explains some of the discomfort in being tolerated. Beyond this, the occasions for toleration¿the existence of a power to prevent and of an adverse judgment¿can also make toleration sting. The paper then explores and rejects two familiar suggestions about how one should respond to this discomfort: with acceptance or recognition of the tolerated. It is proposed instead that toleration should be supplemented by understanding. The nature and importance of this attitude are assessed.
ISBN: 978-0-19-954289-5
2007
J Gardner, Some Types of Law in D Edlin (ed), Common Law Theory (Cambridge University Press 2007)
L Green, 'Sexuality, Authenticity and Modernity' in J Feinberg & J Coleman (eds), Philosophy of Law, 8th Edition (Cengage Publishing 2007)
L Green, 'Who Believes in Political Obligation?' in Shinggui Mao trans (ed), Political Obligation: Justifying and Refuting (Nanjing: Jiangsu People's Publishing House 2007)
Abstract: (Paper in Chinese): It is often supposed that most people believe they have a duty to obey the law. Examining empirical work by Tom Tyler and others, I show that the evidence offered for this proposition does not in fact support it. Existing surveys are all consistent with only much weaker popular attitudes to law. Suggestions are made about an appropriate test for this belief.
2006
J Dickson, 'Interpreting Normativity' in Properties of Law: Essays in Honour of Jim Harris (OUP 2006)
This article was commissioned by the editors of a festschrift volume of essays in honour of Professor Jim Harris' work. It examines and critically assesses Professor Harris' interpretation of the work of Hans Kelsen on the normativity of law.
ISBN: 0-19-929096-2
J Gardner, Law's Aim in Law's Empire in Scott Hershovitz (ed), Exploring Law's Empire (Oxford University Press 2006)
J Raz, 'Incorporation by Law' in Philosophy of Law: Critical Concepts in Philosophy. (Routledge 2006)
2005
TAO Endicott, 'The Value of Vagueness' in Vijay K. Bhatia, Jan Engberg, Maurizio Gotti and Dorothee Heller (eds), Vagueness in Normative Texts (Peter Lang 2005)
The rule of law requires vague regulation in every legal system. The rule of law stands against arbitrary government and against anarchy, and vague rules are essential techniques to oppose both arbitrary government and anarchy. A general refusal to use vague rules would lead to anarchy because some forms of regulation cannot be performed at all by the use of precise rules. And precision, even when it is possible, can itself lead to arbitrary government.
ISBN: 3-03910-653-8
J M Finnis, 'Restricting legalised abortion is not intrinsically unjust' in Helen Watt (ed), Cooperation, Complicity and Consent, (Linacre Centre, London 2005)
Employs a jurisprudential analysis of laws (or rules of law) as propositions distinct from the legislative or other statements by which they are enacted or otherwise laid down, in order to show that laws creating new legal restrictions on the permissibility of abortion do not involve their makers or supporters in approval of or complicity in making the law of the state permit the abortions left unprohibited by the new restrictions,
ISBN: 906561108
J M Finnis, 'The Thing I am': Personal Identity in Aquinas & Shakespeare' in Ellen Frankel Paul, Fred D. Miller & Jeffrey Paul (eds), Personal Identity (Cambridge UP, Cambridge & New York 2005)
Analyses, with illustrative reference to Aquinas and Shakespeare, the four irreducibly distinct kinds of explanation of personal identity, which yield four basic senses of "personal identity" and kinds of way in which one is or can be the same though partly different. Special topics include marriage, humiliation, repentance, and decay.
ISBN: 521617677
J Gardner, Backwards and Forwards with Tort Law in J Keim-Campbell, M O'Rourke and D Shier (eds), Law and Social Justice (MIT Press 2005)
J Raz, 'Numbers, With and Without Contractualism' in P. Stratton-Lake (ed), On What We Owe to Each Other (Blackwell Publishing 2005)
J Raz, 'The Force of Numbers' in Royal Institute of Philosophy Lectures of 2003 (Cambridge University Press 2005)
2004
J Raz, 'Personal Practical Conflicts' in P.Baumnaa & M. Betzler (eds), Practical Conflicts: New Philosophical Essays. (Cambridge University Press 2004)
2003
TAO Endicott, 'Raz on Gaps—The Surprising Part' in Thomas Pogge, Lukas Meyer, and Stanley Paulson (eds), Rights, Culture, and the Law — Essays After Joseph Raz (OUP 2003)
I address some implications of Joseph Raz’s ‘sources thesis’- the claim that the existence and content of any law ‘can be identified by reference to social facts alone, without resort to any evaluative argument’. By the sources thesis, there is a gap in the law whenever the law appeals to moral considerations. But contrary to Raz’s conclusions, I argue that gaps in the law do not necessarily confer discretion on judges. A legal requirement to apply moral considerations does give courts discretion, but only because (and to the extent that) moral considerations are vague.
ISBN: 0-19-924825-7
J M Finnis, 'Natural Law and the Re-making of Boundaries' in Allen Buchanan and Margaret Moore (eds), States, Nations, and Boundaries (Cambridge University Press 2003)
essay on the justice of making and maintaining boundaries, and of forcibly overthrowing unjust (e.g. some pre-"colonial", "native") rulers.
ISBN: 521819717
J Raz, 'Comments and Responses' in L.H. Meyer, S.L. Paulson & T.W. Pogge. (eds), Rights, Culture, and the Law: Themes from the Legal and Political Philosophy of Joseph Raz (Oxford University Press 2003)
2002
L Green, 'Law and Obligations' in J. Coleman and S. Shapiro (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Jurisprudence and Philosophy of Law (OUP 2002)
J Raz, 'On Frankfurt's Explanation of Respect for People' in S Buss & L. Overton (eds), Contours of Agency: Essays on Themes from Harry Frankfurt (MIT Press 2002)
J Raz, 'The practice of Value' in The Tanner Lectures on Human Values ( 2002)
2001
J Gardner, Obligations and Outcomes in the Law of Torts in P Cane and J Gardner (eds), Relating to Responsibility: Essays for Tony Honoré (Hart Publishing 2001)
L Green, 'Pluralism, Social Conflict, and Tolerance' in A Soeteman (ed), Pluralism and Law (Springer 2001)
2000
J Raz, 'Autonomy, Toleration, and the Harm Principle' in R. Frost (ed), Toleranz (Campus Verlag, Frankfurt 2000)
Translation
J Raz, 'Chapter 9' in Angelika Krebs (ed), Gleichheit oder Gerechtigkeit (Suhrkamp 2000)
J Raz, 'Notes on Value and Objectivity' in B. Leiter (ed), Objectivity in Law and Morals. (Cambridge University Press 2000)
J Raz, 'The Truth in Particularism' in B. Hooker & M. Little (eds), Moral Particularism (Oxford University Press 2000)
1999
L Green, 'Sexuality, Authenticity, and Morality' in J Feniberg and J Coleman (eds), Philosophy of Law, 5th Ed. (Wadsworth 1999)
L Green, 'Who Believes in Political Obligation?' in W Edmundson (ed), The Duty to Obey the Law (Rowman and Littlefield 1999)
1998
L Green, 'Authority' in E Craig (ed), Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Routledge 1998)
L Green, 'Pornographizing, Subordinating, and Silencing' in R Post (ed), Censorship and Silencing: Practices of Cultural Regulation (Getty Research Institute 1998)
J Raz, 'On the Authority and Interpretation of Constitutions: Some Preliminaries.' in L. Alexander (ed), Constitutionalism: Philosophical Foundations (Cambrdige University Press 1998)
1997
L Green, 'Freedom of Expression and Choice of Language' in E Soifer (ed), Ethical Issues: Perspectives for Canadians (Broadview Press 1997)
1996
L Green, 'Who Believes in Political Obligation?' in J Narveson & JT Sanders (eds), For and Against the State (Rowman and Littlefied 1996)
G Lamond, 'Coercion, Threats, and the Puzzle of Blackmail' in A.P. Simester and A.T.H. Smith (eds), Harm and Culpability ( 1996)
J Raz, 'Intention in Interpretation' in R.P. George (ed), The Autonomy of Law (The Autonomy of Law, ed. R.P. George 1996)
1995
L Green, 'Internal Minorities and their Rights' in W Kymlicka (ed), Rights of Cultural Minorities (Oxford University Press 1995)
1994
L Green, 'Freedom of Expression and Choice of Language' in WJ Waluchow (ed), Free Expression: Essays in Law and Philosophy (Oxford University Press 1994)
L Green, 'Internal Minorities and their Rights' in J Baker (ed), Group Rights (University of Toronto Press 1994)
1993
L Green, 'Concepts of Equity in Taxation' in A Maslove (ed), Fairness in Taxation: Exploring the Principles (University of Toronto Press 1993)
J Raz, 'Multiculturalism: A Liberal perspective' in N.J.H. Huls & H.D. Stout (eds), Recht in een multiculturele samenleving (W.E.J. Tjeenk Willink - Zwole 1993)
1990
L Green, 'Consent and Community' in P Harris (ed), On Political Obligation (Routledge 1990)
L Green, 'Legal Ethics: Sociology and Morality' in D MacNiven (ed), Moral Expertise ( 1990)
1989
L Green, 'Associative Obligations and the State' in L Green and A Hutchinson (eds), Law and the Community: The End of Invidualism? (Carswell 1989)
1987
J Raz, 'Autonomy, Toleration, and the Harm Principle' in R. Gavison (ed), Issues in Contemporary Legal Philosophy (OUP 1987)
0
J Raz, 'About Morality and the Nature of Law' in K. Himma & B. Bix (eds), Law and Morality (Ashgate Publishing 0)
J Raz, 'Liberalism, Autonomy and the Politics of Neutral Concern' in J. Kis (ed), Contemporary Political Philosophy (CEU Press 0)
also in Bulgarian, Czech, Lithuanian, Latvian, Ukranian, Georgian and Belorussian translations.
J Raz, 'Liberalism, Autonomy and the Politics of Neutral Concern' in Ying Qi (ed), Liberal Neutrality and Its Critics (Jiangsu People's Publishing House, Nanjin 0)
Translation
Edited books
2012
P Eleftheriadis and Julie Dickson (eds), Philosophical Foundations of European Union Law (Oxford University Press 2012)
2011
L Green and B Leiter (eds), Oxford Studies in Philosophy of Law (Oxford University Press 2011)
1989
L Green and Allan C. Hutchinson (eds), Law and the Community: The End of Individualism? (Carswell 1989)
Internet Publications
2012
N Barber, The Argument from Counter-Example (2012) Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper
2010
P Eleftheriadis, Human Rights for Liberals (2010) 3 Global Justice: Theory, Practice, Rhetoric 42
James Griffin’s rich and elegant study, On Human Rights (Oxford, 2008), is a superbly accomplished book. Its range is impressive. It offers a discussion of the general status of values, a general theory of rights, concrete accounts of the right to welfare, the right to privacy, the right to life, the link with democracy and the idea of group rights, among other things. At every stage we are treated to a clear, rigorous and elegant discussion full of broad learning and penetrating judgment, which readers of Griffin’s earlier books have perhaps learned to expect. Yet, the view of human rights that Griffin defends is strangely narrow and unfamiliar in that it is not connected to any political or legal framework.
ISBN: ISSN: 1835-6842
L Green, Because Everyone Thinks So: Hume on Authority and Common Opinion (2010) Oxford Legal Research Paper Series
Many legal and political philosophers think that common attitudes to authority impose powerful constraints on justification. In particular, they often think sceptical theories are objectionably inconsistent with the common view that everyone has a duty to obey the law. The most influential argument of this sort is due to David Hume, and it is his version that is here tested. The paper argues that common opinion lacks is less probative than Hume thinks, and that his related objections to consent theory fail. There is no reason to think our common views of political authority are as Hume, and many others, think there are. There is no reason to exempt widely-held common views about moral matters from scrutiny in light of the genesis of those views. There is reason to think that, in politics as in religion, what Hume called 'superstitions' are quite common.
L Green, The Germ of Justice (2010) Oxford Legal Research Papers
This paper addresses the perennial question of the relationship between law and justice. HLA Hart argued that ‘we have, in the bare notion of applying a general rule of law, the germ, at least, of justice.’ If true, this establishes a necessary connection between law and morality. That is no objection, for the so-called ‘separability thesis’ is anyway false. But the ‘germ-of-justice’ thesis is also false. Justice is a matter of the correct allocation of benefits and burdens among people. Contrary to what Hart and others think, there is not necessarily any injustice in failing to apply a valid legal rule, not even an ‘administrative’ injustice. It is readily conceded that ‘formal justice’ is not enough in law, that we also need ‘substantive justice’. This too is a mistake. Formal justice is not insufficient; it is incoherent--all justice is substantive. Might constant rule-application do justice by promoting impartiality? Not necessarily. It depends on the content of the rules and on the nature of the of the adjudicator’s prejudices. There is nonetheless a weak connection between law and justice. Every legal system has courts whose job it is to aim at justice: they must decide not only whether plaintiff deserves a remedy, or whether the prosecution is entitled to a conviction, but also whether these should be ordered in the face of a claim to the contrary. Courts have an allocative job to do. This does not show that they must achieve justice, or even a minimum of justice. Nor does it show that justice is the first virtue of legal institutions. The connection between law and justice is real, but modest. Justice is a necessary aim of a necessary legal institution.
2009
J M Finnis, Marriage: A Basic and Exigent Good (2009) Notre Dame Legal Studies Paper No 09-13
Same as Monist article of same title
L Green, Law and the Causes of Judicial Decisions (2009) 14/2009 Oxford Legal Research Paper Series 1
This paper tests Brian Leiter's claim that the American legal realists were proto-naturalists in legal philosophy and were thus immune to objections based on claims that they offered defective analyses of legal concepts. It disputes Leiter's account of the core claim of realist thought, and reaffirms the view that some of them were indeed engaged in, or presupposed, conceptual work of a kind familiar to analytic jurisprudence. It explains how those who did not intend to offer conceptual analyses nonetheless made conceptual errors. It offers a fresh account of the basis of the realists scepticism, here deploying the idea of 'permissive sources' of law. The paper concludes with reflections on the preconditions and prospects for 'naturalizing' jurisprudence, suggesting that Hans Kelsen was correct to think that such efforts will either fail, or will simply change the subject.
2006
J Dickson, Descriptive Legal Theory (2006) IVR Encyclopaedia of Jurisprudence, Legal Theory and Philosophy of Law
This article was commissioned by the then editor of the IVR Encyclopaedia of legal philosophy. The article surveys and critically evaluates "descriptive" approaches to legal theory in light of recent challenges to the possibility and usefulness of this approach to jurisprudence
2003
L Green, Legal Obligation and Authority (2003) Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy
Whatever else they do, all legal systems recognize, create, vary and enforce obligations. This is no accident: obligations are central to the social role of law and explaining them is necessary to an understanding of law's authority and, therefore, its nature. Not only are there obligations in the law, there are also obligations to the law. Historically, most philosophers agreed that these include a moral obligation to obey, or what is usually called “political obligation.” Voluntarists maintained that this requires something like a voluntary subjection to law's rule, for example, through consent. Non-voluntarists denied this, insisting that the value of a just and effective legal system is itself sufficient to validate law's claims. Both lines of argument have recently come under intense scrutiny, and some philosophers now deny that law is entitled to all the authority it claims for itself, even when the legal system is legitimate and reasonably just. On this view there are legal obligations that some of law's subjects have no moral obligation to perform.
L Green, Legal Positivism (2003) Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy
Legal positivism is the thesis that the existence and content of law depends on social facts and not on its merits. The English jurist John Austin (1790-1859) formulated it thus: “The existence of law is one thing; its merit and demerit another. Whether it be or be not is one enquiry; whether it be or be not conformable to an assumed standard, is a different enquiry.” (1832, p. 157) The positivist thesis does not say that law's merits are unintelligible, unimportant, or peripheral to the philosophy of law. It says that they do not determine whether laws or legal systems exist. Whether a society has a legal system depends on the presence of certain structures of governance, not on the extent to which it satisfies ideals of justice, democracy, or the rule of law. What laws are in force in that system depends on what social standards its officials recognize as authoritative; for example, legislative enactments, judicial decisions, or social customs. The fact that a policy would be just, wise, efficient, or prudent is never sufficient reason for thinking that it is actually the law, and the fact that it is unjust, unwise, inefficient or imprudent is never sufficient reason for doubting it. According to positivism, law is a matter of what has been posited (ordered, decided, practiced, tolerated, etc.); as we might say in a more modern idiom, positivism is the view that law is a social construction. Austin thought the thesis “simple and glaring.” While it is probably the dominant view among analytically inclined philosophers of law, it is also the subject of competing interpretations together with persistent criticisms and misunderstandings.
2001
J Dickson, Interpretation and Coherence in Legal Reasoning (2001) (Fall 2001 Edition, revised June 2005 and September 2009) The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (ed. - E. Zalta)
Fully peer reviewed encyclopaedia article discussing the nature of legal reasoning and, in particular, the role of interpretation and coherence in legal reasoning. The Stanford Encyclopaedia of Philosophy is an important reference resource for legal philosophers. 10000 words approx.
ISBN: 1095-5054
Reviews
2002
TAO Endicott, Rules and Reasoning: Essays in Honour of Fred Schauer, Ed. Linda Meyer, (Oxford: Hart Publishing, 1999) (2002) 43 Philosophical Books 71 [Review]
1999
J Dickson, 'Legal Positivism and Moral Scepticism: An Unholy Alliance?' (1999) 28 Anglo-American Law Review 243 [Review]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS (Phase II)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase I of the Final Honour School includes the third term of the first year, and all three terms of the second year.
[less]
Jurisprudence is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honour School syllabus. The subject affords an opportunity to reflect in a disciplined and critical way on the structure and functions of law and legal institutions and systems, on the nature of legal reasoning and discourse, and/or on the connections between law and morality and/or between law and other human relationships and characteristics. In some places it would be called theory of law or philosophy of law.
The content of the course is therefore deliberately broad and flexible. College tutors offer widely differing ranges of topics and reading lists, and the examination therefore makes full allowance for the diversity of approaches and materials. (Knowing that the examiners change only incrementally the range of issues from which questions are drawn, and the kinds of questions posed, tutors have an eye to former examination papers in designing their reading lists).
For many years the examination has comprised sixteen questions from which candidates are invited to choose any three. While general, the questions are typically precise and pointed. What is looked for is the ability to bring closely to bear on them the student’s own thought, with appropriate reference both to books or articles within the domain and to other legal subjects studied by the candidate.
A lecture series called ‘Jurisprudence: A Guide through the Subject’ is offered annually in Hilary Term, in which several lecturers work in relay to provide a broad overview of major themes. Details of this and many other aspects of the course can be found on the Jurisprudence website
[less]
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
Moral and Political Philosophy
The aim of this course is to provide an introduction to the fundamental questions of moral philosophy and some central issues in political philosophy. The course is divided into two parts: Part A covering the nature of moral philosophy, and Part B dealing with the topics in political philosophy.
Part A takes a philosophical perspective on fundamental questions about the nature of morality. It asks whether moral values are (or can be) ‘objective’, or whether they are simply ‘subjective’ or ‘relative’, and what reason(s) we have (if any) to be moral. Part A also examines three of the most prominent approaches to the nature of morality—-consequentialism, deontology and virtue ethics. Finally, it raises questions about our relationship to morality: Do we really have the freedom to choose whether or not to act in the morally right way? Does morality always provide us with a permissible course of action?
Part B examines some central topics in political philosophy, namely, democracy, liberty, equality and justice.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
Jurisprudence is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honour School syllabus. The subject affords an opportunity to reflect in a disciplined and critical way on the structure and functions of law and legal institutions and systems, on the nature of legal reasoning and discourse, and/or on the connections between law and morality and/or between law and other human relationships and characteristics. In some places it would be called theory of law or philosophy of law.
The content of the course is therefore deliberately broad and flexible. College tutors offer widely differing ranges of topics and reading lists, and the examination therefore makes full allowance for the diversity of approaches and materials. (Knowing that the examiners change only incrementally the range of issues from which questions are drawn, and the kinds of questions posed, tutors have an eye to former examination papers in designing their reading lists).
For many years the examination has comprised sixteen questions from which candidates are invited to choose any three. While general, the questions are typically precise and pointed. What is looked for is the ability to bring closely to bear on them the student’s own thought, with appropriate reference both to books or articles within the domain and to other legal subjects studied by the candidate.
A lecture series called ‘Jurisprudence: A Guide through the Subject’ is offered annually in Hilary Term, in which several lecturers work in relay to provide a broad overview of major themes. Details of this and many other aspects of the course can be found on the Jurisprudence website
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
Theory of the nature, authority and legitimacy of constitutions. Topics include the historical origins and development of constitutional concepts; methods of separating the powers of governmental agencies; the ideal of the rule of law; institutional consequences of theories of democracy; the structure and function of legislatures and techniques for limiting their powers; the role of courts in review of legislation and executive action; the structure and operation of executive agencies; the framing and interpretation of written constitutions; the role of citizens and institutions in times of constitutional emergency; the nature and appropriate constitutional protection of basic rights; federalism and the constitutional implications of multiculturalism.
[less]
Jurisprudence and Political Theory
Students taking Jurisprudence and Political Theory have the opportunity to participate in wide-ranging but analytically precise discussions of the presuppositions and methods of legal, political and therefore also, to some extent, moral philosophy, and of related social theories in their bearing on the institutions, norms and methods of legal systems. The syllabus covers the concepts of law, legal system, legal right and legal obligation; the nature of adjudication and judicial discretion; the range and limits of law as a means of social control; the individual’s moral duty to obey the law; the individual’s moral rights against his or her government; and the justification of political (including judicial) authority. Much of, for example, Dworkin’s Law’s Empire, Raz’s The Morality of Freedom, and Finnis’s Aquinas was earlier presented and discussed in this course’s seminars, which provide a good context for critical testing of advanced work-in-progress. The seminars do not necessarily cover all of the topics mentioned in the syllabus, and of those covered some may be covered in much greater depth than others. Nevertheless the syllabus gives a good general indication of the field to which the seminars and the eventual list of examination essay topics relate.
The course is a philosophy course, and in that sense is a specialist rathar than a generalist pursuit. Through it students may expect to develop some of the skills and dispositions of professional philosophers. An acquaintance with some undergraduate-level jurisprudence is presupposed; those who enter on this course without having formally studied jurisprudence should prepare themselves by a careful reading of at least some of the following (or comparable) works: Hart, The Concept of Law, Dworkin, Taking Rights Seriously or Law’s Empire, Raz, The Authority of Law, or Finnis, Natural Law and Natural Rights. But this list should not lead anyone to think that, in the course itself, the topics to be discussed are narrowly ‘jurisprudential’ or that the authors to be read are narrowly ‘Oxford’. Students with an Oxford Jurisprudence background, and others, could well prepare for the course by careful reading of (for example) Rawls, A Theory of Justice or Political Liberalism, Nozick, Anarchy, State and Utopia, Raz, The Morality of Freedom, Nagel, Equality and Partiality, Cohen, Rescuing Justice and Equality, or Walzer, Spheres of Justice.
Seminars specifically designed for students on this course are convened by Dr J Dickson, Professor T A O Endicott, Dr P Eleftheriadis, Professor J M Finnis, Professor A M Honore, Professor J Gardner, Professor L Green, and Dr N Stavropoulos. However, those taking the paper are also encouraged to participate in seminars taking place elsewhere in the university, particularly in some of those advertised on the Philosophy Lecture List. The same holds for lectures. Those who are not conversant with the basics of political philosophy, in particular, should consider whether to attend lectures on the undergraduate courses in Ethics (see the Philosophy Lecture List) and the Theory of Politics (see the Politics Lecture List). Lectures from the undergraduate Jurisprudence course in the Law Faculty would also help those who need to be more familiar with the basics of legal philosophy.
This course is among those supported with detailed material on the Legal Philosophy in Oxford website
Four tutorials will be provided in HT, usually in groups of two or three. These are arranged by the teaching group and neither students nor college tutors need take any steps to organise them.
[less]
Philosophical Foundations of the Common Law
This course explores the principles which may be thought to underlie each of the three areas it is concerned with – contract, tort, and the criminal law – and the relations between them.
Do notions such as causation, intention and foresight, which figure in all three areas, lend them doctrinal unity, or do these branches of the law represent different (complementary or conflicting) principles? For example: can one or other of them be understood as embodying principles of corrective justice, while the others are based on considerations of distributive justice? Does the law, in these areas, reflect moral concerns, or pursue efficiency or some other goal, or is it the case that no underlying principles can be discerned? Does the law make sense only in the light of certain assumptions about the nature of persons (e.g. that they are rational choosers, that they are autonomous beings)? These are some of the issues explored in this course.
The course presupposes knowledge of the basic doctrines of contract, tort, and criminal law. While some philosophical background might be helpful, it is not essential.
The main teaching is by seminars. At least two but not necessarily all three of the areas identified in the syllabus (criminal law, torts, contracts) are covered in depth in any given academic year. Up to four tutorials are also provided, and these are arranged centrally via the seminars. The course is among those supported with detailed material on the Faculty's Jurisprudence website
[less]
MJur
Theory of the nature, authority and legitimacy of constitutions. Topics include the historical origins and development of constitutional concepts; methods of separating the powers of governmental agencies; the ideal of the rule of law; institutional consequences of theories of democracy; the structure and function of legislatures and techniques for limiting their powers; the role of courts in review of legislation and executive action; the structure and operation of executive agencies; the framing and interpretation of written constitutions; the role of citizens and institutions in times of constitutional emergency; the nature and appropriate constitutional protection of basic rights; federalism and the constitutional implications of multiculturalism.
[less]
Jurisprudence and Political Theory
Students taking Jurisprudence and Political Theory have the opportunity to participate in wide-ranging but analytically precise discussions of the presuppositions and methods of legal, political and therefore also, to some extent, moral philosophy, and of related social theories in their bearing on the institutions, norms and methods of legal systems. The syllabus covers the concepts of law, legal system, legal right and legal obligation; the nature of adjudication and judicial discretion; the range and limits of law as a means of social control; the individual’s moral duty to obey the law; the individual’s moral rights against his or her government; and the justification of political (including judicial) authority. Much of, for example, Dworkin’s Law’s Empire, Raz’s The Morality of Freedom, and Finnis’s Aquinas was earlier presented and discussed in this course’s seminars, which provide a good context for critical testing of advanced work-in-progress. The seminars do not necessarily cover all of the topics mentioned in the syllabus, and of those covered some may be covered in much greater depth than others. Nevertheless the syllabus gives a good general indication of the field to which the seminars and the eventual list of examination essay topics relate.
The course is a philosophy course, and in that sense is a specialist rathar than a generalist pursuit. Through it students may expect to develop some of the skills and dispositions of professional philosophers. An acquaintance with some undergraduate-level jurisprudence is presupposed; those who enter on this course without having formally studied jurisprudence should prepare themselves by a careful reading of at least some of the following (or comparable) works: Hart, The Concept of Law, Dworkin, Taking Rights Seriously or Law’s Empire, Raz, The Authority of Law, or Finnis, Natural Law and Natural Rights. But this list should not lead anyone to think that, in the course itself, the topics to be discussed are narrowly ‘jurisprudential’ or that the authors to be read are narrowly ‘Oxford’. Students with an Oxford Jurisprudence background, and others, could well prepare for the course by careful reading of (for example) Rawls, A Theory of Justice or Political Liberalism, Nozick, Anarchy, State and Utopia, Raz, The Morality of Freedom, Nagel, Equality and Partiality, Cohen, Rescuing Justice and Equality, or Walzer, Spheres of Justice.
Seminars specifically designed for students on this course are convened by Dr J Dickson, Professor T A O Endicott, Dr P Eleftheriadis, Professor J M Finnis, Professor A M Honore, Professor J Gardner, Professor L Green, and Dr N Stavropoulos. However, those taking the paper are also encouraged to participate in seminars taking place elsewhere in the university, particularly in some of those advertised on the Philosophy Lecture List. The same holds for lectures. Those who are not conversant with the basics of political philosophy, in particular, should consider whether to attend lectures on the undergraduate courses in Ethics (see the Philosophy Lecture List) and the Theory of Politics (see the Politics Lecture List). Lectures from the undergraduate Jurisprudence course in the Law Faculty would also help those who need to be more familiar with the basics of legal philosophy.
This course is among those supported with detailed material on the Legal Philosophy in Oxford website
Four tutorials will be provided in HT, usually in groups of two or three. These are arranged by the teaching group and neither students nor college tutors need take any steps to organise them.
[less]
Philosophical Foundations of the Common Law
This course explores the principles which may be thought to underlie each of the three areas it is concerned with – contract, tort, and the criminal law – and the relations between them.
Do notions such as causation, intention and foresight, which figure in all three areas, lend them doctrinal unity, or do these branches of the law represent different (complementary or conflicting) principles? For example: can one or other of them be understood as embodying principles of corrective justice, while the others are based on considerations of distributive justice? Does the law, in these areas, reflect moral concerns, or pursue efficiency or some other goal, or is it the case that no underlying principles can be discerned? Does the law make sense only in the light of certain assumptions about the nature of persons (e.g. that they are rational choosers, that they are autonomous beings)? These are some of the issues explored in this course.
The course presupposes knowledge of the basic doctrines of contract, tort, and criminal law. While some philosophical background might be helpful, it is not essential.
The main teaching is by seminars. At least two but not necessarily all three of the areas identified in the syllabus (criminal law, torts, contracts) are covered in depth in any given academic year. Up to four tutorials are also provided, and these are arranged centrally via the seminars. The course is among those supported with detailed material on the Faculty's Jurisprudence website
[less]
People
Philosophy of Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
John Gardner: Professor of Jurisprudence and
Leslie Green: Professor of the Philosophy of Law
in conjunction with:
Andrew Ashworth, QC: Vinerian Professor of English Law
Nicholas Bamforth: CUF Lecturer
Nicholas Barber: CUF Lecturer
Mindy Chen-Wishart: Reader in Contract Law
Julie Dickson:
Sionaidh Douglas-Scott: Professor of European and Human Rights Law
Pavlos Eleftheriadis: University Lecturer in Law
Timothy Endicott: Dean of the Faculty and Professor of Legal Philosophy
John Finnis: Professor
Denis Galligan: Professor of Socio-Legal Studies
Imogen Goold: CUF Lecturer
James Goudkamp: CUF Lecturer
Noam Gur: Shaw Foundation Fellow in Law, Lincoln College
Aileen Kavanagh: Reader in Law
Tarunabh Khaitan: Penningtons Student in Law, Christ Church
Dori Kimel: Reader in Legal Philosophy
Maris Köpcke Tinturé: Fellow in Law, Worcester College (Lecturer in Law, Brasenose College)
Grant Lamond: University Lecturer in Legal Philosophy
Henry Mares: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
Peter Mirfield: CUF Lecturer
Edwin Simpson: CUF Lecturer
Nicos Stavropoulos: University Lecturer in Legal Theory
Shlomit Wallerstein: CUF Lecturer
Rebecca Williams: CUF Lecturer
Alison L Young: CUF Lecturer
Lucia Zedner: Professor of Criminal Justice
assisted by:
Miriam G Rodgers: MSt student
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Joseph Raz: Emeritus Research Professor
[top]
Principles of Financial Regulation
Publications
D Awrey, Complexity, Innovation and the Regulation of Modern Financial Markets (2012) Harvard Business Law Review [forthcoming]
D Awrey, Regulating Financial Innovation: A More Principles-based Alternative? (2011) 5:2 Brooklyn Journal of Corporate, Financial and Commercial Law 273
D Awrey, The Limits of EU Hedge Fund Regulation (2011) 5:2 Law and Financial Markets Review 119
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
Principles of Financial Regulation
Financial regulation is subject to rapid change, and its optimal content is hotly debated. This course will introduce you to the underlying principles which various forms of financial regulation seek to implement. The focus is on the financing of firms and their interaction with capital markets. Students completing this course will be able to understand the regulatory goals of market efficiency, investor protection, financial stability and competition, and the principal regulatory strategies that are employed to try to bring these about in relation to financial markets and financial institutions. The course will conclude with a consideration of the structure of financial regulators, both at the domestic and international level. Students having taken the course will be able to assess critically new developments in financial regulation and their implementation in novel contexts.The course is co-taught by Professor John Armour, Mr Dan Awrey, Professor Paul Davies, Professor Colin Mayer and Ms Jennifer Payne
[less]
MJur
Principles of Financial Regulation
Financial regulation is subject to rapid change, and its optimal content is hotly debated. This course will introduce you to the underlying principles which various forms of financial regulation seek to implement. The focus is on the financing of firms and their interaction with capital markets. Students completing this course will be able to understand the regulatory goals of market efficiency, investor protection, financial stability and competition, and the principal regulatory strategies that are employed to try to bring these about in relation to financial markets and financial institutions. The course will conclude with a consideration of the structure of financial regulators, both at the domestic and international level. Students having taken the course will be able to assess critically new developments in financial regulation and their implementation in novel contexts.The course is co-taught by Professor John Armour, Mr Dan Awrey, Professor Paul Davies, Professor Colin Mayer and Ms Jennifer Payne
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
Principles of Financial Regulation
Financial regulation is subject to rapid change, and its optimal content is hotly debated. This course will introduce you to the underlying principles which various forms of financial regulation seek to implement. The focus is on the financing of firms and their interaction with capital markets. Students completing this course will be able to understand the regulatory goals of market efficiency, investor protection, financial stability and competition, and the principal regulatory strategies that are employed to try to bring these about in relation to financial markets and financial institutions. The course will conclude with a consideration of the structure of financial regulators, both at the domestic and international level. Students having taken the course will be able to assess critically new developments in financial regulation and their implementation in novel contexts.The course is co-taught by Professor John Armour, Mr Dan Awrey, Professor Paul Davies, Professor Colin Mayer and Ms Jennifer Payne
[less]
People
Principles of Financial Regulation teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
John Armour: Hogan Lovells Professor of Law and Finance
in conjunction with:
Dan Awrey: University Lecturer in Law & Finance
Paul Davies: Allen & Overy Professor of Corporate Law
Jennifer Payne: Professor of Corporate Finance Law
[top]
Public International Law
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Thursday 24 May 2012 Week 5
- Public International Law Discussion Group
Domestic Application of Treaties - Speaker: Professor David Sloss, Santa Clara University
New College Lecture Room 6 at 12:30
June 2012
Thursday 14 June Week 8
- Oxford Transitional Justice Research
Apology, Utopia and Other Catch‐22s: Why Criticism of the ICC is Fun, Popular… and Inevitable - Speaker: Professor Darryl Robinson, Queen's University, Canada
New College Lecture Room 6 at 12:30
News
2012-13 University Traineeship Programme at the International Court of Justice: Funded Internship
The Public International Law Group is delighted to announce that the Oxford Law Faculty has been invited by the International Court of Justice to propose names for an internship on the University Traineeship Programme established by the Court. [more…]
PIL student leads in AJIL
The lead article in the July 2011 issue of the American Journal of International Law is by one of our current DPhil students, Claus D. Zimmermann. [more…]
University Traineeship Programme at the International Court of Justice
In 2010 Ernesto Feliz was awarded an internship at the International Court of Justice. [more…]
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 132 Public International Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2013
D Sarooshi, 'The Separation of Powers of Government and the Immunities of States and International Organizations from National Courts: The Role of Non-Justiciability as a Mediating Principle' (2013) (forthcoming)
2012
D Akande, The Effect of Security Council Resolutions and Domestic Proceedings on State Obligations to Cooperate with the ICC (2012) 10 Journal of International Criminal Justice 299
The article considers whether the obligations of states, which have been referred to the International Criminal Court (ICC) by the United Nations Security Council, are the same as the cooperation obligations of states parties to the ICC Statute. It is argued that despite the lack of clarity in the resolutions referring the situation in Darfur and in Libya to the ICC, the better view is that the obligation imposed on Sudan and Libya to ‘cooperate fully’ with the ICC should be regarded as an obligation to cooperate in accordance with the provisions of the ICC Statute. This means that those states are entitled to benefit from those limited provisions of the ICC Statute that permit a refusal to cooperate with the Court or permit the state to postpone the execution of a request by the Court for assistance. The article also considers the interaction between the obligations of states to cooperate with the ICC and domestic proceedings against those sought for ICC prosecution. It considers the extent to which the obligation of cooperation may be suspended by an admissibility challenge and addresses whether the permission to suspend the obligation of cooperation may extend to a suspension of the obligation to surrender an accused person to the ICC.
J Dill, 'Should international law ensure the moral acceptability of war?' (2012) Leiden Journal of International Law (forthcoming)
Jeff McMahan’s challenge to the longstanding orthodoxy about the right way to conduct war has fallen on fertile grounds because it is an attempt to apply to the use of force between states a moral standard whose pertinence to international relations is decreasingly contestable and which regulation by international law (IL) is, therefore, under pressure to afford: the preservation of individual rights. This compelling endeavour is at an impasse given the admission of many ethicists that it is currently impossible for international humanitarian law (IHL) to regulate killing in war with a view to individuals’ liability. IHL’s failure to consistently protect individual rights, specifically its shortfall compared to human rights law, has led to challenges also by international lawyers. This paper identifies the features of war that ground the inability of IL to regulate it to a level of moral acceptability and characterises such situations as presenting an epistemically cloaked forced choice regarding the preservation of individual rights. Commitment to the above moral standard then means that IL should not prejudge the outcome of such quintessential wars and must, somewhat paradoxically, diverge from morality. In showing that many confrontations between states inevitably take the form of such epistemically cloaked forced choices, the paper contests the argument by revisionist just war theories that the failure of IL to track a deep morality of war is merely a function of contingent institutional desiderata. Symmetrical IHL with its current moral limitations has a continuing role to play in international relations.
Paparinskis, Investment Law of/for/before the 21st Century (2012) 25 Leiden Journal of International Law 225
2011
D Akande, C. Jalloh and M. du Plessis, Assessing the African Union Concerns about Article 16 of the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court (2011) 4 African Journal of Legal Studies 5
This article assesses the African Union’s (AU) concerns about Article 16 of the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court (ICC). It seeks to articulate a clearer picture of the law and politics of deferrals within the context of the AU’s repeated calls to the United Nations Security Council (UNSC, or the Council) to invoke Article 16 to suspend the processes initiated by the ICC against President Omar Al Bashir of Sudan. The UNSC’s failure to accede to the AU request led African States to formally withhold cooperation from the ICC in respect to the arrest and surrender of the Sudanese leader. Given the AU’s continued concerns, and the current impasse, fundamental questions have arisen about the Council’s authority to exercise, or not exercise, its deferral power. This culminated into a November 2009 African proposal for an amendment to the Rome Statute to empower the UN General Assembly to act should the UNSC fail to act on a deferral request after six months. Although ICC States Parties have so far shown limited public support for the AU’s proposed amendment to the deferral provision, this article examines its merits because a failure to engage the “Article 16 problem” could impact international accountability efforts in the Sudan, and further damage the ICC’s credibility in Africa. This unresolved issue also has wider significance given that the matters underlying the tension – how ICC prosecutions may be reconciled with peacemaking initiatives and the role and power of the Council in ICC business – will likely arise in future situations from around the world.
I Papanicolopulu, On the interaction between law and science: considerations on the ongoing process of regulating underwater acoustic pollution (2011) 1 Aegean Review of the Law of the Sea and Maritime Law 247
DOI: 10.1007/s12180-011-0018-6
Scientific and technological development necessitates often legal regulation, to be achieved through an interaction between science and law during the decision-making process. Taking as an example the case of underwater noise pollution, the examination of which is underway in many international organisations with a view towards its regulation, the article proposes to comment upon some aspects of this interaction. It is finally submitted that law provides sufficient legal principles and institutionalised frameworks for cooperation, which however have not been sufficiently put in use so far.
I Papanicolopulu and E Milano, State Responsibility in Disputed Areas on Land and at Sea (2011) 71 Zeitschrift für ausländisches öffentliches Recht und Völkerrecht - Heidelberg Journal of International Law 587
Starting from the observation that traditionally the law of State responsibility has hardly interacted with the law applicable to territorial and boundary disputes, the article examines how these two fields of international law may relate in the case of State action in contested areas, be they terrestrial or marine. Assessing recent international practice, particularly the case law of the International Court of Justice and arbitral tribunals, and differentiating between land and maritime disputes, it identifies the primary obligations incumbent upon States when acting in contested areas – relating to State sovereignty and sovereign rights, ius ad bellum, ius in bello, procedural obligations pending the final settlement of the dispute – and it examines the consequences of the breach of those primary norms, in terms of secondary obligations, as well as third States’ duties and obligations. The legal framework specifically created for disputed maritime areas by Art. 74 para. 3 UNCLOS and Art. 83 para. 3 UNCLOS, including its implications for land disputes, is specifically analysed. The authors submit that, at a time of increasingly pro-active policies and robust actions taken by States in contested areas, more attention should be devoted to the extent to which the law of State responsibility, especially with regard to relevant forms of reparation, has to adapt to the content and scope of primary norms applicable to that specific context
I Papanicolopulu, Submission to Arbitration of the Dispute on the Marine Protected Area around the Chagos Archipelago (2011) 26 The International Journal of Marine and Coastal Law 667–678
Paparinskis, MFN Clauses and International Dispute Settlement: Moving Beyond Maffezini and Plama? (2011) 26 ICSID Review - Foreign Investment Law Journal 14
A Russell, 'Incorporating Social Rights in Development: Transnational Corporations and the Right to Water' (2011) 7 International Journal of Law in Context 1
2010
D Akande, Clearing the Fog of War? The ICRC's Interpretive Guidance on Direct Participation in Hostilities (2010) 59 International and Comparative Law Quarterly 180
D Akande and Sangeeta Shah, Immunities of State Officials, International Crimes and Foreign Domestic Courts (2010) 21 European Journal of International Law 815
DOI: 10.1093/ejil/chq080
This article examines the extent to which state officials are subject to prosecution in foreign domestic courts for international crimes. We consider the different types of immunity that international law accords to state officials, the reasons for the conferment of this immunity and whether they apply in cases in which it is alleged that the official has committed an international crime. We argue that personal immunity (immunity ratione personae) continues to apply even where prosecution is sought for international crimes. Also we consider that instead of a single category of personal immunity there are in fact two types of such immunity and that one type extends beyond senior officials such as the Head of State and Head of Government. Most of the article deals with functional immunity (immunity ratione materiae). We take the view that this type of immunity does not apply in the case of domestic prosecution of foreign officials for most international crimes. However, we reject the traditional arguments which have been put forward by scholars and courts in support of this view. Instead we consider the key to understanding when functional immunity is available lies in examining how jurisdiction is conferred on domestic courts.
V Moreno Lax, 'The EU Regime on Interdiction, Search and Rescue, and Disembarkation: The Frontex Guidelines for Intervention at Sea' (2010) 25(4) The International Journal of Marine and Coastal Law 621-635.
Paparinskis, The Limits of Depoliticisation in Contemporary Investor-State Arbitration (2010) 3 Select Proceedings of the European Society of International Law 271
A Russell, 'International Organizations and Human Rights: Resisting, Realizing or Repackaging the Right to Water?' (2010) 9 Journal of Human Rights 1
D Sarooshi, '‘The Recourse to the Use of Force by the United Nations’' (2010) 104 American Society of International Law Proceedings 1
2009
D Akande, The Legal Nature of the Security Council Referrals to the ICC and its Impact on Al Bashirs Immunities (2009) 7 Journal of International Criminal Justice 333
DOI: 10.1093/jicj/mqp034
This article considers whether states are obliged or permitted to arrest Sudanese President Omar al Bashir pursuant to a warrant of arrest issued by the International Criminal Court (ICC). The article considers the extent to which the ICC Statute removes immunities which would ordinarily be available to state officials. It is argued that the removal of the immunity by Article 27 of the ICC Statute applies also at the national level, when national authorities act in support of the ICC. The article examines the application of Article 98 of the ICC Statute and considers the legal nature of Security Council referrals to the ICC. It is argued that the effect of the Security Council referral is that Sudan is to be regarded as bound by the ICC Statute and thus by Article 27. Given that the Statute operates in this case not as a treaty but by virtue of being a Security Council resolution, the removal of immunity operates even with regard to non-parties. However, since any (implicit) removal of immunity by the Security Council would conflict with customary international law and treaty rules according immunity to a serving head of state, the article considers the application of Article 103 of the United Nations (UN) Charter in this case.
J Dill, 'The Definition of a legitimate target of attack: Not more than a moral plea?' (2009) 103 Proceedings of Annual Meeting (American Society of International Law)
Paparinskis, Investment Protection Law and Sources of Law: A Critical Look (2009) 103 ASIL Proceedings 76
2008
Paparinskis, Barcelona Traction - A Friend of Investment Protection Law (2008) Baltic Yearbook of International Law 105
Paparinskis, Investment Arbitration and the Law of Countermeasures (2008) 79 British Yearbook of International Law 264
A Russell and M Langford, 'Global Precedent' or 'Reasonable No More'?: The Mazibuko Case' (2008) 19 Journal of Water Law 73
D Sarooshi, 'The Role of Domestic Public Law Analogies in the Law of International Organizations' (2008) 5 International Organizations Law Review 237
2007
D Akande, Are there Limits to the Powers of the Security Council? in Old Questions and New Challenges for the UN Security System (2007) V Journal of International Law and Policy
2006
D Sarooshi, 'The Move from Institutions: the case of the WTO' (2006) 100 American Society of International Law Proceedings 298
2005
A Russell, 'Towards an International Right to Water' (2005) 14 Human Rights Defender 10
D Sarooshi, The Future of the WTO and its Dispute Settlement System (2005) 2(1) International Organizations Law Review 129
2004
A V Lowe, M. Fitzmaurice and O. Elias, 'Northern European Co-operation regarding Watercourses' (2004) Watercourse Co-operation in Northern Europe/TMC Asser Press 95
A V Lowe, 'The Place of Dr Thomas Baty in the International Law Studies of the 20th Century' (2004) The Commemorative Seminar for Dr Thomas Baty: Contributions of Dr Thomas Baty and Their Reappraisal/University of Tokyo
D Sarooshi, 'Conferrals by States of Powers on International Organizations: The Case of Agency' (2004) 74 The British Year Book of International Law 291
D Sarooshi, 'The Essentially Contested Nature of the Concept of Sovereignty: Implications for the Exercise by International Organizations of Delegated Powers of Government' (2004) 25 Michigan Journal of International Law 1107
D Sarooshi, 'The Landmark WTO US v. Mexico case' (2004) 36 Commonwealth Secretariat Trade Topics 1
D Sarooshi and R. Volterra, 'The WTO and the Importance of International Law for Business' (2004) March Special Feature – WTO, European Lawyer 27
D Sarooshi, '‘Sovereignty, Economic Autonomy, the United States, and the International Trading System: Representations of a Relationship’' (2004) 15(4) European Journal of International Law 651
D Sarooshi, '‘The Nature of the Concept of Sovereignty: Implications for the Exercise by International Organizations of Powers of Government’' (2004) 25 Michigan Journal of International Law 1107
2003
D Akande, The Jurisdiction of the International Criminal Court over Nationals of Non-Parties: Legal Basis and Limits (2003) (2003)1 Journal of International Criminal Justice 618
This article examines the jurisdiction of the International Criminal Court (ICC) over nationals of states not party to the ICC Statute. The article first addresses the US argument that the exercise of ICC jurisdiction over nationals of non-parties without the consent of that non-party would be contrary to international law. The author considers the principles which support the delegation of criminal jurisdiction by states to international tribunals and discusses the precedents for such delegations. It is further argued that the exercise of ICC jurisdiction over acts done pursuant to the official policy of a non-party state would not be contrary to the principle requiring consent for the exercise of jurisdiction by international tribunals. Finally, the article explores the limits to the jurisdiction of the ICC over non-party nationals. In particular, the article addresses the circumstances in which ICC parties are precluded from surrendering nationals of non-parties to the ICC.
A V Lowe and others, 'The International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea: Survey for 2002' (2003) Vol 18, No. 4, 2003 International Journal of Marine and Coastal Law 447
A V Lowe, 'The Iraq Crisis: What Now?' (2003) 52(4) International and Comparative Law Quarterly 859
A V Lowe, 'The Rule of Law: Thinking of an Order in the International Society' (2003) 177(2003) Gaiko Forum 24
2002
C Harvey, 'The Prosecution of Crimes of War Committed in the former Yugoslavia: A Critical Analysis of the Role of the National Courts of Selected European States' (2002) 41 Military Law and the Law of War Review 169
A V Lowe, 'The International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea: Survey for 2001' (2002) Vol 17, 2001 International Journal of Marine and Coastal Law 463
A Russell, 'Why Canada Should be Hesitant to Follow the United States and European Approach to Implementing the 1996 WIPO Copyright Treaty' (2002) 20 CPR 315
2001
A V Lowe, 'The International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea: Survey for 2000' (2001) Vol 16, 2001 International Journal of Marine and Coastal Law 549
D Sarooshi, 'Command Responsibility and the Blaskic case' (2001) 50 ICLQ 452
D Sarooshi, '‘Aspects of the Relationship between the International Criminal Court and the United Nations’' (2001) 32 Netherlands Yearbook of International Law 27
2000
D Sarooshi, 'The Role of the UN Secretary-General in UN Peace-Keeping' (2000) 20 Australian Yearbook of International Law 279
D Sarooshi, '‘The UN and the Establishment of Peace’' (2000) 53 Current Legal Problems 621
1999
D Sarooshi, '‘The Statute of the International Criminal Court’' (1999) 48 ICLQ 387
D Sarooshi, '‘What Role For NATO in the Maintenance of Peace?’' (1999) 52 Current Legal Problems 473
K S Ziegler, 'Book review: Gerald Schmitz, Tibet und das Selbstbestimmungsrecht der Völker, Berlin 1998' (1999) Juristische Rundschau 482
1998
D Akande, The Competence of International Organizations and the Advisory Jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice (1998) 8 European Journal of International Law 437
D Sarooshi, 'The Powers of the United Nations International Criminal Tribunals' (1998) 2 Max Planck Yearbook of UN Law 141
K S Ziegler, 'Bookreview: Christian Scherer-Leydecker, Minderheiten und sonstige ethnische Gruppen. Eine Studie zur kulturellen Identität im Völkerrecht, Berlin 1997' (1998) Europa Ethnica 176
1997
D Akande, 'The International Court of Justice and the Security Council: Is there Room for Judicial Control of Decisions of the Political Organs of the United Nations' (1997) 46 International and Comparative Law Quarterly 309
1996
D Akande, 'The Legal Imperatives toward Supranationalism Inherent in the Process of Economic Integration' (1996) 8 Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the African Society of International and Comparative Law 103
D Akande, 'The Role of the International Court of Justice in the Maintenance of International Peace' (1996) 8 African Journal of International and Comparative Law 592
D Sarooshi, 'The Legal Framework Governing United Nations Subsidiary Organs' (1996) 67 The British Year Book of International Law 413
1994
D Akande, S. Davis, M. Guerts and T. Doyle, 'New Trends in United Nations Peacekeeping" - a section in “Recent Developments in International Law 1993' (1994) European Law Students’ Association Law Review 71
Books
2012
Paparinskis, Basic Documents on International Investment Protection (Hart Publishing 2012) (forthcoming)
Paparinskis, The International Minimum Standard and Fair and Equitable Treatment (Oxford University Press 2012) (forthcoming)
D Sarooshi, Responsibility and Remedies for the Unlawful Acts of International Organizations (D Sarooshi, Martinus Nijhoff, Hague Academy of International Law Imprint 2012) (forthcoming)
2009
A V Lowe and with S.A.G. Talmon, Basic Documents on the Law of the Sea: The Legal Order of the Oceans (Hart Publishing 2009)
This compendium of documents brings together, for the first time in an affordable format, the essential documents needed to gain a thorough knowledge of the laws of the sea. There has been a long felt need for such a collection to provide students, scholars and practitioners with a working library of the key materials. This collection integrates documents of the International Maritime Organisation (which are not available anywhere on the web in consolidated form), of regional fisheries organizations, security related documents, treaties concerning resource exploitation, environmental protection measures and much more, into the framework created by the Law of the Sea Convention. The book is aimed at teachers and practitioners in the area and can be used as a class room companion for law of the sea courses.
ISBN: 1841138231/97818411
2007
D Sarooshi, International Organizations and Their Exercise of Sovereign Powers (OUP: Oxford Monographs in International Law Series 2007)
2005
I Papanicolopulu, Il confine marino: unità o pluralità? (The Maritime boundary: one or multiple?) (Giuffrè Editore 2005)
D Sarooshi, International Organizations and Their Exercise of Sovereign Powers (Oxford Monographs in International Law Series) (OUP 2005)
This 2005 hardback edition of this book was awarded the 2006 Myres S. McDougal Prize by the American Society for Policy Sciences, and also the 2006 American Society of International Law book prize (Preeminent Contribution to Creative Scholarship).
ISBN: 978-0-19-922577-4
2004
D Sarooshi and M.Fitzmaurice, Issues of State Responsibility before International Judicial Institutions (Clifford Chance Series Volume VII 2004)
2000
D Sarooshi, United Nations and the Development of Collective Security: the Delegation by the UN Security Council of its Chapter VII Powers (OUP 2000)
Chapters
2013
D Sarooshi, 'Sovereignty and its Limitations: the Curious Case of International Organizations' in R. Rawlings, P. Leyland, and A. Young (eds), Sovereignty in Question ( 2013) (forthcoming)
D Sarooshi, 'The Protection of Human Rights by the UN Security Council' in Sir Nigel Rodley and Scott Sheeran (eds), Routledge Handbook of International Human Rights Law (Routledge Publishers 2013) (forthcoming)
D Sarooshi, 'UN Security Council Mandates to Use Force' in M. Weller (ed), Oxford Handbook on the Prohibition of the Use of Force (Oxford University Press 2013) (forthcoming)
2012
D Akande, Classification of Armed Conflicts: Relevant Legal Concepts in Wilmshurst (ed), International Law and the Classification of Conflicts (Oxford University Press 2012) (forthcoming)
International humanitarian law governs the conduct of participants in an armed conflict. In order to determine whether it applies to situations of violence it is necessary to assess first of all whether the situation amounts to an ‘armed conflict’. However, international humanitarian law does not recognize a unitary concept of armed conflict but, rather, recognizes two types of armed conflicts: international and non-international. This chapter examines the history of the distinction between these two categories of armed conflict, the consequences of the distinction and whether it still has validity. The chapter then discusses legal concepts relevant to the two categories, including the differences between a non-international conflict and other violence, extraterritorial hostilities by one State against a non-state armed group and conflicts in which multinational forces are engaged. All these concepts are relevant to the understanding of the case studies which are the focus of the rest of the book.
ISBN: 978-0-19-965775-9
V Moreno Lax, 'The “Safe Third Country” Notion Revisited: An Appraisal in light of General International Rules on the Law of Treaties' in G S Goodwin-Gill (ed), 2010 Study Session, The Hague Academy of International Law (The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, 2012) (forthcoming)
I Papanicolopulu, Mediterranean Sea in R Wolfrum (ed), The Max Planck Encyclopedia of Public International Law (Oxford University Press 2012)
Paparinskis, Inherent Powers of ICSID Tribunals: Broad and Rightly So in Ian Laird and Todd Weiler (eds), Investment Treaty Arbitration and International Law (Juris Publishing 2012) (forthcoming)
Paparinskis, Latvia in Chester Brown and Devashish Krishan (eds), Commentaries on Selected Model Investment Treaties (Oxford University Press 2012) (forthcoming)
Paparinskis, Sapphire Arbitration in Rüdiger Wolfrum (ed), Max Planck Encyclopaedia of Public International Law (Oxford University Press 2012)
Paparinskis, Sources of Law and Arbitral Interpretations of Pari Materia Investment Protection Rules in Ole Kristian Fauchald and Andre Nollkaemper (eds), The Practice of International and National Courts and the (De-)Fragmentation of International Law (Hart Publishing 2012)
D Sarooshi, 'A Conceptual Framework for the Responsibility of International Organizations' in D. Sarooshi (ed), Responsibility and Remedies for the Unlawful Acts of International Organizations (Martinus Nijhoff, Hague Academy of International Law Imprint 2012) (forthcoming)
D Sarooshi, 'The United Nations Security Council' in J. Krieger, et al (eds), The Oxford Companion to International Relations (Oxford University Press 2012) (forthcoming)
2011
I Papanicolopulu, T Scovazzi and G Francalanci, Albania-Greece in Colson & Smith (eds), International Maritime Boundaries (Martinus Nijhoff Publishers 2011)
I Papanicolopulu, T Scovazzi and G Francalanci, Cyprus-Egypt in Colson & Smith (eds), International Maritime Boundaries (Martinus Nijhoff Publishers 2011)
I Papanicolopulu, The European Union and the Regulation of Underwater Noise Pollution in Vidas & Schei (eds), The World Ocean in Globalization: Challenges and Responses (Brill 2011)
Paparinskis, Equivalent Primary Rules and Differential Secondary Rules: Countermeasures in WTO and Investment Protection Law in Tomer Broude and Yuval Shany (eds), Multi-Sourced Equivalent Norms in International Law (Hart Publishing 2011)
Paparinskis, Investment Treaty Interpretation and Customary Investment Law: Preliminary Remarks in Chester Brown and Kate Miles (eds), Evolution in Investment Treaty Law and Arbitration (Cambridge University Press 2011)
Paparinskis, Regulatory Expropriation and Sustainable Development in Markus W Gehring, Marie-Claire Cordonier Segger, Andrew Newcombe (eds), Sustainable Development in World Investment Law (Kluwer Law International 2011)
A Russell and S McCaffrey, 'Tapping Transboundary Waters: Implications of the Right to Water for States Sharing International Watercourses' in A Russell & M Langford (eds), The Right to Water: Theory, Practice and Prospects (CUP 2011)
A Russell, 'The Emergence of the Human Right to Water: Interdisciplinary Intersections' in The Right to Water: Theory, Practice and Prospects (CUP 2011)
2010
J Dill, 'Puntland’s declaration of autonomy and Somaliland’s secession: two quests for self-governance in a failed state' in Marc Weller and Katherine Nobbs (eds), Asymmetric autonomy as a tool in ethnic conflict settlement (University of Pennsylvania Press 2010)
TAO Endicott, '‘The Logic of Freedom and Power’ ' in Samantha Besson and John Tasioulas (eds), The Philosophy of International Law (Oxford University Press 2010)
A state is sovereign if it has complete power within its political community, and complete external freedom. It may seem that the idea of sovereignty is incoherent, or that sovereignty is objectionable, because of a paradox and two moral principles. The paradox is that a sovereign state must be capable of binding itself and also must not be capable of binding itself. The moral principles are that no state can justly have complete freedom internally, and that a state ought to be bound in international law by rules that it has not agreed to, such as norms of ius cogens. I argue that the paradox is only apparent, and that the moral principles are compatible with state sovereignty. So the idea of sovereignty is a coherent idea, and sovereignty is a potentially valuable feature of states in international law. Sovereignty is to be understood as internal power and external freedom that are complete for the purposes of a good state.
ISBN: 0199208573
A V Lowe, 'Private Disputes and the Public Interest in International Law' in D. French, M. Saul and N.D. White (eds), International Law and Dispute Settlement (Hart Publishing 2010)
2009
D Akande, 'Arrest Warrant Case”; “Pius Nwaoga v. The State' in Cassese, Akande, et al (eds), Oxford Companion to International Criminal Justice (OUP 2009)
D Akande, Civil Remedies for International Crimes in Cassese, Akande, et al. (eds), Oxford Companion to International Criminal Justice (OUP 2009)
D Akande, '“The Protective Principle”; “The Active Nationality Principle”; “The Passive Personality Principle”; “The Territoriality Principle”' in Cassese, Akande, et al (eds), Oxford Companion to International Criminal Justice (OUP 2009)
A V Lowe, 'Shadows in the Cave: The Nature of International Law when it Appears before English Courts' in K.H. Kaikobad & M. Bohlander (eds), Essays in Honor of Colin Warbrick: International Law & Power, Perspectives on Legal Order & Justice (Martinus Nijhoff Publishers 2009)
Paparinskis, Piracy in Antonio Cassese and others (eds), Oxford Companion to International Criminal Justice (Oxford University Press 2009)
K S Ziegler, Domaine Resérvé in R Wolfrum (ed), Encyclopedia of Public International Law (Oxford, OUP 2009)
2008
D Akande, 'Act of State Doctrine' in P. Cane (ed), The New Oxford Companion to Law (OUP 2008)
D Sarooshi, 'International Economic Law' in P. Cane and J. Conaghan (eds), The New Oxford Companion to Law (Oxford University Press 2008)
D Sarooshi, 'The Security Council’s Authorization of Regional Arrangements to Use Force' in V. Lowe, A. Roberts, and J. Welsh (eds), The United Nations Security Council and War (Oxford University Press 2008)
D Sarooshi, 'The World Trade Organization' in P. Cane and J. Conaghan (eds), The New Oxford Companion to Law (Oxford University Press 2008)
K S Ziegler, Jay Treaty (1794) in R Wolfrum (ed), Encyclopedia of Public International Law (Oxford, OUP 2008)
K S Ziegler, 'Patrimonio culturale e diritti umani' in Centro Internazionale di Studi Gentiliani (ed), Alberico Gentili: La salvaguardia dei beni culturali nel diritto internazionale (Milano, Giuffrè 2008)
Abstract: Also published in English ‘Cultural Heritage and Human Rights’ as Oxford Legal Studies Research Paper No. 26/2007, (SSRN).
2006
D Akande, The Application of International Law Immunities in Prosecutions for International Crimes in Harrington, Milde & Vernon (eds), Bringing Power to Justice? The Prospects of the International Criminal Court (McGill-Queens University Press 2006)
D Sarooshi, 'International Criminal Justice: An Institutional Future?' in M. Cohen (ed), La promotion de la justice, des droits de l’homme et du règlement des conflits par le droit international ( 2006)
2005
A Russell and A Khalfan, 'The Recognition of the Right to Water in South Africa's Legal Order' in H Smets (ed), The Right to Water in Africa and Europe (Académie de l'eau Paris 2005)
Judge R. Higgins DBE, QC and D Sarooshi, 'Institutional Modes of Conflict Management' in J. Norton Moore, F. Tipson, and R. Turner (eds), National Security Law (Carolina Academic Press 2005)
2003
D Akande, 'The Role of the International Court of Justice in the Maintenance of International Peace' in N. White (ed), Collective Security Law (Ashgate 2003)
This publication reproduces, in a collection of seminal works on collective security, an article first published in (1996) 8 African Journal of International Comparative Law. The chapter examiners the role and record of the international court in the settlement of disputes which are likely to affect international peace.
A V Lowe and others, 'Comments on Chapters 16 and 17' in M. Byers & G. Nolte (eds), United States Hegemony and the Foundations of International Law (Cambridge University Press 2003)
2002
A V Lowe, 'Foreword' in Michael Likosky (ed), Transnational Legal Processes: Globalisation and Power Disparities (Butterworths 2002)
0
D Sarooshi, 'The United Nations Security Council' in J. Krieger, M. Crahan, C. Murphy, and A. Kaya (eds), The Oxford Companion to International Relations ( 0)
Edited books
2011
A Russell and A Russell (eds), The Right to Water: Theory, Practice and Prospects (CUP 2011)
2010
G S Goodwin-Gill, Sir Ian Brownlie CBE QC and Guy S. Goodwin-Gill (eds), Brownlie's Documents on Human Rights (Oxford: Oxford University Press 2010)
An extensive updated collection of key documents covering all elements of the subject, plus commentary and bibliographic annotation. Organized by reference to UN instruments, UN sponsored conventions, ILO, UNESCO, and regional instruments.
ISBN: 978-0-19-956404-0
2009
D Akande (ed), Oxford Companion to International Criminal Justice (Oxford University Press 2009)
The Oxford Companion to International Criminal Justice is the first major reference work to provide a complete overview of this emerging field. Its nearly 1100 pages are divided into three sections. In the first part, 21 essays by leading thinkers offer a comprehensive survey of issues and debates surrounding international humanitarian law, international criminal law, and their enforcement. The second part is arranged alphabetically, containing 320 entries on doctrines, procedures, institutions and personalities. The final part contains over 400 case summaries on different trials from international and domestic courts dealing with war crimes, crimes against humanity, genocide, torture, and terrorism. With analysis and commentary on every aspect of international criminal justice, this Companion is designed to be the first port of call for scholars and practitioners interested in current developments in international justice.
ISBN: 978-0-19-923832-3
Internet Publications
2012
D Akande, Several short pieces, notes and comments on EJIL:Talk! (2012) Blog of the European Journal of International Law
2011
D Akande, The Genocide Convention and the Obligation of Cooperation with the International Criminal Court (2011) UCLA Human Rights and International Criminal Law Online Forum (2011)
The International Court of Justice (ICJ) has held that Article VI of the Genocide Convention imposes an implicit obligation on Contracting Parties to cooperate with an “international penal tribunal” that has jurisdiction over persons charged with genocide. Although it was envisaged in the drafting of the Convention that acceptance of such jurisdiction would occur by treaty, the ICC is to be regarded as a competent international penal tribunal under the Genocide Convention even in cases where the ICC exercises jurisdiction on the basis of a Security Council referral. This creates an obligation on parties to cooperate with the ICC where an accused person is charged with genocide. However, under the jurisprudence of the ICJ this obligation of cooperation only arises where the contracting party in question has not only accepted the jurisdiction of the tribunal but also has a pre-existing obligation to cooperate. Applying this precedent would mean that in the Bashir case, only those States that are parties to the ICC Statute have an obligation of cooperation under the Genocide Convention. However, a teleological interpretation of the Convention would permit use of the Genocide Convention as a basis for creating an obligation of cooperation for non-parties since they must be deemed to have accepted the jurisdiction of the ICC over the case by virtue of a binding Security Council resolution conferring such jurisdiction. Relying on the Genocide Convention as a basis for a cooperation would open up alternative arguments allowing ICC parties (and non-parties if the teleological interpretation were adopted) to bypass immunities otherwise provided for in international law.
I Papanicolopulu, A Response to Milanovic on Extraterritorial Application of Human Treaties: The Significance of International Law Concepts of Jurisdiction (2011) EJIL:Talk!
I Papanicolopulu, Mauritius v. United Kingdom: Submission of the dispute on the Marine Protected Area around the Chagos Archipelago to arbitration (2011) Ejil:Talk!
2010
D Akande, What Exactly Was Agreed in Kampala on the Crime of Aggression? (2010) 2 Equality of Arms Review 23
I Papanicolopulu, Mediterranean Sea (2010)
Paparinskis, Sapphire Arbitration (2010) Max Planck Encyclopaedia of Public International Law
Paparinskis, Singapore Oil Stocks Case (2010) Max Planck Encyclopaedia of Public International Law
2009
D Sarooshi, 'Aspects of the World Trade Organization’s Telecommunications Regime' (2009) TECHNOLOGY DISPUTES INTERNATIONAL
2008
D Akande, The Bashir Indictment: Are Serving Heads of State Immune from ICC Prosecution? (2008) Debating International Justice in Africa: Oxford Transitional Justice Research Essays, 2008-2010 87
Others
2010
D Akande, Prosecuting Aggression: The Consent Problem and the Role of the Security Council (2010)
This paper focuses on the conditions which ought to exist before the International Criminal Court can exercise jurisdiction over the crime of aggression. In particular, it addresses (i) whether the Court should be competent to exercise jurisdiction where the alleged aggressor State has either not accepted the amendment on aggression, or is not a party to the ICC Statute and (ii) whether ICC jurisdiction on aggression should be made dependent on the prior approval of the United Nations Security Council. The first issue is referred to here as the “consent problem” and the second the “Security Council problem/issue”. This paper argues that the consent problem raises a fundamental question of deeper significance than the textual or perhaps technical issues concerning the way in which the amendment concerning aggression might come into force under Article 121 of the Statute. The consent problem raises fundamental issues about the nature of the ICC as an international tribunal and about the principles governing the competence of international tribunals under international law. In particular, the consent issue raises important questions about the jurisdiction of international tribunals over non-consenting States and whether the ICC is to be regarded as bound by rules of international law that would ordinarily bind other international tribunals. This paper, outlines and explains the principle of consent as applied to the competence of international tribunals. There is a detailed discussion, in Section 2, of the application of the principle to cases before international tribunals where the tribunal is called upon to determine the rights and obligations of States not before the tribunal. In particular, this section discusses the Monetary Gold principle enunciated by the International Court of Justice. According to that principle, the Court will not adjudicate on a case where the Court would be required, as a necessary prerequisite, to adjudicate on the rights or responsibilities of a non-consenting and absent third State. It is argued that this principle is simply an application of the more general principle of consent and that the principle is derived from the more fundamental principle of the independence of States, i.e. the idea that States are not subject to external authority of other States or institutions created by other States. The paper argues, in Section 3, that because a determination that an individual has committed the crime of aggression requires a prior determination that a State has committed an act of aggression and a breach of the UN Charter, the ICC would act in violation of the consent principle in cases contemplated by the aggression amendment. The paper then turns, in Section 4, to an examination of whether the consent principle and the Monetary Gold principle (which is an application of that more general principle) are applicable to international criminal tribunals in general and to the ICC in particular. Referring to the case law of other tribunals, it is argued that these principles apply to all international tribunals and that the form in which the proceedings involving adjudication of the responsibilities of other States takes place is irrelevant to their application. Section 5 examines which States are to be regarded as non-consenting States for the purpose of the application of the consent principle. I then turn to the Nuremberg and Tokyo precedents in Section 6. I argue that the establishment and operation of these tribunals would not support the view that a rule has developed permitting departure from the consent principle in international criminal tribunals. I argue that neither tribunal was truly international and that in any event, in both cases, there was the consent of the relevant sovereign authority. The paper considers, in Section 7, whether the jurisdiction of the ICC over aggression can be justified on the basis of a transfer of authority from the State that is the alleged victim of aggression. It is argued that though victim States can prosecute for aggression and though transferred jurisdiction is an appropriate justification for the jurisdiction of the ICC in general, the principles and precedents which support transfers of jurisdiction to international tribunal do not apply to aggression. Section 8 returns to the Security Council issue and considers whether prior determination by the Council (or by the General Assembly or ICJ) would fall within an exception to the Monetary Gold principle. It is argued that the best way to expand the jurisdiction of the Court to non-consenting States while respecting the principle of consent is by referral of situations to the Court by the Council. When the consent problem is taken into account, the role of the Security Council in making referrals to the ICC with regard to aggression is not a limit on the competence of the Court. Rather the Security Council comes to the aid of the Court and expands its jurisdiction to situations where the ICC would otherwise be legally incompetent to act. On this view, giving the Security Council almost exclusive competence with regard to aggression cases is not to be regarded as a problem to be overcome, but rather as a means of overcoming an existing problem. The final section is the main theoretical contribution of the piece, considering whether the deviation from the consent principle contemplated with regard to the ICC’s jurisdiction over aggression is to be regarded as an evolution of the law or instead a violation.
D Akande and others, Submission to the Iraq Inquiry on the UK's Legal Justification for the Iraq War and Lord Goldsmith's Legal Advice (2010) Submission to the Chilcott Inquiry on Iraq
1999
D Akande, Prosecuting Heads of States: The Implications of the Milosevic and Pinochet Cases\", (1999) 5 Strategic Comments (International Institute for Strategic Studies)
0
D Sarooshi, 'Aspects of the World Trade Organization’s Telecommunications Regime' Technology Disputes International 2
Reviews
1995
D Akande, 'Review of National Treaty Law and Practice: France, Germany, India, Switzerland, Thailand and the United Kingdom, Monroe Leigh and Merritt R. Blakeslee (eds.), (ASIL, 1995)' (1995) 7 African Journal of International and Comparative Law 215 [Review]
Working Papers
2010
J Dill, Applying the principle of proportionality in combat operations (2010) Oxford Institute for Ethics, Law and Armed Conflict - Policy Briefings
Reports
1994
D Sarooshi, 'Humanitarian Intervention and Humanitarian Assistance: Law and Practice' (1994) 86 Wilton Park Papers (HMSO) 1
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
There has never been a more exciting time to study Public International Law (PIL). Issues of PIL and international justice are at the forefront of public debates to a greater degree than ever before. International law provides the technical and intellectual underpinnings to large areas of international co-operation, including the prosecution of war crimes (both internationally and nationally), the legality of the use of force against States (e.g. Iraq), environmental protection, the scope of human rights protection (e.g. the ‘war on terrorism’), the economic effects of globalisation promoted through the work of institutions such as the World Trade Organization, the settlement of land and maritime boundary disputes, and the resolution of jurisdictional conflicts arising in the context of anti-trust and other forms of economic regulation by States.
PIL today not only impacts and shapes decisions by States to a greater degree than ever before, but it also penetrates into the national legal order – often through national court decisions – to give rights to individuals and corporations to an extent that is unrivalled in the history of the subject. These developments have in turn led to the growth of lawyers and law firms who specialise in the practice of PIL. This is in addition to the demand for PIL lawyers in governments, inter-governmental organizations (such as the United Nations and the large number of UN Specialized Agencies), and non-governmental organizations.. For those who do not intend to follow a career in international law, the subject provides a broad sweep of issues which illuminate not merely questions of international law but the problems and processes of the world of diplomacy.
The PIL course at Oxford covers the major areas of general international law and is not over-specialized. The lectures cover the core tutorial topics on the nature and sources of international law, the law of treaties, international legal personality, jurisdiction and immunities, the law of foreign investment, State responsibility, the use of force and the procedures for peaceful settlement of disputes. In addition, the lectures introduce students to special areas such the law of the sea, international criminal law, international environmental law, international economic law and investment arbitration. The consideration of these subject areas takes place within their broader policy context and having regard to recent experience.
Although in principle the syllabus is extensive, both the teaching practice and the mode of setting the FHS paper avoid any drawbacks which might result from this wide scope. Thus, different teachers will focus on different selected topics, and the student will find that it is not necessary to know the whole syllabus from A to Z. In the same context, the Schools paper provides a wide selection of questions.
Although in principle the syllabus is extensive, both the teaching practice and the mode of setting the FHS paper avoid any drawbacks which might result from this wide scope. Thus, different teachers will focus on different selected topics, and the student will find that it is not necessary to know the whole syllabus from A to Z. In the same context, the Schools paper provides a wide selection of questions.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
There has never been a more exciting time to study Public International Law (PIL). Issues of PIL and international justice are at the forefront of public debates to a greater degree than ever before. International law provides the technical and intellectual underpinnings to large areas of international co-operation, including the prosecution of war crimes (both internationally and nationally), the legality of the use of force against States (e.g. Iraq), environmental protection, the scope of human rights protection (e.g. the ‘war on terrorism’), the economic effects of globalisation promoted through the work of institutions such as the World Trade Organization, the settlement of land and maritime boundary disputes, and the resolution of jurisdictional conflicts arising in the context of anti-trust and other forms of economic regulation by States.
PIL today not only impacts and shapes decisions by States to a greater degree than ever before, but it also penetrates into the national legal order – often through national court decisions – to give rights to individuals and corporations to an extent that is unrivalled in the history of the subject. These developments have in turn led to the growth of lawyers and law firms who specialise in the practice of PIL. This is in addition to the demand for PIL lawyers in governments, inter-governmental organizations (such as the United Nations and the large number of UN Specialized Agencies), and non-governmental organizations.. For those who do not intend to follow a career in international law, the subject provides a broad sweep of issues which illuminate not merely questions of international law but the problems and processes of the world of diplomacy.
The PIL course at Oxford covers the major areas of general international law and is not over-specialized. The lectures cover the core tutorial topics on the nature and sources of international law, the law of treaties, international legal personality, jurisdiction and immunities, the law of foreign investment, State responsibility, the use of force and the procedures for peaceful settlement of disputes. In addition, the lectures introduce students to special areas such the law of the sea, international criminal law, international environmental law, international economic law and investment arbitration. The consideration of these subject areas takes place within their broader policy context and having regard to recent experience.
Although in principle the syllabus is extensive, both the teaching practice and the mode of setting the FHS paper avoid any drawbacks which might result from this wide scope. Thus, different teachers will focus on different selected topics, and the student will find that it is not necessary to know the whole syllabus from A to Z. In the same context, the Schools paper provides a wide selection of questions.
Although in principle the syllabus is extensive, both the teaching practice and the mode of setting the FHS paper avoid any drawbacks which might result from this wide scope. Thus, different teachers will focus on different selected topics, and the student will find that it is not necessary to know the whole syllabus from A to Z. In the same context, the Schools paper provides a wide selection of questions.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
European Union as an Actor in International Law (not offered in 2011-12)
The process of European integration has entailed a transfer of foreign relations powers from the Member States to the European Union (EU) that does not follow the lines of any other legal development. It is different from the experience of federal States, in so far as the devolution of foreign relations powers is only partial, and it has certainly not entailed the disappearance of the Member States as international legal persons. On the other hand, the quantity and the quality of the functions exercised by the EU on the international plane, and its capacity to develop its own course of foreign relations, makes it an entity with few, if any, traces of resemblance with other existing international organisations.
The course deals with questions at the intersection of European law, public international law, and international relations. It looks both to the inside, giving an overview of the foreign relations law of the EU, and to the outside, examining the legal framework in which the EU acts on the international plane. Looking at some of the core areas of international law, the course examines the problems of and prospects for a supra-national actor in a legal system which is still largely dominated by States. The ultimate question to be explored: Is international law adapting to a new actor or must the EU assume statehood to be a full actor in international law?
The course covers the following topics: the foreign relations law of the EU, the relationship between international law and European law, treaty relations of the EU and its member States (mixed agreements), the EU as a creator of customary international law, the EU as a member of international organizations and a party before international tribunals, international relations and diplomatic powers of the EU, promotion and enforcement of international law by the EU (sanctions, human rights, standards of democratic governance), the transatlantic divide between the EU and the US on matters of international law, violations of international law by the EU and its member States and their international responsibility.
The course is directed at graduates with an interest both in international law and European law. Basic knowledge of these subjects is an advantage. Students without such knowledge will be directed to basic reading in these fields.
Teaching consists of 12 two-hour seminars and four tutorials. The seminars aim to encourage extensive class participation and students will have the opportunity to present short papers for discussion by the group as a whole. Tutorials will provide the opportunity to write essays and discuss essay and examination technique. Seminars will be conducted by Dr S Talmon in Michaelmas and Hilary Term. Tutorials will be in held in Hilary and Trinity Term. Detailed handouts and reading lists are distributed during the year. In addition, there is a reader for the course available.
[less]
International Dispute Settlement
The course on International Dispute Settlement is concerned with the peaceful settlement of disputes involving the application of international law, including inter-State disputes, and disputes between States and individuals or corporations.
One part of the course is concerned with the study of a range of institutions concerned with dispute settlement such as arbitral tribunals, the International Court of Justice, and more specialised bodies such as the International Centre for the Settlement of Investment Disputes, the World Trade Organisation, and other institutions handling economic and political disputes. The institutions selected for study vary from year to year.
The second part of the course provides an outline of the principles of procedural law that operate in international tribunals, including international commercial arbitration tribunals. This part of the course involves the study of issues such as jurisdiction and admissibility, the determination of law governing procedure and the law governing the merits of a case, remedies, the recognition and enforcement of judgments and awards, and the review of judgments and awards.
Teaching consists of weekly classes in the Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, in some of which students will present short papers for discussion by the group as a whole. The examination is held at the same time as the other BCL/MJur examinations, in the summer vacation.
Detailed handouts and reading lists are distributed during the year. The most recent handouts are posted on the Faculty’s intranet.
[less]
This course introduces students to the main principles and institutions of international economic law. It focuses primarily on the institutions and substantive law of the World Trade Organisation (WTO) and the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). In addition to introducing participants to the major legal disciplines under the GATT/WTO and the basic principles and cores concepts of the GATT/WTO (Base on in-depth study of the relevant GATT/WTO case law), the course considers the underlying philosophy of free trade and a number of the controversies concerning the future evolution of the WTO and its relationship to globalisation, regionalism, and the attempt by States to achieve other policy objectives (such as protection of the environment). No prior knowledge of international law or economics is necessary. Students without such knowledge will be directed to basic reading in these fields.
Lectures will be delivered in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms. Tutorials will be scheduled in due course. The examination is held at the same time as the other BCL/MJur examinations. Detailed reading lists are distributed at the start of the course.
[less]
International Law and Armed Conflict (not offered in 2011-12)
This course will examine the international law issues which arise in relation to armed conflicts. One of the themes running through the course will be how international law regulates cross-border conflicts involving non-State actors. The course will be divided into two parts. Part one will consider the international legal issues relating to whether and when States are entitled to use armed force. In this part of the course, we will examine the content of the prohibition of the use of force contained in the UN Charter as well as the exceptions to that prohibition. In particular, we will examine the scope of self-defence in international law, (especially as it applies to attacks by non-State groups). Questions to be considered include the criteria for a lawful response in self-defence and the legality of anticipatory/preemptive self defence. This part of the course will also consider other possible exceptions to the prohibition of the use of force - such as the doctrine of humanitarian intervention or responsibility to protect. The last section of the first part of the course will examine the powers of the United Nations to authorize the use of force for peacekeeping and peace enforcement.
The second part of the course examines the law that applies during an armed conflict. We will address the distinction between the law applicable to international armed conflicts and that applicable to non-international armed conflicts. We also consider the extent to the which the so called “Global War on Terror: should be considered an armed conflict to which international humanitarian law applies. In this part, we will also gain an overview of the “Geneva law” relating to the humanitarian protection of victims of war and the “Hague law” relating to the means and methods of warfare. In particular, we will examine the distinction between combatants and non-combatants and the law that applies to the detention of lawful and unlawful combatants in time of armed conflict. We then turn to the law that applies to the conduct of hostilities, examining in particular the rules relating to targeting and weaponry. Finally, we consider the extent to which international human rights law applies in time of armed conflict.
[less]
The Law of the Sea course is concerned with public international law and not with commercial shipping law.
The course provides a comprehensive grounding in the subject, combining the study of maritime zones (such as the territorial sea, Exclusive Economic Zone, Continental Shelf and High Seas), with the study of the main bodies of law regulating users of the seas (such as navigation, fishing, pollution, scientific research and military activities).
The teaching involves relating the problems of the law of the sea to underlying principles and policy factors and to other relevant areas of general international law, including sources, the law of treaties and principles of state responsibility.The teaching consists of weekly classes in the Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, in some of which students will present short papers for discussion by the group as a whole.
Lectures/Seminars: each is one two-hour session.
The examination is held at the same time as the other BCL/MJur examinations, in the summer vacation.
[less]
MJur
Public International Law (also part of the BA course)
There has never been a more exciting time to study Public International Law (PIL). Issues of PIL and international justice are at the forefront of public debates to a greater degree than ever before. International law provides the technical and intellectual underpinnings to large areas of international co-operation, including the prosecution of war crimes (both internationally and nationally), the legality of the use of force against States (e.g. Iraq), environmental protection, the scope of human rights protection (e.g. the ‘war on terrorism’), the economic effects of globalisation promoted through the work of institutions such as the World Trade Organization, the settlement of land and maritime boundary disputes, and the resolution of jurisdictional conflicts arising in the context of anti-trust and other forms of economic regulation by States.
PIL today not only impacts and shapes decisions by States to a greater degree than ever before, but it also penetrates into the national legal order – often through national court decisions – to give rights to individuals and corporations to an extent that is unrivalled in the history of the subject. These developments have in turn led to the growth of lawyers and law firms who specialise in the practice of PIL. This is in addition to the demand for PIL lawyers in governments, inter-governmental organizations (such as the United Nations and the large number of UN Specialized Agencies), and non-governmental organizations.. For those who do not intend to follow a career in international law, the subject provides a broad sweep of issues which illuminate not merely questions of international law but the problems and processes of the world of diplomacy.
The PIL course at Oxford covers the major areas of general international law and is not over-specialized. The lectures cover the core tutorial topics on the nature and sources of international law, the law of treaties, international legal personality, jurisdiction and immunities, the law of foreign investment, State responsibility, the use of force and the procedures for peaceful settlement of disputes. In addition, the lectures introduce students to special areas such the law of the sea, international criminal law, international environmental law, international economic law and investment arbitration. The consideration of these subject areas takes place within their broader policy context and having regard to recent experience.
Although in principle the syllabus is extensive, both the teaching practice and the mode of setting the FHS paper avoid any drawbacks which might result from this wide scope. Thus, different teachers will focus on different selected topics, and the student will find that it is not necessary to know the whole syllabus from A to Z. In the same context, the Schools paper provides a wide selection of questions.
Although in principle the syllabus is extensive, both the teaching practice and the mode of setting the FHS paper avoid any drawbacks which might result from this wide scope. Thus, different teachers will focus on different selected topics, and the student will find that it is not necessary to know the whole syllabus from A to Z. In the same context, the Schools paper provides a wide selection of questions.
[less]
European Union as an Actor in International Law (not offered in 2011-12)
The process of European integration has entailed a transfer of foreign relations powers from the Member States to the European Union (EU) that does not follow the lines of any other legal development. It is different from the experience of federal States, in so far as the devolution of foreign relations powers is only partial, and it has certainly not entailed the disappearance of the Member States as international legal persons. On the other hand, the quantity and the quality of the functions exercised by the EU on the international plane, and its capacity to develop its own course of foreign relations, makes it an entity with few, if any, traces of resemblance with other existing international organisations.
The course deals with questions at the intersection of European law, public international law, and international relations. It looks both to the inside, giving an overview of the foreign relations law of the EU, and to the outside, examining the legal framework in which the EU acts on the international plane. Looking at some of the core areas of international law, the course examines the problems of and prospects for a supra-national actor in a legal system which is still largely dominated by States. The ultimate question to be explored: Is international law adapting to a new actor or must the EU assume statehood to be a full actor in international law?
The course covers the following topics: the foreign relations law of the EU, the relationship between international law and European law, treaty relations of the EU and its member States (mixed agreements), the EU as a creator of customary international law, the EU as a member of international organizations and a party before international tribunals, international relations and diplomatic powers of the EU, promotion and enforcement of international law by the EU (sanctions, human rights, standards of democratic governance), the transatlantic divide between the EU and the US on matters of international law, violations of international law by the EU and its member States and their international responsibility.
The course is directed at graduates with an interest both in international law and European law. Basic knowledge of these subjects is an advantage. Students without such knowledge will be directed to basic reading in these fields.
Teaching consists of 12 two-hour seminars and four tutorials. The seminars aim to encourage extensive class participation and students will have the opportunity to present short papers for discussion by the group as a whole. Tutorials will provide the opportunity to write essays and discuss essay and examination technique. Seminars will be conducted by Dr S Talmon in Michaelmas and Hilary Term. Tutorials will be in held in Hilary and Trinity Term. Detailed handouts and reading lists are distributed during the year. In addition, there is a reader for the course available.
[less]
International Dispute Settlement
The course on International Dispute Settlement is concerned with the peaceful settlement of disputes involving the application of international law, including inter-State disputes, and disputes between States and individuals or corporations.
One part of the course is concerned with the study of a range of institutions concerned with dispute settlement such as arbitral tribunals, the International Court of Justice, and more specialised bodies such as the International Centre for the Settlement of Investment Disputes, the World Trade Organisation, and other institutions handling economic and political disputes. The institutions selected for study vary from year to year.
The second part of the course provides an outline of the principles of procedural law that operate in international tribunals, including international commercial arbitration tribunals. This part of the course involves the study of issues such as jurisdiction and admissibility, the determination of law governing procedure and the law governing the merits of a case, remedies, the recognition and enforcement of judgments and awards, and the review of judgments and awards.
Teaching consists of weekly classes in the Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, in some of which students will present short papers for discussion by the group as a whole. The examination is held at the same time as the other BCL/MJur examinations, in the summer vacation.
Detailed handouts and reading lists are distributed during the year. The most recent handouts are posted on the Faculty’s intranet.
[less]
This course introduces students to the main principles and institutions of international economic law. It focuses primarily on the institutions and substantive law of the World Trade Organisation (WTO) and the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). In addition to introducing participants to the major legal disciplines under the GATT/WTO and the basic principles and cores concepts of the GATT/WTO (Base on in-depth study of the relevant GATT/WTO case law), the course considers the underlying philosophy of free trade and a number of the controversies concerning the future evolution of the WTO and its relationship to globalisation, regionalism, and the attempt by States to achieve other policy objectives (such as protection of the environment). No prior knowledge of international law or economics is necessary. Students without such knowledge will be directed to basic reading in these fields.
Lectures will be delivered in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms. Tutorials will be scheduled in due course. The examination is held at the same time as the other BCL/MJur examinations. Detailed reading lists are distributed at the start of the course.
[less]
International Law and Armed Conflict (not offered in 2011-12)
This course will examine the international law issues which arise in relation to armed conflicts. One of the themes running through the course will be how international law regulates cross-border conflicts involving non-State actors. The course will be divided into two parts. Part one will consider the international legal issues relating to whether and when States are entitled to use armed force. In this part of the course, we will examine the content of the prohibition of the use of force contained in the UN Charter as well as the exceptions to that prohibition. In particular, we will examine the scope of self-defence in international law, (especially as it applies to attacks by non-State groups). Questions to be considered include the criteria for a lawful response in self-defence and the legality of anticipatory/preemptive self defence. This part of the course will also consider other possible exceptions to the prohibition of the use of force - such as the doctrine of humanitarian intervention or responsibility to protect. The last section of the first part of the course will examine the powers of the United Nations to authorize the use of force for peacekeeping and peace enforcement.
The second part of the course examines the law that applies during an armed conflict. We will address the distinction between the law applicable to international armed conflicts and that applicable to non-international armed conflicts. We also consider the extent to the which the so called “Global War on Terror: should be considered an armed conflict to which international humanitarian law applies. In this part, we will also gain an overview of the “Geneva law” relating to the humanitarian protection of victims of war and the “Hague law” relating to the means and methods of warfare. In particular, we will examine the distinction between combatants and non-combatants and the law that applies to the detention of lawful and unlawful combatants in time of armed conflict. We then turn to the law that applies to the conduct of hostilities, examining in particular the rules relating to targeting and weaponry. Finally, we consider the extent to which international human rights law applies in time of armed conflict.
[less]
The Law of the Sea course is concerned with public international law and not with commercial shipping law.
The course provides a comprehensive grounding in the subject, combining the study of maritime zones (such as the territorial sea, Exclusive Economic Zone, Continental Shelf and High Seas), with the study of the main bodies of law regulating users of the seas (such as navigation, fishing, pollution, scientific research and military activities).
The teaching involves relating the problems of the law of the sea to underlying principles and policy factors and to other relevant areas of general international law, including sources, the law of treaties and principles of state responsibility.The teaching consists of weekly classes in the Michaelmas and Hilary Terms, in some of which students will present short papers for discussion by the group as a whole.
Lectures/Seminars: each is one two-hour session.
The examination is held at the same time as the other BCL/MJur examinations, in the summer vacation.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
This course introduces students to the main principles and institutions of international economic law. It focuses primarily on the institutions and substantive law of the World Trade Organisation (WTO) and the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). In addition to introducing participants to the major legal disciplines under the GATT/WTO and the basic principles and cores concepts of the GATT/WTO (Base on in-depth study of the relevant GATT/WTO case law), the course considers the underlying philosophy of free trade and a number of the controversies concerning the future evolution of the WTO and its relationship to globalisation, regionalism, and the attempt by States to achieve other policy objectives (such as protection of the environment). No prior knowledge of international law or economics is necessary. Students without such knowledge will be directed to basic reading in these fields.
Lectures will be delivered in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms. Tutorials will be scheduled in due course. The examination is held at the same time as the other BCL/MJur examinations. Detailed reading lists are distributed at the start of the course.
[less]
People
Public International Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Dan Sarooshi: Professor of Public International Law
in conjunction with:
Dapo Akande: University Lecturer in Public International Law
Sir Frank Berman, QC: Visiting Professor in International Law
Janina Dill: Junior Research Fellow in Socio-Legal Studies
Nancy Eisenhauer: College Lecturer
Nazila Ghanea: University Lecturer in International Human Rights Law
Guy S. Goodwin-Gill: Senior Research Fellow, All Souls College
Mark Janis: Visiting Lecturer
Vaughan Lowe, QC: Chichele Professor of Public International Law
Catherine MacKenzie: Fellow at the Environmental Change Institute
Violeta Moreno Lax: Stipendiary Lecturer in Law
Nicola Palmer: Junior Research Fellow in Global Justice
Irini Papanicolopulu: Marie Curie Fellow
Martins Paparinskis: Junior Research Fellow
Andrew Shacknove: University Lecturer in Law (Department of Continuing Education)
Jure Vidmar: Anglo-German Fellow
Katja Ziegler: Reader in European and Comparative Law, Erich Brost University Lecturer
assisted by:
Caitlin Goss: DPhil student
Erik Labelle Eastaugh: MSt Legal Research student
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Clara Feliciati: DPhil Law student
Jarrod Hepburn: DPhil student
Anna Russell: Louwes Fellow
[top]
Regulation
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Wednesday 23 May 2012 Week 5
- The Regulatory Imagination
The regulatory imagination and the challenge of equality I: Gender & economic crisis - Speaker: Prof. Sylvia Walby, Lancaster University
Manor Road Social Sciences Building F at 16:00
Wednesday 30 May Week 6
- The Regulatory Imagination
The regulatory imagination & the challenge of equality: Gender, regulation & the crisis in personal finance - Speaker: Prof. Toni Williams, Kent University
Manor Road Social Sciences Building F at 14:00
June 2012
Wednesday 13 June Week 8
- The Regulatory Imagination
Who builds regulatory imagination? Climate engineering, regulation and public engagement - Speaker: Dr. Bronislaw Szerszynski , Lancaster University
Manor Road Social Sciences Building F at 14:00
Discussion Group
These self-sustaining groups are an essential part of the life of our graduate school. They are organised in some cases by graduate students and in others by Faculty members and meet regularly during term, typically over a sandwich lunch, when one of the group presents work in progress or introduces a discussion of a particular issue or new case. They may also encompass guest speakers from the faculty and beyond.
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 28 Regulation publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
A. Faulkner, C. Lawless and B Lange, 'Introduction: Material Worlds: Intersections between Socio-Legal Studies and Science and Technology Studies' (2012) 39 Journal of Law and Society 1
2011
B Lange, 'Socializing Economic Relationships: A Critique of Business Regulation: Introduction' (2011) 62 Northern Ireland Legal Quarterly 393
B Lange, 'The EU Directive on Industrial Emissions: Squaring the Circle of Integrated, Harmonised and Ambitious Technology Standards?' (2011) 13 Environmental Law Review 169
2010
Nafsika Alexiadou, Danica Fink-Hafner and B Lange, 'Education policy convergence through the Open Method of Co-ordination: Theoretical Reflections and implementation in 'old' and 'new' national contexts' (2010) European Educational Research Journal 345
B Lange and Nafsika Alexiadou, 'Governing through learning about policy: just all words? An Introduction to policy learning in the context of open methods of co-ordinating education in the European Union' (2010) 25 Journal of Education Policy 443
B Lange, 'Media Regulation and "Celebrity Big Brother': Some Critical Reflections' (2010) 7 Journal of Entertainment and Sports Law
B Lange and Andrew Gouldson, 'Trustbased Environmental Regulation' (2010) 408 Science of the Total Environment 5235
2009
Liz Fisher, B Lange and Eloise Scotford, 'Maturity and Methodology: Reflecting on How do Do Environmental Law Scholarship' (2009) Journal of Environmental Law 1
2007
J Kaye, N Hawkins and J Taylor, Patents and Translational Research in Genomics (2007) 25(7) Nature Biotechnology 739
B Lange, 'How Law Works in the Real World - A Critical Commentary on the Nuffield Inquiry into Empirical Legal Research' (2007) 28 Zeitschrift fuer Rechtssoziologie 139
2006
B Lange, 'Searching for the Best Available Techniques - Open and Closed Norms in the Implementation of the EU Directive on Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control' (2006) 2 International Journal of Law in Context 67
2003
B Lange, 'Regulatory Spaces and Interactions: An Introduction' (2003) Social and Legal Studies 411
2002
B Lange, From Boundary Drawing to Transitions: the Creation of Normativity under the EU Directive on Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (2002) 8 European Law Journal 246
B Lange, The Emotional Dimension in Legal Regulation (2002) 29 Journal of Law and Society (Special Issue) 197
2000
B Lange, 'Economic Appraisal and Changing Forms of Governance' (2000) 63 Modern Law Review 294
Books
2008
B Lange, Implementing EU Pollution Control: Law and Integration (Cambridge University Press 2008)
Reviewed by Donald McGillivray in the Journal of Environmental Law
2007
S J Bright, Landlord and Tenant Law in Context (Hart Publishing 2007)
Chapters
2012
E Fisher, 'Risk and Governance' in David Levi-Faur (ed), Oxford Handbook of Governance (OUP 2012)
2011
B Lange, 'Getting to Yes: Structuring and disciplining arguments for and against transgenic agricultural products in European Union authorisations' in Brad Jessup and Kim Rubinstein (eds), Environmental Discourses (Cambridge University Press 2011)
J Vella, 'The Asymmetrical Treatment of Debt and Equity Under UK Tax Law' in A Reisberg and D Prentice (eds), Corporate Finance Law: UK and EU Perspectives (OUP 2011)
2010
B Lange, 'Foucauldian Inspired Discourse Analysis: A Contribution to Critical Environmental Law Scholarship?' in Andreas Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos (ed), Law and Ecology: New Environmental Legal Foundations (Routledge 2010)
B Lange and Nafsika Alexiadou, 'How to govern for solidarity?' in Malcolm Ross and Yuri Borgman-Prebil (eds), Developing Solidarity in the EU: Citizenship, Governance and New Constitutional Paradigms (Oxford University Press 2010)
Nafsika Alexiadou and B Lange, 'The Open Method of Co-ordination and the Governance of Education in Europe' in A. Pitsela (ed), Criminology: Searching for Answers, Honorary Volume for Professor Stergios Alexiadis (Sakkoula 2010)
B Lange, 'Thinking about procedure: understanding legitimacy in EU environmental governance networks' in Olaf Dilling, Martin Herberg and Gerd Winter (eds), Transnational Administrative Rule-Making: Performance, Legal Effects, and Legitimacy (Hart 2010)
2009
J Vella, J Freedman and G Loomer, 'Analyzing the enhanced relationship between corporate taxpayers and revenue authorities: a UK case study' in 2009 Internal Revenue Service Bulletin ( 2009)
2005
B Lange, 'Researching Discourse and Behaviour as Elements of Law in Action' in R. Banakar and M. Travers (eds), Theory and Method in Socio-Legal Research (Hart Publishing 2005)
Case Notes
2010
J Payne, 'Company Contracts and Director's Authority' (2010) Lloyd's Maritime and Commercial Law Quarterly 187 [Case Note]
2009
S J Bright and others, 'Low Cost Home Ownership: legal issues of the shared ownership lease' (2009) 73 Conveyancer 337 [Case Note]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
Regulation is at the core of how modern states seek to govern the activities of individual citizens as well as corporate and governmental actors. Broadly defined it includes the use of legal and non-legal techniques to manage social and economic risks. While regulation is traditionally associated with prescriptive law, public agencies and criminal as well as administrative sanctions, the politics of the shrinking state and deregulation have meant that intrusive and blunt forms of legal regulation have given way at times to facilitative, reflexive and procedural law which seeks to balance public and private interests in regulatory regimes. Policy debates have addressed whether there is actually too much, too little or the wrong type of regulation.
This course examines what role different forms of law play in contemporary regulatory regimes. It thereby analyses how legal regulation constructs specific relationships between law and society and how legal regulation is involved in mediating conflicts between private and public power. The first section of the course critically examines key conceptual approaches for understanding regulation. How can economic reasoning be employed in order to justify legal regulation? Does a focus on institutions help to understand the operation of regulatory regimes? What rationalities, and hence ‘governmentalities’ are involved in regulating through law? What role do emotions, such as trust, play in regulatory interactions? The second section of the course examines specific regulatory regimes against the background of the conceptual frameworks explored in the first section. This second section discusses ‘regulation in action’ in specific fields of current significance, such as: - the regulation of the legal profession, - the regulation of the carbon market in the EU - the regulation of the provision of health care in the UK - the regulation of education policy-making in the EU - the regulation of the BSE crisis. The course thus provides an opportunity for students to examine the pervasive phenomenon of regulation with reference to different disciplinary perspectives, in particular law, sociology, politics and economics and to gain detailed knowledge of substantive regulatory law in specific fields of current relevance.
The course is taught through 15 two hour seminars - which provide opportunities for active student participation – over Michaelmas and Hilary terms. Four tutorials spread over Hilary and Trinity terms will support students’ exam preparation. The 3 hour written examination at the end of the course involves essay questions.
The convenor of the course is Dr. Bettina Lange and the course is taught by a small group of Faculty members. If you have any questions about the contents, approach or teaching methods of this course do not hesitate to contact me: bettina.lange@csls.ox.ac.uk, Room 280, Centre for Socio-Legal Studies, Social Science Building, Manor Road.
[less]
MJur
Regulation is at the core of how modern states seek to govern the activities of individual citizens as well as corporate and governmental actors. Broadly defined it includes the use of legal and non-legal techniques to manage social and economic risks. While regulation is traditionally associated with prescriptive law, public agencies and criminal as well as administrative sanctions, the politics of the shrinking state and deregulation have meant that intrusive and blunt forms of legal regulation have given way at times to facilitative, reflexive and procedural law which seeks to balance public and private interests in regulatory regimes. Policy debates have addressed whether there is actually too much, too little or the wrong type of regulation.
This course examines what role different forms of law play in contemporary regulatory regimes. It thereby analyses how legal regulation constructs specific relationships between law and society and how legal regulation is involved in mediating conflicts between private and public power. The first section of the course critically examines key conceptual approaches for understanding regulation. How can economic reasoning be employed in order to justify legal regulation? Does a focus on institutions help to understand the operation of regulatory regimes? What rationalities, and hence ‘governmentalities’ are involved in regulating through law? What role do emotions, such as trust, play in regulatory interactions? The second section of the course examines specific regulatory regimes against the background of the conceptual frameworks explored in the first section. This second section discusses ‘regulation in action’ in specific fields of current significance, such as: - the regulation of the legal profession, - the regulation of the carbon market in the EU - the regulation of the provision of health care in the UK - the regulation of education policy-making in the EU - the regulation of the BSE crisis. The course thus provides an opportunity for students to examine the pervasive phenomenon of regulation with reference to different disciplinary perspectives, in particular law, sociology, politics and economics and to gain detailed knowledge of substantive regulatory law in specific fields of current relevance.
The course is taught through 15 two hour seminars - which provide opportunities for active student participation – over Michaelmas and Hilary terms. Four tutorials spread over Hilary and Trinity terms will support students’ exam preparation. The 3 hour written examination at the end of the course involves essay questions.
The convenor of the course is Dr. Bettina Lange and the course is taught by a small group of Faculty members. If you have any questions about the contents, approach or teaching methods of this course do not hesitate to contact me: bettina.lange@csls.ox.ac.uk, Room 280, Centre for Socio-Legal Studies, Social Science Building, Manor Road.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
Regulation is at the core of how modern states seek to govern the activities of individual citizens as well as corporate and governmental actors. Broadly defined it includes the use of legal and non-legal techniques to manage social and economic risks. While regulation is traditionally associated with prescriptive law, public agencies and criminal as well as administrative sanctions, the politics of the shrinking state and deregulation have meant that intrusive and blunt forms of legal regulation have given way at times to facilitative, reflexive and procedural law which seeks to balance public and private interests in regulatory regimes. Policy debates have addressed whether there is actually too much, too little or the wrong type of regulation.
This course examines what role different forms of law play in contemporary regulatory regimes. It thereby analyses how legal regulation constructs specific relationships between law and society and how legal regulation is involved in mediating conflicts between private and public power. The first section of the course critically examines key conceptual approaches for understanding regulation. How can economic reasoning be employed in order to justify legal regulation? Does a focus on institutions help to understand the operation of regulatory regimes? What rationalities, and hence ‘governmentalities’ are involved in regulating through law? What role do emotions, such as trust, play in regulatory interactions? The second section of the course examines specific regulatory regimes against the background of the conceptual frameworks explored in the first section. This second section discusses ‘regulation in action’ in specific fields of current significance, such as: - the regulation of the legal profession, - the regulation of the carbon market in the EU - the regulation of the provision of health care in the UK - the regulation of education policy-making in the EU - the regulation of the BSE crisis. The course thus provides an opportunity for students to examine the pervasive phenomenon of regulation with reference to different disciplinary perspectives, in particular law, sociology, politics and economics and to gain detailed knowledge of substantive regulatory law in specific fields of current relevance.
The course is taught through 15 two hour seminars - which provide opportunities for active student participation – over Michaelmas and Hilary terms. Four tutorials spread over Hilary and Trinity terms will support students’ exam preparation. The 3 hour written examination at the end of the course involves essay questions.
The convenor of the course is Dr. Bettina Lange and the course is taught by a small group of Faculty members. If you have any questions about the contents, approach or teaching methods of this course do not hesitate to contact me: bettina.lange@csls.ox.ac.uk, Room 280, Centre for Socio-Legal Studies, Social Science Building, Manor Road.
[less]
People
Regulation teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Bettina Lange: University Lecturer in Law and Regulation
in conjunction with:
Susan Bright: Professor of Land Law, McGregor Fellow
Paul Craig: Professor of English Law
Anne Davies: Professor of Law and Public Policy
Liz Fisher: Reader in Environmental Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Ana Aliverti: DPhil student
Rachel Condry: UL in Criminology
Paul Davies: Allen & Overy Professor of Corporate Law
Ruth Deech: Chairman, Bar Standards Board, 2009-
Crossbench Peer
Keith Hawkins: Emeritus Professor of Law and Society
Jane Kaye: Director of the Centre for Law, Health and Emerging Technologies at Oxford: HeLEX
Doreen McBarnet: Professor of Socio-Legal Studies
Jose Mendoza: MSt Legal Research student
Jennifer Payne: Professor of Corporate Finance Law
John Vella: Senior Research Fellow at the Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation
Asma Vranaki: DPhil student
[top]
Restitution
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 22 Restitution publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2011
Roy Goode, 'Proprietary Liability for Secret Profits - A Reply' (2011) 127 Sweet & Maxwell 493
A reply to a case note by Justice Hayton on Sinclair Investments (UK) Ltd. v. Versailles Trade Finance Ltd
ISBN: 0023-933X
2008
S Gardner, 'Proprietary Restitution: A Coda to Chapter 8 of Birks? Unjust Enrichment' (2008) Restitution Law Review 107
2005
A S Burrows, 'Unravelling Proprietary Restitution: a Response to Professor Lionel Smith' (2005) Canadian Business Law Journal 424
R Williams, 'The Beginnings of a Public Law of Unjust Enrichment?' (2005) 16(1) King's College Law Journal 194
2000
M Chen-Wishart, '“Unjust Factors and the Restitutionary response” ' (2000) 20 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 557
1994
M Chen-Wishart, 'Undue Influence, Manifest Disadvantage and Loss Apportionment' (1994) 110 Law Quarterly Review 173
1990
J S Getzler, Unconscionable Conduct and Unjust Enrichment as Grounds for Judicial Intervention (1990) 16 Monash University Law Review 283
Books
2010
R Williams, Unjust Enrichment and Public Law: A comparative study of England, France and the EU (Hart Publishing 2010)
Since the decisions in R v IRC ex p Woolwich Equitable Building Society in 1990 and Hazell v Hammersmith and Fulham LBC in 1991, the courts have had, in a variety of contexts, to grapple with the relationship between unjust enrichment, public law and the law of the European Community. 20 years later, the decision of the European Court of Justice in Metallgesellschaft and Hoecsht v IRC in 2001 has led to a further explosion of such cases, many of which are still making their way through the courts. The central aim of this book is to examine such claims in France, England and the EC. The author argues that so far these cases have been viewed from either a public or private law perspective, whereas in fact both branches of the law are relevant, and the courts ought not to lose sight of the public law issues when a claim is brought under the private law of unjust enrichment. Support for this position is drawn from an examination of French law, which demonstrates that neither adoption of the ‘without cause’ approach to unjust enrichment, nor the longer-standing existence of a separate concept of public law removes the necessity for such a hybrid public and private understanding of the cases. Finally, in order to complete the picture the book examines cases where the limit on the public body’s powers derives, not from domestic public law, but from the law of the EC. Thus a further aspect of the book is that it analyses more specifically what is often referred to as the ECJ’s ‘remedies’ jurisprudence in order to investigate the division of labour between the European courts and the domestic courts in defining such claims.
ISBN: 1841134147 / 9781841
2007
A S Burrows, Ewan McKendrick and James Edelman, Cases and Materials on the Law of Restitution, 2nd edition (OUP 2007)
2000
M Chen-Wishart, In Defence of Unjust Factors: A Comparative Study of Duress, Fraud and Exploitation (Oxford U Comparative L Forum 2 at ouclf.iuscomp.org 2000)
Chapters
2006
A S Burrows, 'Absence of Basis: the New Birksian Scheme' in Andrew Burrows and Alan Rodger (eds), Mapping the Law: Essays in Memory of Peter Birks (OUP 2006)
Essay analysing the advantages and disadvantages of Birks' new approach to the unjust question in unjust enrichment.
ISBN: 0-19-920655-4
M Chen-Wishart, Undue Influence: Beyond Impaired Consent and Wrong-Doing, Towards a Relational Analysis in Andrew Burrows and Alan Rodger (eds), Mapping the Law: Essays in Honour of Peter Birks (OUP 2006)
2004
A S Burrows, 'The English Law of Restitution: A Ten-Year Review' in Neyers, McInnes and Pitel (eds), Understanding Unjust Enrichment ( 2004)
2002
M Chen-Wishart, In Defence of Unjust Factors: a Study of Rescission for Duress, Fraud and Exploitation in David Johnston and Reinhard Zimmermann (eds), Unjustified Enrichment: Key Issues in Comparative Perspective (Cambridge University Press 2002)
T Krebs, 'In defence of unjust factors' in Johnston and Zimmermann (eds), Unjustified Enrichment - Key Issues in Comparative Perspective (Cambridge University Press 2002)
Comparative essay rejecting suggestions that English law should adopt the German 'lack of legal cause' approach to enrichment liability.
ISBN: 521808200
W J Swadling, 'The Role of Illegality in the English Law of Unjust Enrichment' in D Johnson & R Zimmermann (eds), Unjustified Enrichment - Key Issues in Comparative Perspective (CUP 2002)
2001
T Krebs, 'Stable Claims and Stable Defences - Change of Position and Disenrichment in England and Germany' in E.J.H. Schrage (ed), Unjust Enrichment and the Law of Contract (Kluwer Law 2001)
A comparative essay resisting suggestions that the defence of change of position in England should be restrictively applied.
ISBN: 90-411-1655-9
Edited books
2006
A S Burrows and Lord Rodger of Earlsferry (co-editor) (eds), Mapping the Law: Essays in Memory of Peter Birks (OUP 2006)
Essays in memory of Peter Birks
ISBN: 0-19-920655-4
Case Notes
2009
R Williams and R Shiers, 'FII GLO (Chancery) and F J Chalke; tax and restitution developing hand-in-hand' (2009) British Tax Review 365 [Case Note]
The authors examine the recent domestic decisions in the FII Group Litigation Order and F J Chalke, and demonstrate the significance of these taxation cases for the future development of the law of unjust enrichment. They consider in particular the impact of European case law in this area.
Reviews
2004
E Descheemaeker, Review of Peter Birks, Unjust Enrichment (2004) 56 Revue internationale de droit comparé 715 [Review]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
Restitution of Unjust Enrichment
Restitution of Unjust Enrichment is concerned with about how and when a claimant can compel a defendant to surrender an enrichment gained at the claimant’s expense. Long neglected, the subject has in recent years been one of the most exciting in the postgraduate curriculum. It draws its cases from areas of the law which have resisted rational analysis, largely because they have tenaciously preserved the language of an earlier age.
Common lawyers found themselves unable to escape from money had and received, money paid, and quantum meruit, while those on the chancery side became defensively fond of the unsolved mysteries of tracing and trusts arising by operation of law. In the result, down to earth questions about getting back money and value in other forms have been made to seem much more difficult than they need be. The aim of any course on restitution must be to try to understand what has really been going on and to play back that understanding to the courts in accessible modern language. These aims are helped by keeping an eye on the main lines of civilian solutions to the problems with which the common law has to wrestle.
Note that this course is concerned only with restitution of unjust enrichment. Restitution for wrongs is not part of the course and is dealt with in the Commercial remedies course.
Teaching is through twelve seminars. The seminars are supported by two introductory lectures and by the provision of four tutorials. A detailed account of the course is produced every year in and posted on this site. The subject of every seminar is set out, with a list of cases and other materials to be read, together with questions and problems intended to stimulate thought.
[less]
People
Restitution teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
William Swadling: Reader in Property Law
in conjunction with:
Andrew Burrows, QC: Professor of the Law of England
Mindy Chen-Wishart: Reader in Contract Law
Ben McFarlane: Reader in Property Law
Ewan McKendrick: Registrar and Professor of English Private Law
Edwin Peel: Professor of Law
Simon Whittaker: Professor of European Comparative Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Derek Davies: Retired. Formerly Fellow and Tutor in Law at St Catherine's
[top]
Roman Law
News
International seminar on “iniuria and the common law”
An international seminar on “iniuria and the common law” took place at All Souls College on 9 and 10 September 2011. [more…]
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 11 Roman Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
A J B Sirks, 'The Slave Who Was Slain Twice: Causality and the lex Aquilia (Iul. 38 dig. D. 9, 2, 51)' (2011) 79 Tijdschrift voor Rechtsgeschiedenis 313–351
D. 9,2,51, in which a slave is slain twice and dies, and where Julian considers both assailants equally liable for killing, has been interpreted in the context of causa superveniens. In that case Julian’s opinion becomes contradictory. It is argued that the text should be read in the context of the Stoic theories on causality as current among the jurists in the first centuries AD. In these theories there existed no causa superveniens as of the modern causality theory. As such its application is ill at place here. Instead, in applying these Stoic theories Julian’s view can be explained as his attributing a causa antecedens to the first assailant, with full imputation of the effect of the subsequent causa principalis to him, and attributing a causa adiuvans to the second assailant, while valuing at the same time the latter not just as a reinforcing cause but also as a causa mortis and a full effective cause. For other jurists the latter evidently went too far.
E Descheemaeker, Obligations quasi ex delicto and Strict Liability in Roman Law (2010) 31 Journal of Legal History 1
The meaning of the Gaian-Justinianic division of obligations arising from unlawful events into obligationes ex delicto and quasi ex delicto has long been a puzzle for Romanists. The strict liability theory, which understands “quasi-delicts” as examples of situational wrongs, defined independently of fault, was first aired in the 1940s but has never gained widespread support. The case of the iudex qui litem suam facit was regarded as a stumbling block for the theory. The present article aims to make a new and systematic case for strict liability as the basis of the quasi-delictal category and argues that, in the light of archaeological discoveries which have overhauled our understanding of the judge’s liability, we can now have a coherent picture of Roman quasi-delictal liability as liability even without fault.
ISBN: 0144-0365
E Descheemaeker, The Roman Division of Wrongs: A New Hypothesis (2009) 5 Roman Legal Tradition 1
This article examines the rationale of the Justinianic division of wrongs into delicts and “quasi-delicts”. Taking as its starting point the assumption that the distinction corresponded to that between fault (culpa)-based and situational liability, it hypothesizes that the quasi-delictal appendix arose after the time of Gaius’ Institutes from a contraction of the Roman concept of a civil wrong (delictum): its scope would have narrowed from an unlawful liability-creating act to a blameworthy such act, thereby rejecting outside of the delictal class proper instances of liability regardless of fault.
ISBN: 1943-6483
A J B Sirks, 'The delictual origin, penal nature and reipersecutory object of the actio damni iniuriae legis Aquiliae' (2009) 77 Tijdschrift voor Rechtsgeschiedenis 303
E Descheemaeker, 'Les héritiers de Lenel : la chaire royale de droit romain à Oxford (1948-2004) [Lenel's Heirs: the Regius Chair of Civil Law at Oxford, 1948-2004]' (2006) 84 Revue historique de droit français et étranger 613
The four incumbents of the Oxford Regius Chair of Civil Law in the second half of the 20th century share one remarkable feature, namely, that they all are related to Otto Lenel, the German initiator of modern Roman law studies. The connection is twofold, both personal (through teacher-pupil relationships) and intellectual, in that they have received and developed Lenel’s project. This project can be described as the restoration of the primacy of procedure in Roman law, as well as the putting back in order of the Roman law library. Professors Beatson and Zimmermann’s recent Jurists Uprooted helped to unveil this connection. The present shorter article aims at expounding it in a more systematic way by exploring the background to this relationship, as well as the link between each of the incumbents (H. F. Jolowicz, David Daube, Tony Honoré, Peter Birks) and Otto Lenel.
ISBN: 0035-3280
Chapters
A J B Sirks, 'Einiges zum prekarischen Besitz' in H. Altmeppen, I. Reichard, M.J. Schermaier (eds), Festschrift für Rolf Knütel zum 70. Geburtstag (C.F. Müller 2010)
Abstract: It is argued that precarium was not developed as instrument to grant common land.
A J B Sirks, 'Peira 45.11, a presumed succession pact, and the Peira as legal source' in (Jahrbuch der österreichischen Byzantinistik 2010)
J S Getzler, 'Roman Ideas of Landownership' in S Bright and J Dewar (eds), Land Law: Themes and Perspectives (Oxford University Press, Oxford 1998)
Presentation/Conference contributions
E Descheemaeker, 'Solatium in Roman and English Law', paper presented at Iniuria and the Common Law, All Souls College, University of Oxford (9 September 2011)
Reviews
E Descheemaeker, 'Review of Ernest Metzger (ed.), David Daube: A Centenary Celebration' (2011) 89 Revue historique de droit français et étranger 127 [Review]
E Descheemaeker, Review of Reinhard Zimmermann, Roman Law, Contemporary Law, European Law. The Civilian Tradition Today (2003) 55 Revue internationale de droit comparé 1025 [Review]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
Law Moderations (Phase I)
Law Moderations are preliminary examinations in Criminal Law, Constitutional Law, and Roman Law, taken at the end of the second term in the first year of the BA. Students must pass them in order to continue in the BA; the degree is awarded on the basis of the FHS Examinations.
[less]
A Roman Introduction to Private Law
This subject is an introduction to legal concepts and legal thought, which for centuries have been directly influenced by Roman Law. The course therefore shows where many of the ideas which we take for granted have come from. The course is based on primary materials, the set texts from Gaius (second century AD) and Justinian (sixth century AD). The texts are studied in translation. No Latin is needed, nor is Latin an advantage. Contact with primary materials is one of the great merits of the study of law. It allows the mind to form its own judgments, freed from second-hand opinions.
The course has five sections: I. Sources of Law and the Scheme of the Institutes; II. Property; III. Obligations (A) Contract, (B) Delict (Tort); IV. Influence of Roman Law. There are lecture courses on each section, on the first, third and fifth section in Michaelmas Term and on the second and fourth section in Hilary Term. There are also tutorials arranged by your college tutor. Within this structure it is possible to introduce most of the principal concepts and distinctions which are still of importance in modern law. The two great categories, property and obligations, comprehend most of the private law encountered in ordinary life and legal practice. The first and last sections provide an opportunity to see how enormously influential the Institutes and the Digest have been in the western legal tradition and introduce, from a comparative perspective, the principal kinds of law-making, namely legislation and interpretation.
[less]
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
The Roman Law option focuses on set texts from the Institutes and Digest. Its primary aim is to understand those texts and the ideas and methods of the great Roman jurists who wrote them. The secondary aim is, by comparison, to throw light on the law of our own time. It caters for the interests of those who are interested in making use of their classical background or of developing the knowledge of Roman law they have acquired by taking the ‘A Roman Introduction to Private Law’ course in Law Moderations, although it is not essential to have done the Roman Law course for Mods. It allows students to study in some detail the outlook and methods of reasoning of the classical jurists who provide the models on which professional legal argument has ever since been based. In practice this will lead to discuss fundamentals of the law of delicts/torts, aided by the comparison with English cases.
The lectures are based, so far as the Roman law is concerned, on the set texts, in English translation. Indeed, one of the advantages of this course from the point of view of students is that the body of relevant texts and other authoritative material is more limited than it is in most, perhaps all, the other options. It is possible to concentrate on detail. In the examination candidates are required to comment on selections from the set translated texts and on questions regarding the literature given for the texts. Knowledge of Latin is not required or necessary, sensitivity for the philological aspects of the originals, when relevant, is. Much literature will quote Latin phrases but it practice this should not cause problems; for fully cited texts either the translation is present in the set texts or it is separately provided.
By its nature this course attracts and is suitable for only small numbers. This fact tends to dissolve the distinction between tutorials and lectures. However, it remains true that the backbone of the course is an exposition of the set texts, supported by further lectures on associated topics.
In 2009/2010 there will be seven seminars in Michaelmas Term, on quasi-delict, furtum and the lex Aquilia, and eight in Hilary Term on the lex Aquila, noxal liability and iniuria. Students will be offered four tutorials, to be arranged by their college tutors.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
The Roman Law option focuses on set texts from the Institutes and Digest. Its primary aim is to understand those texts and the ideas and methods of the great Roman jurists who wrote them. The secondary aim is, by comparison, to throw light on the law of our own time. It caters for the interests of those who are interested in making use of their classical background or of developing the knowledge of Roman law they have acquired by taking the ‘A Roman Introduction to Private Law’ course in Law Moderations, although it is not essential to have done the Roman Law course for Mods. It allows students to study in some detail the outlook and methods of reasoning of the classical jurists who provide the models on which professional legal argument has ever since been based. In practice this will lead to discuss fundamentals of the law of delicts/torts, aided by the comparison with English cases.
The lectures are based, so far as the Roman law is concerned, on the set texts, in English translation. Indeed, one of the advantages of this course from the point of view of students is that the body of relevant texts and other authoritative material is more limited than it is in most, perhaps all, the other options. It is possible to concentrate on detail. In the examination candidates are required to comment on selections from the set translated texts and on questions regarding the literature given for the texts. Knowledge of Latin is not required or necessary, sensitivity for the philological aspects of the originals, when relevant, is. Much literature will quote Latin phrases but it practice this should not cause problems; for fully cited texts either the translation is present in the set texts or it is separately provided.
By its nature this course attracts and is suitable for only small numbers. This fact tends to dissolve the distinction between tutorials and lectures. However, it remains true that the backbone of the course is an exposition of the set texts, supported by further lectures on associated topics.
In 2009/2010 there will be seven seminars in Michaelmas Term, on quasi-delict, furtum and the lex Aquilia, and eight in Hilary Term on the lex Aquila, noxal liability and iniuria. Students will be offered four tutorials, to be arranged by their college tutors.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
The Roman Law option focuses on set texts from the Institutes and Digest. Its primary aim is to understand those texts and the ideas and methods of the great Roman jurists who wrote them. The secondary aim is, by comparison, to throw light on the law of our own time. It caters for the interests of those who are interested in making use of their classical background or of developing the knowledge of Roman law they have acquired by taking the ‘A Roman Introduction to Private Law’ course in Law Moderations, although it is not essential to have done the Roman Law course for Mods. It allows students to study in some detail the outlook and methods of reasoning of the classical jurists who provide the models on which professional legal argument has ever since been based. In practice this will lead to discuss fundamentals of the law of delicts/torts, aided by the comparison with English cases. The lectures are based, so far as the Roman law is concerned, on the set texts, in English translation. Indeed, one of the advantages of this course from the point of view of students is that the body of relevant texts and other authoritative material is more limited than it is in most, perhaps all, the other options. It is possible to concentrate on detail. In the examination candidates are required to comment on selections from the set translated texts and on questions regarding the literature given for the texts. Knowledge of Latin is not required or necessary, sensitivity for the philological aspects of the originals, when relevant, is. Much literature will quote Latin phrases but it practice this should not cause problems; for fully cited texts either the translation is present in the set texts or it is separately provided.
There will be seven seminars in Michaelmas Term, on quasi-delict, furtum and the lex Aquilia, and eight in Hilary Term on the lex Aquila, noxal liability and iniuria. Students will be offered four tutorials, to be arranged by their college tutors.
This subject cannot be taken by an Oxford graduate who has offered Roman Law in the Final Honour School.
[less]
The Roman and Civilian Law of Contracts
The purpose of the course is to study the Roman Law of Contracts in detail, particularly the Law of Sale, and to examine, subsequently, on this basis, doctrinal and philosophical aspects of the Civilian law on contracts as it developed from ca. 1100 AD till the middle of the 19th century, with where possible a comparison with and excursus into English law. The course is structured as follows: 1. General I. 2. General II: conditions, error, performance 3. Contractus litteris, Contractus re (loan for consumption [mutuum], loan for use [commodatum], deposit [depositum]). 4. Sale I: general, price, price must be certain, price must be real; the object (res); emptio spei and emptio rei speratae, res extra commercium, sale of goods of third party, sale of purchaser’s own thing, sale of debts; pacts. 5. Sale II: duties of the seller, duty to tranfer property, duty to deliver possession, latent defects, damages for non-delivery. 6. Sale III: transfer of possession/property, passing of risk, eviction. 7. Mandate, Partnership. 8. Contractus verbis: the stipulation, use of writing. With every sub-subject point of departure are the relevant Roman texts, with subsequently mediaeval and later commentaries, which will show how the texts were interpreted and eventually adapted to contemporary use. Out of the mass of commentaries several important and influential ones are chosen (like Bartolus, Voet). For application cases of the Roman-Dutch jurisdiction will also be chosen, which is still present as South-African law. In view that we rely basically on English translations (exception: Wolff in a French translation), much attention will be given to the basic texts (Digest) and the 17th and 18th century authors who have been translated. A syllabus will be available from early October 2011.
[less]
MJur
The Roman Law option focuses on set texts from the Institutes and Digest. Its primary aim is to understand those texts and the ideas and methods of the great Roman jurists who wrote them. The secondary aim is, by comparison, to throw light on the law of our own time. It caters for the interests of those who are interested in making use of their classical background or of developing the knowledge of Roman law they have acquired by taking the ‘A Roman Introduction to Private Law’ course in Law Moderations, although it is not essential to have done the Roman Law course for Mods. It allows students to study in some detail the outlook and methods of reasoning of the classical jurists who provide the models on which professional legal argument has ever since been based. In practice this will lead to discuss fundamentals of the law of delicts/torts, aided by the comparison with English cases. The lectures are based, so far as the Roman law is concerned, on the set texts, in English translation. Indeed, one of the advantages of this course from the point of view of students is that the body of relevant texts and other authoritative material is more limited than it is in most, perhaps all, the other options. It is possible to concentrate on detail. In the examination candidates are required to comment on selections from the set translated texts and on questions regarding the literature given for the texts. Knowledge of Latin is not required or necessary, sensitivity for the philological aspects of the originals, when relevant, is. Much literature will quote Latin phrases but it practice this should not cause problems; for fully cited texts either the translation is present in the set texts or it is separately provided.
There will be seven seminars in Michaelmas Term, on quasi-delict, furtum and the lex Aquilia, and eight in Hilary Term on the lex Aquila, noxal liability and iniuria. Students will be offered four tutorials, to be arranged by their college tutors.
This subject cannot be taken by an Oxford graduate who has offered Roman Law in the Final Honour School.
[less]
The Roman and Civilian Law of Contracts
The purpose of the course is to study the Roman Law of Contracts in detail, particularly the Law of Sale, and to examine, subsequently, on this basis, doctrinal and philosophical aspects of the Civilian law on contracts as it developed from ca. 1100 AD till the middle of the 19th century, with where possible a comparison with and excursus into English law. The course is structured as follows: 1. General I. 2. General II: conditions, error, performance 3. Contractus litteris, Contractus re (loan for consumption [mutuum], loan for use [commodatum], deposit [depositum]). 4. Sale I: general, price, price must be certain, price must be real; the object (res); emptio spei and emptio rei speratae, res extra commercium, sale of goods of third party, sale of purchaser’s own thing, sale of debts; pacts. 5. Sale II: duties of the seller, duty to tranfer property, duty to deliver possession, latent defects, damages for non-delivery. 6. Sale III: transfer of possession/property, passing of risk, eviction. 7. Mandate, Partnership. 8. Contractus verbis: the stipulation, use of writing. With every sub-subject point of departure are the relevant Roman texts, with subsequently mediaeval and later commentaries, which will show how the texts were interpreted and eventually adapted to contemporary use. Out of the mass of commentaries several important and influential ones are chosen (like Bartolus, Voet). For application cases of the Roman-Dutch jurisdiction will also be chosen, which is still present as South-African law. In view that we rely basically on English translations (exception: Wolff in a French translation), much attention will be given to the basic texts (Digest) and the 17th and 18th century authors who have been translated. A syllabus will be available from early October 2011.
[less]
People
Roman Law teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Boudewijn Sirks: Regius Professor of Civil Law
in conjunction with:
Michael Ashdown: Fellow and Tutor in Law
Alexandra Braun: CUF Lecturer
John Cartwright: Professor of the Law of Contract
Simon Douglas: CUF Lecturer
Joshua Getzler: Professor of Law and Legal History
James Goudkamp: CUF Lecturer
Louise Gullifer: Professor of Commercial Law
Geneviève Helleringer: EC Marie Curie Fellow
Mike Macnair: CUF Lecturer
Roger Smith: CUF Lecturer
Simon Whittaker: Professor of European Comparative Law
Katja Ziegler: Reader in European and Comparative Law, Erich Brost University Lecturer
assisted by:
Benjamin Spagnolo: MPhil student
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Tony Honoré: Emeritus Regius Professor of Civil Law at All Souls
Maris Köpcke Tinturé: Fellow in Law, Worcester College (Lecturer in Law, Brasenose College)
[top]
Taxation
Forthcoming Subject Events
May 2012
Tuesday 22 May 2012 Week 5
- Centre for Business Taxation Research Seminar Series
Tbc - Speaker: Philip Strahan, Boston College
Said Business School Boardroom (joint with Finance) at 12:15
June 2012
Thursday 14 June Week 8
- Centre for Business Taxation Research Seminar Series
Reflections on Some Small, Medium, and Large Design Issues with Income Source Rules in International Taxation. - Speaker: Mitchell Kane,, New York University
Said Business School Seminar Room 14 at 14:30
News
John Vella gives evidence to the House of Lords
John Vella, Senior Research Fellow, gave evidence to the House of Lords EU Sub-Commmittee A (Economic and Financial Affairs and International Trade) on the proposed Financial Transaction Tax (FTT). [more…]
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 67 Taxation publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2012
J Freedman, GAAR as a process and the process of discussing the GAAR (2012) British Tax Review
J Freedman, Responsive Regulation, Risk and Rules: Applying the Theory to Tax Practice (2012) 44 UBC Law Review
J Freedman and John Vella, Revenue Guidance: The Limits of Discretion and Legitimate Expectations (2012) Sweet and Maxwell Ltd. Law Quarterly Review.This material is reproduced by agreement with the Publishers
J Vella, 'The Financial Transaction Tax Debate: Some Questionable Claims' (2012) Volume 47 Intereconomics 90
2011
G Loutzenhiser, 'Operational integration of income tax and National Insurance Contributions' (2011) British Tax Review
2010
J Freedman, GAAR: challenging assumptions (2010) Tax Journal
The current `informal engagement' to explore whether there is a case for the GAAR may very well result in no action and this would be a relief for many in the tax community. But before dismiss ing the idea, it is worth considering what the alternatives might be and whether a carefully crafted GAAR resulting from thorough consultation and with appropriate safeguards might not be preferable.
2009
J Freedman, A GANTIP. Was it really such a bad idea? (2009) The Tax Journal
J Freedman, G Loomer and J Vella, Corporate Tax Risk and Tax Avoidance: New Approaches (2009) British Tax Review 74
The relationship between tax authorities and large corporate taxpayers is a concern world-wide as can be seen from the 2008 OECD Study into the Role of Tax Intermediaries. In the United Kingdom, HMRC have been developing a risk rating approach to tax risk management as part of their Review of Links with Large Business. The approach is designed to promote an enhanced relationship between HMRC and the taxpayer, based on trust and transparency. The objectives include the improvement of resource allocation and the encouragement of companies to consider their position so as to achieve the benefits of low risk rating, which may involve altering their tax planning strategy. In addition, new approaches to tax avoidance legislation such as targeted anti-avoidance rules and principles-based legislation are being introduced or considered. This article discusses a survey of tax directors in which the authors used detailed tax planning scenarios to investigate the views of tax directors on the impact and success or otherwise of these new approaches. The views of tax directors are only one factor in judging the success of these developments, but given that one aim of current tax policy is an enhanced relationship with corporate taxpayers, directors’ views are significant in assessing the progress being made.
J Freedman, Section 93 and Schedule 46 - duties of senior accounting officers of large companies (2009) British Tax Review, Sweet and Maxwell 620
J Vella, J Freedman and G Loomer, 'Corporate Tax Risk and Tax Avoidance: New Approaches ' (2009) British Tax Review 74
2008
J Freedman, Small Business Tax- Where do we go from here? (2008) Tax Adviser
2007
J Freedman, Interpreting Tax Statutes: Tax Avoidance and the Intention of Parliament (2007) 123(Jan) Law Quarterly Review Sweet & Maxwell and reproduced here with permission 53
J Freedman and C. Crawford, Small Companies Again - Section 3 Finance Act 2007 (2007)
G Loutzenhiser, 'Income Splitting and Settlements: Further Observations on Jones v Garnett' (2007) British Tax Review 693
The author contributes to the discussion on the family business income-splitting case Jones v Garnett. The article begins with an examination of the settlements legislation, focusing on the key definitions, namely “arrangement”, “settlor” and “outright gift”, as well as the common law “bounty” requirement and considers how these definitions apply in the context of family businesses. In the 2007 Pre-Budget Report the Government announced it will be launching a consultation on new legislation to prevent tax-motivated income splitting involving dividends and partnership profits. The article concludes with a discussion of various alternatives available to the Government for addressing the income-splitting issue raised by the case, as well as the more favourable tax and national insurance contribution treatment generally accorded unearned income as compared to earned income
2006
J Freedman, Why Taxing the Micro-business is not simple - A Cautionary Tale from the 'Old World (2006) 2(1) Journal of the Australasian Tax Teachers Association 58
2005
J Freedman, Converging Tracks? Recent Developments in Canadian and UK Approaches to Tax Avoidance (2005) 2005 53 53 Canadian Tax Journal (2005) 1038
Analysis of the Canadian and UK courts' approaches to general principles of tax avoidance
ISBN: 0008-5111
2004
J Freedman, Accounting Standards: A Panacea? (2004) 38278 The Tax Journal 9
Draws on an earlier article, Aligning Taxable Profits and Accounting Profits: Accounting standards, legislators and judges, and refers to a paper delivered by Professor Wolfgang Shoen.
J Freedman, Defining Taxpayer Responsibility: In Support of a General Anti-Avoidance Principle (2004) 2004 (4) British Tax Review 332
E J F Simpson, 'The Ramsay Principle: a Curious Incident of Judicial Reticence?' (2004) [2004] 4 British Tax Review 358
An examination of the constitutional constraints upon the judiciary in the development of tax law; and an argument (i) that they have been misunderstood, and (ii) that, if properly understood, a legislated GAAR (general anti-avoidance rule) would be unnecesary.
ISBN: 0007-1870
2003
J Freedman, 'One Size Fits All - Small Business and Competitive Legal Forms' (2003) (2003) Vol 3 part I The Journal of Corporate Law Studies 123
Analysis of proposals of Company Law Review on small business law reform: based on paper presented to conference on corporate law reform at Cambridge Centre for Corporate and Commercial Law July 2002.
ISBN: 1473-5970
J Freedman, Tax and Corporate Responsibility (2003) 37774 The Tax Journal
Brief summary of inaugural lecture delivered May 2003 analysing the need for a general anti-avoidance principle in tax law and discussing the significance of certainty in tax law.
ISBN: 0954-7274
2002
J Freedman and others, 'The Limited Liability Partnership: Pick and Mix or Mix up?' (2002) 37500 Journal of Business Law 475
Comment on new Limited Liability Partnership Legislation- policy and technical content. An update and development of article written for Journal of Corporation Law in 2001.
ISBN: 0021-9460
G Loutzenhiser, 'Prescribed Share Concerns When Employee Stock Options Are Exercised During a Takeover Bid' (2002) 13(9) Taxation of Executive Compensation and Retirement 131
2001
J Freedman, 'Limited Liability Partnerships in the UK - Do They Have A Role For Small Firms?' (2001) 26 Journal of Corporation Law 897
Contribution to special issue based on international symposium on unincorporated business entities in Tilburg 2001.
ISBN: 0360-795X
J Freedman, 'Personal Service Companies-' (2001) British Tax Review
Current Note
ISBN: 0007-1870
G Loutzenhiser, 'New Federal Legislation Enhances Employee Stock Option Benefits' (2001) 12(9) Taxation of Executive Compensation and Retirement 423
1999
G Loutzenhiser, 'Holding Revenue Canada to its Word: Estoppel in Tax Law' (1999) vol. 57, no. 2, University of Toronto Faculty of Law Review 127
Books
2012
G Loutzenhiser and John Tiley, Advanced Topics in Revenue Law (Hart Publishing 2012)
G Loutzenhiser and John Tiley, Revenue Law, 7th ed (Hart Publishing 2012)
2001
J Freedman, Employed or Self-Employed? Tax Classification and the Changing Labour Market. (The Institute for Fiscal Studies 2001)
Chapters
2012
J Vella, J Freedman and G Loomer, 'Analyzing the enhanced relationship between corporate taxpayers and revenue authorities: a UK case study' in L Oats (ed), A fieldwork guide to taxation (Routledge 2012)
2011
G Loutzenhiser, 'Taxation of Executive Compensation' in Jennifer Hill and Randall Thomas (eds), The Research Handbook on Executive Pay (Edward Elgar Publishing 2011)
J Vella and J Freedman, 'HMRC’s Management of the U.K. Tax System: The Boundaries of Legitimate Discretion ' in J Freedman, C Evans and R Krever (eds), The Delicate Balance: Revenue Authority Discretions and the Rule of Law (IBFD 2011)
2010
J Freedman, G.Loomer and J.Vella, Analyzing the Enhanced Relationship Between Corporate Taxpayers and Revenue Authorities: A U.K. Case Study in (The IRS Research Bulletin, Proceedings of the 2009 IRS Research Conference (The Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service, Washington DC, 2010 ) 2010)
J Freedman and C.Crawford, Small Business Taxation in J Mirrlees, S Adam, T Besley, R Blundell, S Bond, R Chote, M Gammie, P Johnson, G Myles, J Poterba (eds), Dimensions of Tax Design: The Mirrlees Review ( Oxford University Press for Institute for Fiscal Studies 2010)
J Freedman, Tax Risk Management and Corporate Taxpayers - International Tax Administration Developments in Bakker A and Kloosterhof S. (eds), Tax Risk Management - From Risk to Opportunity (IBFD 2010)
2009
J Freedman, Reforming the Business Tax System: Does Size Matter? Fundamental Issues in Small Business Taxation. in Chris Evans and Richard Krever (eds), Australian Business Tax Reform in Retrospect and Prospect (The Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia. Thomson Reuters (Professional) Australia Ltd 2009)
2008
J Freedman, 'Epilogue: Establishing the foundations of tax law in UK universities' in Avery Jones, J., Harris,P., Oliver, D. (eds), Comparative Perspectives on Revenue Law: Essays in Honour of John Tiley (CUP 2008)
J Freedman, Financial and Tax Accounting: Transparency and Truth in Schon (ed), Tax and Corporate Governance (Springer Science 2008)
J Freedman, Is Tax Avoidance Fair? in C.Wales (ed), Fair Tax: Towards a Modern Tax System (Smith Institute 2008)
J Freedman, G.Loomer and J.Vella, Moving Beyond Avoidance? Tax Risk and the Relationship between large Business and HMRC in J.Freedman (ed), Beyond Boundaries: Developing Approaches to Tax Avoidance and Tax Risk Management (Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation 2008)
J Freedman and G.Macdonald, The Tax Base for CCCTB: The Role of Principles in Lang/Pistone/Schuch/Staringer (ed), Common Consolidated Corporate Tax Base (CCCTB) (Linde 2008)
J Vella, J Freedman and G Loomer, 'Moving Beyond Avoidance? Tax Risk and the Relationship between large Business and HMRC' in J. Freedman (ed), Beyond Boundaries: Developing Approaches to Tax Avoidance and Tax Risk Management (Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation 2008)
2007
J Freedman, 'The Tax Avoidance Culture: Who is Responsible? Governmental Influences and Corporate Social Responsibility' in Jane Holder and Colm O'Cinneide (eds), Current Legal Problems 2006 (OUP 2007)
Based on lecture delivered by invitation as part of UCL's Current Legal Problems series.
ISBN: 978-0-19-921211-8
2006
E J F Simpson, 'Making Sense of the Ramsay Principle: a Novel Role for Public Law?' in Jean-Bernard Auby and M. R. Freedland (eds), The Public Law/Private Law Divide: une entente assez cordiale (Hart Publishing 2006)
2005
J Freedman, 'Taxation Research as Legal Research' in Lamb, M, Lymer, A, Freedman, J and James, S (eds), Taxation: An Interdisciplinary Approach to Research (OUP 2005)
Chapter in book co-edited by author wth other members of the Tax Research Network.
J Freedman, Treatment of Capital Gains and Losses in Peter Essers and Arie Rijkers (eds), The Notion of Income from Capital (IBFD 2005)
Book chapter in European Association of Tax Law Professors tax Series Vol 1 published by International Bureau of Fiscal Documentation.
ISBN: 90-76078-81-5
2004
J Freedman, 'Limited Liability Partnerships in the United Kingdom: Do They Have a Role for Small Firms?' in J. McCahery, T. Raaijmakers, E.Vermeulen (eds), The Governance of Close Corporations and Partnerships (OUP 2004)
Reprinted from The Journal of Corporate Law, with postscript.
ISBN: 0-19-926435-X
2003
J Freedman, Small Business Taxation: Policy Issues and the UK in N. Warren (ed), Taxing Small Business: Developing Good Tax Policies (Australian Tax Research Foundation 2003)
Paper from the ATAX SME Tax Symposium, Sydney 2003.
ISBN: 0 949482 79 X
E J F Simpson and B McFarlane, 'Tackling Avoidance' in J Getzler (ed), Rationalizing Property, Equity and Trusts - Essays in Honour of Edward Burn (OUP 2003)
2002
E J F Simpson, 'Part Three: Trusts and Taxation' in Megarry & Burn (eds), Trusts and Trustees: Cases and Materials, 6th edn, (Butterworths Lexis-Nexis 2002)
The chapters describe how trusts are taxed.
ISBN: 0-406-98586-3
Edited books
2011
J Freedman and others (eds), The Delicate Balance - Tax, Discretion and the Rule of Law (International Bureau of Fiscal Documentation 2011)
2008
J Freedman (ed), Beyond Boundaries - Developing Approaches to Tax Avoidance and Tax Risk Management. (Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation 2008)
2005
J Freedman and others (eds), Taxation: An Interdisciplinary Approach to Research (ed. Lamb, Lymer, Freedman and James) (OUP, 2005 2005)
Innovative approach to tax research- contributions from academics from many disciplines including JF
ISBN: 0-19-924293-3
Internet Publications
2007
J Freedman, The ICAEW Tax Faculty Hardman Memorial Lecture Small Business Taxation - the Indefinable in Pursuit of the Unachievable? (2007)
2004
J Freedman, Aligning Taxable Profits and Accounting profits: Accounting standards, legislators and judges (2004) eJournal of Tax Research
2004(1) 71-99
ISBN: 1448-2398
Case Notes
2012
J Vella and J Freedman, 'Revenue Guidance: The Limits of Discretion and Legitimate Expectations' (2012) 128 Law Quarterly Review 192 [Case Note]
2006
G Loutzenhiser, Jones v Garnett: Court of Appeal puts HMRC on ice (2006) British Tax Review 140 [Case Note]
Case note on Jones v Garnett Court of Appeal
2005
G Loutzenhiser, Jones v Garnett: High Court gives taxpayer the cold shoulder (2005) 4 British Tax Review 401 [Case Note]
Extensive case note on Jones v Garnett with considerable policy discussion.
Presentation/Conference contributions
2011
G Loutzenhiser, 'Trompe-l’oeil: The sham doctrine in the Canadian tax courts', paper presented at The Common Law Doctrine of the Sham: Reality and Pretence in Law A joint Oxford and Melbourne Symposium at Christ Church, July 2011
2003
G Loutzenhiser and others, 'Tax Policy and Global Warming', paper presented at (with David Duff) Fourth Global Environmental Tax Conference, Sydney, Australia, 2003
Reviews
2011
G Loutzenhiser, 'International Commercial Tax' (2011) British Tax Review 229 [Review]
G Loutzenhiser, 'Tax arbitrage: the trawling of the international tax system' (2011) British Tax Review 358 [Review]
G Loutzenhiser, 'Taxation of Intellectual Property' (2011) British Tax Review 357 [Review]
Working Papers
2007
G Loutzenhiser and Stuart Adam, Integrating Income Tax and National Insurance: An Interim Report (2007) Institute for Fiscal Studies Working Paper
The report considers the merits of integrating income tax and national insurance contributions.
Reports
2011
G Loutzenhiser and others, 'Transparency in reporting financial data by multinational corporations' (2011) Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS - Final Year (Phase III)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase II of the Final Honour School includes the first and second term of the final year; the Final Examinations are taken in the third term of the final year.
[less]
Taxation pervades every area of life, including property, family, employment and business affairs. Tax law is well suited to interdisciplinary study, intersecting as it does with economics and politics. It also offers rich opportunities for the study of many areas of law, given that tax factors have frequently influenced development of legal concepts and principles. In turn, tax laws are shaped by concepts of property, commercial, corporate and employment law and approaches to drafting and interpretation of legislation. This course introduces students to selected issues in the law of taxation, chosen to illuminate fundamental concepts and to link to other parts of the undergraduate law course. The focus is on tax law, but the technical issues are examined by focusing on themes and principles and placing the law within its political and economic context, in order to create an understanding of the requirements of a tax system and the difficulties encountered in designing, legislating for and administering such a system.
Students taking this course are required to use a variety of sources, ranging from statute and case law to easily accessible literature from other disciplines, such as economics and accounting of which no prior knowledge is required. All the material is non-mathematical and no computation is required in any part of the course. The approach taken and topics chosen ensure that the course is of interest to a wide range of students.
Those entering the legal profession will find that knowledge of taxation is of value whether they intend to specialise in taxation, for which there are many opportunities, both in the City and in private client work, or as background to practice in other areas. The course will provide a valuable intellectual framework for the tax element in the professional legal training courses. Students interested in careers outside the legal profession will also find that the tax course provides a thorough grounding in a topic of central importance to business, politics and government.
The course examines the objectives and functions of a "good" tax system and how these affect what society chooses to tax. The focus of the course is on direct taxes - income tax, capital gains tax and inheritance tax in relation to individuals and businesses and the application of these taxes to private trusts The issue of tax avoidance is of central concern in most tax systems. The course examines the way in which our tax system has lent itself to ingenious tax avoidance (or tax planning?) schemes and the attempts of the judges and the legislature to combat these activities.
The course is taught by lectures and co-ordinated classes commencing in Michaelmas and continuing to 4th week in Hilary. These lectures and classes are key elements of the teaching. The five tutorials are also spread through Michaelmas and Hilary.
[less]
Postgraduate
BCL
Corporate and Business Taxation
Tax law is central to all businesses and of significance to many business transactions. It helps to shape business law and many commercial decisions. The Corporate and Business Taxation course is suitable not only for tax specialists but also for all students interested in business and commercial law at a practical or theoretical level.
The course aims to introduce students to the issues surrounding taxation of domestic and multi-national corporations as well as that of unincorporated businesses. It uses UK tax law as a starting point for a broader study of tax principles, concepts and policy issues relevant to all tax systems at a national level. Using the same starting point, the course also examines some of the problems surrounding cross-border taxation (‘international taxation’) and the significant impact of EU law on business taxation. Detailed legal issues are studied in depth, always placed in their theoretical, economic and business context. Critical analysis of the policy underlying the law and the way it is implemented is encouraged, as is the introduction of comparative material from other jurisdictions. The course is therefore appropriate for students from a variety of backgrounds, whether or not they have studied tax before. It is regularly taken successfully by BCL and MJur students.
The course is taught by Judith Freedman, Professor of Taxation Law, and Glen Loutzenhiser, McGrigors University Lecturer in Tax Law, with guest lectures from leading researchers at the Oxford University Centre of Business Taxation, and from other distinguished tax practitioners and visiting academics. For further information please contact Professor Freedman at judith.freedman@law.ox.ac.uk
No prior study of tax law, company law or economics is required, although those with no knowledge of company law may need to do a small amount of background reading, on which advice will be given. Students who have studied tax elsewhere will usually find the course builds on their previous studies well. There will be NO CALCULATIONS.
Students must be prepared to read many types of material and consider how policy issues and technical law interact. UK tax law, which forms a key component of the course, is statute based, so legislation must be studied,but case law is also important. Readings from public finance and accounting literature will be recommended on some topics: these will be accessible without specialist knowledge. Many of the readings will be available electronically and detailed reading lists and guidance are posted on the intranet and Weblearn.
The syllabus is wide and the subject fast moving, so that the precise focus may vary from year to year.
Central themes are
- The tax base- i.e. what should be taxed and when? If we are to tax profit, how should this be defined? What are the alternative bases for taxation?
- The unit of taxation i.e. who should be taxed? The individual domestic company? The group as a whole? The ultimate shareholders? Consumers? How are taxes at each level integrated with each other?
- What are the special problems of small business taxation?
- What distortions and problems are encountered in corporation tax and how are these used in tax planning - e.g. the debt/equity differential; use of tax incentives; corporate residence; transfer pricing in multinational groups?
- Who should do the taxing and set the rules? How should taxation be allocated between jurisdictions in the light of increasing mobility of capital and technological developments? What is the role of national governments, international bodies such as the European Union, the EU Court of Justice and the OECD? What is the role of double taxation treaties? Is there a future for a Common Consolidated Corporate Tax Base in the EU?
- What is tax avoidance in a business context and how, and to what extent, should it be controlled? To what extent and how can this be done by national tax authorities and what forms of international co-operation are possible for controlling transfer-pricing, the use of low tax areas and similar activities?
The examination format allows students to focus on areas and approaches that interest them, although the entire course must be studied to gain a complete overview and understanding.
The teaching consists of lectures and seminars spread over Michaelmas and Hilary terms and two lectures in Trinity Term. Some of the lectures provide background structure for the seminars and some are given by very distinguished guest lecturers drawn from practice and academia. There are four tutorials given by the course lecturers - one in MT, one in HT and two in TT. Written work is set and marked for each tutorial.
[less]
Taxation comprises a difficult and complex mass of material. It is hard to deny that proposition, but the Oxford Personal Tax course is designed to be questioning and challenging. For a start, only a limited range of taxes is within the syllabus: income tax on trusts and annual payments, capital gains tax and inheritance tax. Legislative and judicial methods of countering tax avoidance are dealt with in depth. We attempt to teach the material in such a way that the detail is much less important than the cases and the ideas underpinning the law. Company taxation is not covered in the Personal Tax course, but is dealt with in the Corporate and Business Taxation course. The two tax courses on the BCL are complementary but are also completely freestanding so may be taken alone or together depending on the student's interest. It is not essential to have studied tax previously in order to take either the Personal Taxation course or Corporate and Business Taxation but students who have studied the subject at undergraduate level will find that the material in the graduate courses will flow on well from their initial courses and will enhance their existing knowledge of taxation. A theme that runs through a significant proportion of the course is the way in which trusts are affected by taxation, particularly in comparison with taxation of individuals. This involves considerable use of trusts cases and theories - not surprising when one remembers the number of trusts cases that have arisen in a taxation context. Accordingly, it is not advisable to study Personal Taxation unless you have covered Trusts already or are taking it as an option in the MJur. Personal Taxation offers the opportunity to consider an almost entirely statutory area and study the reaction of the judiciary to it. This is particularly revealing in the fast developing area of judicial reaction to tax avoidance schemes. This is an area of intense judicial activity and disagreement, at its heart being the question as to how far the courts should go to defeat schemes that set out to frustrate the intended effect of taxes or exemptions from taxation. This is an area that benefits from comparisons with other countries, although most of Personal Taxation has its focus on purely English taxation provisions.
In 2010-2011 the course will be taught by Mr R J Smith and Mr E. Simpson. Lectures in Michaelmas and Hilary Terms set out to cover virtually the entirety of the syllabus. Tutorials are normally arranged after lectures are completed. There is a \"Tax Problem Class\" in Trinity Term which combines the objectives of developing the necessary skills to handle problem questions on taxation and of enabling seminar discussion of some of the more perplexing issues in the subject. Anyone who wishes to have further information before deciding whether to take Personal Taxation is welcome to contact Mr R J Smith (Magdalen College).
[less]
MJur
Corporate and Business Taxation
Tax law is central to all businesses and of significance to many business transactions. It helps to shape business law and many commercial decisions. The Corporate and Business Taxation course is suitable not only for tax specialists but also for all students interested in business and commercial law at a practical or theoretical level.
The course aims to introduce students to the issues surrounding taxation of domestic and multi-national corporations as well as that of unincorporated businesses. It uses UK tax law as a starting point for a broader study of tax principles, concepts and policy issues relevant to all tax systems at a national level. Using the same starting point, the course also examines some of the problems surrounding cross-border taxation (‘international taxation’) and the significant impact of EU law on business taxation. Detailed legal issues are studied in depth, always placed in their theoretical, economic and business context. Critical analysis of the policy underlying the law and the way it is implemented is encouraged, as is the introduction of comparative material from other jurisdictions. The course is therefore appropriate for students from a variety of backgrounds, whether or not they have studied tax before. It is regularly taken successfully by BCL and MJur students.
The course is taught by Judith Freedman, Professor of Taxation Law, and Glen Loutzenhiser, McGrigors University Lecturer in Tax Law, with guest lectures from leading researchers at the Oxford University Centre of Business Taxation, and from other distinguished tax practitioners and visiting academics. For further information please contact Professor Freedman at judith.freedman@law.ox.ac.uk
No prior study of tax law, company law or economics is required, although those with no knowledge of company law may need to do a small amount of background reading, on which advice will be given. Students who have studied tax elsewhere will usually find the course builds on their previous studies well. There will be NO CALCULATIONS.
Students must be prepared to read many types of material and consider how policy issues and technical law interact. UK tax law, which forms a key component of the course, is statute based, so legislation must be studied,but case law is also important. Readings from public finance and accounting literature will be recommended on some topics: these will be accessible without specialist knowledge. Many of the readings will be available electronically and detailed reading lists and guidance are posted on the intranet and Weblearn.
The syllabus is wide and the subject fast moving, so that the precise focus may vary from year to year.
Central themes are
- The tax base- i.e. what should be taxed and when? If we are to tax profit, how should this be defined? What are the alternative bases for taxation?
- The unit of taxation i.e. who should be taxed? The individual domestic company? The group as a whole? The ultimate shareholders? Consumers? How are taxes at each level integrated with each other?
- What are the special problems of small business taxation?
- What distortions and problems are encountered in corporation tax and how are these used in tax planning - e.g. the debt/equity differential; use of tax incentives; corporate residence; transfer pricing in multinational groups?
- Who should do the taxing and set the rules? How should taxation be allocated between jurisdictions in the light of increasing mobility of capital and technological developments? What is the role of national governments, international bodies such as the European Union, the EU Court of Justice and the OECD? What is the role of double taxation treaties? Is there a future for a Common Consolidated Corporate Tax Base in the EU?
- What is tax avoidance in a business context and how, and to what extent, should it be controlled? To what extent and how can this be done by national tax authorities and what forms of international co-operation are possible for controlling transfer-pricing, the use of low tax areas and similar activities?
The examination format allows students to focus on areas and approaches that interest them, although the entire course must be studied to gain a complete overview and understanding.
The teaching consists of lectures and seminars spread over Michaelmas and Hilary terms and two lectures in Trinity Term. Some of the lectures provide background structure for the seminars and some are given by very distinguished guest lecturers drawn from practice and academia. There are four tutorials given by the course lecturers - one in MT, one in HT and two in TT. Written work is set and marked for each tutorial.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
Corporate and Business Taxation
Tax law is central to all businesses and of significance to many business transactions. It helps to shape business law and many commercial decisions. The Corporate and Business Taxation course is suitable not only for tax specialists but also for all students interested in business and commercial law at a practical or theoretical level.
The course aims to introduce students to the issues surrounding taxation of domestic and multi-national corporations as well as that of unincorporated businesses. It uses UK tax law as a starting point for a broader study of tax principles, concepts and policy issues relevant to all tax systems at a national level. Using the same starting point, the course also examines some of the problems surrounding cross-border taxation (‘international taxation’) and the significant impact of EU law on business taxation. Detailed legal issues are studied in depth, always placed in their theoretical, economic and business context. Critical analysis of the policy underlying the law and the way it is implemented is encouraged, as is the introduction of comparative material from other jurisdictions. The course is therefore appropriate for students from a variety of backgrounds, whether or not they have studied tax before. It is regularly taken successfully by BCL and MJur students.
The course is taught by Judith Freedman, Professor of Taxation Law, and Glen Loutzenhiser, McGrigors University Lecturer in Tax Law, with guest lectures from leading researchers at the Oxford University Centre of Business Taxation, and from other distinguished tax practitioners and visiting academics. For further information please contact Professor Freedman at judith.freedman@law.ox.ac.uk
No prior study of tax law, company law or economics is required, although those with no knowledge of company law may need to do a small amount of background reading, on which advice will be given. Students who have studied tax elsewhere will usually find the course builds on their previous studies well. There will be NO CALCULATIONS.
Students must be prepared to read many types of material and consider how policy issues and technical law interact. UK tax law, which forms a key component of the course, is statute based, so legislation must be studied,but case law is also important. Readings from public finance and accounting literature will be recommended on some topics: these will be accessible without specialist knowledge. Many of the readings will be available electronically and detailed reading lists and guidance are posted on the intranet and Weblearn.
The syllabus is wide and the subject fast moving, so that the precise focus may vary from year to year.
Central themes are
- The tax base- i.e. what should be taxed and when? If we are to tax profit, how should this be defined? What are the alternative bases for taxation?
- The unit of taxation i.e. who should be taxed? The individual domestic company? The group as a whole? The ultimate shareholders? Consumers? How are taxes at each level integrated with each other?
- What are the special problems of small business taxation?
- What distortions and problems are encountered in corporation tax and how are these used in tax planning - e.g. the debt/equity differential; use of tax incentives; corporate residence; transfer pricing in multinational groups?
- Who should do the taxing and set the rules? How should taxation be allocated between jurisdictions in the light of increasing mobility of capital and technological developments? What is the role of national governments, international bodies such as the European Union, the EU Court of Justice and the OECD? What is the role of double taxation treaties? Is there a future for a Common Consolidated Corporate Tax Base in the EU?
- What is tax avoidance in a business context and how, and to what extent, should it be controlled? To what extent and how can this be done by national tax authorities and what forms of international co-operation are possible for controlling transfer-pricing, the use of low tax areas and similar activities?
The examination format allows students to focus on areas and approaches that interest them, although the entire course must be studied to gain a complete overview and understanding.
The teaching consists of lectures and seminars spread over Michaelmas and Hilary terms and two lectures in Trinity Term. Some of the lectures provide background structure for the seminars and some are given by very distinguished guest lecturers drawn from practice and academia. There are four tutorials given by the course lecturers - one in MT, one in HT and two in TT. Written work is set and marked for each tutorial.
[less]
People
Taxation teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Judith Freedman: Professor of Taxation Law
in conjunction with:
Rita de la Feria: Senior Research Fellow at the Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation
Glen Loutzenhiser: McGrigors Lecturer in Tax Law
Edwin Simpson: CUF Lecturer
Roger Smith: CUF Lecturer
John Vella: Senior Research Fellow at the Oxford University Centre for Business Taxation
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Doreen McBarnet: Professor of Socio-Legal Studies
[top]
Tort
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 90 Tort publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2011
E Descheemaeker, 'Veritas non est defamatio'? Truth as a Defence in the Law of Defamation (2011) Legal Studies 1
DOI: 10.1111/j.1748-121X.2010.00191.x
Despite the limited exception introduced by statute in 1974, the principle that truth is and ought to be a complete defence to all actions in defamation is typically regarded as self-evident in modern English law. The fact that England stands here against not only the whole of the civilian tradition but also a number of common-law jurisdictions suggests, however, that it is not. This article, after surveying the history of the principle in English law and the debates that it has spurred in the past, argues that English law is right on this question, but needs to understand more cogently why. This, in turn, requires an examination of the interests protected by the cause of action. It is only if we accept that it is, and is solely, reputation founded in character that the defence of veritas will be secured.
ISBN: 1748121X
E Descheemaeker, ''A man of bad character has not so much to lose’: Truth as a Defence in the South African Law of Defamation' (2011) 128 South African Law Journal 452
This paper examines, from a historical and comparative perspective, the role of truth in the South African law of defamation. In order to understand to what extent the law of South Africa might represent a mixture of civilian and common-law thinking, it first sets out the viewpoint of, on the one hand, Roman and Roman-Dutch law and, on the other hand, English law. Against this background, the dominant position of South African law appears avowedly civilian, a stand explained by the fact that the South African law of defamation really is a law of verbal insults, as in Rome, rather than a law of injuries to deserved reputation, as in England. However, an interesting dissident strand in favour of the sufficiency of truth can be seen to exist in the background, which is explored. This dissenting strand is certainly English in substance, but this does not entail that it has English roots.
D P Nolan, 'The Liability of Public Authorities for Failing to Confer Benefits' (2011) 127 Law Quarterly Review 260
2010
E Descheemaeker, 'Defamation Outside Reputation: Proposals for the Reform of English Law' (2010) 18 Tort Law Review 133
The view that the wrong of defamation protects the interest in reputation, and nothing but that interest, is ordinarily taken for granted in modern English law. It is, however, incorrect. This paper gives four examples of ways in which the English law of defamation has strayed into the protection of other interests, in particular privacy, self-worth and wealth. They are: the supplementary tests of defamatoriness (the ridicule test and the ‘shun and avoid’ test); s. 8(5) of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974; the rule that slanders are not ordinarily actionable without proof of ‘special damage’; and, finally, the compensation of losses consequential upon the injury to reputation. It is argued that these are all unwarranted and ought to be reformed.
ISBN: 10393285
S Green, 'Understanding the Wrongful Interference Actions' (2010) 74 Conveyancer and Property Lawyer 15
D P Nolan and S Bailey, The Page v Smith Saga: A Tale of Inauspicious Origins and Unintended Consequences (2010) 69 Cambridge Law Journal 495
2009
E Descheemaeker, Protecting Reputation: Defamation and Negligence (2009) 29 Oxford Journal of Legal Studies 603
The present article concerns itself with the relationship between defamation and negligence in the protection of the interest in reputation. The bijection between defamation and reputation is typically thought of as perfect: defamation only protects reputation, while reputation is only protected by defamation. This article shows, however, that neither limb of the proposition is true; furthermore, there is no principled ground why they should be. In particular, there is no reason why the tort of negligence could not prima facie extend the scope of its protection to reputation. It might seem that the fact that negligence, as a tort, requires by construction culpa, whereas defamation appears to rely on either more or less than that as a standard of liability, would prove an insuperable stumbling-block in the way of this suggestion. The hurdle, however, is not nearly as formidable as it might appear at first, because, as this article documents, negligence has for more than a century been acting as a magnet on the law of defamation, surreptitiously bringing its standard of liability increasingly close to negligence-culpa.
ISBN: 0143-6503
J Morgan, 'Policy reasoning in tort law: The courts, the Law Commission and the critics' (2009) 125 LQR 215
2007
D P Nolan, New Forms of Damage in Negligence (2007) 70 Modern Law Review 59
2006
J Morgan, 'The rise and fall of the general duty of care' (2006) 22 Professional Negligence 206
2005
D P Nolan, Reforming Liability for Psychiatric Injury in Scotland: a Recipe for Uncertainty? (2005) 68 Modern Law Review 983
A paper in the Reports section of the MLR on the Scottish Law Commission's Report on Liability for Psychiatric Injury. In the paper, I summarise the Report and subject it to a detailed critique.
ISBN: 0026-7961
D P Nolan, 'The Distinctiveness of Rylands v Fletcher' (2005) 121 Law Quarterly Review 421
2004
A S Burrows, 'Some Reflections on Law Reform in England and Canada' (2004) 39 Canadian Business Law Journal 320
J Morgan, 'Tort, insurance and incoherence' (2004) 67 MLR 384
D P Nolan, 'Psychiatric Injury at the Crossroads' (2004) Journal of Personal Injury Law 1
An overview of the law governing psychiatric injury and an assessment of the options for reform. Commissioned by the journal, which is practitioner-oriented.
ISBN: 1352 7533
D P Nolan, Suing the State: Governmental Liability in Comparative Perspective (2004) 67 Modern Law Review 843
A review article of Duncan Fairgrieve, State Liability in Tort: A Comparative Law Study. The article considers the current state of governmental liability in English law from three different perspectives (public law, private law, and legal politics), and focuses in particular on the lessons that can be learned from the French law of state liability.
ISBN: 0026 7961
2003
J Morgan, 'Privacy, confidence and horizontal effect: "Hello" trouble' (2003) CLJ 444
2001
J Morgan, 'Nuisance and the unruly tenant' (2001) CLJ 382
1999
L C H Hoyano, 'Policing Flawed Police Investigations: Unravelling the Blanket' (1999) 62 Modern Law Review 912
This article critically evaluates judicial arguments against the imposition of tort liability on police forces for negligent investigations of crime. The article analyses and defends the much-criticised decision of the European Court of Human Rights in Osman v UK.
L C H Hoyano, 'The Profit Paradox: Protecting Legitimate Expectations in Tort' (1999) 78 Canadian Bar Review 363
In the new era of concurrent liability, Commonwealth appellate courts have called for the rationalisation of the law of remedies across causes of action. Yet the formalistic logic of the current remedial rules applicable to misrepresentations actionable in tort and contract can yield widely discrepant results on the same matrix of facts. Anomalies are exposed where the contract was induced by fraudulent or negligent misrepresentation, but the victim discovered the truth only after fully performing the contract. The tort damages will usually equal the contract award where the misrepresentation was relatively minor, such that the court concludes that had the plaintiff known the truth, it would have been negotiated the contract price to reflect the actual circumstances, increasing the profit margin. However, where the misrepresentation was so serious that the fully informed victim would have refused to contract with the defendant under any terms, the award is calculated on the basis of the plaintiff's cost of performance, without any compensation for loss of profit. To circumvent this paradox, the courts have devised several stratagems to award the plaintiff damages for lost profit. This article shows these devices to be flawed, and that under the current orthodoxy, the law still leaves the defendant to enjoy the fruits of its tort. The author proposes an alternate rule which redefines loss of profits in this context as reliance loss, submitting that this measure best achieves tort's remedial objectives of full compensation and deterrence.
1996
L C H Hoyano, Lies Recklessness and Deception: Disentangling Dishonesty in Civil Fraud (1996) 75 Canadian Bar Review 474
Despite expressions of judicial distaste for the "current fashion" of alleging civil fraud, there continue to be significant of damages to pleading the tort of deceit as alternate or concurrent liability to negligent mistatement. This article explores the evidentiary difficulties in proving the requisite mental intent in the tort of deceit, with particular focus on pronouncements from the British Columbia Court of Appeal and the Supreme Court of Canada requiring that a plaintiff prove that the defendant intended to deceive the plaintiff in making the false statement. The author contends that this view was mistaken, and that both precedent and policy dictate that the requisite mental intent be merely that of inducing reliance upon the mistatement. To impose an additional requirement of proof of intent to deceive would extinguish recklessness as a separate avenue to establishing the dishonesty which is the essence of the tort, and might well result in making the tort of fraud more difficult to prove than the criminal offence of fraud.
L C H Hoyano, 'No Constitutional Licence for Defamation in Canada' (1996) 4 Tort Law Review 172
Critically evaluates the decision of the Supreme Court of Canada in Hill v Church of Scientology [1995] 2 S.C.R. 1130 holding that the common law tort of defamation generally complies with the guarantee of freedom of expression in the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
1995
L C H Hoyano, 'Dangerous Defects Revisited by Bold Spirits' (1995) 58 Modern Law Review 887
Discusses the decision of the Supreme Court of Canada holding builders liable in negligence to subsequent purchasers for the cost of repairing dangerous defects in Winnipeg Condominium No 36 v Bird Construction [1995] 1 SCR 85, and argues that the House of Lords should abandon the immunity from such liability it accorded builders in D&F Estates and in Murphy v Brentwood.
L C H Hoyano, 'The Dutiful Tortfeasor in the House of Lords' (1995) 3 Tort Law Journal 63
critically evaluates the decision of the House of Lords in Hunt v Severs [1994] 2 AC 350 holding that a catastrophically injured claimant could not recover for her past and future cost of care, where that care had been provided by the tortfeasor.
Books
2012
N J McBride and R M Bagshaw, Tort Law (Fourth edition) (Pearson 2012) (forthcoming)
Fourth edition of this textbook
Simon Deakin, A Johnston and Basil Markesinis, Markesinis and Deakin’s Tort Law (Oxford University Press 2012)
2010
L C H Hoyano and C Keenan, Child Abuse: Law and Policy Across Boundaries (OUP 2010)
This book examines the whole process of child protection from complaint investigation to prosecution in the criminal and civil courts. It provides a coherent analysis of current law and procedure across the legal and geographical boundaries within which legal discussion of child abuse is usually confined, analysing criminal, family, tort, human rights and evidence law as they bear on child abuse cases. Comparative material is drawn from over 75 jurisdictionsusing the adversarial trial model. The book was awarded the first Inner Temple Book Prize (2008). The paperback edition is updated in English law, including the Coroners and Justice Act 2009 enacted on 12 November 2009.
ISBN: 978-0-19-957156-7
2009
E Descheemaeker, The Division of Wrongs: A Historical Comparative Study (Oxford University Press 2009)
The common law, despite procedural divisions, has only ever had one class of civil wrongs. The civilians, by contrast, have typically split their law of wrongs in two, one group being called ‘delicts’ and the other ‘quasi-delicts’. Yet this division, which originated in Roman law, remains mysterious: it is clear neither where the line was drawn nor why a separation was made along this line.
This book does two things. In the first two parts, it investigates the origins of the division and its development in a modern civilian jurisdiction, France. What is argued for is that the Roman dichotomy was originally one between fault (culpa)-based and situational liability, which was prompted by a historical contraction of the Roman concept of a wrong (delictum). French law, building on medieval interpretations of the division, redrew the line one level higher, between deliberate and negligent wrongdoing. By doing so, it involved itself in severe taxonomical difficulties, which the book explores.
The third part of the work concerns itself with the significance of the civilian division of wrongs according to degrees of blameworthiness (dolus, culpa, casus) for the common law. A rather provocative thesis is developed, in effect, that there is a strong case for the adoption of a similar trichotomy as the first-level division of the English law of civil wrongs. From its formulary age, English law has inherited an unstable taxonomy where wrongs intersect. The existence of these mismatched categories continues to cause significant difficulties, which a realignment of causes of action along the above lines would allow to sort out.
ISBN: 9780199562794
2008
N J McBride and R M Bagshaw, Tort Law (Third edition) (Pearson Longman 2008)
Third edition of McBride and Bagshaw's Textbook on Tort.
ISBN: 978-1-4058-5949-3
J Morgan, MH Matthews and C O'Cinneide, Hepple and Matthews\' Tort: Cases and Materials, 6th edition (OUP 2008)
2007
A Johnston, S.F. Deakin and B.S. Markesinis, Markesinis and Deakin’s Tort Law (Oxford University Press 2007)
Markesinis and Deakin's Tort Law is an authoritative, analytical, and well-established textbook, reaching its sixth edition in the space of twenty years. It provides a general overview of the law and full discussion of the academic debates on all major topics, highlighting the relationship between the common law, legislation, and judicial policy as well as the new European influences emanating from Luxembourg and Strasbourg. In addition, the authors provide a variety of comparative and economic perspectives on the law of tort and its likely development, always placing the subject in its socio-economic context thus giving students a deeper and richer understanding of tort law. Written by leading authorities on tort law, this detailed book offers teachers a wide range of topics to cover while offering students a text which is both descriptive and reflective of this branch of law. A bibliography and rich footnotes provide interested readers with further references.
ISBN: 9780199282463
2005
NJ McBride and R M Bagshaw, Tort Law, Second Edition (Pearson Education 2005)
2003
A Johnston, S.F. Deakin and B.S. Markesinis, Markesinis and Deakin’s Tort Law (5th edn, Oxford University Press 2003)
The fifth edition of Markesinis and Deakin's Tort Law has been fully revised and updated to cover all important developments which have occurred in this field since the previous edition appeared in 1999. The structure of the book remains the same as in previous editions, as has its underlying philosophy - to provide a good general overview of the law of tort for students and their lecturers which will also be of interest to practitioners and judges in the field. The book includes discussion of much new material, including important appellate court decisions on wrongful birth, defamation, privacy, nuisance, the liability of public authorities, causation and many others; the growing impact of the Human Rights Act upon tort law, including discussion of many important cases decided since the Act came into force; important recent legislative developments, including the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. Throughout the book the relationship between the common law and legislative policy is a key theme, while economic and comparative analysis of the cases and issues are used where appropriate.
ISBN: 9780199257126
2001
Nicholas J McBride and R M Bagshaw, Tort Law (Longman 2001)
Tort Textbook
ISBN: 582357012
Chapters
2012
J Morgan, 'Reflections on reforming punitive damages in English law' in Lotte Meurkens and Emily Nordin (eds), The Power of Punitive Damages: Is Europe Missing Out? (Intersentia 2012)
D P Nolan and A Robertson, Rights and Private Law in D Nolan and A Robertson (eds), Rights and Private Law (Hart Publishing 2012)
A Mullis and D P Nolan, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2011 (Butterworths LexisNexis 2012)
D P Nolan, '\"A Tort Against Land\": Private Nuisance as a Property Tort' in D Nolan and A Robertson (eds), Rights and Private Law (Hart Publishing 2012)
2011
R M Bagshaw, 'Causing the Behaviour of Others and Other Causal Mixtures' in Richard Goldberg (ed), Perspectives on Causation (Hart Publishing 2011)
This chapter investigates the concept of ‘cause’ which ought to be used by tort lawyers when making claims such as that Derek’s wrongful behaviour ‘caused’ Trevor to act in some way, in particular in circumstances where we regard Trevor’s action as ‘voluntary’ rather than ‘coerced’. The central issue is whether a tort lawyer’s inquiry into whether Derek’s wrongful behaviour ‘caused’ Trevor to act in some way ought to be the same as an inquiry into whether Derek’s wrongful behaviour ‘caused’ the kettle to boil or the toaster to burn the toast.
R M Bagshaw, 'The Edges of Tort Law’s Rights' in D Nolan and A Robertson (eds), Rights and Private Law (Hart Publishing 2011)
Most proponents of a ‘rights-focused account’ of the law of torts argue that not only are there currently no general common law rights to pure economic benefits but there are also good reasons why general common law rights to purely economic benefits should not exist whilst general common law rights to property do, or good reasons why legislators or judges should not in future create or recognise general common law rights to purely economic benefits. The main purpose of this chapter is to evaluate these ‘good reasons’ using three perspectives provided by the ‘edges’ of currently recognised legal rights.
ISBN: 9781849461429
R M Bagshaw, 'Tort Design and Human Rights Thinking' in David Hoffman (ed), The Impact of the UK Human Rights Act on Private Law (Cambridge University Press 2011)
The principal theme of this chapter is that in pursuing the goal of making English tort law compatible with Convention rights, and the related goal of developing tort law so as to allow it to assist in protecting these rights, we should not lose sight of what makes a good tort duty. Lord Bingham commended the opinion that ‘where a common law duty covers the same ground as a Convention right, it should, so far as practicable, develop in harmony with it’ (Van Colle v. Chief Constable of the Hertfordshire Police; Smith v. Chief Constable of Sussex Police [2008] UKHL 50; [2009] 1 AC 225 at [58]). But this chapter aims to unsettle any assumption that such harmony requires the development of tort duties which mirror Convention rights, even in situations where the tort duties will be owed by public bodies. It is more important for newly developed duties to be harmonious with the goals of the law of torts than for them to replicate concepts used by the Strasbourg Court.
E Descheemaeker, 'Fusionner droit strict et équité : aperçus sur le droit anglais de la responsabilité civile [Merging Common Law and Equity: Perspectives on the English Law of Civil Wrongs]' in D. Baranger (ed), L'équité et ses métamorphoses ( 2011)
S Green, 'Rights and Wrongs: An Introduction to the Wrongful Interference Actions' in Donal Nolan and Andrew Robertson (eds), Rights and Private Law (Hart Publishing 2011)
J Morgan, 'Causation, politics and law: The English--and Scottish--asbestos saga' in Richard Goldberg (ed), Perspectives on Causation (Hart 2011)
D P Nolan, 'Chapters on Strict Liability and The Principle of Rylands v Fletcher' in Carolyn Sappideen and Prue Vines (eds), Fleming's The Law of Torts (Thomson Reuters (Professional) Australia 2011)
D P Nolan, 'Nuisance' in D Hoffman (ed), The Impact of the UK Human Rights Act on Private Law (CUP 2011)
D P Nolan and A Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2010 (LexisNexis Butterworths 2011)
2010
D P Nolan, Alcock v Chief Constable of South Yorkshire Police (1991) in Charles Mitchell and Paul Mitchell (eds), Landmark Cases in the Law of Tort (Hart Publishing 2010)
D P Nolan and Alastair Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2009 (LexisNexis Butterworths 2010)
2009
R M Bagshaw, 'Tort Law, Concepts and What Really Matters' in Andrew Robertson and Tang Hang Wu (eds), The Goals of Private Law (Hart Publishing 2009)
This chapter explores the relationship between the capacity of tort law to achieve its goals and the nature of the concepts that are incorporated in the law.
D P Nolan, Causation and the Goals of Tort Law in Andrew Robertson and Tang Hang Wu (eds), The Goals of Private Law (Hart Publishing 2009)
D P Nolan and Alastair Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2008 (LexisNexis Butterworths 2009)
2008
D P Nolan and Alastair Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2007 (LexisNexis Butterworths 2008)
2007
D P Nolan, 'Chapters on Government Liability, Product Liability, Nuisance and Rylands v Fletcher and Fire' in Ken Oliphant (ed), The Law of Tort (2nd edn) (LexisNexis Butterworths 2007)
D P Nolan and Alastair Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2006 (LexisNexis Butterworths 2007)
2006
A S Burrows, 'Chapters 29-33' in Clerk and Lindsell on Torts (19th edn) (Sweet and Maxwell 2006)
Leading practitioners' work on Torts
ISBN: 0-421-88890-3
D P Nolan and Alastair Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2005 (LexisNexis Butterworths 2006)
2005
D P Nolan and Alastair Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2004 (Butterworths 2005)
A summary of, and critical commentary on, the tort cases published in the All England Law Reports in 2004.
ISBN: 1-405-70360-1
2004
D P Nolan and Alastair Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2003 (Butterworths 2004)
A summary of English case law developments in the law of tort in 2003.
ISBN: 406965439
2003
R M Bagshaw, 'Downloading Torts: An English Introduction to On-Line Torts' in H Snijders and S Weatherill (eds), E-Commerce Law (Kluwer Law International 2003)
Chapter in book
ISBN: 9041199179
D P Nolan and Alastair Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2002 (Butterworths 2003)
summary of the year's tort cases
ISBN: 406965439
W E Peel, 'SAAMCO Revisited' in Andrew Burrows and Edwin Peel (eds), Commercial RemediesCurrent Issues and Problems (OUP 2003)
2002
D P Nolan, 'Chapters on Government Liability, Product Liability, Nuisance and Rylands v Fletcher and Fire' in Andrew Grubb (ed), The Law of Tort (Butterworths 2002)
in-depth analysis of public authority tort liability for new practitioners' work
ISBN: 406896720
D P Nolan and Alastair Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2001 (Butterworths 2002)
summary of the year's tort cases
ISBN: 406950423
2001
D P Nolan and Alastair Mullis, 'Tort' in All England Law Reports Annual Review 2000 (Butterworths 2001)
summary of the year's tort cases
ISBN: 406940967
1997
L C H Hoyano, The Flight to the Fiduciary Haven in Peter Birks (ed), Privacy and Loyalty (OUP 1997)
This chapter explores the invasion of part of the territory of common law obligations by the fiduciary phenomenon, considering in particular Canadian and Australian jurisprudence. The encroachment of fiduciary concepts into Hedley Byrne advisory relationships and fiduciary liability for sexual exploitation is considered in some depth.
ISBN: 0-19-876488-X
Edited books
2012
D P Nolan and A Robertson (eds), Rights and Private Law (Hart Publishing 2012)
Case Notes
2009
J Morgan, 'Causation and the compulsive gambler (Calvert v. William Hill)' (2009) CLJ 268 [Case Note]
J Morgan, 'Manslaughter as a vicissitude of life (Gray v Thames Trains)' (2009) CLJ 503 [Case Note]
2008
D Leczykiewicz, 'Pleural plaques, the concept of damage and liability for psychiatric injury' (2008) 124 Law Quarterly Review 548 [Case Note]
2006
S Green, 'Risk Exposure and Negligence' (2006) 122 Law Quarterly Review 386 [Case Note]
J Morgan, 'Asbestos and anxiety (Rothwell / Pleural Plaques litigation, CA)' (2006) CLJ 269 [Case Note]
W E Peel, 'Lost Chances and Proportionate Recovery' (2006) [2006] LMCLQ 289 289 [Case Note]
a casenote on the HL decision in Barker v Corus
ISBN: 0306 2945
2005
R M Bagshaw, 'Unauthorized Wedding Photographs' (2005) 121 Law Quarterly Review 550 [Case Note]
Casenote discussing Douglas v Hello! (no 3)
ISBN: 0023-933X
J Morgan, 'A chance missed to recognise loss-of-a-chance in negligence (Gregg v. Scott)' (2005) LMCLQ 281 [Case Note]
J Morgan, 'Privacy and breach of confidence (Douglas v. Hello!, CA)' (2005) CLJ 549 [Case Note]
W E Peel, 'Loss of a chance in medical negligence' (2005) 121 Sweet & Maxwell Ltd/Law Quarterly Review 364 [Case Note]
A note of the House of Lords' decision in Gregg v Scott
ISBN: 0023-933X
2004
R M Bagshaw, 'Private Nuisance and Defence of the Realm' (2004) 120 Law Quarterly Review 37 [Case Note]
Casenote
ISBN: 0023933X
R M Bagshaw, 'Rylands Confined' (2004) 120 Law Quarterly Review 388 [Case Note]
Casenote on Transco v Stockport MBC
ISBN: 0023-933X
S Green, 'Winner Takes All' (2004) 120 Law Quarterly Review 566 [Case Note]
J Morgan, 'Privacy in the House of Lords, again (Campbell v. MGN)' (2004) 120 LQR 563 [Case Note]
J Morgan, 'Privacy torts: out with the old, out with the new (Wainwright v. Home Office)' (2004) 120 LQR 393 [Case Note]
2003
J Morgan, 'Lost causes in the House of Lords (Fairchild v. Glenhaven Funeral Services)' (2003) 66 MLR 277 [Case Note]
2002
J Morgan, 'Jus suum cuique (Vellino v. Chief Constable of Manchester)' (2002) 118 LQR 527 [Case Note]
2001
D P Nolan, 'Risks and Wrongs: Remoteness of Damage in the House of Lords' (2001) 9 Tort Law Review 101 [Case Note]
Reviews
2010
E Descheemaeker, 'Review of Lawrence McNamara, Reputation and Defamation' (2010) Law Quarterly Review 642 [Review]
E Descheemaeker, Review of N. Whitty and R. Zimmermann (eds.), Rights of Personality in Scots Law: A Comparative Perspective (2010) 73 Modern Law Review 898 [Review]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS (Phase II)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase I of the Final Honour School includes the third term of the first year, and all three terms of the second year.
[less]
Tort is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honour School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. The law of tort is mainly concerned with providing compensation for personal injury and damage to property, but also protects other interests, such as reputation, personal freedom, title to property, enjoyment of property, commercial interests.The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor. Lectures in Michaelmas and Trinity terms cover most, but not all, of the topics on the agreed reading list. Revision lectures on contract and tort take place in Hilary term.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
Tort is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honour School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. The law of tort is mainly concerned with providing compensation for personal injury and damage to property, but also protects other interests, such as reputation, personal freedom, title to property, enjoyment of property, commercial interests.The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor. Lectures in Michaelmas and Trinity terms cover most, but not all, of the topics on the agreed reading list. Revision lectures on contract and tort take place in Hilary term.
[less]
Postgraduate
MJur
Tort (also part of the BA course)
Tort is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honour School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales. The law of tort is mainly concerned with providing compensation for personal injury and damage to property, but also protects other interests, such as reputation, personal freedom, title to property, enjoyment of property, commercial interests.The subject is taught in tutorials arranged by your college tutor. Lectures in Michaelmas and Trinity terms cover most, but not all, of the topics on the agreed reading list. Revision lectures on contract and tort take place in Hilary term.
[less]
People
Tort teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Roderick Bagshaw: CUF Lecturer
in conjunction with:
Andrew Burrows, QC: Professor of the Law of England
John Cartwright: Professor of the Law of Contract
Lucinda Ferguson: University Lecturer in Family Law
Rob George: British Academy Postdoctoral Fellow
Imogen Goold: CUF Lecturer
James Goudkamp: CUF Lecturer
Noam Gur: Shaw Foundation Fellow in Law, Lincoln College
Andrew Higgins: Lecturer in Civil Procedure
Laura Hoyano: Hackney Fellow & Tutor in Law and CUF Lecturer
Thomas Krebs: University Lecturer in Commercial Law
Beatrice Krebs: Lecturer
Dorota Leczykiewicz: Leverhulme Trust Early Career Fellow
Mike Macnair: CUF Lecturer
Ben McFarlane: Reader in Property Law
Jonathan Morgan: CUF Lecturer
Donal Nolan: CUF Lecturer
Edwin Peel: Professor of Law
Denise Réaume: Visiting Professor
Roger Smith: CUF Lecturer
Rachel Taylor: Lecturer
Simon Whittaker: Professor of European Comparative Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
John Davies: Retired. Formerly Fellow and Tutor in Law at Brasenose
Simon Douglas: CUF Lecturer
Sarah Green: CUF Lecturer
Donald Harris: Retired. Formerly Director of the Centre for Socio-Legal Studies at Balliol
Angus Johnston: CUF Lecturer
Martin Matthews: Retired. Formerly CUF Lecturer
Peter North: Retired. Formerly Principal of Jesus
Oliver Radley-Gardner: Teaching Fellow, Pembroke College
[top]
Transnational Commercial Law
News
Transnational Commercial Law:
The Cape Town Convention Academic Project
The Cape Town Convention Academic Project is a joint undertaking between the University of Washington School of Law and the University of Oxford Faculty of Law. Its purpose is to facilitate the academic study and assessment of the Convention on International Interests in Mobile Equipment (the Cape Town Convention), together with its Protocols, for the benefit of scholars, practising lawyers, courts and governments. [more…]
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by year, then title [change this]
Showing all 5 Transnational Commercial Law publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by title | name | type OR
Show only Recent publications
Roy Goode, 'Earth, Air and Space: the Cape Town Convention and Protocols and their Contribution to International Commercial Law' in Mads Andenas and Duncan Fairgrieve (eds), Tom Bingham and the Transformation of the Law: A Liber Amicorum (Oxford University Press 2009)
Roy Goode, Official Commentary on the Convention on International Interests in Mobile Equipment and Protocol thereto on Matters Specific to Aircraft Equipment,, Revised Edition (International Institute for the Unification of Private Law 2008)
A comprehensive analysis of the 2001 Convention on International Interests in Mobile Equipment (the Cape Town Convention) and associated Aircraft Protocol. Written and published pursunt to a resolution of a Diplomatic Conference in Cape Town in November/December 2001. Revised and expanded in 2008
ISBN: 88-86449-18-6
Roy Goode, Official Commentary on the Convention on International Interests in Mobile Equipment and Protocol thereto on Matters Specific to Railway Rolling Stock (International Institute for the Unification of Private Law 2008)
A comprehensive analysis of the 2001 Convention on International Interests in Mobile Equipment (the Cape Town Convention) and the 2007 Luxembourg Protocol on railway rolling stock. Written and published pursuant to a resolution of a Diplomatic Conference held in Luxembourg in February 2007
ISBN: 88-86449-17-8
Roy Goode, 'The Cape Town Convention on international interests in Mobile Equipment: A Driving Force for International Asset-Based Financing' (2002) VII 2002-1 UNIDROIT, Uniform Law Review 3
Examines the significance of the Cape Town Convention on international interests in mobile equipment in providing a secure international legal regime for interests in aircraft objects, railway rolling stock and space assets, thereby reducing legal risk and borrowing costs and facilitating asset-based financing in developing countries
ISBN: 1124-3694
Roy Goode, 'Insularity or Leadership? The Role of the United Kingdom in the Harmonisation of Commercial Law' (2001) 50 Oxford University Press, International & Comparative Law Quarterly 751
Describes the major input made by the United Kingdom into the preparation of international instruments in the field of transnational commercial law but the subsequent lack of interest in ratifying them
ISBN: 0020-5893
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Postgraduate
BCL
Transnational Commercial Law (not offered in 2011-12)
With the growth of international trade has come a growing recognition of the benefits to be obtained through the harmonization of international trade law. Transnational commercial law consists of that set of rules, from whatever source, which governs international commercial transactions and is common to a number of legal systems. Such commonality is increasingly derived from international instruments of various kinds; such as conventions, EC directives and model laws, and from codifications of international trade usage adopted by contract, as exemplified by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits published by the International Chamber of Commerce and the Model Arbitration Rules issued by the UN Commission on International Trade Law. Underpinning these are the general principles of commercial law (lex mercatoria) to be extracted from uncodified international trade usage, from standard-term contracts formulated by international organisation and from common principles developed by the courts and legislatures of different jurisdictions.
The first part of the course concentrates on the general framework, policies and problems of transnational commercial law, while in the second part these are examined in the context of specific international trade conventions, model laws and contractual codes, so that the student gains a perception of the way transnational law comes into being and helps to bridge the gap between different legal systems.
The course will be taught by Dr Thomas Krebs (convenor) and Professor Stefan Vogenauer. There will be eight lectures in Michaelmas Term. There will then be a weekly two-hour seminar in Hilary Term. There will alos be four tutorials. The lectures and seminars will examine the following main areas: General issues of harmonisation; Recurrent problems in harmonisation through conventions; Harmonisation through specific binding instruments (Vienna Sales Convention); Harmonisation through contract and institutional rules; Harmonisation through model laws; The future development of transnational commercial law.
Note. This course is open to a maximum of twenty-four students in any one year. If applications exceed this number, a ballot will be held.
[less]
MJur
Transnational Commercial Law (not offered in 2011-12)
With the growth of international trade has come a growing recognition of the benefits to be obtained through the harmonization of international trade law. Transnational commercial law consists of that set of rules, from whatever source, which governs international commercial transactions and is common to a number of legal systems. Such commonality is increasingly derived from international instruments of various kinds; such as conventions, EC directives and model laws, and from codifications of international trade usage adopted by contract, as exemplified by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits published by the International Chamber of Commerce and the Model Arbitration Rules issued by the UN Commission on International Trade Law. Underpinning these are the general principles of commercial law (lex mercatoria) to be extracted from uncodified international trade usage, from standard-term contracts formulated by international organisation and from common principles developed by the courts and legislatures of different jurisdictions.
The first part of the course concentrates on the general framework, policies and problems of transnational commercial law, while in the second part these are examined in the context of specific international trade conventions, model laws and contractual codes, so that the student gains a perception of the way transnational law comes into being and helps to bridge the gap between different legal systems.
The course will be taught by Dr Thomas Krebs (convenor) and Professor Stefan Vogenauer. There will be eight lectures in Michaelmas Term. There will then be a weekly two-hour seminar in Hilary Term. There will alos be four tutorials. The lectures and seminars will examine the following main areas: General issues of harmonisation; Recurrent problems in harmonisation through conventions; Harmonisation through specific binding instruments (Vienna Sales Convention); Harmonisation through contract and institutional rules; Harmonisation through model laws; The future development of transnational commercial law.
Note. This course is open to a maximum of twenty-four students in any one year. If applications exceed this number, a ballot will be held.
[less]
MSc (Master's in Law and Finance)
Transnational Commercial Law (not offered in 2011-12)
With the growth of international trade has come a growing recognition of the benefits to be obtained through the harmonization of international trade law. Transnational commercial law consists of that set of rules, from whatever source, which governs international commercial transactions and is common to a number of legal systems. Such commonality is increasingly derived from international instruments of various kinds; such as conventions, EC directives and model laws, and from codifications of international trade usage adopted by contract, as exemplified by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits published by the International Chamber of Commerce and the Model Arbitration Rules issued by the UN Commission on International Trade Law. Underpinning these are the general principles of commercial law (lex mercatoria) to be extracted from uncodified international trade usage, from standard-term contracts formulated by international organisation and from common principles developed by the courts and legislatures of different jurisdictions.
The first part of the course concentrates on the general framework, policies and problems of transnational commercial law, while in the second part these are examined in the context of specific international trade conventions, model laws and contractual codes, so that the student gains a perception of the way transnational law comes into being and helps to bridge the gap between different legal systems.
The course will be taught by Dr Thomas Krebs (convenor) and Professor Stefan Vogenauer. There will be eight lectures in Michaelmas Term. There will then be a weekly two-hour seminar in Hilary Term. There will alos be four tutorials. The lectures and seminars will examine the following main areas: General issues of harmonisation; Recurrent problems in harmonisation through conventions; Harmonisation through specific binding instruments (Vienna Sales Convention); Harmonisation through contract and institutional rules; Harmonisation through model laws; The future development of transnational commercial law.
Note. This course is open to a maximum of twenty-four students in any one year. If applications exceed this number, a ballot will be held.
[less]
People
teaching is organized by:
Louise Gullifer: Professor of Commercial Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Roy Goode: Emeritus Professor of Law
[top]
Trusts
Publications
Showing all[*] publications sorted by type, then year, author, title [change this]
Showing all 43 Trusts publications currently held in our database
Change to sort them by year | title | name OR
Show only Recent | Selected publications
Journal Articles
2011
J S Getzler, "As If." Accountability and Counterfactual Trust (2011) 91 Boston University Law Review 931
Law sustains trust in fiduciaries not primarily by ordering redress of losses caused by a falling below fiduciary standards, but rather by requiring that the fiduciary be induced to act as if those standards were met. Wherever possible, the fiduciary is estopped from acting in reliance on the breach, and instead is asked to cure the breach by positive performance of duty. As a fiduciary, you do not keep the illegal profit and proffer compensation for any ensuing loss; rather, you hold the profit for the beneficiary as you always should have done, with loss measures calculated to level any shortfall. This “as if” trusting, enforced by law, solves the conundrum that complete trust properly requires no enforcement, but is self-enforcing, or better, self-fulfilling. This thesis is explored and justified through an examination of the history of accountability and allied modern doctrines controlling fiduciaries who breach their trust.
ISBN: 0006-8047
2010
M Ashdown, In defence of the rule in Re Hastings-Bass (2010) 10 Trusts & Trustees 826
The so-called rule in Re Hastings-Bass has developed rapidly in the courts in recent years, but the true basis for the rule has not yet been properly explored. This article seeks to demonstrate that whilst the application of the rule in the courts may well have gone too far, it does have a legitimate foundation in some of the core principles of English trust law. Once its doctrinal nature is understood, the worst excesses of the rule can be curbed in a manner which is both pragmatic and principled. This article was cited by Lloyd LJ in the Court of Appeal in Pitt v Holt [2011] EWCA Civ 197 at [27].
B McFarlane and R Stevens, 'The Nature of Equitable Property' (2010) 4 Journal of Equity 1
2009
J S Getzler, 'Fiduciary investment in the shadow of financial crisis: Was Lord Eldon right?' (2009) 3 Journal of Equity 219
The structure of trust duties yielding a duty to invest with due care derives from the interaction of the power to manage trust assets as a fiduciary owner with a duty to do so with prudence and diligence. In earlier equity mediocre or failed investments were chargeable to trustees only where shown to involve wilful default, which meant choice of investments outside the range or risk profile of those approved by the law or expressly licensed by the settlor or beneficiary. Lord Eldon in the early nineteenth century entrenched the view that only assets with indestructible capital — for trust funds, gilts and mortgages on a wide safety margin, and in the case of trusts of realty, further land purchase — were fit targets for trust investment without special authorisation. With more sophisticated capital markets developing in the nineteenth century, parties regularly set up far wider trust powers of investment, and the legal standard shifted towards enforcing prudent investment processes rather than safe results, using a benchmark of common practice to fix the requisite standard of care. American law from the late 1970s shifted to a new default position mandating portfolio investment, once it had become clear that the great majority of professionally managed trusts typically authorised entry into the profitable if volatile stock market; Australian and English law and practice eventually followed. Meanwhile, government policy favouring funded welfare, as opposed to the pre- and post-war fiscal transfer and national insurance systems, led to massive growth of pension capital under trust management. Statutory and curial reforms allowed pension trustees, and then all trustees, to invest unrestrictedly in all asset classes as plenary owners including portfolio stock investment, provided that certain undemanding standards of care and propriety were met. Portfolio investment by trustees was designed to win the ‘equity risk premium’ for beneficiaries while avoiding the volatility of the capital markets, through bundling into mutual funds permitting index sampling of wide markets and hedging and risk-correlation of equities and bonds. The recent sharp fall in share values allied to the credit crunch and financial banking crisis starting in late 2007 have tested the portfolio theory to destruction. Whether the macroeconomic benefits of market allocation of pension trust capital through unrestricted private choice has delivered sufficient stable welfare to enough individuals is a question the law may be ill equipped to answer. But trust law does have resources to detect individual and collective pathologies in investment conduct and set standards that can direct parties into less destructive paths.
ISBN: 1833-1237
2007
J S Getzler, 'ASIC v Citigroup: Bankers’ conflict of interest and the contractual exclusion of fiduciary duties' (2007) 2 Journal of Equity 62
An investment bank advising a client in a takeover bid may simultaneously engage in trading in the target company, and this carries a risk of driving up the target price. If, however, the bank forbears to trade, the market may take this as a confirmation that a takeover is being planned by the advisory wing of the bank, again affecting the target price. In ASIC v Citigroup, the bank had excluded all fiduciary duties towards its client, and so claimed there was no conflict of interest in the bank’s proprietary trading in the target company ahead of the takeover operation. ASIC argued that in the run-up to executionof the retainer the bank had a preliminary fiduciary duty to seek fully informed consent to the broad exclusion of fiduciary duties, such that the client understood the risk that the bank might trade or otherwise act against the client’s interests. The Federal Court ruled that formal consent sufficed where the parties were well-advised business actors, or alternatively that commercial actors implicitly consent to such risks. The decision identifies — but does not solve—the pervasive problem of conflicts of interest generated by the integrated investment banking model.
ISBN: 1833-1237
2002
J S Getzler, Legislative incursions into modern trusts doctrine in England: The Trustee Act 2000 and the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (2002) 2:1:§2 Global Jurist Topics 1
English trust law is increasingly emulating contract. The relationship of trustee to beneficiaries is now modelled as a consensual relationship created by agreement rather than custody; and governed by standards and duties of care with tort-like features as opposed to traditional fiduciary controls. This movement, which has considerable support in the appellate judiciary, is accelerated by the recasting of trustee powers and duties in the Trustee Act 2000. Further contractualization might provoke a shift into third-party-beneficiary contract and agency models, a process that may be helped by the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. The shift to contract-tort models may have gone too far in empowering trustees at the expense of entrustors, and on a broader level, in deregulating capital investment markets.
ISBN: 535-167X
Books
2011
S Gardner, An Introduction to the Law of Trusts, 3rd edition (Oxford University Press, Clarendon Law Series 2011)
2009
S Gardner, An Introduction to Land Law, 2nd edition (Hart Publishing 2009)
Cited in Thorner v Major [2009] UKHL 18, [2009] 1 WLR 776, [29] (Lord Walker of Gestingthorpe)
2007
S Gardner, An Introduction to Land Law (Hart Publishing 2007)
2004
W J Swadling, The Quistclose Trust: Critical Essays ((Hart, 2004) (editor) 2004)
2003
S Gardner, An Introduction to the Law of Trusts, 2nd edition (Oxford University Press, Clarendon Law Series 2003)
1990
S Gardner, An Introduction to the Law of Trusts (Oxford University Press, Clarendon Law Series 1990)
Chapters
2012
J S Getzler, 'Assignment of Future Property and Preferences' in J Glister and P Ridge (eds), Fault Lines in Equity (Hart Publishing 2012)
An investigation of a flashpoint in the judicial control of insolvency. I examine how the equitable law of future assignments, designed to enforce paid-for promises and uphold the interests of assignees, is in tension with another ‘equitable’ policy established by statute, namely the jurisdiction to prevent preferential assignments that tend to defraud creditors by blocking recourse against debtors’ assets. The High Court of Australia has been particularly active in this area, issuing an important judgments from the early 20th century to the present day. This body of law demonstrates the intermingling of equity jurisprudence and statute.
ISBN: 9781849462198
2011
A Braun, 'Italy: the trust interno ' in D. Hayton (ed), The International Trust (3rd edn) (Jordans, Bristol 2011)
2010
W J Swadling, 'The Nature of the Trust in Rochefoucauld v Boustead' in Mitchell, C (eds), Constructive and Resulting Trusts (Hart Publishing 2010)
2009
S Gardner, 'Reliance-Based Constructive Trusts' in C Mitchell (ed), Constructive and Resulting Trusts (Hart Publishing 2009)
2006
A Braun, 'Italy' in J. Glasson and G. Thomas (eds), The International Trust (2nd edn) (Jordans, Bristol 2006)
2005
W J Swadling, 'The Vendor-Purchaser Constructive Trust' in S Degeling and J Edelman (eds), Equity in Commercial Law (Lawbook Co, 2005)
2003
A Braun, 'La giurisprudenza italiana sui trust' in M Dogliotti and A Braun (eds), Il trust nel diritto delle persone e della famiglia (Giuffré, Milano 2003)
2002
J S Getzler, 'Equity' in H M Kritzer (ed), Legal Systems of the World: A Political, Social and Cultural Encyclopaedia (ABC-Clio, Santa Barbara 2002)
Analysis of theory and history of equity, in ancient law and modern common law.
ISBN: 1576072312
W J Swadling, 'Limitation' in Birks & Pretto (eds), Breach of Trust (Hart Publishing 2002)
2000
J S Getzler, 'Equitable Compensation and the Regulation of Fiduciary Relationships' in P B H Birks and F D Rose (eds), Restitution and Equity Vol. 1: Resulting Trusts and Equitable Compensation (Mansfield Press/LLP, London 2000)
Edited books
2003
J S Getzler (ed), Rationalizing Property, Equity and Trusts - Essays in Honour of Edward Burn (Lexis-Nexis Butterworths 2003)
In this festschrift, appellate judges, academic lawyers and practitioners have joined to celebrate Edward Burn's career as a searching writer and brilliant teacher. Essays volume cover topics including: the rationality of English land law; the reach of land registration; the nature of proprietary estoppel; the essential attributes of trusts and how they can be exported to Civilian systems; the nature of fiduciary liability; the relationship between restitution and equity; the duty of care in will drafting; form and substance in tax, lease and mortgage law; the relationship between English and Romanesque prescription theories; and the study of Roman law in Oxford.
ISBN: 406964408
Internet Publications
2007
J Hackney, 'Submission on Draft Consultation on Public Benefit. Charity Commission' (2007) Law Commission papers
A fundamental challenge to the Charity Commission's assumption that the Charities Act 2006 has allowed it to ignore the pre-existing law on public benefit.
Case Notes
2011
M Ashdown, 'Pitt v Holt:What Next for the Rule in Re Hastings-Bass?' (2011) 1 Elder Law Journal [Case Note]
The Court of Appeal's decision in Pitt v Holt has largely brought the 'rule in Re Hastings-Bass' into line with orthodox trust law principle. This note considers the consequences of this re-evaluation for understanding of the detail of the rule's operation.
ISBN: 20449593
2009
J S Getzler, 'Quantum Meruit, Estoppel, and the Primacy of Contract' (2009) 125 Law Quarterly Review 196 [Case Note]
The House of Lords and the High Court of Australia in separate decisions made within weeks of each other grappled with the correct use of equitable and restitutionary doctrines augmenting the operation of contract law in commercial relationships. The Lords sharply narrowed the doctrine of estoppel where a contract failed to materialize after heavy reliance by a putative joint venturer; but were permissive in allowing a limited quantum meruit remedy based on unjust enrichment. The High Court rejected any possibility of a leapfrogging claim to allow recovery of enrichment by a subcontractor, and the plurality in obiter comments threw doubt on the existence of an autonomous unjust enrichment principle in Australian law.
ISBN: 0023-933X
2008
J S Getzler, 'Excluding fiduciary duties: the problem of investment banks' (2008) 124 Law Quarterly Review 15 [Case Note]
Integrated investment banks trading in securities markets can end up acting against the interests of clients they advise in mergers and other deals. Typically the bank's retainer excludes fiduciary duties so as to allow the bank activities which otherwise would constitute conflicts of interest. In ASIC v Citigroup the Federal Court of Australia held that formal consent to such exclusions of duty sufficed, and that fully informed consent was not requisite. The problem of pervasive conflicts of interest in financial markets was identified, but the judge held that only a legislative solution would be legitimate.
ISBN: 0023-933X
2004
S Gardner, 'Quantum in Gissing v. Gissing constructive trusts - Oxley v Hiscock [2005] Fam 211' (2004) 120 Law Quarterly Review 541 [Case Note]
Casenote on CA decision in Oxley v Hiscock, which opens a new chapter in the law on 'family home' constructive trusts (and also says something about proprietary estoppel).
ISBN: 0023-933X
J S Getzler, 'Forfeiture for Breach of a Time Condition' (2004) 120 Law Quarterly Review 203 [Case Note]
Recent High Court, Privy Council and House of Lords authorites investigate when equitable doctrine will allow relief against confiscation of an estate contract where a purchaser exceeds a time condition. In Tanwar v Cauchi the High Court resolves a confused set of authorities and tilts towards strict enforcement of duties.
ISBN: 0023-933X
Reviews
2007
J S Getzler, 'T. Frankel, Trust and Honesty: America’s Business Culture at a Crossroad' (2007) 70 Modern Law Review 701 [Review]
2001
J Hackney, 'Snell's Equity' (2001) 117 Law Quarterly Review [Review]
A contribution to the debate about the future of Equity hung on the back of a review of a book review. Much reviled in Australia
ISBN: 0023-933X
2000
J S Getzler, 'G. Moffat and others, Trusts Law: Text and Materials (3rd edition)' (2000) 14 Trust Law International 183 [Review]
1997
J S Getzler, 'A.J. Oakley, ed., Trends in Contemporary Trust Law' (1997) Restitution Law Review 261 [Review]
1988
S Gardner, 'Trusts for Sale: The Age of Consent? - Reviewing Law Commission Working Paper No 106, Trusts of Land: Overreaching (1988)' (1988) 104 Law Quarterly Review 367 [Review]
Courses
The courses we offer in this field are:
Undergraduate
FHS (Phase II)
The degree is awarded on the basis of nine final examinations at the end of the three-year course (or four years in the case of Law with Law Studies in Europe). Phase I of the Final Honour School includes the third term of the first year, and all three terms of the second year.
[less]
The institution of the Trust is one of the most important ideas in English law. Its very definition is heavily contested, but most would agree that a trust arises where someone (a trustee) nominally owns property, and may wield many of the powers of ownership, but is generally unable to take advantage of that ownership. Instead the trustee-owner holds the property to the benefit of some other person (known as a beneficiary), a class of persons, or an object such as a charitable purpose bringing benefit to the public. Trusts can arise in two main ways – by intention; or because the law has other reasons to make an owner into a trustee. The purpose of the intentional trust is to transfer wealth in a more complex way than would be easy or possible to achieve by straight-out conveyance, such as to have the property distributed on particular terms and conditions, or to disperse ownership to win tax advantages, or to allow ongoing management of the asset. There are myriad situations in which the law has other reasons to make an owner of property into a trustee; one very important one is where a couple’s home is nominally owned by only one partner, but the other partner deserves a share in it. The course looks at the scenarios in which the different kinds of trusts arise, and at how they behave.
In one respect, the course also looks outside trusts. A trustee is a fiduciary, being someone having a duty to act for another’s benefit through the control of property. But outside property-holding there are other examples of fiduciaries too, such as solicitors, who must act for their clients’ benefit; or agents who can contract on behalf of their principals. The course looks at the law’s control of fiduciaries in general, whether they are trustees holding assets or persons otherwise charged with promoting the interests of others.
Trusts is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honours School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales.
[less]
Diploma in Legal Studies
A one-year sample of courses from our BA programmes, aimed only at students visiting from our partner universities.
[less]
The institution of the Trust is one of the most important ideas in English law. Its very definition is heavily contested, but most would agree that a trust arises where someone (a trustee) nominally owns property, and may wield many of the powers of ownership, but is generally unable to take advantage of that ownership. Instead the trustee-owner holds the property to the benefit of some other person (known as a beneficiary), a class of persons, or an object such as a charitable purpose bringing benefit to the public. Trusts can arise in two main ways – by intention; or because the law has other reasons to make an owner into a trustee. The purpose of the intentional trust is to transfer wealth in a more complex way than would be easy or possible to achieve by straight-out conveyance, such as to have the property distributed on particular terms and conditions, or to disperse ownership to win tax advantages, or to allow ongoing management of the asset. There are myriad situations in which the law has other reasons to make an owner of property into a trustee; one very important one is where a couple’s home is nominally owned by only one partner, but the other partner deserves a share in it. The course looks at the scenarios in which the different kinds of trusts arise, and at how they behave.
In one respect, the course also looks outside trusts. A trustee is a fiduciary, being someone having a duty to act for another’s benefit through the control of property. But outside property-holding there are other examples of fiduciaries too, such as solicitors, who must act for their clients’ benefit; or agents who can contract on behalf of their principals. The course looks at the law’s control of fiduciaries in general, whether they are trustees holding assets or persons otherwise charged with promoting the interests of others.
Trusts is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honours School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales.
[less]
Postgraduate
MJur
Trusts (also part of the BA course)
The institution of the Trust is one of the most important ideas in English law. Its very definition is heavily contested, but most would agree that a trust arises where someone (a trustee) nominally owns property, and may wield many of the powers of ownership, but is generally unable to take advantage of that ownership. Instead the trustee-owner holds the property to the benefit of some other person (known as a beneficiary), a class of persons, or an object such as a charitable purpose bringing benefit to the public. Trusts can arise in two main ways – by intention; or because the law has other reasons to make an owner into a trustee. The purpose of the intentional trust is to transfer wealth in a more complex way than would be easy or possible to achieve by straight-out conveyance, such as to have the property distributed on particular terms and conditions, or to disperse ownership to win tax advantages, or to allow ongoing management of the asset. There are myriad situations in which the law has other reasons to make an owner of property into a trustee; one very important one is where a couple’s home is nominally owned by only one partner, but the other partner deserves a share in it. The course looks at the scenarios in which the different kinds of trusts arise, and at how they behave.
In one respect, the course also looks outside trusts. A trustee is a fiduciary, being someone having a duty to act for another’s benefit through the control of property. But outside property-holding there are other examples of fiduciaries too, such as solicitors, who must act for their clients’ benefit; or agents who can contract on behalf of their principals. The course looks at the law’s control of fiduciaries in general, whether they are trustees holding assets or persons otherwise charged with promoting the interests of others.
Trusts is one of the compulsory standard subjects within the Final Honours School syllabus. It also covers material in the “foundations of legal knowledge” and so must be taken by those seeking a professional qualification in England and Wales.
[less]
People
Trusts teaching is organized by a Subject Group convened by:
Simon Gardner: Professor of Law
in conjunction with:
Michael Ashdown: Fellow and Tutor in Law
Alexandra Braun: CUF Lecturer
Simon Douglas: CUF Lecturer
Mark Freedland: Professor of Employment Law
Joshua Getzler: Professor of Law and Legal History
James Goudkamp: CUF Lecturer
Katharine Grevling: CUF Lecturer
Ben McFarlane: Reader in Property Law
Jennifer Payne: Professor of Corporate Finance Law
Oliver Radley-Gardner: Teaching Fellow, Pembroke College
Edwin Simpson: CUF Lecturer
Roger Smith: CUF Lecturer
William Swadling: Reader in Property Law
Also working in this field, but not involved in its teaching programme:
Xueping Chen:
Peter Clarke: Retired. Formerly Lecturer
Jeffrey Hackney: Retired. Formerly Fellow and Tutor in Law at Wadham and St Edmund Hall
Ann Kennedy: Retired. Formerly Lecturer
Charles Mitchell: Visiting Professor
[top]

